diff --git a/NormDeveloperGuide.html b/NormDeveloperGuide.html
index c549b74..cbd802b 100644
--- a/NormDeveloperGuide.html
+++ b/NormDeveloperGuide.html
@@ -3,24 +3,33 @@
 <HEAD>
 	<META HTTP-EQUIV="CONTENT-TYPE" CONTENT="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 	<TITLE>NORM Developer’s Guide</TITLE>
-	<META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="NeoOffice/J 1.1  (Unix)">
+	<META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="NeoOffice 2.2  (Unix)">
 	<META NAME="AUTHOR" CONTENT="Robert Adamson">
 	<META NAME="CREATED" CONTENT="20040824;14180000">
-	<META NAME="CHANGED" CONTENT="20060512;16004100">
-	<META NAME="DESCRIPTION" CONTENT="NORM Object Functions	42NORM Object FunctionsNORM_OBJECT_STREAMNORM Sender Functions	19NORM Sender Functions">
+	<META NAME="CHANGED" CONTENT="20070911;15435700">
+	<META NAME="DESCRIPTION" CONTENT="NORM Object Functions 42
+NORM Object Functions
+NORM_OBJECT_STREAM
+NORM Sender Functions 19
+NORM Sender Functions
+">
 	<META NAME="KEYWORDS" CONTENT="norm object value application function ">
-	<STYLE>
+	<STYLE TYPE="text/css">
 	<!--
-		@page { size: 8.5in 11in; margin-right: 1.25in; margin-top: 1in; margin-bottom: 0.5in }
+		@page { size: 8.5in 11in; margin-left: 0.79in; margin-right: 1.25in; margin-top: 1in; margin-bottom: 0.5in }
 		@page:first { margin-top: 1in; margin-bottom: 1in }
-		P { margin-top: 0.08in; margin-bottom: 0in; direction: ltr; color: #000000; widows: 2; orphans: 2 }
-		P.western { font-family: "Times"; font-size: 12pt; so-language: en-US; font-style: italic }
-		P.cjk { font-family: "Times"; font-size: 12pt; font-style: italic }
-		P.ctl { font-family: "Times"; font-size: 10pt }
+		TD P { margin-top: 0.08in; margin-bottom: 0in; direction: ltr; color: #000000; widows: 2; orphans: 2 }
+		TD P.western { font-family: "Times"; font-size: 12pt; so-language: en-US; font-style: italic }
+		TD P.cjk { font-family: "Times"; font-size: 12pt; font-style: italic }
+		TD P.ctl { font-family: "Times"; font-size: 10pt }
 		H1 { margin-bottom: 0.04in; direction: ltr; color: #000000; widows: 2; orphans: 2 }
 		H1.western { font-family: "Helvetica", sans-serif; font-size: 16pt; so-language: en-US }
 		H1.cjk { font-family: "Times"; font-size: 16pt }
 		H1.ctl { font-family: "Times"; font-size: 10pt; font-weight: medium }
+		P { margin-top: 0.08in; margin-bottom: 0in; direction: ltr; color: #000000; widows: 2; orphans: 2 }
+		P.western { font-family: "Times"; font-size: 12pt; so-language: en-US; font-style: italic }
+		P.cjk { font-family: "Times"; font-size: 12pt; font-style: italic }
+		P.ctl { font-family: "Times"; font-size: 10pt }
 		H2 { margin-bottom: 0.04in; direction: ltr; color: #000000; widows: 2; orphans: 2 }
 		H2.western { font-family: "Helvetica", sans-serif; font-size: 14pt; so-language: en-US; font-style: italic }
 		H2.cjk { font-family: "Times"; font-size: 14pt; font-style: italic }
@@ -33,9 +42,9 @@
 		H4.western { font-family: "Times"; font-size: 14pt; so-language: en-US }
 		H4.cjk { font-family: "Times"; font-size: 14pt }
 		H4.ctl { font-family: "Times"; font-size: 10pt; font-weight: medium }
-		H3.functionheading-western { border-top: 1px solid #000000; border-bottom: none; border-left: none; border-right: none; padding-top: 0.01in; padding-bottom: 0in; padding-left: 0in; padding-right: 0in; font-family: "Courier"; font-size: 13pt; so-language: en-US }
-		H3.functionheading-cjk { border-top: 1px solid #000000; border-bottom: none; border-left: none; border-right: none; padding-top: 0.01in; padding-bottom: 0in; padding-left: 0in; padding-right: 0in; font-family: "Times"; font-size: 13pt }
-		H3.functionheading-ctl { border-top: 1px solid #000000; border-bottom: none; border-left: none; border-right: none; padding-top: 0.01in; padding-bottom: 0in; padding-left: 0in; padding-right: 0in; font-family: "Times"; font-size: 10pt; font-weight: medium }
+		H3.functionheading-western { border-top: 1px solid #000000; border-bottom: none; border-left: none; border-right: none; padding-top: 0.02in; padding-bottom: 0in; padding-left: 0in; padding-right: 0in; font-family: "Courier"; font-size: 13pt; so-language: en-US }
+		H3.functionheading-cjk { border-top: 1px solid #000000; border-bottom: none; border-left: none; border-right: none; padding-top: 0.02in; padding-bottom: 0in; padding-left: 0in; padding-right: 0in; font-family: "Times"; font-size: 13pt }
+		H3.functionheading-ctl { border-top: 1px solid #000000; border-bottom: none; border-left: none; border-right: none; padding-top: 0.02in; padding-bottom: 0in; padding-left: 0in; padding-right: 0in; font-family: "Times"; font-size: 10pt; font-weight: medium }
 		A:link { color: #0000ff }
 		A:visited { color: #800080 }
 	-->
@@ -47,370 +56,477 @@
 	<COL WIDTH=371>
 	<TR VALIGN=TOP>
 		<TD WIDTH=191>
-			<P ALIGN=CENTER STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><IMG SRC="NormLogo.gif" NAME="Graphic1" ALIGN=BOTTOM WIDTH=184 HEIGHT=176 BORDER=0></P>
+			<P CLASS="western" ALIGN=CENTER STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in"><IMG SRC="NormLogo.gif" NAME="graphics1" ALIGN=BOTTOM WIDTH=184 HEIGHT=176 BORDER=0></P>
 		</TD>
 		<TD WIDTH=371>
-			<P ALIGN=LEFT STYLE="margin-left: 0.86in; margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal">
+			<P CLASS="western" ALIGN=LEFT STYLE="margin-left: 0.86in; margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal">
 			<FONT FACE="Helvetica, sans-serif"><FONT SIZE=4 STYLE="font-size: 16pt"><B><FONT SIZE=6 STYLE="font-size: 28pt">NORM<BR>Developer’s
-			<BR>Guide<BR></FONT><FONT SIZE=4>(version 1.3b8)</FONT></B></FONT></FONT></P>
+			<BR>Guide<BR></FONT><FONT SIZE=4>(version 1.4b1)</FONT></B></FONT></FONT></P>
 		</TD>
 	</TR>
 </TABLE>
 <H1 CLASS="western"><A NAME="Background">Background</A></H1>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This document describes
-an application programming interface (API) for the <FONT COLOR="#0000ff"><U><A HREF="http://norm.pf.itd.nrl.navy.mil/">Nack-Oriented
-Reliable Multicast (NORM)</A></U></FONT> protocol implementation
-developed by the Protocol Engineering and Advance Networking
-(<FONT COLOR="#0000ff"><U><A HREF="http://cs.itd.nrl.navy.mil/">PROTEAN</A></U></FONT>)
-Research Group of the United States <FONT COLOR="#0000ff"><U><A HREF="http://www.nrl.navy.mil/">Naval
-Research Laboratory</A></U></FONT> (NRL).  The NORM protocol provides
-general purpose reliable data transport for applications wishing to
-use Internet Protocol (IP) Multicast services for group data
-delivery.  NORM can also support unicast (point-to-point) data
-communication and may be used for such when deemed appropriate.  The
-current NORM protocol specification is given in the <FONT COLOR="#0000ff"><U><A HREF="http://www.ietf.org/">Internet
-Engineering Task Force</A></U></FONT> (IETF) <FONT COLOR="#0000ff"><U><A HREF="http://norm.pf.itd.nrl.navy.mil/rfc3940.pdf">RFC
-3940</A></U></FONT>.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The NORM protocol is
-designed to provide end-to-end reliable transport of bulk data
-objects or streams over generic IP multicast routing and forwarding
-services.  NORM uses a selective, negative acknowledgement (NACK)
-mechanism for transport reliability and offers additional protocol
-mechanisms to conduct reliable multicast sessions with limited &quot;a
-priori&quot; coordination among senders and receivers.  A congestion
-control scheme is specified to allow the NORM protocol fairly share
-available network bandwidth with other transport protocols such as
-Transmission Control Protocol (TCP).  It is capable of operating with
-both reciprocal multicast routing among senders and receivers and
-with asymmetric connectivity (possibly a unicast return path) from
-the senders to receivers.  The protocol offers a number of features
-to allow different types of applications or possibly other higher
-level transport protocols to utilize its service in different ways. 
-The protocol leverages the use of FEC-based repair and other proven
-reliable multicast transport techniques in its design.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The NRL NORM library
-attempts to provide a general useful capability for development of
-reliable multicast applications for bulk file or other data delivery
-as well as support of stream-based transport with possible real-time
-delivery requirements.  The API allows access to many NORM protocol
-parameters and control functions to tailor performance for specific
-applications.  While default parameters, where provided, can be
-useful to a potential wide range of requirements, the many different
-possible group communication paradigms dictate different needs for
-different applications.  Even with NORM, the developer should have a
-thorough understanding of the specific application's group
-communication needs.</P>
-<H1 CLASS="western" ALIGN=CENTER STYLE="page-break-before: always"><A NAME="Table
-of Contents">Table
-of Contents</A></H1>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in"><SPAN STYLE="font-style: normal">This
+document describes an application programming interface (API) for the
+</SPAN><A HREF="http://norm.pf.itd.nrl.navy.mil/"><FONT COLOR="#0000ff"><SPAN STYLE="font-style: normal"><U>Nack-Oriented
+Reliable Multicast (NORM)</U></SPAN></FONT></A><SPAN STYLE="font-style: normal">
+protocol implementation developed by the Protocol Engineering and
+Advance Networking (</SPAN><A HREF="http://cs.itd.nrl.navy.mil/"><FONT COLOR="#0000ff"><SPAN STYLE="font-style: normal"><U>PROTEAN</U></SPAN></FONT></A><SPAN STYLE="font-style: normal">)
+Research Group of the United States </SPAN><A HREF="http://www.nrl.navy.mil/"><FONT COLOR="#0000ff"><SPAN STYLE="font-style: normal"><U>Naval
+Research Laboratory</U></SPAN></FONT></A><SPAN STYLE="font-style: normal">
+(NRL). The NORM protocol provides general purpose reliable data
+transport for applications wishing to use Internet Protocol (IP)
+Multicast services for group data delivery. NORM can also support
+unicast (point-to-point) data communication and may be used for such
+when deemed appropriate. The current NORM protocol specification is
+given in the </SPAN><A HREF="http://www.ietf.org/"><FONT COLOR="#0000ff"><SPAN STYLE="font-style: normal"><U>Internet
+Engineering Task Force</U></SPAN></FONT></A><SPAN STYLE="font-style: normal">
+(IETF) </SPAN><A HREF="http://norm.pf.itd.nrl.navy.mil/rfc3940.pdf"><FONT COLOR="#0000ff"><SPAN STYLE="font-style: normal"><U>RFC
+3940</U></SPAN></FONT></A><SPAN STYLE="font-style: normal">.</SPAN></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+NORM protocol is designed to provide end-to-end reliable transport of
+bulk data objects or streams over generic IP multicast routing and
+forwarding services. NORM uses a selective, negative acknowledgement
+(NACK) mechanism for transport reliability and offers additional
+protocol mechanisms to conduct reliable multicast sessions with
+limited &quot;a priori&quot; coordination among senders and
+receivers. A congestion control scheme is specified to allow the NORM
+protocol fairly share available network bandwidth with other
+transport protocols such as Transmission Control Protocol (TCP). It
+is capable of operating with both reciprocal multicast routing among
+senders and receivers and with asymmetric connectivity (possibly a
+unicast return path) from the senders to receivers. The protocol
+offers a number of features to allow different types of applications
+or possibly other higher level transport protocols to utilize its
+service in different ways. The protocol leverages the use of
+FEC-based repair and other proven reliable multicast transport
+techniques in its design.</P>
 <DIV ID="Table of Contents1" DIR="LTR">
-	<P STYLE="margin-top: 0.25in; font-style: normal"><FONT FACE="Helvetica, sans-serif"><B><A HREF="#Overview">Overview</A></B></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B><A HREF="#API Initialization">API Initialization</A></B></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B><A HREF="#Session Creation and Control">Session Creation and Control</A></B></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B><A HREF="#Data Transport">Data Transport</A></B></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#Data Transmission">Data Transmission</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#Data Reception">Data Reception</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B><A HREF="#API Event Notification">API Event Notification</A></B></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-top: 0.25in; font-style: normal"><FONT FACE="Helvetica, sans-serif"><B><A HREF="#Build Notes">Build Notes</A></B></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B><A HREF="#Unix Platforms">Unix Platforms</A></B></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B><A HREF="#Win32/WiNCE Platforms">Win32/WiNCE Platforms</A></B></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-top: 0.25in; font-style: normal"><FONT FACE="Helvetica, sans-serif"><B><A HREF="#API Reference">API Reference</A></B></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B><A HREF="#API Variable Types and Constants">API Variable Types and Constants</A></B></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormInstanceHandle">NormInstanceHandle</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSessionId">NormSessionId</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectType">NormObjectType</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSize">NormSize</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectTransportId">NormObjectTransportId</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormEventType">NormEventType</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormDescriptor">NormDescriptor</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormFlushMode">NormFlushMode</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormProbingMode">NormProbingMode</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNackingMode">NormNackingMode</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormRepairBoundary">NormRepairBoundary</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormAckingStatus">NormAckingStatus</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B><A HREF="#API Initialization and Operation">API Initialization and Operation</A></B></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormCreateInstance()">NormCreateInstance()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormDestroyInstance()">NormDestroyInstance()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStopInstance()">NormStopInstance()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormRestartInstance()">NormRestartInstance()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetCacheDirectory()">NormSetCacheDirectory()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormGetDescriptor()">NormGetDescriptor()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B><A HREF="#Session Creation and Control Functions">Session Creation and Control Functions</A></B></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormCreateSession()">NormCreateSession()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormDestroySession()">NormDestroySession()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetUserData()">NormSetUserData()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormGetUserData()">NormGetUserData()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormGetLocalNodeId()">NormGetLocalNodeId()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetTxPort()">NormSetTxPort()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetRxPortReuse()">NormSetRxPortReuse()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetMulticastInterface()">NormSetMulticastInterface()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetTTL()">NormSetTTL()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetTOS()">NormSetTOS()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetLoopback()">NormSetLoopback()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B>NORM
-	Sender Functions</B></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStopSender()">NormStopSender()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetTransmitRate()">NormSetTransmitRate()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetTxSocketBuffer()">NormSetTxSocketBuffer()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetCongestionControl()">NormSetCongestionControl()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetTransmitRateBounds()">NormSetTransmitRateBounds()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetTransmitCacheBounds()">NormSetTransmitCacheBounds()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetAutoParity()">NormSetAutoParity()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormGetGrttEstimate()">NormGetGrttEstimate()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetGrttEstimate()">NormSetGrttEstimate()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetGrttMax()">NormSetGrttMax()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetGrttProbingMode()">NormSetGrttProbingMode()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetGrttProbingInterval()">NormSetGrttProbingInterval()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetBackoffFactor()">NormSetBackoffFactor()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetGroupSize()">NormSetGroupSize()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormFileEnqueue()">NormFileEnqueue()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormDataEnqueue()">NormDataEnqueue()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormRequeueObject()">NormRequeueObject()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStreamOpen()">NormStreamOpen()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStreamClose()">NormStreamClose()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStreamWrite()">NormStreamWrite()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStreamFlush()">NormStreamFlush()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStreamSetAutoFlush()">NormStreamSetAutoFlush()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStreamSetPushEnable()">NormStreamSetPushEnable()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStreamHasVacancy()">NormStreamHasVacancy()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStreamMarkEom()">NormStreamMarkEom()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetWatermark()">NormSetWatermark()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormAddAckingNode()">NormAddAckingNode()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormRemoveAckingNode()">NormRemoveAckingNode()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormGetAckingStatus()">NormGetAckingStatus()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B><A HREF="#NORM Receiver Functions">NORM Receiver Functions</A></B></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStartReceiver()">NormStartReceiver()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStopReceiver()">NormStopReceiver()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetRxSocketBuffer()">NormSetRxSocketBuffer()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetSilentReceiver()">NormSetSilentReceiver()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetDefaultUnicastNack()">NormSetDefaultUnicastNack()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeSetUnicastNack()">NormNodeSetUnicastNack()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetDefaultNackingMode()">NormSetDefaultNackingMode()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeSetNackingMode()">NormNodeSetNackingMode()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectSetNackingMode()">NormObjectSetNackingMode()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetDefaultRepairBoundary()">NormSetDefaultRepairBoundary()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeSetRepairBoundary()">NormNodeSetRepairBoundary()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStreamRead()">NormStreamRead()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStreamSeekMsgStart()">NormStreamSeekMsgStart()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStreamGetReadOffset()">NormStreamGetReadOffset()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B><A HREF="#NORM Object Functions">NORM Object Functions</A></B></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectGetType()">NormObjectGetType()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectHasInfo()">NormObjectHasInfo()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectGetInfoLength()">NormObjectGetInfoLength()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectGetInfo()">NormObjectGetInfo()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectGetSize()">NormObjectGetSize()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectGetBytesPending()">NormObjectGetBytesPending()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectCancel()">NormObjectCancel()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectRelease()">NormObjectRelease()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormFileGetName()">NormFileGetName()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormFileRename()">NormFileRename()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormDataAccessData()">NormDataAccessData()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormDataDetachData()">NormDataDetachData()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectGetSender()">NormObjectGetSender()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B><A HREF="#NORM Node Functions">NORM Node Functions</A></B></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeGetId()">NormNodeGetId()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeGetAddress()">NormNodeGetAddress()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeGetGrtt()">NormNodeGetGrtt()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeRetain()">NormNodeRetain()</A></FONT></P>
-	<P STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeRelease()">NormNodeRelease()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-top: 0.25in"><SPAN STYLE="font-style: normal">The
+	NRL NORM library attempts to provide a general useful capability for
+	development of reliable multicast applications for bulk file or
+	other data delivery as well as support of stream-based transport
+	with possible real-time delivery requirements. The API allows access
+	to many NORM protocol parameters and control functions to tailor
+	performance for specific applications. While default parameters,
+	where provided, can be useful to a potential wide range of
+	requirements, the many different possible group communication
+	paradigms dictate different needs for different applications. Even
+	with NORM, the developer should have a thorough understanding of the
+	specific application's group communication needs.</SPAN></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-top: 0.25in"><FONT FACE="Helvetica, sans-serif"><SPAN STYLE="font-style: normal"><B><A HREF="#Overview">Overview</A></B></SPAN></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B><A HREF="#API Initialization">API Initialization</A></B></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B><A HREF="#Session Creation and Control">Session Creation and Control</A></B></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B><A HREF="#Data Transport">Data Transport</A></B></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#Data Transmission">Data Transmission</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#Data Reception">Data Reception</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B><A HREF="#API Event Notification">API Event Notification</A></B></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-top: 0.25in; font-style: normal"><FONT FACE="Helvetica, sans-serif"><B><A HREF="#Build Notes">Build Notes</A></B></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B><A HREF="#Unix Platforms">Unix Platforms</A></B></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B><A HREF="#Win32/WiNCE Platforms">Win32/WiNCE Platforms</A></B></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-top: 0.25in; font-style: normal"><FONT FACE="Helvetica, sans-serif"><B><A HREF="#API Reference">API Reference</A></B></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B><A HREF="#API Variable Types and Constants">API Variable Types and Constants</A></B></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormInstanceHandle">NormInstanceHandle</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSessionId">NormSessionId</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectType">NormObjectType</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSize">NormSize</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectTransportId">NormObjectTransportId</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormEventType">NormEventType</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormDescriptor">NormDescriptor</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormFlushMode">NormFlushMode</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormProbingMode">NormProbingMode</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNackingMode">NormNackingMode</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormRepairBoundary">NormRepairBoundary</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormAckingStatus">NormAckingStatus</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B><A HREF="#API Initialization and Operation">API Initialization and Operation</A></B></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormCreateInstance()">NormCreateInstance()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormDestroyInstance()">NormDestroyInstance()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStopInstance()">NormStopInstance()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormRestartInstance()">NormRestartInstance()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetCacheDirectory()">NormSetCacheDirectory()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormGetDescriptor()">NormGetDescriptor()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B><A HREF="#Session Creation and Control Functions">Session Creation and Control Functions</A></B></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormCreateSession()">NormCreateSession()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormDestroySession()">NormDestroySession()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetUserData()">NormSetUserData()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormGetUserData()">NormGetUserData()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormGetLocalNodeId()">NormGetLocalNodeId()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetTxPort()">NormSetTxPort()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetRxPortReuse()">NormSetRxPortReuse()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetMulticastInterface()">NormSetMulticastInterface()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetTTL()">NormSetTTL()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetTOS()">NormSetTOS()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetLoopback()">NormSetLoopback()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B><A HREF="#NORM Sender Functions">NORM Sender Functions</A></B></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStopSender()">NormStopSender()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetTransmitRate()">NormSetTransmitRate()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetTxSocketBuffer()">NormSetTxSocketBuffer()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetCongestionControl()">NormSetCongestionControl()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetTransmitRateBounds()">NormSetTransmitRateBounds()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetTransmitCacheBounds()">NormSetTransmitCacheBounds()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetAutoParity()">NormSetAutoParity()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormGetGrttEstimate()">NormGetGrttEstimate()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetGrttEstimate()">NormSetGrttEstimate()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetGrttMax()">NormSetGrttMax()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetGrttProbingMode()">NormSetGrttProbingMode()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetGrttProbingInterval()">NormSetGrttProbingInterval()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetBackoffFactor()">NormSetBackoffFactor()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetGroupSize()">NormSetGroupSize()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormFileEnqueue()">NormFileEnqueue()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormDataEnqueue()">NormDataEnqueue()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormRequeueObject()">NormRequeueObject()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStreamOpen()">NormStreamOpen()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStreamClose()">NormStreamClose()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStreamWrite()">NormStreamWrite()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStreamFlush()">NormStreamFlush()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStreamSetAutoFlush()">NormStreamSetAutoFlush()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStreamSetPushEnable()">NormStreamSetPushEnable()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStreamHasVacancy()">NormStreamHasVacancy()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStreamMarkEom()">NormStreamMarkEom()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetWatermark()">NormSetWatermark()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormAddAckingNode()">NormAddAckingNode()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormRemoveAckingNode()">NormRemoveAckingNode()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormGetAckingStatus()">NormGetAckingStatus()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B><A HREF="#NORM Receiver Functions">NORM Receiver Functions</A></B></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStartReceiver()">NormStartReceiver()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStopReceiver()">NormStopReceiver()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetRxSocketBuffer()">NormSetRxSocketBuffer()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetSilentReceiver()">NormSetSilentReceiver()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetDefaultUnicastNack()">NormSetDefaultUnicastNack()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeSetUnicastNack()">NormNodeSetUnicastNack()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetDefaultNackingMode()">NormSetDefaultNackingMode()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeSetNackingMode()">NormNodeSetNackingMode()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectSetNackingMode()">NormObjectSetNackingMode()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSetDefaultRepairBoundary()">NormSetDefaultRepairBoundary()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeSetRepairBoundary()">NormNodeSetRepairBoundary()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStreamRead()">NormStreamRead()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStreamSeekMsgStart()">NormStreamSeekMsgStart()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStreamGetReadOffset()">NormStreamGetReadOffset()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B><A HREF="#NORM Object Functions">NORM Object Functions</A></B></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectGetType()">NormObjectGetType()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectHasInfo()">NormObjectHasInfo()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectGetInfoLength()">NormObjectGetInfoLength()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectGetInfo()">NormObjectGetInfo()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectGetSize()">NormObjectGetSize()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectGetBytesPending()">NormObjectGetBytesPending()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectCancel()">NormObjectCancel()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectRelease()">NormObjectRelease()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormFileGetName()">NormFileGetName()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormFileRename()">NormFileRename()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormDataAccessData()">NormDataAccessData()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormDataDetachData()">NormDataDetachData()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectGetSender()">NormObjectGetSender()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-top: 0.17in; font-style: normal"><FONT SIZE=2><B><A HREF="#NORM Node Functions">NORM Node Functions</A></B></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeGetId()">NormNodeGetId()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeGetAddress()">NormNodeGetAddress()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeGetGrtt()">NormNodeGetGrtt()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeRetain()">NormNodeRetain()</A></FONT></P>
+	<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.17in; margin-top: 0in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeRelease()">NormNodeRelease()</A></FONT></P>
 </DIV>
 <H1 CLASS="western" STYLE="page-break-before: always"><A NAME="Overview">Overview</A></H1>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The NORM API has been
-designed to provide simple, straightforward access to and control of
-NORM protocol state and functions.  Functions are provided to create
-and initialize instances of the NORM API and associated transport
-sessions (<I>NormSessions</I>).    Subsequently, NORM data
-transmission (<I>NormSender</I>) operation can be activated and the
-application can queue various types of data (<I>NormObjects</I>) for
-reliable transport.  Additionally or alternatively, NORM reception
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+NORM API has been designed to provide simple, straightforward access
+to and control of NORM protocol state and functions. Functions are
+provided to create and initialize instances of the NORM API and
+associated transport sessions (<I>NormSessions</I>). Subsequently,
+NORM data transmission (<I>NormSender</I>) operation can be activated
+and the application can queue various types of data (<I>NormObjects</I>)
+for reliable transport. Additionally or alternatively, NORM reception
 (<I>NormReceiver</I>) operation can also be enabled on a per-session
 basis and the protocol implementation alerts the application of
 receive events.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">By default, the NORM
-API will create an operating system thread in which the NORM protocol
-engine runs.  This allows user application code and the underlying
-NORM code to execute somewhat independently of one another.  The NORM
-protocol thread notifies the application of various protocol events
-through a thread-safe event dispatching mechanism and API calls are
-provided to allow the application to control NORM operation.  (<I>Note:
- API mechanisms for lower-level, non-threaded control and execution
-of the NORM protocol engine code <U>may</U> also be provided in the
-future</I>.)</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The NORM API operation
-can be roughly summarized with the following categories of functions:</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">By
+default, the NORM API will create an operating system thread in which
+the NORM protocol engine runs. This allows user application code and
+the underlying NORM code to execute somewhat independently of one
+another. The NORM protocol thread notifies the application of various
+protocol events through a thread-safe event dispatching mechanism and
+API calls are provided to allow the application to control NORM
+operation. (<I>Note: API mechanisms for lower-level, non-threaded
+control and execution of the NORM protocol engine code </I><I><U>may</U></I>
+<I>also be provided in the future</I>.)</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+NORM API operation can be roughly summarized with the following
+categories of functions:</P>
 <OL>
-	<LI><P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal"><A HREF="#API Initialization">API Initialization</A></P>
-	<LI><P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal"><A HREF="#Session Creation and Control">Session Creation and Control</A></P>
-	<LI><P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal"><A HREF="#Data Transport">Data Transport</A></P>
-	<LI><P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal"><A HREF="#API Event Notification">API Event Notification</A></P>
+	<LI><P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">
+	<A HREF="#API Initialization">API Initialization</A></P>
+	<LI><P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">
+	<A HREF="#Session Creation and Control">Session Creation and Control</A></P>
+	<LI><P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">
+	<A HREF="#Data Transport">Data Transport</A></P>
+	<LI><P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">
+	<A HREF="#API Event Notification">API Event Notification</A></P>
 </OL>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">Note the order of these
-categories roughly reflects the order of function calls required to
-use NORM in an application.  The first step is to create and
-initialize, as needed, at least one instance of the NORM API.  Then
-one or more NORM transport sessions (where a “session”
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">Note
+the order of these categories roughly reflects the order of function
+calls required to use NORM in an application. The first step is to
+create and initialize, as needed, at least one instance of the NORM
+API. Then one or more NORM transport sessions (where a “session”
 corresponds to data exchanges on a given multicast group (or unicast
-address) and host port number) may be created and controlled. 
+address) and host port number) may be created and controlled.
 Applications may participate as senders and/or receivers within a
-NORM session.  NORM senders transmit data to the session destination
+NORM session. NORM senders transmit data to the session destination
 address (usually an IP multicast group) while receivers are notified
-of incoming data.  The NORM API provides and event notification
-scheme to notify the application of significant sender and receiver
-events.  There are also a number support functions provided for the
+of incoming data. The NORM API provides and event notification scheme
+to notify the application of significant sender and receiver events.
+There are also a number support functions provided for the
 application to control and monitor its participation within a NORM
 transport session.</P>
 <H2 CLASS="western"><A NAME="API Initialization">API Initialization</A></H2>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The NORM API requires
-that an application explicitly create at least one instance of the
-NORM protocol engine which is subsequently used as a conduit for
-further NORM API calls.  By default, the NORM protocol engine runs in
-its own operating system thread and interacts with the application in
-a thread-safe manner through the API calls and event dispatching
-mechanism.  
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+NORM API requires that an application explicitly create at least one
+instance of the NORM protocol engine which is subsequently used as a
+conduit for further NORM API calls. By default, the NORM protocol
+engine runs in its own operating system thread and interacts with the
+application in a thread-safe manner through the API calls and event
+dispatching mechanism. 
 </P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">In general, only a
-single thread should access the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT>
-API call for a given <FONT FACE="Courier">NormInstance</FONT>.  This
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">In
+general, only a single thread should access the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT>
+API call for a given <FONT FACE="Courier">NormInstance</FONT>. This
 function serves as the conduit for delivering NORM protocol engine
-events to the application.  A NORM application can be designed to be
+events to the application. A NORM application can be designed to be
 single-threaded, even with multiple active <I>NormSessions</I>, but
 also multiple API instances can be created (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormCreateInstance()">NormCreateInstance()</A></FONT>)
 as needed for applications with specific requirements for accessing
 and controlling participation in multiple <I>NormSessions</I> from
-separate operating system multiple threads.  Or, alternatively, a
+separate operating system multiple threads. Or, alternatively, a
 single <FONT FACE="Courier">NormInstance</FONT> could be used, with a
 &quot;master thread&quot; serving as an intermediary between the
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT> function,
 demultiiplexing and dispatching events as appropriate to other &quot;child
 threads&quot; that are created to handle &quot;per-<I>NormSession</I>&quot;
-input/output.  The advantage of this alternative approach is that the
+input/output. The advantage of this alternative approach is that the
 end result would be one NORM protocol engine thread plus one &quot;master
 thread&quot; plus one &quot;child thread&quot; per <I>NormSession</I>
 instead of two threads (protocol engine plus application thread) per
 <I>NormSession</I> if such multi-threaded operation is needed by the
 application.</P>
 <H2 CLASS="western"><A NAME="Session Creation and Control">Session Creation and Control</A></H2>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">Once an API instance
-has been successfully created, the application may then create NORM
-transport session instances as needed.  The application can
-participate in each session as a sender and/or receiver of data.  If
-an application is participating as a sender, it may enqueue data
-transport objects for transmission.  The control of transmission is
-largely left to the senders and API calls are provided to control
-transmission rate, FEC parameters, etc.  Applications participating
-as receivers will be notified via the NORM API's event dispatching
-mechanism of pending and completed reliable reception of data along
-with other significant events.  Additionally, API controls for some
-optional NORM protocol mechanisms, such as positive acknowledgment
-collection, are also provided.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">Note when multiple
-senders are involved, receivers allocate system resources (buffer
-space) for each active sender.  With a very large number of
-concurrently active senders, this may translate to significant memory
-allocation on receiver nodes.  Currently, the API allows the
-application to control how much buffer space is allocated for each
-active sender (<I>NOTE:  In the future, API functions may be provided
-limit the number of active senders monitored and/or provide the
-application with finer control over receive buffer allocation,
-perhaps on a per sender basis</I>).  
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">Once
+an API instance has been successfully created, the application may
+then create NORM transport session instances as needed. The
+application can participate in each session as a sender and/or
+receiver of data. If an application is participating as a sender, it
+may enqueue data transport objects for transmission. The control of
+transmission is largely left to the senders and API calls are
+provided to control transmission rate, FEC parameters, etc.
+Applications participating as receivers will be notified via the NORM
+API's event dispatching mechanism of pending and completed reliable
+reception of data along with other significant events. Additionally,
+API controls for some optional NORM protocol mechanisms, such as
+positive acknowledgment collection, are also provided.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">Note
+when multiple senders are involved, receivers allocate system
+resources (buffer space) for each active sender. With a very large
+number of concurrently active senders, this may translate to
+significant memory allocation on receiver nodes. Currently, the API
+allows the application to control how much buffer space is allocated
+for each active sender (<I>NOTE: In the future, API functions may be
+provided limit the number of active senders monitored and/or provide
+the application with finer control over receive buffer allocation,
+perhaps on a per sender basis</I>). 
 </P>
 <H2 CLASS="western"><A NAME="Data Transport">Data Transport</A></H2>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The NORM protocol
-supports transport of three basic types of data content.  These
-include the types <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_FILE</I></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+NORM protocol supports transport of three basic types of data
+content. These include the types <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_FILE</I></FONT>
 and <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT> which
-represent predetermined, fixed-size application data content.  The
+represent predetermined, fixed-size application data content. The
 only differentiation with respect to these two types is the implicit
 “hint” to the receiver to use non-volatile (i.e. file system)
-storage or memory.  This “hint” lets the receiver allocate
+storage or memory. This “hint” lets the receiver allocate
 appropriate storage space with no other information on the incoming
-data.  The NORM implementation reads/writes data for the
+data. The NORM implementation reads/writes data for the
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_FILE</I></FONT> type directly
 from/to file storage, while application memory space is accessed for
-the <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT> type.  The
+the <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT> type. The
 third data content type, <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</I></FONT>,
-represents unbounded, possibly persistent, streams of data content. 
+represents unbounded, possibly persistent, streams of data content.
 Using this transport paradigm, traditional, byte-oriented streaming
 transport service (e.g. similar to that provided by a TCP socket) can
-be provided.  Additionally, NORM has provisions for
+be provided. Additionally, NORM has provisions for
 application-defined message-oriented transport where receivers can
 recover message boundaries without any “handshake” with the
-sender.  Stream content is buffered by the NORM implementation for
+sender. Stream content is buffered by the NORM implementation for
 transmission/retransmission and as it is received.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="western"><A NAME="Data Transmission">Data Transmission</A></H3>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The behavior of data
-transport operation is largely placed in the control of the NORM
-sender(s).  NORM senders controls their data transmission rate,
-forward error correction (FEC) encoding settings, and parameters
-controlling feedback from the receiver group.  Multiple senders may
-operate in a session, each with independent transmission parameters. 
-NORM receivers learn needed parameter values from fields in NORM
-message headers.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">NORM transport
-“objects” (file, data, or stream) are queued for transmission by
-NORM senders.  NORM senders may also cancel transmission of objects
-at any time.  The NORM sender controls the transmission rate either
-manually (fixed transmission rate) or automatically when NORM
-congestion control operation is enabled.  The NORM congestion control
-mechanism is designed to be &quot;friendly&quot; to other data flows
-on the network, fairly sharing available bandwidth.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">By default, the NORM
-sender transmits application-enqueued data content, providing repair
-transmissions (usually in the form of FEC messages) only when
-requested by NACKs from the receivers.  However, the application may
-also configure NORM to proactively send some amount of FEC content
-along with the original data content to create a &quot;robust&quot;
-transmission that, in some cases, may be reliably received without
-any NACKing activity.  This can allow for some degree of reliable
-protocol operation even without receiver feedback available.  NORM
-senders may also requeue (within the limits of &quot;transmit cache&quot;
-settings) objects for repeat transmission, and receivers may combine
-together multiple transmissions to reliably receive content. 
-Additionally, hybrid proactive/reactive FEC repair operation is
-possible with the receiver NACK process as a &quot;backup&quot; for
-when network packet loss exceeds the repair capability of the
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+behavior of data transport operation is largely placed in the control
+of the NORM sender(s). NORM senders controls their data transmission
+rate, forward error correction (FEC) encoding settings, and
+parameters controlling feedback from the receiver group. Multiple
+senders may operate in a session, each with independent transmission
+parameters. NORM receivers learn needed parameter values from fields
+in NORM message headers.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">NORM
+transport “objects” (file, data, or stream) are queued for
+transmission by NORM senders. NORM senders may also cancel
+transmission of objects at any time. The NORM sender controls the
+transmission rate either manually (fixed transmission rate) or
+automatically when NORM congestion control operation is enabled. The
+NORM congestion control mechanism is designed to be &quot;friendly&quot;
+to other data flows on the network, fairly sharing available
+bandwidth.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">By
+default, the NORM sender transmits application-enqueued data content,
+providing repair transmissions (usually in the form of FEC messages)
+only when requested by NACKs from the receivers. However, the
+application may also configure NORM to proactively send some amount
+of FEC content along with the original data content to create a
+&quot;robust&quot; transmission that, in some cases, may be reliably
+received without any NACKing activity. This can allow for some degree
+of reliable protocol operation even without receiver feedback
+available. NORM senders may also requeue (within the limits of
+&quot;transmit cache&quot; settings) objects for repeat transmission,
+and receivers may combine together multiple transmissions to reliably
+receive content. Additionally, hybrid proactive/reactive FEC repair
+operation is possible with the receiver NACK process as a &quot;backup&quot;
+for when network packet loss exceeds the repair capability of the
 proactive FEC settings.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The NRL NORM
-implementation also supports optional collection of positive
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+NRL NORM implementation also supports optional collection of positive
 acknowledgment from a subset of the receiver group at
-application-determined positions during data transmission.  The NORM
+application-determined positions during data transmission. The NORM
 API allows the application to specify the receiver subset (&quot;acking
 node list&quot;) and set &quot;watermark&quot; points for which
-positive acknowledgement is collected.  This process can provide the
+positive acknowledgement is collected. This process can provide the
 application with explicit flow control for an application-determined
 critical set of receivers in the group.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">For a NORM application
-to perform data transmission, it must first create a session using
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormCreateSession()">NormCreateSession()</A></FONT> and make a call to
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT> before sending actual
-user data.  The functions <FONT FACE="Courier">NormEnqueueFile()</FONT>,
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">For
+a NORM application to perform data transmission, it must first create
+a session using <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormCreateSession()">NormCreateSession()</A></FONT> and
+make a call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT> before
+sending actual user data. The functions <FONT FACE="Courier">NormEnqueueFile()</FONT>,
 <FONT FACE="Courier">NormEnqueueData()</FONT>, and <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamWrite()">NormStreamWrite()</A></FONT>
 are available for the application to pass data to the NORM protocol
-engine for transmission.  Note that to use <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamWrite()">NormStreamWrite()</A></FONT>,
+engine for transmission. Note that to use <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamWrite()">NormStreamWrite()</A></FONT>,
 a &quot;sender stream&quot; must first be created using
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamOpen()">NormStreamOpen()</A></FONT>.  
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamOpen()">NormStreamOpen()</A></FONT>. 
 </P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The calls to enqueue
-transport objects or write to a stream may be called at any time, but
-the <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_QUEUE_EMPTY</I></FONT> and
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_QUEUE_VACANCY</I></FONT> notification
-events (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT>) provide
-useful cues for when these functions may be successfully called. 
-Typically, an application might catch both <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_QUEUE_EMPTY</I></FONT>
-and <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_QUEUE_VACANCY</I></FONT> event
-types as cues for enqueuing additional transport objects or writing
-to a stream.  However, an application may choose to cue off of
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+calls to enqueue transport objects or write to a stream may be called
+at any time, but the <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_QUEUE_EMPTY</I></FONT>
+and <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_QUEUE_VACANCY</I></FONT>
+notification events (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT>)
+provide useful cues for when these functions may be successfully
+called. Typically, an application might catch both
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_QUEUE_EMPTY</I></FONT> and
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_QUEUE_VACANCY</I></FONT> event types
+as cues for enqueuing additional transport objects or writing to a
+stream. However, an application may choose to cue off of
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_QUEUE_EMPTY</I></FONT> only if it
 wishes to provide the &quot;freshest&quot; data to NORM for
-transmission.  The advantage of additionally using
+transmission. The advantage of additionally using
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_QUEUE_VACANCY</I></FONT> is that if
 the application uses this cue to fill up NORM transport object or
 stream buffers, it can keep the NORM stream busy sending data and
@@ -418,512 +534,543 @@ realize the highest possible transmission rate when attempting very
 high speed communication (Otherwise, the NORM protocol engine may
 experience some &quot;dead air time&quot; waiting for the application
 thread to respond to a <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_QUEUE_EMPTY</I></FONT>
-event).  Note the sender application can control buffer depths as
+event). Note the sender application can control buffer depths as
 needed with the <A HREF="#NormSetTransmitCacheBounds()">NormSetTransmitCacheBounds()</A> and <A HREF="#NormStreamOpen()">NormStreamOpen()</A>
 calls.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">Another cue that can be
-leveraged by the sender application to determine when it is
-appropriate to enqueue (or write) additional data for transmission is
-the <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_WATERMARK_COMPLETED</I></FONT>
-event.  This event is posted when the flushing or explicit positive
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">Another
+cue that can be leveraged by the sender application to determine when
+it is appropriate to enqueue (or write) additional data for
+transmission is the <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_WATERMARK_COMPLETED</I></FONT>
+event. This event is posted when the flushing or explicit positive
 acknowledgment collection process has completed for a &quot;watermark&quot;
 point in transmission that was set by the sender (see
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetWatermark()">NormSetWatermark()</A></FONT> and
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormAddAckingNode()">NormAddAckingNode()</A></FONT>).  A list of
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormAddAckingNode()">NormAddAckingNode()</A></FONT>). A list of
 <FONT FACE="Courier">NormNodeIds</FONT> can be supplied from which
 explicit acknowledgement is expected and/or the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></FONT>
 NORM_NODE_NONE can be set (using <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormAddAckingNode()">NormAddAckingNode()</A></FONT>)
 for completion of a NACK-based version of the watermark flushing
-procedure.  This flushing process can be used as a flow control
-mechanism for NORM applications.  Note this is distinct from NORM's
+procedure. This flushing process can be used as a flow control
+mechanism for NORM applications. Note this is distinct from NORM's
 congestion control mechanism that, while it provides network-friendly
 transmission rate control, does guarantee flow control to receiving
 nodes.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="western"><A NAME="Data Reception">Data Reception</A></H3>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">NORM receiver
-applications learn of active senders and their corresponding pending
-and completed data transfers, etc via the API event dispatching
-mechanism.  By default, NORM receivers use NACK messages to request
-repair of transmitted content from the originating sender as needed
-to achieve reliable transfer.  Some API functions are available to
-provide some additional control over the NACKing behavior, such as
-initially NACKing for NORM_INFO content only or even to the extent of
-disabling receiver feedback (silent receiver or emission-controlled
-(EMCON) operation) entirely.  Otherwise, the parameters and operation
-of reliable data transmission are left to sender applications and
-receivers learn of sender parameters in NORM protocol message headers
-and are instructed by NORM_CMD messages from the sender(s).</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">NORM
+receiver applications learn of active senders and their corresponding
+pending and completed data transfers, etc via the API event
+dispatching mechanism. By default, NORM receivers use NACK messages
+to request repair of transmitted content from the originating sender
+as needed to achieve reliable transfer. Some API functions are
+available to provide some additional control over the NACKing
+behavior, such as initially NACKing for NORM_INFO content only or
+even to the extent of disabling receiver feedback (silent receiver or
+emission-controlled (EMCON) operation) entirely. Otherwise, the
+parameters and operation of reliable data transmission are left to
+sender applications and receivers learn of sender parameters in NORM
+protocol message headers and are instructed by NORM_CMD messages from
+the sender(s).</P>
 <H2 CLASS="western"><A NAME="API Event Notification">API Event Notification</A></H2>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">An asynchronous event
-dispatching mechanism is provided to notify the application of
-significant NORM protocol events.  The centerpiece of this is the
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT> function which can be
-used to retrieve the next NORM protocol engine event in the form of a
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A></FONT> structure.  This function will
-typically block until a <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A></FONT> occurs.
- However, non-blocking operation may be achieved by using the
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">An
+asynchronous event dispatching mechanism is provided to notify the
+application of significant NORM protocol events. The centerpiece of
+this is the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT> function
+which can be used to retrieve the next NORM protocol engine event in
+the form of a <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A></FONT> structure. This
+function will typically block until a <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A></FONT>
+occurs. However, non-blocking operation may be achieved by using the
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetDescriptor()">NormGetDescriptor()</A></FONT> call to get a value
 (file descriptor (Unix) or HANDLE (Win32) suitable for use in a
 asynchronous I/O monitoring functions such as <I>select()</I> (Unix)
-or <I>MsgWaitForMultipleObjects()</I> (Win32).  The descriptor will
-be signaled when  a <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A></FONT> is
-available.  For Win32 platforms, dispatching of a user-defined
-Windows message for NORM event notification is also planned for a
-future update to the API.</P>
+or <I>MsgWaitForMultipleObjects()</I> (Win32). The descriptor will be
+signaled when a <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A></FONT> is available.
+For Win32 platforms, dispatching of a user-defined Windows message
+for NORM event notification is also planned for a future update to
+the API.</P>
 <H1 CLASS="western"><A NAME="Build Notes">Build Notes</A></H1>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">To build applications
-that use the NORM library, a path to the &quot;normApi.h&quot; header
-file must be provided and the linker step needs to reference the NORM
-library file (&quot;libnorm.a&quot; for Unix platforms and &quot;Norm.lib&quot;
-for Win32 platforms).  NORM also depends upon the NRL Protean
-Protocol Prototyping toolkit &quot;Protokit&quot; library (a.k.a
-&quot;Protolib&quot;) (static library files &quot;libProtokit.a&quot;
-for Unix and &quot;Protokit.lib&quot; for Win32).  Shared or
-dynamically-linked versions of these libraries may also be built from
-the NORM source code or provided.  Depending upon the platform, some
-additional library dependencies may be required to support the needs
-of NORM and/or Protokit.  These are described below.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">To
+build applications that use the NORM library, a path to the
+&quot;normApi.h&quot; header file must be provided and the linker
+step needs to reference the NORM library file (&quot;libnorm.a&quot;
+for Unix platforms and &quot;Norm.lib&quot; for Win32 platforms).
+NORM also depends upon the NRL Protean Protocol Prototyping toolkit
+&quot;Protokit&quot; library (a.k.a &quot;Protolib&quot;) (static
+library files &quot;libProtokit.a&quot; for Unix and &quot;Protokit.lib&quot;
+for Win32). Shared or dynamically-linked versions of these libraries
+may also be built from the NORM source code or provided. Depending
+upon the platform, some additional library dependencies may be
+required to support the needs of NORM and/or Protokit. These are
+described below.</P>
 <H2 CLASS="western"><A NAME="Unix Platforms">Unix Platforms</A></H2>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">NORM has been built and
-tested on Linux (various architectures), MacOS (BSD), Solaris, and
-IRIX (SGI) platforms.  The code should be readily portable to other
-Unix platforms.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">To support IPv6
-operation, the NORM and the <I>Protokit</I> library must be compiled
-with the &quot;HAVE_IPV6&quot; macro defined.  This is default in the
-NORM and <I>Protokit</I> Makefiles for platforms that support IPv6. 
-It is important that NORM and <I>Protokit</I> be built with this
-macro defined the same.  With NORM, it is recommended that &quot;large
-file support&quot; options be enabled when possible.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The NORM API uses
-threading so that the NORM protocol engine may run independent of the
-application.  Thus the &quot;POSIX Threads&quot; library must be
-included (&quot;-'pthread&quot;) in the linking step.  MacOS/BSD also
-requires the addition of the &quot;-lresolv&quot; (resolver) library
-and Solaris requires the dynamic loader, network/socket, and resolver
-libraries (&quot;–lnsl –lsocket –lresolv&quot;) to achieve
-successful compilation.  The Makefiles in the NORM source code
-distribution are a reference for these requirements.  Note that MacOS
-9 and earlier are not supported.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">Additionally, it is
-critical that the _FILE_OFFSET_BITS macro be consistently defined for
-the NORM library build and the application build using the library. 
-The distributed NORM Makefiles have –D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 set in
-the compilation to enable &quot;large file support&quot;. 
-Applications built using NORM should have the same compilation option
-set to operate correctly (The definition of the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSize">NormSize</A></FONT>
-type in &quot;normApi.h&quot; depends upon this compilation flag).</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">NORM
+has been built and tested on Linux (various architectures), MacOS
+(BSD), Solaris, and IRIX (SGI) platforms. The code should be readily
+portable to other Unix platforms.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">To
+support IPv6 operation, the NORM and the <I>Protokit</I> library must
+be compiled with the &quot;HAVE_IPV6&quot; macro defined. This is
+default in the NORM and <I>Protokit</I> Makefiles for platforms that
+support IPv6. It is important that NORM and <I>Protokit</I> be built
+with this macro defined the same. With NORM, it is recommended that
+&quot;large file support&quot; options be enabled when possible.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+NORM API uses threading so that the NORM protocol engine may run
+independent of the application. Thus the &quot;POSIX Threads&quot;
+library must be included (&quot;-'pthread&quot;) in the linking step.
+MacOS/BSD also requires the addition of the &quot;-lresolv&quot;
+(resolver) library and Solaris requires the dynamic loader,
+network/socket, and resolver libraries (&quot;–lnsl –lsocket
+–lresolv&quot;) to achieve successful compilation. The Makefiles in
+the NORM source code distribution are a reference for these
+requirements. Note that MacOS 9 and earlier are not supported.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">Additionally,
+it is critical that the _FILE_OFFSET_BITS macro be consistently
+defined for the NORM library build and the application build using
+the library. The distributed NORM Makefiles have
+–D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 set in the compilation to enable &quot;large
+file support&quot;. Applications built using NORM should have the
+same compilation option set to operate correctly (The definition of
+the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSize">NormSize</A></FONT> type in &quot;normApi.h&quot;
+depends upon this compilation flag).</P>
 <H2 CLASS="western"><A NAME="Win32/WiNCE Platforms">Win32/WiNCE Platforms</A></H2>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">NORM has been built
-using Microsoft's Visual C++ (6.0 and .NET) and Embedded VC++ 4.2
-environments.  In addition to proper macro definitions (e.g.,
-HAVE_IPV6, etc) that are included in the respective &quot;Protokit&quot;
-and &quot;NORM&quot; project files, it is important that common code
-generation settings be used when building the NORM application.  The
-NORM and Protokit projects are built with the &quot;Multithreading
-DLL&quot; library usage set.  The NORM API requires multithreading
-support.  This is a critical setting and numerous compiler and linker
-errors will result if this is not properly set for your application
-project.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">NORM and Protokit also
-depend on the Winsock 2.0 (&quot;ws2_32.lib&quot; (or &quot;ws2.lib&quot;
-(WinCE)) and the IP Helper API (&quot;iphlpapi.lib&quot;) libraries
-and these must be included in the project &quot;Link&quot;
-attributes.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">An additional note is
-that a bug in VC++ 6.0 and earlier compilers (includes embedded VC++
-4.x compilers) prevent compilation of <I>Protokit</I>-based code with
-debugging capabilities enabled.  However, this has been resolved in
-VC++ .NET and is hoped to be resolved in the future for the WinCE
-build tools.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">Operation on Windows
-NT4 (and perhaps other older Windows operating systems) requires that
-the compile time macro <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>WINVER=0x0400</I></FONT>
-defined.  This is because the version of the IP Helper API library
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">NORM
+has been built using Microsoft's Visual C++ (6.0 and .NET) and
+Embedded VC++ 4.2 environments. In addition to proper macro
+definitions (e.g., HAVE_IPV6, etc) that are included in the
+respective &quot;Protokit&quot; and &quot;NORM&quot; project files,
+it is important that common code generation settings be used when
+building the NORM application. The NORM and Protokit projects are
+built with the &quot;Multithreading DLL&quot; library usage set. The
+NORM API requires multithreading support. This is a critical setting
+and numerous compiler and linker errors will result if this is not
+properly set for your application project.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">NORM
+and Protokit also depend on the Winsock 2.0 (&quot;ws2_32.lib&quot;
+(or &quot;ws2.lib&quot; (WinCE)) and the IP Helper API
+(&quot;iphlpapi.lib&quot;) libraries and these must be included in
+the project &quot;Link&quot; attributes.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">An
+additional note is that a bug in VC++ 6.0 and earlier compilers
+(includes embedded VC++ 4.x compilers) prevent compilation of
+<I>Protokit</I>-based code with debugging capabilities enabled.
+However, this has been resolved in VC++ .NET and is hoped to be
+resolved in the future for the WinCE build tools.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">Operation
+on Windows NT4 (and perhaps other older Windows operating systems)
+requires that the compile time macro <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>WINVER=0x0400</I></FONT>
+defined. This is because the version of the IP Helper API library
 (<I>iphlpapi.lib</I>) used by <I>Protolib</I> (and hence NORM) for
 this system doesn't support some of the functions defined for this
-library.  This may be related to IPv6 support issues so it may be
+library. This may be related to IPv6 support issues so it may be
 possible that the <I>Protolib</I> build could be tweaked to provide a
 single binary executable suitable for IPv4 operation only across a
 large range of Windows platforms.</P>
 <H1 CLASS="western"><A NAME="API Reference">API Reference</A></H1>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This section provides a
-reference to the NORM API variable types, constants and functions.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+section provides a reference to the NORM API variable types,
+constants and functions.</P>
 <H2 CLASS="western"><A NAME="API Variable Types and Constants">API Variable Types and Constants</A></H2>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The NORM API defines
-and enumerates a number of supporting variable types and values which
-are used in different function calls.  The variable types are
-described here.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+NORM API defines and enumerates a number of supporting variable types
+and values which are used in different function calls. The variable
+types are described here.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormInstanceHandle">NormInstanceHandle</A></H3>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormInstanceHandle">NormInstanceHandle</A>
-</FONT>type is returned when a NORM API instance is created (see
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormCreateInstance()">NormCreateInstance()</A></FONT>).  This handle can
-be subsequently used for API calls which require reference to a
-specific NORM API instance.  By default, each NORM API instance
-instantiated creates an operating system thread for protocol
-operation.  Note that multiple NORM transport sessions may be created
-for a single API instance.  In general, it is expected that
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormInstanceHandle">NormInstanceHandle</A> </FONT>type is returned when
+a NORM API instance is created (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormCreateInstance()">NormCreateInstance()</A></FONT>).
+This handle can be subsequently used for API calls which require
+reference to a specific NORM API instance. By default, each NORM API
+instance instantiated creates an operating system thread for protocol
+operation. Note that multiple NORM transport sessions may be created
+for a single API instance. In general, it is expected that
 applications will create a single NORM API instance, but some
 multi-threaded application designs may prefer multiple corresponding
-NORM API instances.  The value <FONT FACE="Courier">NORM_INSTANCE_INVALID</FONT>
+NORM API instances. The value <FONT FACE="Courier">NORM_INSTANCE_INVALID</FONT>
 corresponds to an invalid API instance.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A></H3>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A></FONT>
-type is used to reference NORM transport sessions which have been
-created using the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormCreateSession()">NormCreateSession()</A></FONT> API
-call.  Multiple <FONT FACE="Courier">NormSessionHandles</FONT> may be
-associated with a given <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormInstanceHandle">NormInstanceHandle</A></FONT>.
- The special value <FONT FACE="Courier">NORM_SESSION_INVALID </FONT>is
-used to refer to invalid session references.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A></FONT> type is used to
+reference NORM transport sessions which have been created using the
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormCreateSession()">NormCreateSession()</A></FONT> API call. Multiple
+<FONT FACE="Courier">NormSessionHandles</FONT> may be associated with
+a given <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormInstanceHandle">NormInstanceHandle</A></FONT>. The special
+value <FONT FACE="Courier">NORM_SESSION_INVALID </FONT>is used to
+refer to invalid session references.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSessionId">NormSessionId</A></H3>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSessionId">NormSessionId</A></FONT>
-type is used by applications to uniquely identify their instance of
-participation as a sender within a <I>NormSession</I>.  This type is
-a parameter to the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT>
-function.  Robust applications can use different <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSessionId">NormSessionId</A></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSessionId">NormSessionId</A></FONT> type is used by
+applications to uniquely identify their instance of participation as
+a sender within a <I>NormSession</I>. This type is a parameter to the
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT> function. Robust
+applications can use different <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSessionId">NormSessionId</A></FONT>
 values when initiating sender operation so that receivers can
 discriminate when a sender has terminated and restarted (whether
-intentional or due to system failure).  For example, an application
+intentional or due to system failure). For example, an application
 could cache its prior <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSessionId">NormSessionId</A></FONT> value
 in non-volatile storage which could then be recovered and incremented
-(for example) upon system restart to produce a new value.  The
+(for example) upon system restart to produce a new value. The
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSessionId">NormSessionId</A></FONT> value is used for the value
 of the <I>instance_id</I> field in NORM protocol sender messages (see
 the NORM protocol specification) and receivers use this field to
 detect sender restart within a <I>NormSession</I>.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></H3>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A>
-</FONT>type is used to reference state kept by the NORM
-implementation with respect to other participants within a
-<I>NormSession</I>.  Most typically, the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A>
-</FONT>is used by receiver applications to dereference information
-about remote senders of data as needed.  The special value
-<FONT FACE="Courier">NORM_NODE_INVALID</FONT> corresponds to an
-invalid reference.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A> </FONT>type is used to reference
+state kept by the NORM implementation with respect to other
+participants within a <I>NormSession</I>. Most typically, the
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A> </FONT>is used by receiver
+applications to dereference information about remote senders of data
+as needed. The special value <FONT FACE="Courier">NORM_NODE_INVALID</FONT>
+corresponds to an invalid reference.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></H3>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></FONT>
-type corresponds to a 32-bit numeric value which should uniquely
-identify a participant (node) in a given <I>NormSession</I>.  The
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeGetId()">NormNodeGetId()</A></FONT> function can be used to
-retrieve this value given a valid <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT>.
- The special value <FONT FACE="Courier">NORM_NODE_NONE</FONT>
-corresponds to an invalid (or null) node while the value
-<FONT FACE="Courier">NORM_NODE_ANY</FONT> serves as a wildcard value
-for some functions.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></FONT> type corresponds to a 32-bit
+numeric value which should uniquely identify a participant (node) in
+a given <I>NormSession</I>. The <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeGetId()">NormNodeGetId()</A></FONT>
+function can be used to retrieve this value given a valid
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT>. The special value
+<FONT FACE="Courier">NORM_NODE_NONE</FONT> corresponds to an invalid
+(or null) node while the value <FONT FACE="Courier">NORM_NODE_ANY</FONT>
+serves as a wildcard value for some functions.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></H3>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT>
-type is used to reference state kept for data transport objects being
-actively transmitted or received.  The state kept for NORM transport
-objects is temporary, but the NORM API provides a function to
-persistently retain state associated with a sender or receiver
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT> (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></FONT>)
-if needed.  For sender objects, unless explicitly retained, the
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT> can be considered valid
-until the referenced object is explicitly canceled (see
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectCancel()">NormObjectCancel()</A></FONT>) or purged from the
-sender transmission queue (see the event <I><FONT FACE="Courier">NORM_TX_OBJECT_PURGED</FONT></I>).
- For receiver objects, these handles should be treated as valid only
-until a subsequent call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT>
-unless, again, specifically retained.  The special value
-<I><FONT FACE="Courier">NORM_OBJECT_INVALID</FONT></I> corresponds to
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT> type is used to
+reference state kept for data transport objects being actively
+transmitted or received. The state kept for NORM transport objects is
+temporary, but the NORM API provides a function to persistently
+retain state associated with a sender or receiver <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT>
+(see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></FONT>) if needed. For
+sender objects, unless explicitly retained, the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT>
+can be considered valid until the referenced object is explicitly
+canceled (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectCancel()">NormObjectCancel()</A></FONT>) or
+purged from the sender transmission queue (see the event
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_OBJECT_PURGED</I></FONT>). For
+receiver objects, these handles should be treated as valid only until
+a subsequent call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT>
+unless, again, specifically retained. The special value
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_INVALID</I></FONT> corresponds to
 an invalid transport object reference.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormObjectType">NormObjectType</A></H3>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectType">NormObjectType</A></FONT>
-type is an enumeration of possible NORM data transport object types. 
-As previously mentioned, valid types include:</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectType">NormObjectType</A></FONT> type is an enumeration of
+possible NORM data transport object types. As previously mentioned,
+valid types include:</P>
 <OL>
-	<LI><P CLASS="western"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_FILE</I></FONT></P>
-	<LI><P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal"><I><FONT FACE="Courier">NORM_OBJECT_DATA</FONT></I>,
-	and</P>
-	<LI><P CLASS="western"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</I></FONT></P>
+	<LI><P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_FILE</I></FONT></P>
+	<LI><P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">
+	<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT>, and</P>
+	<LI><P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</I></FONT></P>
 </OL>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">Given a
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT>, the application may
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">Given
+a <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT>, the application may
 determine an object's type using the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectGetType()">NormObjectGetType()</A></FONT>
-function call.  A special <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectType">NormObjectType</A></FONT>
-value, <I><FONT FACE="Courier">NORM_OBJECT_NONE</FONT></I>, indicates
+function call. A special <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectType">NormObjectType</A></FONT>
+value, <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_NONE</I></FONT>, indicates
 an invalid object type. 
 </P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSize">NormSize</A></H3>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSize">NormSize</A></FONT>
-is the type used for <I>NormObject</I> size information.  For
-example, the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectGetSize()">NormObjectGetSize()</A></FONT> function
-returns a value of type <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSize">NormSize</A></FONT>.  The
-range of <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSize">NormSize</A></FONT> values depends upon the
-operating system and NORM library compilation settings.  With &quot;large
-file support&quot; enabled, as is the case with distributed NORM
-library &quot;Makefiles&quot;, the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSize">NormSize</A></FONT>
-type is a 64-bit integer.  However, some platforms may support only
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSize">NormSize</A></FONT> is the type used for <I>NormObject</I>
+size information. For example, the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectGetSize()">NormObjectGetSize()</A></FONT>
+function returns a value of type <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSize">NormSize</A></FONT>.
+The range of <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSize">NormSize</A></FONT> values depends upon
+the operating system and NORM library compilation settings. With
+&quot;large file support&quot; enabled, as is the case with
+distributed NORM library &quot;Makefiles&quot;, the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSize">NormSize</A></FONT>
+type is a 64-bit integer. However, some platforms may support only
 32-bit object sizes.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormObjectTransportId">NormObjectTransportId</A></H3>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectTransportId">NormObjectTransportId</A></FONT> type is a 16-bit
 numerical value assigned to <I>NormObjects</I> by senders during
-active transport.  These values are temporarily unique with respect
-to a given sender within a <I>NormSession</I> and may be &quot;recycled&quot;
-for use for future transport objects.  NORM sender nodes assign these
+active transport. These values are temporarily unique with respect to
+a given sender within a <I>NormSession</I> and may be &quot;recycled&quot;
+for use for future transport objects. NORM sender nodes assign these
 values in a monotonically increasing fashion during the course of a
-session as part of protocol operation.  Typically, the application
+session as part of protocol operation. Typically, the application
 should not need access to these values, but an API call
 <FONT FACE="Courier">NormObjectGetTransportId() </FONT>is provided to
-retrieve these values if needed.  (<I>Note this type may be
-deprecated – it may not be needed at all if the NormObjectRequeue()
-function (TBD) is implemented using handles only, but _some_
-applications requiring persistence even after a system reboot may
-need the ability to recall previous transport ids?</I>)</P>
+retrieve these values if needed. (<I>Note this type may be deprecated
+– it may not be needed at all if the NormObjectRequeue() function
+(TBD) is implemented using handles only, but _some_ applications
+requiring persistence even after a system reboot may need the ability
+to recall previous transport ids?</I>)</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormEventType">NormEventType</A></H3>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEventType">NormEventType</A></FONT>
-is an enumeration of NORM API events.  &quot;Events&quot; are used by
-the NORM API to signal the application of significant NORM protocol
-operation events (e.g., receipt of a new receive object, etc).  A
-description of possible <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEventType">NormEventType</A></FONT>
-values and their interpretation is given below.  The function call
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT> is used to retrieve
-events from the NORM protocol engine.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEventType">NormEventType</A></FONT> is an enumeration of NORM
+API events. &quot;Events&quot; are used by the NORM API to signal the
+application of significant NORM protocol operation events (e.g.,
+receipt of a new receive object, etc). A description of possible
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEventType">NormEventType</A></FONT> values and their
+interpretation is given below. The function call <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT>
+is used to retrieve events from the NORM protocol engine.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormEvent">NormEvent</A></H3>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A>
-</FONT>type is a structure used to describe significant NORM protocol
-events.  This structure is defined as follows:</P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>typedef
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A> </FONT>type is a structure used to
+describe significant NORM protocol events. This structure is defined
+as follows:</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>typedef
 struct<BR>{<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#NormEventType">NormEventType</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;type;<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session;<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;node;<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;object;<BR>}
 <A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A>;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The <FONT FACE="Courier">type</FONT>
-field indicates the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEventType">NormEventType</A></FONT> and
-determines how the other fields should be interpreted.  Note that not
-all <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEventType">NormEventType</A></FONT> fields are relevant to
-all events.  The <FONT FACE="Courier">session</FONT>, <FONT FACE="Courier">node</FONT>,
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+<FONT FACE="Courier">type</FONT> field indicates the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEventType">NormEventType</A></FONT>
+and determines how the other fields should be interpreted. Note that
+not all <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEventType">NormEventType</A></FONT> fields are relevant
+to all events. The <FONT FACE="Courier">session</FONT>, <FONT FACE="Courier">node</FONT>,
 and <FONT FACE="Courier">object</FONT> fields indicate the applicable
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A></FONT>, <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT>,
 and <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT>, respectively, to
-which the event applies.  NORM protocol events are made available to
+which the event applies. NORM protocol events are made available to
 the application via the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT>
 function call.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormDescriptor">NormDescriptor</A></H3>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormDescriptor">NormDescriptor</A></FONT>
-type provides reference to a file descriptor (Unix) or HANDLE
-(Win32).  For a given <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormInstanceHandle">NormInstanceHandle</A></FONT>,
-the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetDescriptor()">NormGetDescriptor()</A></FONT> function can be
-used to retrieve a <A HREF="#NormDescriptor">NormDescriptor</A> value that may, in turn, used in
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormDescriptor">NormDescriptor</A></FONT> type provides reference to
+a file descriptor (Unix) or HANDLE (Win32). For a given
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormInstanceHandle">NormInstanceHandle</A></FONT>, the
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetDescriptor()">NormGetDescriptor()</A></FONT> function can be used
+to retrieve a <A HREF="#NormDescriptor">NormDescriptor</A> value that may, in turn, used in
 appropriate system calls (e.g. <I>select()</I> or
 <I>MsgWaitForMultipleObjects()</I>) to asynchronously monitor the
 NORM protocol engine for notification events (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A></FONT>
 description). 
 </P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormFlushMode">NormFlushMode</A></H3>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormFlushMode">NormFlushMode</A></FONT>
-type consists of the following enumeration:</P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>enum
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormFlushMode">NormFlushMode</A></FONT> type consists of the
+following enumeration:</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>enum
 <A HREF="#NormFlushMode">NormFlushMode</A><BR>{<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;NORM_FLUSH_NONE,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;NORM_FLUSH_PASSIVE,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;NORM_FLUSH_ACTIVE<BR>};</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The interpretation of
-these values is given  in the descriptions of <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamFlush()">NormStreamFlush()</A></FONT>
-and <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamSetAutoFlush()">NormStreamSetAutoFlush()</A></FONT> functions.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+interpretation of these values is given in the descriptions of
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamFlush()">NormStreamFlush()</A></FONT> and
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamSetAutoFlush()">NormStreamSetAutoFlush()</A></FONT> functions.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormProbingMode">NormProbingMode</A></H3>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormProbingMode">NormProbingMode</A></FONT>
-type consists of the following enumeration:</P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>enum
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormProbingMode">NormProbingMode</A></FONT> type consists of the
+following enumeration:</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>enum
 <A HREF="#NormProbingMode">NormProbingMode</A><BR>{<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;NORM_PROBE_NONE,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;NORM_PROBE_PASSIVE,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;NORM_PROBE_ACTIVE<BR>};</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The interpretation of
-these values is given  in the description of <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetGrttProbingMode()">NormSetGrttProbingMode()</A></FONT>
-function.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+interpretation of these values is given in the description of
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetGrttProbingMode()">NormSetGrttProbingMode()</A></FONT> function.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormNackingMode">NormNackingMode</A></H3>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNackingMode">NormNackingMode</A></FONT>
-type consists of the following enumeration:</P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>enum
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNackingMode">NormNackingMode</A></FONT> type consists of the
+following enumeration:</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>enum
 <A HREF="#NormNackingMode">NormNackingMode</A><BR>{<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;NORM_NACK_NONE,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;NORM_NACK_INFO_ONLY,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;NORM_NACK_NORMAL<BR>};</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The interpretation of
-these values is given  in the descriptions of  the
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+interpretation of these values is given in the descriptions of the
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetDefaultNackingMode()">NormSetDefaultNackingMode()</A></FONT>,
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeSetNackingMode()">NormNodeSetNackingMode()</A></FONT> and
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectSetNackingMode()">NormObjectSetNackingMode()</A></FONT> functions.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormRepairBoundary">NormRepairBoundary</A></H3>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormRepairBoundary">NormRepairBoundary</A></FONT>
-types consists of the following enumeration:</P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>enum
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormRepairBoundary">NormRepairBoundary</A></FONT> types consists of the
+following enumeration:</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>enum
 <A HREF="#NormRepairBoundary">NormRepairBoundary</A><BR>{<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;NORM_BOUNDARY_BLOCK,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;NORM_BOUNDARY_OBJECT<BR>};</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The interpretation of
-these values is given  in the descriptions of  the
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+interpretation of these values is given in the descriptions of the
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetDefaultRepairBoundary()">NormSetDefaultRepairBoundary()</A> </FONT>and
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeSetRepairBoundary()">NormNodeSetRepairBoundary()</A></FONT> functions.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormAckingStatus">NormAckingStatus</A></H3>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormAckingStatus">NormAckingStatus</A></FONT>
-consist of the following enumeration:</P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>enum
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormAckingStatus">NormAckingStatus</A></FONT> consist of the following
+enumeration:</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>enum
 <A HREF="#NormAckingStatus">NormAckingStatus</A><BR>{<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;NORM_ACK_INVALID,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;NORM_ACK_FAILURE,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;NORM_ACK_PENDING,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;NORM_ACK_SUCCESS<BR>};</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The interpretation of
-these values is given  in the descriptions of  the
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+interpretation of these values is given in the descriptions of the
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetAckingStatus()">NormGetAckingStatus()</A></FONT> function.</P>
 <H2 CLASS="western"><A NAME="API Initialization and Operation">API Initialization and Operation</A></H2>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The first step in using
-the NORM API is to create an &quot;instance&quot; of the NORM
-protocol engine.  Note that multiple instances may be created by the
-application if necessary, but generally only a single instance is
-required since multiple <I>NormSessions</I> may be managed under a
-single NORM API instance.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+first step in using the NORM API is to create an &quot;instance&quot;
+of the NORM protocol engine. Note that multiple instances may be
+created by the application if necessary, but generally only a single
+instance is required since multiple <I>NormSessions</I> may be
+managed under a single NORM API instance.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormCreateInstance()">NormCreateInstance()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormInstanceHandle">NormInstanceHandle</A>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormInstanceHandle">NormInstanceHandle</A>
 NormCreateInstance(bool priorityBoost = false);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function creates
-an instance of a NORM protocol engine and is the necessary first step
-before any other API functions may be used.  With the instantiation
-of the NORM protocol engine, an operating system thread is created
-for protocol execution.  The returned <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormInstanceHandle">NormInstanceHandle</A>
-</FONT>value may be used in subsequent API calls as needed, such
-<FONT FACE="Courier">NormCreateSesssion()</FONT>, etc.  The optional
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>priorityBoost</U></FONT> parameter, when set
-to a value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>, specifies that
-the NORM protocol engine thread be run with higher priority
-scheduling.  On Win32 platforms, this corresponds to
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function creates an instance of a NORM protocol engine and is the
+necessary first step before any other API functions may be used. With
+the instantiation of the NORM protocol engine, an operating system
+thread is created for protocol execution. The returned
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormInstanceHandle">NormInstanceHandle</A> </FONT>value may be used in
+subsequent API calls as needed, such <FONT FACE="Courier">NormCreateSesssion()</FONT>,
+etc. The optional <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>priorityBoost</U></FONT>
+parameter, when set to a value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>,
+specifies that the NORM protocol engine thread be run with higher
+priority scheduling. On Win32 platforms, this corresponds to
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>THREAD_PRIORITY_TIME_CRITICAL</I></FONT> and
 on Unix systems with the <FONT FACE="Courier">sched_setscheduler()</FONT>
 API, an attempt to get the maximum allowed <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>SCHED_FIFO</I></FONT>
-priority is made.  The use of this option should be carefully
+priority is made. The use of this option should be carefully
 evaluated since, depending upon the application's scheduling priority
 and NORM API usage, this may have adverse effects instead of a
 guaranteed performance increase!</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">A value of
-<FONT FACE="Courier">NORM_INSTANCE_INVALID</FONT> is returned upon
-failure.  The function will only fail if system resources are
-unavailable to allocate the instance and/or create the corresponding
-thread.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">A
+value of <FONT FACE="Courier">NORM_INSTANCE_INVALID</FONT> is
+returned upon failure. The function will only fail if system
+resources are unavailable to allocate the instance and/or create the
+corresponding thread.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormDestroyInstance()">NormDestroyInstance()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormDestroyInstance(<A HREF="#NormInstanceHandle">NormInstanceHandle</A> instance);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormDestroyInstance()">NormDestroyInstance()</A></FONT> function
 immediately shuts down and destroys the NORM protocol engine instance
-referred to by the <U><FONT FACE="Courier">instance</FONT></U>
-parameter.  The application should make no subsequent references to
+referred to by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>instance</U></FONT>
+parameter. The application should make no subsequent references to
 the indicated <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormInstanceHandle">NormInstanceHandle</A></FONT> or any
-other API handles or objects associated with it.  However, the
+other API handles or objects associated with it. However, the
 application is still responsible for releasing any object handles it
 has retained (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></FONT> and
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRelease()">NormObjectRelease()</A></FONT>).  
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRelease()">NormObjectRelease()</A></FONT>). 
 </P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The function has no
-return value.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+function has no return value.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormStopInstance()">NormStopInstance()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormStopInstance(<A HREF="#NormInstanceHandle">NormInstanceHandle</A> instance);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function
-immediately stops the NORM protocol engine thread corresponding to
-the given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>instance</U></FONT> parameter.  It
-also posts a &quot;dummy&quot; notification event so that if another
-thread is blocked on a call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT>,
-that thread will be released.  Hence, for some multithreaded uses of
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function immediately stops the NORM protocol engine thread
+corresponding to the given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>instance</U></FONT>
+parameter. It also posts a &quot;dummy&quot; notification event so
+that if another thread is blocked on a call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT>,
+that thread will be released. Hence, for some multithreaded uses of
 the NORM API, this function may be useful as a preliminary step to
 safely coordinate thread shutdown before a call is made to
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormDestroyInstance()">NormDestroyInstance()</A></FONT>.  After
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormDestroyInstance()">NormDestroyInstance()</A></FONT>. After
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStopInstance()">NormStopInstance()</A></FONT> is called and any
 pending events posted prior to its call have been retrieved,
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT> will return a value of
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">When this function is
-invoked, state for any <I>NormSessions</I> associated with the given
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>instance</U></FONT> is &quot;frozen&quot;. 
-The complementary function, <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormRestartInstance()">NormRestartInstance()</A></FONT>
-can be subsequently used to &quot;unfreeze&quot; and resume NORM
-protocol operation (a new thread is created and started).</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">When
+this function is invoked, state for any <I>NormSessions</I>
+associated with the given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>instance</U></FONT>
+is &quot;frozen&quot;. The complementary function,
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormRestartInstance()">NormRestartInstance()</A></FONT> can be subsequently
+used to &quot;unfreeze&quot; and resume NORM protocol operation (a
+new thread is created and started).</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The function has no
-return value.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+function has no return value.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormRestartInstance()">NormRestartInstance()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
 NormRestartInstance(<A HREF="#NormInstanceHandle">NormInstanceHandle</A> instance);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function creates
-and starts an operating system thread to resume NORM protocol engine
-operation for the given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>instance</U></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function creates and starts an operating system thread to resume NORM
+protocol engine operation for the given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>instance</U></FONT>
 that was previously stopped by a call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStopInstance()">NormStopInstance()</A></FONT>.
- It is not expected that this function will be used often, but there
+It is not expected that this function will be used often, but there
 may be special application cases where &quot;freezing&quot; and later
-resuming NORM protocol operation may be useful.  
+resuming NORM protocol operation may be useful. 
 </P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The function returns
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> when the NORM protocol engine
-thread is successfully restarted, and <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+function returns <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> when the
+NORM protocol engine thread is successfully restarted, and <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>
 otherwise.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal"><BR>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in"><BR><BR>
 </P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetCacheDirectory()">NormSetCacheDirectory()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
 NormSetCacheDirectory(<A HREF="#NormInstanceHandle">NormInstanceHandle</A>&nbsp;instance,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;const
 char*&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;cachePath);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function sets the
-directory path used by receivers to cache newly-received
-<I><FONT FACE="Courier">NORM_OBJECT_FILE</FONT></I> objects.  This
-function must be called before any file objects may be received and
-thus should be called before any calls to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartReceiver()">NormStartReceiver()</A></FONT>
-are made.  However, note that the cache directory may be changed even
-during active NORM reception.  In this case, the new specified
-directory path will be used for subsequently-received files.  Any
-files received before a directory path change will remain in the
-previous cache location.  Note that the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormFileRename()">NormFileRename()</A></FONT>
-function may be used to rename, and thus potentially move, received
-files after reception has begun.  
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function sets the directory path used by receivers to cache
+newly-received <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_FILE</I></FONT>
+objects. This function must be called before any file objects may be
+received and thus should be called before any calls to
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartReceiver()">NormStartReceiver()</A></FONT> are made. However,
+note that the cache directory may be changed even during active NORM
+reception. In this case, the new specified directory path will be
+used for subsequently-received files. Any files received before a
+directory path change will remain in the previous cache location.
+Note that the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormFileRename()">NormFileRename()</A></FONT> function
+may be used to rename, and thus potentially move, received files
+after reception has begun. 
 </P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The <U><FONT FACE="Courier">instance</FONT></U>
-parameter specifies the NORM protocol engine instance (all
-NormSessions associated with that <U><FONT FACE="Courier">instance</FONT></U>
-share the same cache path) and the <U><FONT FACE="Courier">cachePath</FONT></U>
-is a string specifying a valid (and writable) directory path.  The
-function returns <I><FONT FACE="Courier">true</FONT></I> on success
-and <I><FONT FACE="Courier">false</FONT></I> on failure.  The failure
-conditions are that the indicated directory does not exist or the
-process does not have permissions to write.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>instance</U></FONT> parameter specifies the
+NORM protocol engine instance (all NormSessions associated with that
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>instance</U></FONT> share the same cache
+path) and the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>cachePath</U></FONT> is a
+string specifying a valid (and writable) directory path. The function
+returns <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> on success and <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>
+on failure. The failure conditions are that the indicated directory
+does not exist or the process does not have permissions to write.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
 NormGetNextEvent(<A HREF="#NormInstanceHandle">NormInstanceHandle</A>&nbsp;instance,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A>*&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;theEvent);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function retrieves
-the next available NORM protocol event from the protocol engine. The
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>instance</U></FONT><U> </U>parameter
-specifies the applicable NORM protocol engine, and the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>theEvent</U></FONT><U>
-</U>parameter must be a valid pointer to a <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A></FONT>
-structure capable of receiving the NORM event information.  For
-expected reliable protocol operation, the application should make
-every attempt to retrieve and process NORM notification events in a
-timely manner.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">Note that this is
-currently the only blocking call in the NORM API.  But non-blocking
-operation may be achieved by using the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetDescriptor()">NormGetDescriptor()</A></FONT>
-function to obtain a descriptor (or HANDLE for WIN32) suitable for
-asynchronous input/output (I/O) notification using such system calls
-as <I><FONT FACE="Courier">select()</FONT></I> (UNIX) or
-<I><FONT FACE="Courier">WaitForMultipleObjects()</FONT></I> (WIN32). 
-The descriptor is signaled when a notification event is pending and a
-call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT> will not
-block.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function retrieves the next available NORM protocol event from the
+protocol engine. The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>instance</U></FONT><U>
+</U>parameter specifies the applicable NORM protocol engine, and the
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>theEvent</U></FONT><U> </U>parameter must be
+a valid pointer to a <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A></FONT> structure
+capable of receiving the NORM event information. For expected
+reliable protocol operation, the application should make every
+attempt to retrieve and process NORM notification events in a timely
+manner.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">Note
+that this is currently the only blocking call in the NORM API. But
+non-blocking operation may be achieved by using the
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetDescriptor()">NormGetDescriptor()</A></FONT> function to obtain a
+descriptor (or HANDLE for WIN32) suitable for asynchronous
+input/output (I/O) notification using such system calls as <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>select()</I></FONT>
+(UNIX) or <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>WaitForMultipleObjects()</I></FONT>
+(WIN32). The descriptor is signaled when a notification event is
+pending and a call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT>
+will not block.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">NORM Notification Event Types</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The following table
-enumerates the possible <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A> </FONT>values
-and describes how these notifications should be interpreted as they
-are retrieved by the application via the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT>
-function call.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+following table enumerates the possible <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A>
+</FONT>values and describes how these notifications should be
+interpreted as they are retrieved by the application via the
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT> function call.</P>
 <TABLE WIDTH=590 BORDER=0 CELLPADDING=7 CELLSPACING=0>
 	<COL WIDTH=269>
 	<COL WIDTH=293>
@@ -935,8 +1082,7 @@ function call.</P>
 	</TR>
 	<TR VALIGN=TOP>
 		<TD WIDTH=269>
-			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
-			<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_QUEUE_VACANCY</I></FONT></P>
+			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="page-break-inside: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_QUEUE_VACANCY</I></FONT></P>
 		</TD>
 		<TD WIDTH=293>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
@@ -944,7 +1090,7 @@ function call.</P>
 			objects to be enqueued, or, if the handle of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</I></FONT>
 			is given in the corresponding event &quot;object&quot; field, the
 			application may successfully write to the indicated stream object.
-			 Note this event is not dispatched until a call to
+			Note this event is not dispatched until a call to
 			<FONT FACE="Courier">NormEnqueueFile()</FONT>, <FONT FACE="Courier">NormEnqueueData()</FONT>,
 			or <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamWrite()">NormStreamWrite()</A></FONT> fails because of
 			a filled transmit cache or stream buffer.</P>
@@ -952,14 +1098,13 @@ function call.</P>
 	</TR>
 	<TR VALIGN=TOP>
 		<TD WIDTH=269>
-			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
-			<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_QUEUE_EMPTY</I></FONT></P>
+			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="page-break-inside: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_QUEUE_EMPTY</I></FONT></P>
 		</TD>
 		<TD WIDTH=293>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
 			This event indicates the NORM protocol engine has no new data
 			pending transmission and the application may enqueue additional
-			objects for transmission.  If the handle of a sender
+			objects for transmission. If the handle of a sender
 			<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</I></FONT> is given in
 			the corresponding event &quot;object&quot; field, this indicates
 			the stream transmit buffer has been emptied and the sender
@@ -971,19 +1116,18 @@ function call.</P>
 	</TR>
 	<TR VALIGN=TOP>
 		<TD WIDTH=269>
-			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
-			<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_FLUSH_COMPLETED</I></FONT></P>
+			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="page-break-inside: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_FLUSH_COMPLETED</I></FONT></P>
 		</TD>
 		<TD WIDTH=293>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
 			This event indicates that the flushing process the NORM sender
 			observes when it no longer has data ready for transmission has
-			completed.  The completion of the flushing process is a reasonable
+			completed. The completion of the flushing process is a reasonable
 			indicator (with a sufficient NORM &quot;robust factor&quot; value)
-			that the receiver set no longer has any pending repair requests. 
+			that the receiver set no longer has any pending repair requests.
 			Note the use of NORM's optional positive acknowledgement feature
 			is more deterministic in this regards, but this notification is
-			useful when there are non-acking (NACK-only) receivers.  The
+			useful when there are non-acking (NACK-only) receivers. The
 			default NORM robust factor of 20 (20 flush messages are sent at
 			end-of-transmission) provides a high assurance of reliable
 			transmission, even with packet loss rates of 50%.</P>
@@ -991,58 +1135,53 @@ function call.</P>
 	</TR>
 	<TR VALIGN=TOP>
 		<TD WIDTH=269>
-			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
-			<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_WATERMARK_COMPLETED</I></FONT></P>
+			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="page-break-inside: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_WATERMARK_COMPLETED</I></FONT></P>
 		</TD>
 		<TD WIDTH=293>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
 			This event indicates that the flushing process initiated by a
 			prior application call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetWatermark()">NormSetWatermark()</A></FONT>
-			has completed  The posting of this event indicates the appropriate
+			has completed The posting of this event indicates the appropriate
 			time for the application to make a call <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetAckingStatus()">NormGetAckingStatus()</A></FONT>
 			to determine the results of the watermark flushing process.</P>
 		</TD>
 	</TR>
 	<TR VALIGN=TOP>
 		<TD WIDTH=269>
-			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
-			<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_OBJECT_SENT</I></FONT></P>
+			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="page-break-inside: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_OBJECT_SENT</I></FONT></P>
 		</TD>
 		<TD WIDTH=293>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
 			This event indicates that the transport object referenced by the
 			event's &quot;object&quot; field has completed at least one pass
-			of total transmission.  Note that this does not guarantee that
+			of total transmission. Note that this does not guarantee that
 			reliable transmission has yet completed; only that the entire
-			object content has been transmitted.  Depending upon network
+			object content has been transmitted. Depending upon network
 			behavior, several rounds of NACKing and repair transmissions may
 			be required to complete reliable transfer.</P>
 		</TD>
 	</TR>
 	<TR VALIGN=TOP>
 		<TD WIDTH=269>
-			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
-			<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_OBJECT_PURGED</I></FONT></P>
+			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="page-break-inside: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_OBJECT_PURGED</I></FONT></P>
 		</TD>
 		<TD WIDTH=293>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
 			This event indicates that the NORM protocol engine will no longer
 			refer to the transport object identified by the event's &quot;object'
-			field.  Typically, this will occur when the application has
+			field. Typically, this will occur when the application has
 			enqueued more objects than space available within the set sender
 			transmit cache bounds (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetTransmitCacheBounds()">NormSetTransmitCacheBounds()</A></FONT>).
-			 Posting of this notification means the application is free to
-			free any resources (memory, files, etc) associated with the
-			indicated &quot;object&quot;.  After this event, the given
-			&quot;object&quot; handle (<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT>)
-			is no longer valid unless it is specifically retained by the
-			application.</P>
+			Posting of this notification means the application is free to free
+			any resources (memory, files, etc) associated with the indicated
+			&quot;object&quot;. After this event, the given &quot;object&quot;
+			handle (<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT>) is no longer
+			valid unless it is specifically retained by the application.</P>
 		</TD>
 	</TR>
 	<TR VALIGN=TOP>
 		<TD WIDTH=269>
-			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
-			<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_LOCAL_SENDER_CLOSED</I></FONT></P>
+			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="page-break-inside: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_LOCAL_SENDER_CLOSED</I></FONT></P>
 		</TD>
 		<TD WIDTH=293>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
@@ -1053,33 +1192,31 @@ function call.</P>
 	</TR>
 	<TR VALIGN=TOP>
 		<TD WIDTH=269>
-			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
-			<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_CC_ACTIVE</I></FONT></P>
+			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="page-break-inside: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_CC_ACTIVE</I></FONT></P>
 		</TD>
 		<TD WIDTH=293>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
 			This event indicates that congestion control feedback from
 			receivers has begun to be received (<I>This also implies that
 			receivers in the group are actually present and can be used as a
-			cue to begin data transmission.</I>).  Note that congestion
-			control must be enabled (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetCongestionControl()">NormSetCongestionControl()</A></FONT>)
-			for this event to be posted.  Congestion control feedback can be
+			cue to begin data transmission.</I>). Note that congestion control
+			must be enabled (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetCongestionControl()">NormSetCongestionControl()</A></FONT>)
+			for this event to be posted. Congestion control feedback can be
 			assumed to be received until a <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_CC_INACTIVE</I></FONT>
 			event is posted.</P>
 		</TD>
 	</TR>
 	<TR VALIGN=TOP>
 		<TD WIDTH=269>
-			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
-			<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_CC_INACTIVE</I></FONT></P>
+			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="page-break-inside: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_CC_INACTIVE</I></FONT></P>
 		</TD>
 		<TD WIDTH=293>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
 			This event indicates there has been no recent congestion control
 			feedback received from the receiver set and that the local NORM
-			sender has reached its minimum transmit rate.  Applications may
+			sender has reached its minimum transmit rate. Applications may
 			wish to refrain from new data transmission until a <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_CC_ACTIVE</I></FONT>
-			event is posted.  This notification is only posted when congestion
+			event is posted. This notification is only posted when congestion
 			control operation is enabled (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetCongestionControl()">NormSetCongestionControl()</A></FONT>)
 			<I>and</I> a previous <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_CC_ACTIVE</I></FONT>
 			event has occurred.</P>
@@ -1093,21 +1230,19 @@ function call.</P>
 	</TR>
 	<TR VALIGN=TOP>
 		<TD WIDTH=269>
-			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
-			<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_REMOTE_SENDER_NEW</I></FONT></P>
+			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="page-break-inside: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_REMOTE_SENDER_NEW</I></FONT></P>
 		</TD>
 		<TD WIDTH=293>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
 			This event is posted when a receiver first receives messages from
-			a specific remote NORM sender.  This marks the beginning of the
+			a specific remote NORM sender. This marks the beginning of the
 			interval during which the application may reference the provided
 			&quot;node&quot; handle (<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT>).</P>
 		</TD>
 	</TR>
 	<TR VALIGN=TOP>
 		<TD WIDTH=269>
-			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
-			<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_REMOTE_SENDER_ACTIVE</I></FONT></P>
+			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="page-break-inside: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_REMOTE_SENDER_ACTIVE</I></FONT></P>
 		</TD>
 		<TD WIDTH=293>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid"><A NAME="OLE_LINK5"></A><A NAME="OLE_LINK4"></A>
@@ -1118,21 +1253,19 @@ function call.</P>
 	</TR>
 	<TR VALIGN=TOP>
 		<TD WIDTH=269>
-			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
-			<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_REMOTE_SENDER_INACTIVE</I></FONT></P>
+			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="page-break-inside: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_REMOTE_SENDER_INACTIVE</I></FONT></P>
 		</TD>
 		<TD WIDTH=293>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
 			This event is posted after a significant period of inactivity (no
 			sender messages received) of a specific NORM sender within the
-			session.  The NORM protocol engine frees buffering resources
+			session. The NORM protocol engine frees buffering resources
 			allocated for this sender when it becomes inactive.</P>
 		</TD>
 	</TR>
 	<TR VALIGN=TOP>
 		<TD WIDTH=269>
-			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
-			<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_REMOTE_SENDER_PURGED</I></FONT></P>
+			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="page-break-inside: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_REMOTE_SENDER_PURGED</I></FONT></P>
 		</TD>
 		<TD WIDTH=293>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
@@ -1142,8 +1275,7 @@ function call.</P>
 	</TR>
 	<TR VALIGN=TOP>
 		<TD WIDTH=269>
-			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
-			<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_NEW</I></FONT></P>
+			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="page-break-inside: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_NEW</I></FONT></P>
 		</TD>
 		<TD WIDTH=293>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
@@ -1155,8 +1287,7 @@ function call.</P>
 	</TR>
 	<TR VALIGN=TOP>
 		<TD WIDTH=269>
-			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
-			<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_INFO</I></FONT></P>
+			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="page-break-inside: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_INFO</I></FONT></P>
 		</TD>
 		<TD WIDTH=293>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
@@ -1166,8 +1297,7 @@ function call.</P>
 	</TR>
 	<TR VALIGN=TOP>
 		<TD WIDTH=269>
-			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
-			<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_UPDATED</I></FONT></P>
+			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="page-break-inside: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_UPDATED</I></FONT></P>
 		</TD>
 		<TD WIDTH=293>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
@@ -1177,13 +1307,12 @@ function call.</P>
 	</TR>
 	<TR VALIGN=TOP>
 		<TD WIDTH=269>
-			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
-			<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_COMPLETED</I></FONT></P>
+			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="page-break-inside: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_COMPLETED</I></FONT></P>
 		</TD>
 		<TD WIDTH=293>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
 			This event is posted when a receive object is completely received,
-			including available NORM_INFO content.  Unless the application
+			including available NORM_INFO content. Unless the application
 			specifically retains the &quot;object&quot; handle, the indicated
 			<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT> becomes invalid and
 			must no longer be referenced.</P>
@@ -1191,13 +1320,12 @@ function call.</P>
 	</TR>
 	<TR VALIGN=TOP>
 		<TD WIDTH=269>
-			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
-			<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_ABORTED</I></FONT></P>
+			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="page-break-inside: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_ABORTED</I></FONT></P>
 		</TD>
 		<TD WIDTH=293>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
 			This notification is posted when a pending receive object's
-			transmission is aborted by the remote sender.  Unless the
+			transmission is aborted by the remote sender. Unless the
 			application specifically retains the &quot;object&quot; handle,
 			the indicated <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT> becomes
 			invalid and must no longer be referenced.</P>
@@ -1211,14 +1339,13 @@ function call.</P>
 	</TR>
 	<TR VALIGN=TOP>
 		<TD WIDTH=269>
-			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
-			<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_GRTT_UPDATED</I></FONT></P>
+			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="page-break-inside: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_GRTT_UPDATED</I></FONT></P>
 		</TD>
 		<TD WIDTH=293>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
 			This notification indicates that either the local sender estimate
 			of GRTT has changed, or that a remote sender's estimate of GRTT
-			has changed.  The &quot;sender&quot; member of the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A></FONT>
+			has changed. The &quot;sender&quot; member of the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A></FONT>
 			is set to <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_NODE_INVALID</I></FONT> if
 			the local sender's GRTT estimate has changed or to the
 			<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT> of the remote sender
@@ -1227,8 +1354,7 @@ function call.</P>
 	</TR>
 	<TR VALIGN=TOP>
 		<TD WIDTH=269>
-			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
-			<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_EVENT_INVALID</I></FONT></P>
+			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="page-break-inside: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_EVENT_INVALID</I></FONT></P>
 		</TD>
 		<TD WIDTH=293>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
@@ -1237,76 +1363,80 @@ function call.</P>
 		</TD>
 	</TR>
 </TABLE>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal"><BR>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in"><BR><BR>
 </P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function generally
-blocks the thread of application execution until a <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A></FONT>
-is available and returns <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> when
-a <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A></FONT> is available.  However, there
-are some exceptional cases when the function may immediately return
-even when no event is pending.  In these cases, the return value is
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>.  
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function generally blocks the thread of application execution until a
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A></FONT> is available and returns <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>
+when a <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A></FONT> is available. However,
+there are some exceptional cases when the function may immediately
+return even when no event is pending. In these cases, the return
+value is <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>. 
 </P>
-<P CLASS="western">WIN32 Note:  A future version of this API will
-provide an option to have a user-defined Window message posted when a
-NORM API event is pending.  (Also some event filtering calls may be
-provided (e.g. avoid the potentially numerous <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_UPDATED</I></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in">WIN32 Note: A future
+version of this API will provide an option to have a user-defined
+Window message posted when a NORM API event is pending. (Also some
+event filtering calls may be provided (e.g. avoid the potentially
+numerous <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_UPDATED</I></FONT>
 events if not needed by the application)).</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormGetDescriptor()">NormGetDescriptor()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormDescriptor">NormDescriptor</A>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormDescriptor">NormDescriptor</A>
 NormGetDescriptor(<A HREF="#NormInstanceHandle">NormInstanceHandle</A> instance);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function is used
-to retrieve a <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormDescriptor">NormDescriptor</A></FONT> (integer
-file descriptor (UNIX) or HANDLE (WIN32)) suitable for asynchronous
-I/O notification to avoid blocking calls to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT>.
- A <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormDescriptor">NormDescriptor</A></FONT> is available for each
-protocol engine <U><FONT FACE="Courier">instance</FONT></U>.  The
-descriptor (or WIN32 HANDLE) is suitable for use as an input (or
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function is used to retrieve a <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormDescriptor">NormDescriptor</A></FONT>
+(integer file descriptor (UNIX) or HANDLE (WIN32)) suitable for
+asynchronous I/O notification to avoid blocking calls to
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT>. A <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormDescriptor">NormDescriptor</A></FONT>
+is available for each protocol engine <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>instance</U></FONT>.
+The descriptor (or WIN32 HANDLE) is suitable for use as an input (or
 &quot;read&quot;) descriptor which is signaled when a NORM protocol
 event is ready for retrieval via <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT>.
- Hence, a call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT> will
-not block when the descriptor has been signaled.  The <I><FONT FACE="Courier">select()</FONT></I>
-system call (UNIX) (or <I><FONT FACE="Courier">WaitForMultipleObjects()</FONT></I>
+Hence, a call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT> will
+not block when the descriptor has been signaled. The <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>select()</I></FONT>
+system call (UNIX) (or <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>WaitForMultipleObjects()</I></FONT>
 (WIN32)) can be used to detect when the returned <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormDescriptor">NormDescriptor</A></FONT>
-is signaled.  For the <FONT FACE="Courier">select()</FONT> call
-usage, the NORM descriptor should be treated as a &quot;read&quot;
+is signaled. For the <FONT FACE="Courier">select()</FONT> call usage,
+the NORM descriptor should be treated as a &quot;read&quot;
 descriptor.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">A descriptor is
-returned which is valid until a call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormDestroyInstance()">NormDestroyInstance()</A></FONT>
-is made.  Upon error, a value of <I><FONT FACE="Courier">NORM_DESCRIPTOR_INVALID</FONT></I>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">A
+descriptor is returned which is valid until a call to
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormDestroyInstance()">NormDestroyInstance()</A></FONT> is made. Upon
+error, a value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_DESCRIPTOR_INVALID</I></FONT>
 is returned.</P>
 <H2 CLASS="western"><A NAME="Session Creation and Control Functions">Session Creation and Control Functions</A></H2>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">Whether participating
-in a NORM protocol session as a sender, receiver, or both, there are
-some common API calls used to instantiate a <I>NormSession</I> and
-set some common session parameters.  Functions are provided to
-control network socket and multicast parameters.  Additionally, a
-&quot;user data&quot; value may be associated with a
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">Whether
+participating in a NORM protocol session as a sender, receiver, or
+both, there are some common API calls used to instantiate a
+<I>NormSession</I> and set some common session parameters. Functions
+are provided to control network socket and multicast parameters.
+Additionally, a &quot;user data&quot; value may be associated with a
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A></FONT> for programming
 convenience when dealing with multiple sessions.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormCreateSession()">NormCreateSession()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>
 NormCreateSession(<A HREF="#NormInstanceHandle">NormInstanceHandle</A>&nbsp;instance,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;const
 char*&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;address,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
 short&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;port,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;localId);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function creates a
-NORM protocol session (<I>NormSession</I>) using the address
-(multicast or unicast) parameters provided.  While session state is
-allocated and initialized, active session participation does not
-begin until a call is made to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function creates a NORM protocol session (<I>NormSession</I>) using
+the address (multicast or unicast) parameters provided. While session
+state is allocated and initialized, active session participation does
+not begin until a call is made to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT>
 and/or <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartReceiver()">NormStartReceiver()</A></FONT> to join the
 specified multicast group (if applicable) and start protocol
-operation.  The following parameters are required in this function
+operation. The following parameters are required in this function
 call:</P>
 <TABLE WIDTH=590 BORDER=0 CELLPADDING=7 CELLSPACING=0>
 	<COL WIDTH=101>
@@ -1331,16 +1461,16 @@ call:</P>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
 			This points to a string containing an IP address (e.g. dotted
 			decimal IPv4 address (or IPv6 address) or name resolvable to a
-			valid IP address.  The specified <U><FONT FACE="Courier">address</FONT></U>
-			(along with the <U><FONT FACE="Courier">port</FONT></U> number)
-			determines the destination of NORM messages sent.  For multicast
+			valid IP address. The specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>address</U></FONT>
+			(along with the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>port</U></FONT> number)
+			determines the destination of NORM messages sent. For multicast
 			sessions, NORM senders and receivers must use a common multicast
-			address and port number.  For unicast sessions, the sender and
+			address and port number. For unicast sessions, the sender and
 			receiver must use a common port number, but specify the other
 			node's IP address as the session address (Although note that
 			receiver-only unicast nodes who are providing unicast feedback to
 			senders will not generate any messages to the session IP address
-			and the <U><FONT FACE="Courier">address</FONT></U> parameter value
+			and the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>address</U></FONT> parameter value
 			is thus inconsequential for this special case).</P>
 		</TD>
 	</TR>
@@ -1352,7 +1482,7 @@ call:</P>
 		<TD WIDTH=461>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
 			This must be a valid, unused port number corresponding to the
-			desired NORM session address.  See the <U><FONT FACE="Courier">address</FONT></U>
+			desired NORM session address. See the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>address</U></FONT>
 			parameter description for more details.</P>
 		</TD>
 	</TR>
@@ -1365,319 +1495,334 @@ call:</P>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
 			The <FONT FACE="Courier">localId</FONT> parameter specifies the
 			<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></FONT> that should be used to
-			identify the application's presence in the <I>NormSession</I>. 
-			All participant's in a <I>NormSession</I> should use unique
-			<FONT FACE="Courier">localId</FONT> values.  The application may
-			specify a value of <I><FONT FACE="Courier">NORM_NODE_ANY </FONT></I>or
-			<I><FONT FACE="Courier">NORM_NODE_ANY</FONT></I> for the <FONT FACE="Courier">localId</FONT>
-			parameter.  In this case, the NORM implementation will attempt to
-			pick an identifier based on the host computer's &quot;default&quot;
-			IP address (based on the computer's default host name).  Note
-			there is a chance that this approach may not provide unique node
-			identifiers in some situations and the NORM protocol does not
-			currently provide a mechanism to detect or resolve <I><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></I>
-			collisions.  Thus, the application should explicitly specify the
-			<FONT FACE="Courier">localId</FONT> unless there is a high degree
-			of confidence that the default IP address will provide a unique
-			identifier.</P>
+			identify the application's presence in the <I>NormSession</I>. All
+			participant's in a <I>NormSession</I> should use unique <FONT FACE="Courier">localId</FONT>
+			values. The application may specify a value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_NODE_ANY
+			</I></FONT>or <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_NODE_ANY</I></FONT> for
+			the <FONT FACE="Courier">localId</FONT> parameter. In this case,
+			the NORM implementation will attempt to pick an identifier based
+			on the host computer's &quot;default&quot; IP address (based on
+			the computer's default host name). Note there is a chance that
+			this approach may not provide unique node identifiers in some
+			situations and the NORM protocol does not currently provide a
+			mechanism to detect or resolve <I><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></I> collisions. Thus,
+			the application should explicitly specify the <FONT FACE="Courier">localId</FONT>
+			unless there is a high degree of confidence that the default IP
+			address will provide a unique identifier.</P>
 		</TD>
 	</TR>
 </TABLE>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The returned
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A></FONT> value is valid until a
-call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormDestroySession()">NormDestroySession()</A></FONT> is made.  A
-value of <I><FONT FACE="Courier">NORM_SESSION_INVALID</FONT></I> is
-returned upon error.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+returned <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A></FONT> value is valid
+until a call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormDestroySession()">NormDestroySession()</A></FONT> is
+made. A value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_SESSION_INVALID</I></FONT>
+is returned upon error.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormDestroySession()">NormDestroySession()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormDestroySession(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A> session);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function
-immediately terminates the application's participation in the
-<I>NormSession</I> identified by the <U><FONT FACE="Courier">session</FONT></U>
-parameter and frees any resources used by that session.  An exception
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function immediately terminates the application's participation in
+the <I>NormSession</I> identified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>
+parameter and frees any resources used by that session. An exception
 to this is that the application is responsible for releasing any
 explicitly retained <FONT FACE="Courier">NormObjectHandles</FONT>
 (See <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></FONT> and
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRelease()">NormObjectRelease()</A></FONT>).</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-returned values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no returned values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetUserData()">NormSetUserData()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormSetUserData(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A> session, const void* userData);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function allows
-the application to attach a value to the previously-created
-<I>NormSession</I> instance specified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>
-parameter.  This value is not used or interpreted by NORM, but is
-available to the application for use at the programmer's discretion. 
-The set <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>userData</U></FONT> value can be
-later retrieved using the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetUserData()">NormGetUserData()</A></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function allows the application to attach a value to the
+previously-created <I>NormSession</I> instance specified by the
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT> parameter. This value is
+not used or interpreted by NORM, but is available to the application
+for use at the programmer's discretion. The set <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>userData</U></FONT>
+value can be later retrieved using the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetUserData()">NormGetUserData()</A></FONT>
 function call.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-returned values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no returned values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormGetUserData()">NormGetUserData()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>const
-void* NormGetUserData(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A> session);</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>const void*
+NormGetUserData(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A> session);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function retrieves
-the &quot;user data&quot; value set for the specified session with a
-prior call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetUserData()">NormSetUserData()</A></FONT>.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function retrieves the &quot;user data&quot; value set for the
+specified session with a prior call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetUserData()">NormSetUserData()</A></FONT>.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function returns
-the user data value set for the specified session.  If no user data
-value has been previously set a <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NULL</I></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function returns the user data value set for the specified session.
+If no user data value has been previously set a <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NULL</I></FONT>
 (i.e., <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>(const void*)0</I></FONT>) value is
 returned.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormGetLocalNodeId()">NormGetLocalNodeId()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A>
 NormGetLocalNodeId(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A> session);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function retrieves
-the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></FONT> value used for the
-application's participation in the <I>NormSession</I> identified by
-the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT> parameter.  The value
-may have been explicitly set during the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormCreateSession()">NormCreateSession()</A></FONT>
-call or derived using the host computer's &quot;default&quot; IP
-network address.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function retrieves the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></FONT> value
+used for the application's participation in the <I>NormSession</I>
+identified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>
+parameter. The value may have been explicitly set during the
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormCreateSession()">NormCreateSession()</A></FONT> call or derived using
+the host computer's &quot;default&quot; IP network address.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The returned value
-indicates the <I>NormNode</I> identifier used by the NORM protocol
-engine for the local application's participation in the specified
-<I>NormSession</I>.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+returned value indicates the <I>NormNode</I> identifier used by the
+NORM protocol engine for the local application's participation in the
+specified <I>NormSession</I>.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetTxPort()">NormSetTxPort()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormSetTxPort(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A> session,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
-short    txPort);</FONT></FONT></P>
+short txPort);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function is used
-to force NORM to use a specific port number for UDP packets sent for
-the specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.  By
-default, NORM uses separate port numbers for packet transmission and
-session packet reception (the receive port is specified as part of
-the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormCreateSession()">NormCreateSession()</A></FONT> call), allowing
-the operating system to pick a freely available port for
-transmission.  This call allows the application to pick a specific
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function is used to force NORM to use a specific port number for UDP
+packets sent for the specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.
+By default, NORM uses separate port numbers for packet transmission
+and session packet reception (the receive port is specified as part
+of the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormCreateSession()">NormCreateSession()</A></FONT> call),
+allowing the operating system to pick a freely available port for
+transmission. This call allows the application to pick a specific
 port number for transmission, and furthermore allows the application
 to even specify the same port number for transmission as is used for
-reception.  However, the use of separate transmit/receive ports
-allows NORM to discriminate when unicast feedback is occurring and
-thus it is not generally recommended that the transmit port be set to
-the same value as the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>
-receive port.  
+reception. However, the use of separate transmit/receive ports allows
+NORM to discriminate when unicast feedback is occurring and thus it
+is not generally recommended that the transmit port be set to the
+same value as the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT> receive
+port. 
 </P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">Note this call <I>must</I>
-be made <I>before</I> any calls to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT>
-or <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartReceiver()">NormStartReceiver()</A></FONT> for the given
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT> to succeed.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">Note
+this call <I>must</I> be made <I>before</I> any calls to
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT> or <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartReceiver()">NormStartReceiver()</A></FONT>
+for the given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT> to succeed.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetRxPortReuse()">NormSetRxPortReuse()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormSetRxPortReuse(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>
 session,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;bool&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;enable,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;bool&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;bindToSessionAddr
 = true);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function allows
-the user to control the port reuse and binding behavior for the
-receive socket used for the given NORM <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.
- When the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>enable</U></FONT> parameter is set
-to <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>,  reuse of the <I>NormSession</I>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function allows the user to control the port reuse and binding
+behavior for the receive socket used for the given NORM <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.
+When the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>enable</U></FONT> parameter is set
+to <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>, reuse of the <I>NormSession</I>
 port number is enabled, and, if the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bindToSessionAddr</U></FONT>
 is also set to <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> (default), the
 underlying socket is also bound (see the <FONT FACE="Courier">bind()</FONT>
 system call) to the <I>NormSession</I> destination address instead of
-the default behavior of binding to INADDR_ANY.  
+the default behavior of binding to INADDR_ANY. 
 </P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">When this call is not
-made,  the default binding to IP address INADDR_ANY (equivalent to
-when this call is made and <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bindToSessionAddr</U></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">When
+this call is not made, the default binding to IP address INADDR_ANY
+(equivalent to when this call is made and <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bindToSessionAddr</U></FONT>
 is set to <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>) allows the
 <I>NormSession</I> receive socket to receive <I>any</I> multicast or
 unicast transmissions to the session port number provided in the call
-to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormCreateSession()">NormCreateSession()</A></FONT>.  This allows a
+to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormCreateSession()">NormCreateSession()</A></FONT>. This allows a
 NORM receiver to receive from senders sending to a multicast session
-address or the receiver's unicast address.  Enabling port reuse and
+address or the receiver's unicast address. Enabling port reuse and
 binding the session destination address allows multiple NORM sessions
 on the same port number, but participating in different multicast
 groups.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">Note this call <I>must</I>
-be made <I>before</I> any calls to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT>
-or <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartReceiver()">NormStartReceiver()</A></FONT> for the given
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT> to succeed.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This call could also be
-used in conjunction with <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetMulticastInterface()">NormSetMulticastInterface()</A></FONT>
-so that multiple <I>NormSessions</I>, using the same port and
-multicast address, could separately cover multiple network interfaces
-(and some sort of application-layer bridging of reliable multicast
-could be realized if desired).</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">Note
+this call <I>must</I> be made <I>before</I> any calls to
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT> or <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartReceiver()">NormStartReceiver()</A></FONT>
+for the given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT> to succeed.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+call could also be used in conjunction with
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetMulticastInterface()">NormSetMulticastInterface()</A></FONT> so that
+multiple <I>NormSessions</I>, using the same port and multicast
+address, could separately cover multiple network interfaces (and some
+sort of application-layer bridging of reliable multicast could be
+realized if desired).</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetMulticastInterface()">NormSetMulticastInterface()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
 NormSetMulticastInterface(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>
 session,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;const
 char*&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;interfaceName);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function specifies
-which host network interface is used for IP Multicast transmissions
-and group membership.  This should be called <I>before</I> any call
-to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT> or
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartReceiver()">NormStartReceiver()</A></FONT> is made so that the
-IP multicast group is joined on the proper host interface.  However,
-if a call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetMulticastInterface()">NormSetMulticastInterface()</A></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function specifies which host network interface is used for IP
+Multicast transmissions and group membership. This should be called
+<I>before</I> any call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT>
+or <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartReceiver()">NormStartReceiver()</A></FONT> is made so that
+the IP multicast group is joined on the proper host interface.
+However, if a call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetMulticastInterface()">NormSetMulticastInterface()</A></FONT>
 is made <I>after</I> either of these function calls, the call will
 not affect the group membership interface, but only dictate that a
 possibly different network interface is used for transmitted NORM
-messages.  Thus, the code:</P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>NormSetMulticastInterface(session,
+messages. Thus, the code:</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>NormSetMulticastInterface(session,
 &quot;interface1&quot;);<BR>NormStartReceiver(session,
 ...);<BR>NormSetMulticastInterface(session, &quot;interface2&quot;);</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">will result in NORM
-group membership (i.e. multicast reception) being managed on
-&quot;interface1&quot; while NORM multicast transmissions are made
-via &quot;interface2&quot;.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">will
+result in NORM group membership (i.e. multicast reception) being
+managed on &quot;interface1&quot; while NORM multicast transmissions
+are made via &quot;interface2&quot;.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">A return value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>
-indicates success while a return value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>
-indicates that the specified interface was valid.  This function will
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">A
+return value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> indicates
+success while a return value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>
+indicates that the specified interface was valid. This function will
 always return <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> if made before
 calls to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT> or
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartReceiver()">NormStartReceiver()</A></FONT>.  However, those
-calls may fail if an invalid interface is specified.</P>
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartReceiver()">NormStartReceiver()</A></FONT>. However, those calls
+may fail if an invalid interface is specified.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetTTL()">NormSetTTL()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
 NormSetTTL(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
-char	&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;ttl);</FONT></FONT></P>
+char &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;ttl);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function specifies
-the time-to-live (<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>ttl</U></FONT>) for IP
-Multicast datagrams generated by NORM for the specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.
- The IP TTL field limits the number of router &quot;hops&quot; that a
-generated multicast packet may traverse before being dropped.  For
-example, if TTL is equal to one, the transmissions will be limited to
-the local area network (LAN) of the host computers network interface.
- Larger TTL values should be specified to span large networks.  Also
-note that some multicast router configurations use artificial &quot;TTL
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function specifies the time-to-live (<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>ttl</U></FONT>)
+for IP Multicast datagrams generated by NORM for the specified
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>. The IP TTL field limits
+the number of router &quot;hops&quot; that a generated multicast
+packet may traverse before being dropped. For example, if TTL is
+equal to one, the transmissions will be limited to the local area
+network (LAN) of the host computers network interface. Larger TTL
+values should be specified to span large networks. Also note that
+some multicast router configurations use artificial &quot;TTL
 threshold&quot; values to constrain some multicast traffic to an
-administrative boundary.  In these cases. the NORM TTL setting must
+administrative boundary. In these cases. the NORM TTL setting must
 also exceed the router &quot;TTL threshold&quot; in order for the
 NORM traffic to be allowed to exit the administrative area.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">A return value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>
-indicates success while a return value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">A
+return value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> indicates
+success while a return value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>
 indicates that the specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>ttl</U></FONT>
-could not be set.  This function will always return <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>
+could not be set. This function will always return <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>
 if made before calls to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT>
-or <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartReceiver()">NormStartReceiver()</A></FONT>.  However, those
+or <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartReceiver()">NormStartReceiver()</A></FONT>. However, those
 calls may fail if the desired <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>ttl</U></FONT>
 value cannot be set..</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetTOS()">NormSetTOS()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
 NormSetTOS(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
 char&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;tos);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function specifies
-the type-of-service (<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>tos</U></FONT>) field
-value used in IP Multicast datagrams generated by NORM for the
-specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.  The IP TOS
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function specifies the type-of-service (<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>tos</U></FONT>)
+field value used in IP Multicast datagrams generated by NORM for the
+specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>. The IP TOS
 field value can be used as an indicator that a &quot;flow&quot; of
 packets may merit special Quality-of-Service (QoS) treatment by
-network devices.  Users should refer to applicable QoS information
-for their network to determine the expected interpretation and
-treatment (if any) of packets with explicit TOS marking.</P>
+network devices. Users should refer to applicable QoS information for
+their network to determine the expected interpretation and treatment
+(if any) of packets with explicit TOS marking.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">A return value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>
-indicates success while a return value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">A
+return value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> indicates
+success while a return value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>
 indicates that the specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>tos</U></FONT>
-could not be set.  This function will always return <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>
+could not be set. This function will always return <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>
 if made before calls to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT>
-or <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartReceiver()">NormStartReceiver()</A></FONT>.  However, those
+or <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartReceiver()">NormStartReceiver()</A></FONT>. However, those
 calls may fail if the desired <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>tos</U></FONT>
 value cannot be set..</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetLoopback()">NormSetLoopback()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormSetLoopback(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;bool&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;loopbackEnable);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function enables
-or disables loopback operation for the indicated NORM <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.
- If <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>loopbackEnable</U></FONT> is set to <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>,
-loopback operation is enabled which allows the application to receive
-its own message traffic.  Thus, an application which is both actively
-receiving and sending may receive its own transmissions.  Note it is
-expected that this option would be principally be used for test
-purposes and that applications would generally not need to transfer
-data to themselves.  If <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>loopbackEnable</U></FONT>
-is <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>, the application is
-prevented from receiving its own NORM message transmissions.  By
-default, loopback operation is disabled when a <I>NormSession</I> is
-created.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function enables or disables loopback operation for the indicated
+NORM <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>. If <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>loopbackEnable</U></FONT>
+is set to <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>, loopback operation
+is enabled which allows the application to receive its own message
+traffic. Thus, an application which is both actively receiving and
+sending may receive its own transmissions. Note it is expected that
+this option would be principally be used for test purposes and that
+applications would generally not need to transfer data to themselves.
+If <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>loopbackEnable</U></FONT> is <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>,
+the application is prevented from receiving its own NORM message
+transmissions. By default, loopback operation is disabled when a
+<I>NormSession</I> is created.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
-<H2 CLASS="western"><A NAME="NORM<SPAN STYLE="font-style: normal"> </SPAN>Sender
-Functions">NORM<SPAN STYLE="font-style: normal"> </SPAN>Sender
-Functions</A></H2>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The functions described
-in this section apply only to NORM sender operation.  Applications
-may participate strictly as senders or as receivers, or may act as
-both in the context of a NORM protocol session.  The NORM sender is
-responsible for most parameters pertaining to its transmission of
-data.  This includes transmission rate, data segmentation sizes, FEC
-coding parameters, stream buffer sizes, etc.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
+<H2 CLASS="western"><A NAME="NORM Sender Functions">NORM Sender Functions</A></H2>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+functions described in this section apply only to NORM sender
+operation. Applications may participate strictly as senders or as
+receivers, or may act as both in the context of a NORM protocol
+session. The NORM sender is responsible for most parameters
+pertaining to its transmission of data. This includes transmission
+rate, data segmentation sizes, FEC coding parameters, stream buffer
+sizes, etc.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
 NormStartSender(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;sessionHandle<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#NormSessionId">NormSessionId</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;sessionId<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
 long&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;bufferSpace<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
 short&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;segmentSize,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
 char&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;blockSize,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
 char&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;numParity);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The application's
-participation as a sender within a specified <I>NormSession</I>
-begins when this function is called.  This includes protocol activity
-such as congestion control and/or group round-trip timing (GRTT)
-feedback collection and application API activity such as posting of
-sender-related <I>NormEvents</I>.  The parameters required for this
-function call include:</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+application's participation as a sender within a specified
+<I>NormSession</I> begins when this function is called. This includes
+protocol activity such as congestion control and/or group round-trip
+timing (GRTT) feedback collection and application API activity such
+as posting of sender-related <I>NormEvents</I>. The parameters
+required for this function call include:</P>
 <TABLE WIDTH=590 BORDER=0 CELLPADDING=7 CELLSPACING=0>
 	<COL WIDTH=125>
 	<COL WIDTH=437>
@@ -1701,9 +1846,9 @@ function call include:</P>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
 			Application-defined value used as the <I>instance_id</I> field of
 			NORM sender messages for the application's participation within a
-			session.  Receivers can detect when a sender has terminated and
+			session. Receivers can detect when a sender has terminated and
 			restarted if the application uses different <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>sessionId</U></FONT>
-			values when initiating sender operation.  For example, a robust
+			values when initiating sender operation. For example, a robust
 			application could cache previous <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>sessionId</U></FONT>
 			values in non-volatile storage and gracefully recover (without
 			confusing receivers) from a total system shutdown and reboot by
@@ -1720,15 +1865,15 @@ function call include:</P>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
 			This specifies the maximum memory space the NORM protocol engine
 			is allowed to use to buffer any sender calculated FEC segments and
-			repair state for the session.  The optimum <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferSpace</U></FONT>
+			repair state for the session. The optimum <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferSpace</U></FONT>
 			value is function of the network topology <I>bandwidth*delay</I>
-			product and packet loss characteristics.  If the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferSpace</U></FONT>
+			product and packet loss characteristics. If the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferSpace</U></FONT>
 			limit is too small, the protocol may operate less efficiently as
 			the sender is required to possibly recalculate FEC parity segments
 			and/or provide less efficient repair transmission strategies
 			(resort to explicit repair) when state is dropped due to
-			constrained buffering resources.  However, note the protocol will
-			still provide reliable transfer.  A large <U><FONT FACE="Courier">bufferSpace</FONT></U>
+			constrained buffering resources. However, note the protocol will
+			still provide reliable transfer. A large <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferSpace</U></FONT>
 			allocation is safer at the expense of possibly committing more
 			memory resources.</P>
 		</TD>
@@ -1742,21 +1887,20 @@ function call include:</P>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
 			This parameter sets the maximum <I>payload</I> size (in bytes) of
 			NORM sender messages (<I>not</I> including any NORM message header
-			fields).  A sender's <FONT FACE="Courier">segmentSize</FONT> value
+			fields). A sender's <FONT FACE="Courier">segmentSize</FONT> value
 			is also used by receivers to limit the payload content of some
 			feedback messages (e.g. NORM_NACK message content, etc.) generated
-			in response to that sender.  Note different senders within a
+			in response to that sender. Note different senders within a
 			<I>NormSession</I> may use different <FONT FACE="Courier">segmentSize</FONT>
-			values.  Generally, the appropriate segment size to use is
+			values. Generally, the appropriate segment size to use is
 			dependent upon the types of networks forming the multicast
 			topology, but applications may choose different values for other
-			purposes.  Note that application designers MUST account for the
+			purposes. Note that application designers MUST account for the
 			size of NORM message headers when selecting a <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>segmentSize</U></FONT>.
-			 For example, the NORM_DATA message header for a
-			<I><FONT FACE="Courier">NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</FONT></I> with full
-			header extensions is 48 bytes in length.  In this case, the UDP
-			payload size of these messages generated by NORM would be up to
-			(48 + <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>segmentSize</U></FONT>) bytes.</P>
+			For example, the NORM_DATA message header for a <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</I></FONT>
+			with full header extensions is 48 bytes in length. In this case,
+			the UDP payload size of these messages generated by NORM would be
+			up to (48 + <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>segmentSize</U></FONT>) bytes.</P>
 		</TD>
 	</TR>
 	<TR VALIGN=TOP>
@@ -1768,15 +1912,15 @@ function call include:</P>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
 			This parameter sets the number of source symbol segments (packets)
 			per coding block, for the systematic Reed-Solomon FEC code used in
-			the current NORM implementation.  For traditional systematic block
+			the current NORM implementation. For traditional systematic block
 			code &quot;<I>(n,k)</I>&quot; nomenclature, the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>blockSize</U></FONT>
-			value corresponds to <I>&quot;k&quot;.</I>  NORM logically
-			segments transport object data content into coding blocks and the
-			<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>blockSize</U></FONT> parameter determines
-			the number of source symbol segments (packets) comprising a single
-			coding block where each source symbol segment is up to <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>segmentSize</U></FONT>
-			bytes in length..  A given block's parity symbol segments are
-			calculated using the corresponding set of source symbol segments. 
+			value corresponds to <I>&quot;k&quot;.</I> NORM logically segments
+			transport object data content into coding blocks and the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>blockSize</U></FONT>
+			parameter determines the number of source symbol segments
+			(packets) comprising a single coding block where each source
+			symbol segment is up to <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>segmentSize</U></FONT>
+			bytes in length.. A given block's parity symbol segments are
+			calculated using the corresponding set of source symbol segments.
 			The maximum <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>blockSize</U></FONT> allowed
 			by the 8-bit Reed-Solomon codes in NORM is 255, with the further
 			limitation that (<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>blockSize</U></FONT> +
@@ -1792,613 +1936,638 @@ function call include:</P>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-inside: avoid">
 			This parameter sets the maximum number of parity symbol segments
 			(packets) the sender is willing to <I>calculate</I> per FEC coding
-			block.  The parity symbol segments for a block are calculated from
+			block. The parity symbol segments for a block are calculated from
 			the corresponding <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>blockSize</U></FONT>
-			source symbol segments.  In the &quot;<I>(n,k)&quot;</I>
+			source symbol segments. In the &quot;<I>(n,k)&quot;</I>
 			nomenclature mention above, the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>numParity</U></FONT>
-			value corresponds to &quot;<I>n-k</I>&quot;.  A property of the
+			value corresponds to &quot;<I>n-k</I>&quot;. A property of the
 			Reed-Solomon FEC codes used in the current NORM implementation is
 			that one parity segment can fill any one erasure (missing segment
-			(packet)) for a coding block.  For a given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>blockSize</U></FONT>,
+			(packet)) for a coding block. For a given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>blockSize</U></FONT>,
 			the maximum <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>numParity</U></FONT> value is
-			(255 – <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>blockSize</U></FONT>).  However,
+			(255 – <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>blockSize</U></FONT>). However,
 			note that computational complexity increases significantly with
 			increasing <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>numParity</U></FONT> values and
 			applications may wish to be conservative with respect to <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>numParity</U></FONT>
 			selection, given anticipated network packet loss conditions and
-			group size scalability concerns.  Additional FEC code options may
+			group size scalability concerns. Additional FEC code options may
 			be provided for this NORM implementation in the future with
 			different parameters, capabilities, trade-offs, and computational
 			requirements.</P>
 		</TD>
 	</TR>
 </TABLE>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">These parameters are
-currently immutable with respect to a sender's participation within a
-<I>NormSession</I>.  Sender operation must be stopped (see
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStopSender()">NormStopSender()</A></FONT>) and restarted with
-another call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT> if
-these parameters require alteration.  The API may be extended in the
-future to support additional flexibility here, if required.  For
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">These
+parameters are currently immutable with respect to a sender's
+participation within a <I>NormSession</I>. Sender operation must be
+stopped (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStopSender()">NormStopSender()</A></FONT>) and
+restarted with another call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT>
+if these parameters require alteration. The API may be extended in
+the future to support additional flexibility here, if required. For
 example, the NORM protocol &quot;<I>sessionId</I>&quot; field may
 possibly be leveraged to permit a node to establish multiple virtual
-presences as a sender within a <I>NormSession</I> in the future. 
-This would allow the sender to provide multiple concurrent streams of
+presences as a sender within a <I>NormSession</I> in the future. This
+would allow the sender to provide multiple concurrent streams of
 transport, with possibly different FEC and other parameters if
-appropriate within the context of a single <I>NormSession</I>. 
-Again, this extended functionality is not yet supported in this
+appropriate within the context of a single <I>NormSession</I>. Again,
+this extended functionality is not yet supported in this
 implementation.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">A value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>
-is returned upon success and <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>
-upon failure.  The reasons failure may occur include limited system
-resources or that the network sockets required for communication
-failed to open or properly configure.  <I>(TBD – Provide a
-<FONT FACE="Courier">NormGetError(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A> session)</FONT>
-function to retrieve a more specific error indication for this and
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">A
+value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> is returned upon
+success and <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT> upon failure.
+The reasons failure may occur include limited system resources or
+that the network sockets required for communication failed to open or
+properly configure. <I>(TBD – Provide a
+</I><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NormGetError(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A> session)</I></FONT>
+<I>function to retrieve a more specific error indication for this and
 other functions.)</I></P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormStopSender()">NormStopSender()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormStopSender(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session,
 <BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;bool&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;graceful
 = false);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function
-terminates the application's participation in a <I>NormSession</I> as
-a sender.  By default, the sender will immediately exit the session
-without notifying the receiver set of its intention.  However a
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function terminates the application's participation in a <I>NormSession</I>
+as a sender. By default, the sender will immediately exit the session
+without notifying the receiver set of its intention. However a
 &quot;graceful shutdown&quot; option is provided to terminate sender
 operation gracefully, notifying the receiver set its pending exit
-with appropriate protocol messaging.  A <I><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A></I>,
+with appropriate protocol messaging. A <I><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A></I>,
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_LOCAL_SENDER_CLOSED,</I></FONT> is
 dispatched when the graceful shutdown process has completed.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal"><I>(NOTE: The
-&quot;</I><FONT FACE="Courier"><U><I>graceful</I></U></FONT><I>&quot;
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal"><I>(NOTE:
+The &quot;</I><FONT FACE="Courier"><I><U>graceful</U></I></FONT><I>&quot;
 parameter is currently not available, and the current behavior of
-this API call corresponds to the default behavior of </I><FONT FACE="Courier"><U><I>graceful</I></U></FONT><I>
-= </I><FONT FACE="Courier"><SPAN STYLE="font-style: normal">false</SPAN></FONT><I>).
- The functionality described here will soon be supported in the API.</I></P>
+this API call corresponds to the default behavior of </I><FONT FACE="Courier"><I><U>graceful</U></I></FONT>
+<I>= </I><FONT FACE="Courier"><SPAN STYLE="font-style: normal">false</SPAN></FONT><I>).
+The functionality described here will soon be supported in the API.</I></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetTransmitRate()">NormSetTransmitRate()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormSetTransmitRate(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session,
 <BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;double&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;rate);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function sets the
-transmission rate limit (in bits per second (bps)) used for
-<I>NormSender</I> transmissions.  For fixed-rate transmission of
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_FILE</I></FONT> or
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function sets the transmission rate limit (in bits per second (bps))
+used for <I>NormSender</I> transmissions. For fixed-rate transmission
+of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_FILE</I></FONT> or
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT>, this limit
 determines the data rate at which NORM protocol messages and data
-content.  For <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</I></FONT>
-transmissions, this is the maximum rate allowed for transmission. 
+content. For <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</I></FONT>
+transmissions, this is the maximum rate allowed for transmission.
 Note that the application will need to consider the overhead of NORM
 protocol headers when determining an appropriate transmission rate
-for its purposes.  When NORM congestion control is enabled (see
+for its purposes. When NORM congestion control is enabled (see
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetCongestionControl()">NormSetCongestionControl()</A></FONT>), the rate set
 here will be set, but congestion control operation may quickly
 readjust the rate unless disabled. 
 </P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetTxSocketBuffer()">NormSetTxSocketBuffer()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
 NormSetTxSocketBuffer(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session,
 <BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
 int&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;bufferSize);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function can be
-used to set a non-default socket buffer size for the UDP socket used
-by the specified NORM <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT> for
-data transmission.  The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferSize</U></FONT>
-parameter specifies the desired socket buffer size in bytes.  Large
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function can be used to set a non-default socket buffer size for the
+UDP socket used by the specified NORM <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>
+for data transmission. The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferSize</U></FONT>
+parameter specifies the desired socket buffer size in bytes. Large
 transmit socket buffer sizes may be necessary to achieve high
 throughput rates when NORM, as a user-space process, is unable to
-precisely time its packet transmissions.  Similarly, NORM receivers
+precisely time its packet transmissions. Similarly, NORM receivers
 may need to set large receive socket buffer sizes to achieve
 sustained high data rate reception (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetRxSocketBuffer()">NormSetRxSocketBuffer()</A></FONT>).
- 
 </P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function returns
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> upon success and <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>
-upon failure.  Possible failure modes include an invalid session
-parameter, a call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartReceiver()">NormStartReceiver()</A></FONT>
-or <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT> has not yet been
-made for the session, or an invalid <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferSize</U></FONT>
-was given.  Note some operating systems may require additional
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function returns <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> upon success
+and <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT> upon failure. Possible
+failure modes include an invalid session parameter, a call to
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartReceiver()">NormStartReceiver()</A></FONT> or <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT>
+has not yet been made for the session, or an invalid <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferSize</U></FONT>
+was given. Note some operating systems may require additional
 configuration to use non-standard socket buffer sizes.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetCongestionControl()">NormSetCongestionControl()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormSetTransmitRate(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A> session,
 <BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;bool&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;enable);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function enables
-(or disables) the NORM sender congestion control operation for the
-session designated by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>
-parameter.  For best operation, this function should be called before
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function enables (or disables) the NORM sender congestion control
+operation for the session designated by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>
+parameter. For best operation, this function should be called before
 the call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT> is made,
 but congestion control operation can be dynamically enabled/disabled
-during the course of sender operation.  If the value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>enable</U></FONT>
+during the course of sender operation. If the value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>enable</U></FONT>
 is <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>, congestion control
 operation is enabled while it is disabled for <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>enable</U></FONT>
-equal to <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>.  When congestion
+equal to <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>. When congestion
 control operation is enabled, the NORM sender automatically adjusts
-its transmission rate based on feedback from receivers.  If bounds on
+its transmission rate based on feedback from receivers. If bounds on
 transmission rate have been set (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetTransmitRateBounds()">NormSetTransmitRateBounds()</A></FONT>)
-the rate adjustment will remain within any set bounds.  The rate set
+the rate adjustment will remain within any set bounds. The rate set
 by <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetTransmitRate()">NormSetTransmitRate()</A></FONT> has no effect
-when congestion control operation is enabled.  NORM's congestion
+when congestion control operation is enabled. NORM's congestion
 algorithm provides rate adjustment to fairly compete for available
 network bandwidth with other TCP, NORM, or similarly governed traffic
 flows.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetTransmitRateBounds()">NormSetTransmitRateBounds()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
 NormSetTransmitRateBounds(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session,
 <BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;double&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;rateMin,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;double&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;rateMax);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function sets the
-range of sender transmission rates within which the NORM congestion
-control algorithm is allowed to operate.  By default, the NORM
-congestion control algorithm operates with no lower or upper bound on
-its rate adjustment.  This function allows this to be limited where
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>rateMin</U></FONT> corresponds to the minimum
-transmission rate (bps) and <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>rateMax</U></FONT>
-corresponds to the maximum transmission rate.  One or both of these
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function sets the range of sender transmission rates within which the
+NORM congestion control algorithm is allowed to operate. By default,
+the NORM congestion control algorithm operates with no lower or upper
+bound on its rate adjustment. This function allows this to be limited
+where <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>rateMin</U></FONT> corresponds to the
+minimum transmission rate (bps) and <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>rateMax</U></FONT>
+corresponds to the maximum transmission rate. One or both of these
 parameters may be set to values less than zero to remove one or both
-bounds.  For example &quot;<FONT FACE="Courier">NormSetTransmitRate(</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT><FONT FACE="Courier">,
+bounds. For example &quot;<FONT FACE="Courier">NormSetTransmitRate(</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT><FONT FACE="Courier">,
 </FONT><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>-1.0</I></FONT><FONT FACE="Courier">,
 </FONT><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>64000.0</I></FONT><FONT FACE="Courier">)</FONT>&quot;
 will set an upper limit of 64 kbps for the sender transmission rate
-with no lower bound.  These rate bounds apply only when congestion
-control operation is enabled (see<FONT FACE="Courier">
-<A HREF="#NormSetCongestionControl()">NormSetCongestionControl()</A></FONT>).  If the current congestion
-control rate falls outside of the specified bounds, the sender
-transmission rate will be adjusted to stay within the set bounds.</P>
+with no lower bound. These rate bounds apply only when congestion
+control operation is enabled (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetCongestionControl()">NormSetCongestionControl()</A></FONT>).
+If the current congestion control rate falls outside of the specified
+bounds, the sender transmission rate will be adjusted to stay within
+the set bounds.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function returns
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> upon success.  If both
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>rateMin</U></FONT> and <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>rateMax</U></FONT>
-are greater than or equal to zero, but (<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>rateMax</U></FONT>
-&lt; <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>rateMin</U></FONT>), the rate bounds
-will remain unset or unchanged and the function will return <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function returns <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> upon
+success. If both <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>rateMin</U></FONT> and
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>rateMax</U></FONT> are greater than or equal
+to zero, but (<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>rateMax</U></FONT> &lt;
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>rateMin</U></FONT>), the rate bounds will
+remain unset or unchanged and the function will return <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetTransmitCacheBounds()">NormSetTransmitCacheBounds()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><A NAME="OLE_LINK1"></A>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormSetTransmitCacheBounds(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session,
 <BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#NormSize">NormSize</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;sizeMax,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
 int&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;countMin,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
 int&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;countMax);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function sets
-limits that define the number and total size of pending transmit
-objects a NORM sender will allow to be enqueued by the application. 
-Setting these bounds to large values means the NORM protocol engine
-will keep history and state for previously transmitted objects for a
-larger interval of time (depending upon the transmission rate) when
-the application is actively enqueueing additional objects in response
-to NORM_TX_QUEUE_EMPTY notifications.  This can allow more time for
-receivers suffering degraded network conditions to make repair
-requests before the sender &quot;purges&quot; older objects from its
-&quot;transmit cache&quot; when new objects are enqueued.  A
-NORM_TX_OBJECT_PURGED notification is issued when the enqueuing of a
-new transmit object causes the NORM transmit cache to overflow,
-indicating the NORM sender no longer needs to reference the
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function sets limits that define the number and total size of pending
+transmit objects a NORM sender will allow to be enqueued by the
+application. Setting these bounds to large values means the NORM
+protocol engine will keep history and state for previously
+transmitted objects for a larger interval of time (depending upon the
+transmission rate) when the application is actively enqueueing
+additional objects in response to NORM_TX_QUEUE_EMPTY notifications.
+This can allow more time for receivers suffering degraded network
+conditions to make repair requests before the sender &quot;purges&quot;
+older objects from its &quot;transmit cache&quot; when new objects
+are enqueued. A NORM_TX_OBJECT_PURGED notification is issued when the
+enqueuing of a new transmit object causes the NORM transmit cache to
+overflow, indicating the NORM sender no longer needs to reference the
 designated old transmit object and the application is free to release
-related resources as needed.  
+related resources as needed. 
 </P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>sizeMax</U></FONT>
-parameter sets the maximum total size, in bytes, of enqueued objects
-allowed, providing the constraints of the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>countMin</U></FONT>
-and <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>countMax</U></FONT> parameters are met. 
-The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>countMin</U></FONT> parameter sets the
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>sizeMax</U></FONT> parameter sets the maximum
+total size, in bytes, of enqueued objects allowed, providing the
+constraints of the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>countMin</U></FONT> and
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>countMax</U></FONT> parameters are met. The
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>countMin</U></FONT> parameter sets the
 minimum number of objects the application may enqueue, regardless of
 the objects' sizes and the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>sizeMax</U></FONT>
-value.  For example, the default <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>sizeMax</U></FONT>
+value. For example, the default <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>sizeMax</U></FONT>
 value is 20 Mbyte and the default <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>countMin</U></FONT>
 is 8, thus allowing the application to always have at least 8 pending
 objects enqueued for transmission if it desires, even if their total
-size is greater than 20 Mbyte.  Similarly, the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>countMax</U></FONT>
+size is greater than 20 Mbyte. Similarly, the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>countMax</U></FONT>
 parameter sets a ceiling on how many objects may be enqueued,
 regardless of their total sizes with respect to the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>sizeMax</U></FONT>
-setting.  For example, the default <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>countMax</U></FONT>
+setting. For example, the default <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>countMax</U></FONT>
 value is 256, which means the application is never allowed to have
 more than 256 objects pending transmission enqueued, even if they are
-256 very small objects. <I>Note that </I><FONT FACE="Courier"><U><I>countMax</I></U></FONT><I>
-must be greater than or equal to </I><FONT FACE="Courier"><U><I>countMin</I></U></FONT><I>
-and </I><FONT FACE="Courier"><U><I>countMin</I></U></FONT><I> is
+256 very small objects. <I>Note that </I><FONT FACE="Courier"><I><U>countMax</U></I></FONT>
+<I>must be greater than or equal to </I><FONT FACE="Courier"><I><U>countMin</U></I></FONT>
+<I>and </I><FONT FACE="Courier"><I><U>countMin</U></I></FONT> <I>is
 recommended to be at least two.</I></P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">Note that in the case
-of NORM_OBJECT_FILE objects, some operating systems impose limits
-(e.g. 256) on how many open files a process may have at one time and
-it may be appropriate to limit the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>countMax</U></FONT>
-value accordingly.  In other cases, a large <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>countMin</U></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">Note
+that in the case of NORM_OBJECT_FILE objects, some operating systems
+impose limits (e.g. 256) on how many open files a process may have at
+one time and it may be appropriate to limit the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>countMax</U></FONT>
+value accordingly. In other cases, a large <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>countMin</U></FONT>
 or <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>countMax</U></FONT> may be desired to
 allow the NORM sender to act as virtual cache of files or other data
-available for reliable transmission.  Future iterations of the NRL
+available for reliable transmission. Future iterations of the NRL
 NORM implementation may support alternative NORM receiver &quot;group
 join&quot; policies that would allow the receivers to request
 transmission of cached content.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return value.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return value.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetAutoParity()">NormSetAutoParity()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormSetAutoParity(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;sessionHandle,
 <BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
 char&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;autoParity);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function sets the
-quantity of proactive &quot;auto parity&quot; NORM_DATA messages sent
-at the end of each FEC coding block.  By default (i.e., <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>autoParity</U></FONT>
-= 0), FEC content is sent <I>only</I> in response to repair requests
-(NACKs) from receivers.  But, by setting a non-zero value for
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function sets the quantity of proactive &quot;auto parity&quot;
+NORM_DATA messages sent at the end of each FEC coding block. By
+default (i.e., <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>autoParity</U></FONT> = 0),
+FEC content is sent <I>only</I> in response to repair requests
+(NACKs) from receivers. But, by setting a non-zero value for
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>autoParity</U></FONT>, the sender can
 automatically accompany each coding block of transport object source
 data segments (NORM_DATA messages) with the set number of FEC
-segments.  The number of source symbol messages (segments) per FEC
+segments. The number of source symbol messages (segments) per FEC
 coding block is determined by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>blockSize</U></FONT>
 parameter used when <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT> was
 called for the given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>sessionHandle</U></FONT>.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The use of
-proactively-sent &quot;auto parity&quot; may eliminate the need for
-any receiver NACKing to achieve reliable transfer in networks with
-low packet loss.  However, note that the quantity of &quot;auto
-parity&quot; set adds overhead to transport object transmission.  In
-networks with a predictable level of packet loss and potentially
-large round-trip times, the use of &quot;auto parity&quot; may allow
-lower latency in the reliable delivery process.  Also, its use may
-contribute to a smaller amount of receiver feedback as only receivers
-with exceptional packet loss may need to NACK for additional repair
-content.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>autoParity</U></FONT>
-set must be less than or equal to the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>numParity</U></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+use of proactively-sent &quot;auto parity&quot; may eliminate the
+need for any receiver NACKing to achieve reliable transfer in
+networks with low packet loss. However, note that the quantity of
+&quot;auto parity&quot; set adds overhead to transport object
+transmission. In networks with a predictable level of packet loss and
+potentially large round-trip times, the use of &quot;auto parity&quot;
+may allow lower latency in the reliable delivery process. Also, its
+use may contribute to a smaller amount of receiver feedback as only
+receivers with exceptional packet loss may need to NACK for
+additional repair content.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>autoParity</U></FONT> set must be
+less than or equal to the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>numParity</U></FONT>
 parameter set when <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT> was
 called for the given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>sessionHandle</U></FONT>.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormGetGrttEstimate()">NormGetGrttEstimate()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>double
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>double
 NormGetGrttEstimate(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function returns
-the sender's current estimate(in seconds) of group round-trip timing
-(GRTT) for the given NORM <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.
- This function may be useful for applications to leverage for other
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function returns the sender's current estimate(in seconds) of group
+round-trip timing (GRTT) for the given NORM <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.
+This function may be useful for applications to leverage for other
 purposes the assessment of round-trip timing made by the NORM
-protocol engine.  For example, an application may scale its own
+protocol engine. For example, an application may scale its own
 timeouts based on connectivity delays among participants in a NORM
-session.  Note that the <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_GRTT_UPDATED</I></FONT>
+session. Note that the <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_GRTT_UPDATED</I></FONT>
 event is posted (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT>)
 by the NORM protocol engine to indicate when changes in the local
 sender or remote senders' GRTT estimate occurs.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function returns
-the current sender group round-trip timing (GRTT) estimate (in units
-of seconds).  A value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>-1.0</I></FONT> is
-returned if an invalid <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function returns the current sender group round-trip timing (GRTT)
+estimate (in units of seconds). A value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>-1.0</I></FONT>
+is returned if an invalid <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>
 value is provided.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetGrttEstimate()">NormSetGrttEstimate()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormSetGrttEstimate(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session,
 <BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;double&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;grtt);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function sets the
-sender's estimate of group round-trip timing (GRTT) for the given
-NORM <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.  This function is
-expected to most typically used to initialize the sender's GRTT
-estimate prior to the call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function sets the sender's estimate of group round-trip timing (GRTT)
+for the given NORM <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>. This
+function is expected to most typically used to initialize the
+sender's GRTT estimate prior to the call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT>
 when the application has <I>a priori</I> confidence that the default
-initial GRTT value of 0.5 second is inappropriate.  The sender GRTT
+initial GRTT value of 0.5 second is inappropriate. The sender GRTT
 estimate will be updated during normal sender protocol operation
 after sender startup or if this call is made while sender operation
-is active.  For experimental purposes (or very special application
+is active. For experimental purposes (or very special application
 needs), this API provides a mechanism to control or disable the
 sender GRTT update process (see <FONT FACE="Courier">NormSetGrttProbing()</FONT>).
- The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>grtt</U></FONT> value will be limited to
+The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>grtt</U></FONT> value will be limited to
 the maximum GRTT as set (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetGrttMax()">NormSetGrttMax()</A>)
-</FONT>or the default maximum of 10 seconds.  
+</FONT>or the default maximum of 10 seconds. 
 </P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The sender GRTT is
-advertised to the receiver group and is used to scale various NORM
-protocol timers.  The default NORM GRTT estimation process
-dynamically measures round-trip timing to determine an appropriate
-operating value.  An overly-large GRTT estimate can introduce
-additional latency into the reliability process (resulting in a
-larger virtual <I>delay*bandwidth</I> product for the protocol and
-potentially requiring more buffer space to maintain reliability).  An
-overly-small GRTT estimate may introduce the potential for feedback
-implosion, limiting the scalability of group size.  
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+sender GRTT is advertised to the receiver group and is used to scale
+various NORM protocol timers. The default NORM GRTT estimation
+process dynamically measures round-trip timing to determine an
+appropriate operating value. An overly-large GRTT estimate can
+introduce additional latency into the reliability process (resulting
+in a larger virtual <I>delay*bandwidth</I> product for the protocol
+and potentially requiring more buffer space to maintain reliability).
+An overly-small GRTT estimate may introduce the potential for
+feedback implosion, limiting the scalability of group size. 
 </P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">Also note that the
-advertised GRTT estimate can also be limited by transmission rate. 
-When the sender transmission rate is low, the GRTT is also governed
-to a lower bound of the nominal packet transmission interval (i.e.,
-<FONT FACE="Courier">1/txRate</FONT>).  This maintains the “event
-driven” nature of the NORM protocol with respect to receiver
-reception of NORM sender data and commands.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">Also
+note that the advertised GRTT estimate can also be limited by
+transmission rate. When the sender transmission rate is low, the GRTT
+is also governed to a lower bound of the nominal packet transmission
+interval (i.e., <FONT FACE="Courier">1/txRate</FONT>). This maintains
+the “event driven” nature of the NORM protocol with respect to
+receiver reception of NORM sender data and commands.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetGrttMax()">NormSetGrttMax()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormSetGrttMax(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session,
 <BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;double&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;grttMax);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function sets the
-sender's maximum advertised GRTT value for the given NORM <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.
- The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>grttMax</U></FONT> parameter, in units
-of <I>seconds</I>, limits the GRTT used by the group for scaling
-protocol timers, regardless of larger measured round trip times.  
-The default maximum for the NRL NORM library is 10 seconds.  See the
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetGrttEstimate()">NormSetGrttEstimate()</A></FONT> function
-description for the purpose of the NORM GRTT measurement process.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function sets the sender's maximum advertised GRTT value for the
+given NORM <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>. The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>grttMax</U></FONT>
+parameter, in units of <I>seconds</I>, limits the GRTT used by the
+group for scaling protocol timers, regardless of larger measured
+round trip times. The default maximum for the NRL NORM library is 10
+seconds. See the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetGrttEstimate()">NormSetGrttEstimate()</A></FONT>
+function description for the purpose of the NORM GRTT measurement
+process.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetGrttProbingMode()">NormSetGrttProbingMode()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormSetGrttProbingMode(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session,
 <BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#NormProbingMode">NormProbingMode</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;probingMode);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function sets the
-sender's mode of probing for round trip timing measurement responses
-from the receiver set for the given NORM <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.
- Possible values for the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>probingMode</U></FONT>
-parameter include <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_PROBE_NONE</I></FONT>,
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function sets the sender's mode of probing for round trip timing
+measurement responses from the receiver set for the given NORM
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>. Possible values for the
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>probingMode</U></FONT> parameter include
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_PROBE_NONE</I></FONT>,
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_PROBE_PASSIVE</I></FONT>, and
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_PROBE_ACTIVE</I></FONT>.  The default
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_PROBE_ACTIVE</I></FONT>. The default
 probing mode is <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_PROBE_ACTIVE</I></FONT>.
- In this mode, the receiver set explicitly acknowledges NORM sender
+In this mode, the receiver set explicitly acknowledges NORM sender
 GRTT probes (NORM_CMD(CC) messages) with NORM_ACK responses that are
-group-wise suppressed.  Note that NORM receivers also will include
+group-wise suppressed. Note that NORM receivers also will include
 their response to GRTT probing piggy-backed on any NORM_NACK messages
-sent in this mode as well to minimize feedback.  
+sent in this mode as well to minimize feedback. 
 </P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">Note that the
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_PROBE_ACTIVE</I></FONT> probing mode is
-<I>required</I> and automatically set when NORM congestion control
-operation is enabled (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetCongestionControl()">NormSetCongestionControl()</A></FONT>).
- Thus, when congestion control is enabled, the
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">Note
+that the <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_PROBE_ACTIVE</I></FONT> probing
+mode is <I>required</I> and automatically set when NORM congestion
+control operation is enabled (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetCongestionControl()">NormSetCongestionControl()</A></FONT>).
+Thus, when congestion control is enabled, the
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetGrttProbingMode()">NormSetGrttProbingMode()</A></FONT> function has no
 effect.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">If congestion control
-operation is not enabled, the NORM applicaiton may elect to reduce
-the volume of feedback traffic by setting the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>probingMode</U></FONT>
-to <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_PROBE_PASSIVE.</I></FONT>  Here, the
-NORM sender still transmits NORM_CMD(CC) probe messages multiplexed
-with its data transmission, but the receiver set does not explicitly
-acknowledge these probes.  Instead the receiver set is limited to
-piggy-backing responses when NORM_NACK messages are generated.  Note
-that this may, in some cases, introduce some opportunity for bursts
-of large volume receiver feedback when the sender’s estimate of
-GRTT is incorrect due to the reduced probing feedback.  But, in some
-controlled network environments, this option for passive probing may
-provide some benefits in reducing protocol overhead.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">Finally, the
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>probingMode</U></FONT> can be set to
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">If
+congestion control operation is not enabled, the NORM applicaiton may
+elect to reduce the volume of feedback traffic by setting the
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>probingMode</U></FONT> to <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_PROBE_PASSIVE.</I></FONT>
+Here, the NORM sender still transmits NORM_CMD(CC) probe messages
+multiplexed with its data transmission, but the receiver set does not
+explicitly acknowledge these probes. Instead the receiver set is
+limited to piggy-backing responses when NORM_NACK messages are
+generated. Note that this may, in some cases, introduce some
+opportunity for bursts of large volume receiver feedback when the
+sender’s estimate of GRTT is incorrect due to the reduced probing
+feedback. But, in some controlled network environments, this option
+for passive probing may provide some benefits in reducing protocol
+overhead.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">Finally,
+the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>probingMode</U></FONT> can be set to
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_PROBE_NONE</I></FONT> to eliminate the
-overhead (and benefits) of NORM GRTT measurement entirely.  In this
+overhead (and benefits) of NORM GRTT measurement entirely. In this
 case, the sender application must explicitly set its estimate of GRTT
 using the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetGrttEstimate()">NormSetGrttEstimate()</A></FONT> function.
- See this function for a description of the purpose of the NORM GRTT
+See this function for a description of the purpose of the NORM GRTT
 measurement.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetGrttProbingInterval()">NormSetGrttProbingInterval()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormSetGrttProbingInterval(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session,
 <BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;double&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;intervalMin,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;double&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;intervalMax);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function controls
-the sender GRTT measurement and estimation process for the given NORM
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.  The NORM sender
-multiplexes periodic transmission of NORM_CMD(CC) messages with its
-ongoing data transmission or when data transmission is idle.  When
-NORM congestion control operation is enabled, these probes are sent
-once per RTT of the current limiting receiver (with respect to
-congestion control rate).  In this case the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>intervalMin</U></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function controls the sender GRTT measurement and estimation process
+for the given NORM <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>. The
+NORM sender multiplexes periodic transmission of NORM_CMD(CC)
+messages with its ongoing data transmission or when data transmission
+is idle. When NORM congestion control operation is enabled, these
+probes are sent once per RTT of the current limiting receiver (with
+respect to congestion control rate). In this case the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>intervalMin</U></FONT>
 and <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>intervalMax</U></FONT> parameters (in
 units of <I>seconds</I>) control the rate at which the sender’s
-estimate of GRTT is updated.  At session start, the estimate is
+estimate of GRTT is updated. At session start, the estimate is
 updated at <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>intervalMin</U></FONT> and the
 update interval time is doubled until <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>intervalMax</U></FONT>
-is reached.  This dynamic allows for a rapid initial estimation of
-GRTT and a slower, steady-state update of GRTT.  When congestion
+is reached. This dynamic allows for a rapid initial estimation of
+GRTT and a slower, steady-state update of GRTT. When congestion
 control is disabled and NORM GRTT probing is enabled
 (NORM_PROBE_ACTIVE or NORM_PROBE_PASSIVE) the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>intervalMin</U></FONT>
 and <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>intervalMax</U></FONT> values also
 determine the rate at which NORM_CMD(CC) probes are transmitted by
-the sender.  Thus by setting larger values for <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>intervalMin</U></FONT>
+the sender. Thus by setting larger values for <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>intervalMin</U></FONT>
 and <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>intervalMax</U></FONT>, the NORM sender
-application can reduce the overhead of the GRTT measurement process. 
+application can reduce the overhead of the GRTT measurement process.
 However, this also reduces the ability of NORM to adapt to changes in
 GRTT.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The default NORM GRTT
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>intervalMin</U></FONT> and <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>intervalMax</U></FONT>
-values are 1.0 second and 30.0 seconds, respectively.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+default NORM GRTT <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>intervalMin</U></FONT> and
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>intervalMax</U></FONT> values are 1.0 second
+and 30.0 seconds, respectively.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetBackoffFactor()">NormSetBackoffFactor()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormSetBackoffFactor(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session,
 <BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;double&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;backoffFactor);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal"><A NAME="OLE_LINK3"></A><A NAME="OLE_LINK2"></A>
-This function sets the sender's &quot;backoff factor&quot; for the
-given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>..  The backoff
-factor is used to scale various timeouts related to the NACK repair
-process.  The sender advertises its backoff factor setting to the
-receiver group in NORM protocol message headers.  The default backoff
-factor for NORM sessions is <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>4.0</I></FONT>. 
-The backoff factor is used to determine the maximum time that
-receivers may delay NACK transmissions (and other feedback messages)
-as part of NORM's probabilistic feedback suppression technique.  For
-example, the maximum NACK delay time is <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>backoffFactor</U></FONT><FONT FACE="Courier">*GRTT</FONT>.
- Thus a large <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>backoffFactor</U></FONT> value
-introduces latency into the NORM repair process.  However, a small
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function sets the sender's &quot;backoff factor&quot; for the given
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.. The backoff factor is
+used to scale various timeouts related to the NACK repair process.
+The sender advertises its backoff factor setting to the receiver
+group in NORM protocol message headers. The default backoff factor
+for NORM sessions is <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>4.0</I></FONT>. The
+backoff factor is used to determine the maximum time that receivers
+may delay NACK transmissions (and other feedback messages) as part of
+NORM's probabilistic feedback suppression technique. For example, the
+maximum NACK delay time is <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>backoffFactor</U></FONT><FONT FACE="Courier">*GRTT</FONT>.
+Thus a large <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>backoffFactor</U></FONT> value
+introduces latency into the NORM repair process. However, a small
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>backoffFactor</U></FONT> value causes
 feedback suppression to be less effective and increases the risk of
-feedback implosion for large receiver group sizes.  The default
+feedback implosion for large receiver group sizes. The default
 setting of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>4.0</I></FONT> provides reasonable
 feedback suppression for moderate to large group sizes when multicast
-feedback is possible.  The NORM specification recommends a backoff
+feedback is possible. The NORM specification recommends a backoff
 factor value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>6.0</I></FONT> when unicast
-feedback is used.  However, for demanding applications (with respect
+feedback is used. However, for demanding applications (with respect
 to repair latency) when group sizes are modest, a small (even <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>0.0</I></FONT>)
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>backoffFactor</U></FONT> value can be
 specified to reduce the latency of reliable data delivery.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetGroupSize()">NormSetGroupSize()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormSetGroupSize(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session,
 <BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
 int&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;groupSize);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function sets the
-sender's estimate of receiver group size for the given session.  The
-sender advertises its group size setting to the receiver group in
-NORM protocol message headers that, in turn, use this information to
-shape the distribution curve of their random timeouts for the
-timer-based, probabilistic feedback suppression technique used in the
-NORM protocol.  Note that the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>groupSize</U></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function sets the sender's estimate of receiver group size for the
+given session. The sender advertises its group size setting to the
+receiver group in NORM protocol message headers that, in turn, use
+this information to shape the distribution curve of their random
+timeouts for the timer-based, probabilistic feedback suppression
+technique used in the NORM protocol. Note that the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>groupSize</U></FONT>
 estimate does not have to be very accurate and values within an order
 of magnitude of the actual group size tend to produce acceptable
-performance.  The default group size setting in NORM is <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>1,000</I></FONT>
+performance. The default group size setting in NORM is <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>1,000</I></FONT>
 and thus can work well for a wide range of actual receiver group
-sizes.  The penalty of an overly large estimate is statistically a
+sizes. The penalty of an overly large estimate is statistically a
 little more latency in reliable data delivery with respect to the
-round trip time and some potential for excess feedback.  A
-substantial underestimation of group size increases the risk of
-feedback implosion.  Currently, the NORM implementation does not
-attempt to automatically measure group size from receiver feedback. 
-Applications could add their own mechanism for this (perhaps keeping
-explicit track of group membership), or it is possible that future
-versions of the NRL NORM implementation may have some provision for
-automatic group size estimation by the sender based on receiver
-feedback messages.</P>
+round trip time and some potential for excess feedback. A substantial
+underestimation of group size increases the risk of feedback
+implosion. Currently, the NORM implementation does not attempt to
+automatically measure group size from receiver feedback. Applications
+could add their own mechanism for this (perhaps keeping explicit
+track of group membership), or it is possible that future versions of
+the NRL NORM implementation may have some provision for automatic
+group size estimation by the sender based on receiver feedback
+messages.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormFileEnqueue()">NormFileEnqueue()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A>
 NormFileEnqueue(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;const
 char*&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;filename,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;const
 char*&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;infoPtr =
 NULL,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
 int&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;infoLen = 0);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function enqueues
-a file for transmission within the specified NORM <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.
- Note that <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT> must have
-been previously called before files or any transport objects may be
-enqueued and transmitted.  The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>fileName</U></FONT>
-parameter specifies the path to the file to be transmitted.  The NORM
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function enqueues a file for transmission within the specified NORM
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>. Note that
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT> must have been
+previously called before files or any transport objects may be
+enqueued and transmitted. The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>fileName</U></FONT>
+parameter specifies the path to the file to be transmitted. The NORM
 protocol engine read and writes directly from/to file system storage
 for file transport, potentially providing for a very large virtual
-&quot;repair window&quot; as needed for some applications.  While
+&quot;repair window&quot; as needed for some applications. While
 relative paths with respect to the current working directory may be
-used, it is recommended that full paths be used when possible.  The
+used, it is recommended that full paths be used when possible. The
 optional <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>infoPtr</U></FONT> and <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>infoLen</U></FONT>
 parameters are used to associate NORM_INFO content with the sent
-transport object.  The maximum allowed <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>infoLen</U></FONT>
+transport object. The maximum allowed <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>infoLen</U></FONT>
 corresponds to the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>segmentSize</U></FONT>
 used in the prior call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT>.
- The use and interpretation of the NORM_INFO content is left to the
-application's discretion.  Example usage of NORM_INFO content for
+The use and interpretation of the NORM_INFO content is left to the
+application's discretion. Example usage of NORM_INFO content for
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_FILE</I></FONT> might include
 file name, creation date, MIME-type or other information which will
 enable NORM receivers to properly handle the file when reception is
 complete.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The application is
-allowed to enqueue multiple transmit objects within in the &quot;transmit
-cache&quot; limits (see <FONT FACE="Courier">NormSetTxCacheLimits()</FONT>)
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+application is allowed to enqueue multiple transmit objects within in
+the &quot;transmit cache&quot; limits (see <FONT FACE="Courier">NormSetTxCacheLimits()</FONT>)
 and enqueued objects are transmitted (and repaired as needed) within
 the limits determined by automated congestion control (see
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetCongestionControl()">NormSetCongestionControl()</A></FONT>) or fixed rate
 (see <FONT FACE="Courier">NormSetTxRate()</FONT>) parameters.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">A <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT>
-is returned which the application may use in other NORM API calls as
-needed.  This handle can be considered valid until the application
-explicitly cancels the object's transmission (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectCancel()">NormObjectCancel()</A></FONT>)
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">A
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT> is returned which the
+application may use in other NORM API calls as needed. This handle
+can be considered valid until the application explicitly cancels the
+object's transmission (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectCancel()">NormObjectCancel()</A></FONT>)
 or a <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_OBJECT_PURGED</I></FONT> event
-is received for the given object.  Note the application may use the
+is received for the given object. Note the application may use the
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></FONT> method if it wishes to
 refer to the object after the <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_OBJECT_PURGED</I></FONT>
-notification.  In this case, the application, when finished with the
+notification. In this case, the application, when finished with the
 object, must use <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRelease()">NormObjectRelease()</A></FONT> to
-free any resources used or else a memory leak condition will result. 
+free any resources used or else a memory leak condition will result.
 A value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_INVALID</I></FONT> is
-return upon error.  Possible failure conditions include the specified
+return upon error. Possible failure conditions include the specified
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT> is not operating as a
 <I>NormSender</I>, insufficient memory resources were available, or
 the &quot;transmit cache&quot; limits have been reached and all
-previously enqueued NORM transmit objects are pending transmission. 
+previously enqueued NORM transmit objects are pending transmission.
 Also the call will fail if the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>infoLen</U></FONT>
 parameter exceeds the local <I>NormSender</I> <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>segmentSize</U></FONT>
 limit.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormDataEnqueue()">NormDataEnqueue()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A>
 NormDataEnqueue(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;const
 char*&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;dataPtr,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
 int&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;dataLen,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;const
@@ -2406,105 +2575,108 @@ char*&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;infoPtr =
 NULL,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
 int&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;infoLen = 0);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function enqueues
-a segment of application memory space for transmission within the
-specified NORM <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.  Note that
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT> must have been
-previously called before files or any transport objects may be
-enqueued and transmitted.  The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>dataPtr</U></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function enqueues a segment of application memory space for
+transmission within the specified NORM <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.
+Note that <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT> must have
+been previously called before files or any transport objects may be
+enqueued and transmitted. The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>dataPtr</U></FONT>
 parameter must be a valid pointer to the area of application memory
 to be transmitted and the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>dataLen</U></FONT>
-parameter indicates the quantity of data to transmit.  The NORM
+parameter indicates the quantity of data to transmit. The NORM
 protocol engine read and writes directly from/to application memory
 space so it is important that the application does not modify (or
 deallocate) the memory space during the time the NORM protocel engine
-may access this area.  The optional <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>infoPtr</U></FONT>
+may access this area. The optional <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>infoPtr</U></FONT>
 and <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>infoLen</U></FONT> parameters are used to
-associate NORM_INFO content with the sent transport object.  The
+associate NORM_INFO content with the sent transport object. The
 maximum allowed <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>infoLen</U></FONT>
 corresponds to the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>segmentSize</U></FONT>
 used in the prior call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT>.
- The use and interpretation of the NORM_INFO content is left to the
-application's discretion.  Example usage of NORM_INFO content for
+The use and interpretation of the NORM_INFO content is left to the
+application's discretion. Example usage of NORM_INFO content for
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT> might include
 application-defined data typing or other information which will
 enable NORM receiver applications to properly interpret the received
-data when reception is complete.  Of course, it is possible that the
+data when reception is complete. Of course, it is possible that the
 application may embed such typing information in the object data
-content itself.  This is left to the application's discretion.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The application is
-allowed to enqueue multiple transmit objects within in the &quot;transmit
-cache&quot; limits (see <FONT FACE="Courier">NormSetTxCacheLimits()</FONT>)
+content itself. This is left to the application's discretion.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+application is allowed to enqueue multiple transmit objects within in
+the &quot;transmit cache&quot; limits (see <FONT FACE="Courier">NormSetTxCacheLimits()</FONT>)
 and enqueued objects are transmitted (and repaired as needed) within
 the limits determined by automated congestion control (see
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetCongestionControl()">NormSetCongestionControl()</A></FONT>) or fixed rate
 (see <FONT FACE="Courier">NormSetTxRate()</FONT>) parameters.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">A <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT>
-is returned which the application may use in other NORM API calls as
-needed.  This handle can be considered valid until the application
-explicitly cancels the object's transmission (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectCancel()">NormObjectCancel()</A></FONT>)
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">A
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT> is returned which the
+application may use in other NORM API calls as needed. This handle
+can be considered valid until the application explicitly cancels the
+object's transmission (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectCancel()">NormObjectCancel()</A></FONT>)
 or a <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_OBJECT_PURGED</I></FONT> event
-is received for the given object.  Note the application may use the
+is received for the given object. Note the application may use the
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></FONT> method if it wishes to
 refer to the object after the <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_OBJECT_PURGED</I></FONT>
-notification.  In this case, the application, when finished with the
+notification. In this case, the application, when finished with the
 object, <I>must</I> use <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRelease()">NormObjectRelease()</A></FONT>
 to free any resources used or else a memory leak condition will
-result.  A value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_INVALID</I></FONT>
-is return upon error.  Possible failure conditions include the
+result. A value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_INVALID</I></FONT>
+is return upon error. Possible failure conditions include the
 specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT> is not operating
 as a <I>NormSender</I>, insufficient memory resources were available,
 or the &quot;transmit cache&quot; limits have been reached and all
-previously enqueued NORM transmit objects are pending transmission. 
+previously enqueued NORM transmit objects are pending transmission.
 Also the call will fail if the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>infoLen</U></FONT>
 parameter exceeds the local <I>NormSender</I> <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>segmentSize</U></FONT>
 limit.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormRequeueObject()">NormRequeueObject()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool&nbsp;NormRequeueObject(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;object);</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool&nbsp;NormRequeueObject(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;object);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function allows
-the application to resend (or reset transmission of) a
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_FILE</I></FONT> or
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function allows the application to resend (or reset transmission of)
+a <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_FILE</I></FONT> or
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT> transmit object
 that was previously enqueued for the indicated <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.
- This function is useful for applications sending to silent
+This function is useful for applications sending to silent
 (non-NACKing) receivers as it enables the receivers to take advantage
 of multiple retransmissions of objects (including any auto-parity
 set, see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetAutoParity()">NormSetAutoParity()</A></FONT>) to more
-robustly receive content.  The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>object</U></FONT>
+robustly receive content. The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>object</U></FONT>
 parameter must be a valid transmit <A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A> that has not yet
-been &quot;purged&quot; from the sender's transmit queue.  Upon
+been &quot;purged&quot; from the sender's transmit queue. Upon
 success, the specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>object</U></FONT> will
 be fully retransmitted using the same NORM object transport
-identifier as was used on its initial transmission.  This call may be
+identifier as was used on its initial transmission. This call may be
 made at any time to restart transmission of a previously-enqueued
 object, but the <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_OBJECT_SENT</I></FONT>
 or <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_FLUSH_COMPLETED</I></FONT>
 notifications can serve as good cues for an appropriate time to
-resend an object.  If multiple objects are re-queued, they will be
+resend an object. If multiple objects are re-queued, they will be
 resent in order of their initial enqueuing.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The transmit cache
-bounds set by <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetTransmitCacheBounds()">NormSetTransmitCacheBounds()</A></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+transmit cache bounds set by <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetTransmitCacheBounds()">NormSetTransmitCacheBounds()</A></FONT>
 determine the number of previously-sent objects retained in the
 sender's transmit queue and that are thus eligible to be requeued for
-retransmission.  An object may be requeued via this call multiple
+retransmission. An object may be requeued via this call multiple
 times, but each distinct requeue should be done after an indication
 such as <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_OBJECT_SENT</I></FONT> or
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_FLUSH_COMPLETED</I></FONT>  for the
-given object.  Otherwise, the object will simply be reset from its
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_FLUSH_COMPLETED</I></FONT> for the
+given object. Otherwise, the object will simply be reset from its
 current transmission point to transmit from the beginning (i.e.
-restart).  Note that the object type <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</I></FONT>
+restart). Note that the object type <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</I></FONT>
 cannot currently be requeued.</P>
-<P CLASS="western"><I>(TBD – should a &quot;numRepeats&quot;
-parameter be added to this function?)</I></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in"><I>(TBD – should a
+&quot;numRepeats&quot; parameter be added to this function?)</I></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">A value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>
-is returned upon success and a value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>
-is returned upon failure.  Possible reasons for failure include an
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">A
+value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> is returned upon
+success and a value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT> is
+returned upon failure. Possible reasons for failure include an
 invalid object handle was provided (i.e. a non-transmit object or
 transmit object that has been &quot;purged&quot; from the transmit
 queue (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_OBJECT_PURGED</I></FONT>))
@@ -2512,557 +2684,574 @@ or the provided <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>object</U></FONT> was of type
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</I></FONT>.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormStreamOpen()">NormStreamOpen()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A>
 NormStreamOpen(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
 int&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;bufferSize,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;const
 char*&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;infoPtr =
 NULL,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
 int&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;infoLen = 0);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function opens a
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</I></FONT> sender object
-and enqueues it for transmission within the indicated <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.
- NormStream objects provide reliable, in-order delivery of data
-content written to the stream by the sender application.  Note that
-no data is sent until subsequent calls to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamWrite()">NormStreamWrite()</A></FONT>
-are made unless NORM_INFO content is specified for the stream with
-the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>infoPtr</U></FONT> and <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>infoLen</U></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function opens a <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</I></FONT>
+sender object and enqueues it for transmission within the indicated
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>. NormStream objects
+provide reliable, in-order delivery of data content written to the
+stream by the sender application. Note that no data is sent until
+subsequent calls to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamWrite()">NormStreamWrite()</A></FONT> are
+made unless NORM_INFO content is specified for the stream with the
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>infoPtr</U></FONT> and <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>infoLen</U></FONT>
 parameters. Example usage of NORM_INFO content for <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</I></FONT>
 might include application-defined data typing or other information
 which will enable NORM receiver applications to properly interpret
-the received stream as it is being received.  The NORM protocol
-engine buffers data written to the stream for original transmission
-and repair transmissions as needed to achieve reliable transfer.  The
+the received stream as it is being received. The NORM protocol engine
+buffers data written to the stream for original transmission and
+repair transmissions as needed to achieve reliable transfer. The
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferSize</U></FONT> parameter controls the
 size of the stream's &quot;repair window&quot; which limits how far
 back the sender will &quot;rewind&quot; to satisfy receiver repair
-requests.  
+requests. 
 </P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">NORM, as a
-NACK-oriented protocol, currently lacks a mechanism for receivers to
-<I>explicitly</I> feedback flow control status to the sender unless
-the sender leverages NORM's optional positive acknowledgement (ACK)
-features.  Thus, the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferSize</U></FONT>
-selection plays an important role in NORM's reliability.  Generally,
-a larger <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferSize</U></FONT> value is safer
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">NORM,
+as a NACK-oriented protocol, currently lacks a mechanism for
+receivers to <I>explicitly</I> feedback flow control status to the
+sender unless the sender leverages NORM's optional positive
+acknowledgement (ACK) features. Thus, the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferSize</U></FONT>
+selection plays an important role in NORM's reliability. Generally, a
+larger <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferSize</U></FONT> value is safer
 with respect to reliability, but some applications may wish to limit
 how far the sender rewinds to repair receivers with poor connectivity
-with respect to the group at large.  Such applications may set a
+with respect to the group at large. Such applications may set a
 smaller <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferSize</U></FONT> to avoid the
-potential for large latency in data delivery.  This may result in
+potential for large latency in data delivery. This may result in
 breaks in the reliable delivery of stream data to some receivers, but
 this form of quasi-reliability while limiting latency may be useful
 for some types of applications (e.g. reliable real-time messaging,
-video or sensor data transport).  Note that NORM receivers can
+video or sensor data transport). Note that NORM receivers can
 &quot;resync&quot; to the sender after such breaks if the application
 leverages the message boundary recovery features of NORM (see
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamMarkEom()">NormStreamMarkEom()</A></FONT>).</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">Note that the current
-implementation of NORM is designed to support only one active stream
-per session, and that any <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">Note
+that the current implementation of NORM is designed to support only
+one active stream per session, and that any <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT>
 or <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_FILE</I></FONT> objects
 enqueued for transmission will not begin transmission until an active
-stream is closed.  Applications requiring multiple streams or
+stream is closed. Applications requiring multiple streams or
 concurrent file/data transfer should instantiate multiple
 <I>NormSessions</I> as needed.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">Note there is no
-corresponding &quot;open&quot; call for receiver streams.  Receiver
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAMs</I></FONT> are
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">Note
+there is no corresponding &quot;open&quot; call for receiver streams.
+Receiver <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAMs</I></FONT> are
 automatically opened by the NORM protocol engine and the receiver
 applications is notified of new streams via the <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_NEW</I></FONT>
 notification (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT>).</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">A <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT>
-is returned which the application may use in other NORM API calls as
-needed.  This handle can be considered valid until the application
-explicitly cancels the object's transmission (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectCancel()">NormObjectCancel()</A></FONT>)
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">A
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT> is returned which the
+application may use in other NORM API calls as needed. This handle
+can be considered valid until the application explicitly cancels the
+object's transmission (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectCancel()">NormObjectCancel()</A></FONT>)
 or a <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_OBJECT_PURGED</I></FONT> event
-is received for the given object.  Note the application may use the
+is received for the given object. Note the application may use the
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></FONT> method if it wishes to
 refer to the object after the <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_OBJECT_PURGED</I></FONT>
-notification.  In this case, the application, when finished with the
+notification. In this case, the application, when finished with the
 object, <I>must</I> use <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRelease()">NormObjectRelease()</A></FONT>
 to free any resources used or else a memory leak condition will
-result.  A value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_INVALID</I></FONT>
-is return upon error.  Possible failure conditions include the
+result. A value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_INVALID</I></FONT>
+is return upon error. Possible failure conditions include the
 specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT> is not operating
 as a <I>NormSender</I>, insufficient memory resources were available,
 or the &quot;transmit cache&quot; limits have been reached and all
-previously enqueued NORM transmit objects are pending transmission. 
+previously enqueued NORM transmit objects are pending transmission.
 Also the call will fail if the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>infoLen</U></FONT>
 parameter exceeds the local <I>NormSender</I> <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>segmentSize</U></FONT>
 limit.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormStreamClose()">NormStreamClose()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormStreamClose(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A>
 streamHandle,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;bool&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;graceful
 = false);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function halts
-transfer of the stream specified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>streamHandle</U></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function halts transfer of the stream specified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>streamHandle</U></FONT>
 parameter and releases any resources used unless the associated
 object has been explicitly retained by a call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></FONT>.
- No further calls to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamWrite()">NormStreamWrite()</A></FONT>
+No further calls to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamWrite()">NormStreamWrite()</A></FONT>
 will be successful for the given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>streamHandle</U></FONT>.
- The optional <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>graceful</U></FONT> parameter,
+The optional <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>graceful</U></FONT> parameter,
 when set to a value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>, may
 be used by NORM senders to initiate &quot;graceful&quot; shutdown of
-a transmit stream.  In this case, the sender application will be
+a transmit stream. In this case, the sender application will be
 notified that stream has (most likely) completed reliable transfer
 via the <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_OBJECT_PURGED</I></FONT>
-notification upon completion of the graceful shutdown process.  When
+notification upon completion of the graceful shutdown process. When
 the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>graceful</U></FONT> option is set,
 receivers are notified of the stream end via a &quot;FLAG_STREAM_END&quot;
 flag in NORM_DATA message (<I>Note the NRL NORM implementation uses a
-portion of the </I><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_DATA::payload_reserved</I></FONT><I>
-field for this purpose and proposes that this type of funtionality be
-added to subsequent versions of the NORM protocol specification</I>)
+portion of the </I><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_DATA::payload_reserved</I></FONT>
+<I>field for this purpose and proposes that this type of funtionality
+be added to subsequent versions of the NORM protocol specification</I>)
 and will receive a <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_COMPLETED</I></FONT>
-notification after all received stream content has been read. 
+notification after all received stream content has been read.
 Otherwise, the stream is immediately terminated, regardless of
-receiver state.  In this case, this function is equivalent to the
+receiver state. In this case, this function is equivalent to the
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectCancel()">NormObjectCancel()</A></FONT> routine and may be
-used for sender or receiver streams.  So, it is expected this
-function (<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamClose()">NormStreamClose()</A></FONT>) will
-typically be used for transmit streams by NORM senders.</P>
+used for sender or receiver streams. So, it is expected this function
+(<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamClose()">NormStreamClose()</A></FONT>) will typically be
+used for transmit streams by NORM senders.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormStreamWrite()">NormStreamWrite()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>unsigned
-int
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>unsigned int
 NormStreamWrite(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A>&nbsp;streamHandle<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;const
 char*&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;buffer,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
 int&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;numBytes);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function enqueues
-data for transmission within the NORM stream specified by the
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>streamHandle</U></FONT> parameter.  The
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>buffer</U></FONT> parameter must be a pointer
-to the data to be enqueued and the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>numBytes</U></FONT>
-parameter indicates the length of the data content.  Note this call
-does not block and will return immediately.  The return value
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function enqueues data for transmission within the NORM stream
+specified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>streamHandle</U></FONT>
+parameter. The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>buffer</U></FONT> parameter
+must be a pointer to the data to be enqueued and the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>numBytes</U></FONT>
+parameter indicates the length of the data content. Note this call
+does not block and will return immediately. The return value
 indicates the number of bytes copied from the provided buffer to the
-internal stream transmission buffers.  Calls to this function will be
+internal stream transmission buffers. Calls to this function will be
 successful unless the stream's transmit buffer space is fully
 occupied with data pending original or repair transmission if the
 stream's &quot;push mode&quot; is set to <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>
 (default, see <FONT FACE="Courier">NormStreamSetPushMode()</FONT> for
-details).  If the stream's &quot;push mode&quot; is set to true, a
+details). If the stream's &quot;push mode&quot; is set to true, a
 call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamWrite()">NormStreamWrite()</A></FONT> will always
 result in copying of application data to the stream at the cost of
 previously enqueued data pending transmission (original or repair)
-being dropped by the NORM protocol engine.  While NORM NACK-based
+being dropped by the NORM protocol engine. While NORM NACK-based
 reliability does not provide explicit flow control, there is some
 degree of implicit flow control in limiting writing new data to the
-stream against pending repairs.  Other flow control strategies are
+stream against pending repairs. Other flow control strategies are
 possible using the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetWatermark()">NormSetWatermark()</A></FONT>
 function.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The <FONT FACE="Courier">NormEvents
-</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_QUEUE_EMPTY</I></FONT> and
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_QUEUE_VACANCY</I></FONT> are posted
-with the <I><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A>::object</I> field set to a valid sender stream
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT> to indicate when the
-stream is ready for writing via this function.  Note that the
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+<FONT FACE="Courier">NormEvents </FONT><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_QUEUE_EMPTY</I></FONT>
+and <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_QUEUE_VACANCY</I></FONT> are
+posted with the <I><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A>::object</I> field set to a valid sender
+stream <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT> to indicate when
+the stream is ready for writing via this function. Note that the
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_QUEUE_VACANCY </I></FONT>event type
 is posted <I>only after</I> the stream's transmit buffer has been
-completely filled.  Thus, the application <I>must</I> make a call to
+completely filled. Thus, the application <I>must</I> make a call to
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamWrite()">NormStreamWrite()</A></FONT> that copies less than
 the requested <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>numBytes</U></FONT> value
 (return value less than <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>numBytes</U></FONT>)
 before additional <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_QUEUE_VACANCY</I></FONT>
 events are posted for the given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>streamHandle</U></FONT>
 (i.e., the event type is not re-posted until the application has
-again filled the available stream transmit buffer space).  By cueing
+again filled the available stream transmit buffer space). By cueing
 off of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_QUEUE_EMPTY</I></FONT>, the
 application can write its &quot;freshest&quot; available data to the
 stream, but by cueing off of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_QUEUE_VACANCY</I></FONT>,
 an application can keep the NORM protocol engine busiest, to achieve
 the maximum possible throughput at high data rates.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function returns
-the number of bytes of data successfully enqueued for NORM stream
-transmission.  If the underlying send stream buffer is full, this
-function may return zero or a value less than the requested <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>numBytes</U></FONT>.
- 
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function returns the number of bytes of data successfully enqueued
+for NORM stream transmission. If the underlying send stream buffer is
+full, this function may return zero or a value less than the
+requested <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>numBytes</U></FONT>. 
 </P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormStreamFlush()">NormStreamFlush()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormStreamFlush(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A>
 streamHandle,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;bool&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;eom
 = false,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#NormFlushMode">NormFlushMode</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;flushMode
 = NORM_FLUSH_PASSIVE);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function causes an
-immediate &quot;flush&quot; of the transmit stream specified by the
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>streamHandle</U></FONT> parameter.  Normally,
-unless <FONT FACE="Courier">NormSetAutoFlush()</FONT> has been
-invoked, the NORM protocol engine buffers data written to a stream
-until it has accumulated a sufficient quantity to generate a
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function causes an immediate &quot;flush&quot; of the transmit stream
+specified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>streamHandle</U></FONT>
+parameter. Normally, unless <FONT FACE="Courier">NormSetAutoFlush()</FONT>
+has been invoked, the NORM protocol engine buffers data written to a
+stream until it has accumulated a sufficient quantity to generate a
 NORM_DATA message with a full payload (as designated by the
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>segmentSize</U></FONT> parameter of the
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT> call).  This results in
-most efficient operation with respect to protocol overhead.  However,
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT> call). This results in
+most efficient operation with respect to protocol overhead. However,
 for some NORM streams, the application may not wish wait for such
-accumulation when critical data has been written to a stream.  The
+accumulation when critical data has been written to a stream. The
 default stream &quot;flush&quot; operation invoked via
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamFlush()">NormStreamFlush()</A></FONT> for <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>flushMode</U></FONT>
 equal to <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_FLUSH_PASSIVE</I></FONT> causes
 NORM to immediately transmit all enqueued data for the stream
 (subject to session transmit rate limits), even if this results in
-NORM_DATA messages with &quot;small&quot; payloads.  If the optional
+NORM_DATA messages with &quot;small&quot; payloads. If the optional
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>flushMode</U></FONT> parameter is set to
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_FLUSH_ACTIVE</I></FONT>, the application
 can achieve reliable delivery of stream content up to the current
-write position in an even more proactive fashion.  In this case, the
+write position in an even more proactive fashion. In this case, the
 sender additionally, <I>actively</I> transmits NORM_CMD(FLUSH)
-messages after any enqueued stream content has been sent.  This
+messages after any enqueued stream content has been sent. This
 immediately prompt receivers for repair requests which reduces
 latency of reliable delivery, but at a cost of some additional
-messaging.  Note any such &quot;active&quot; flush activity will be
-terminated upon the next subsequent write to the stream.  If
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>flushMode</U></FONT> is set to
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_FLUSH_NONE</I></FONT>, this call has no
-effect other than the optional end-of-message marking described here.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The optional <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>eom</U></FONT>
-parameter, when set to <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>, 
-allows the sender application to mark an end-of-message indication
-(see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamMarkEom()">NormStreamMarkEom()</A></FONT>) for the stream
-and initiate flushing in a single function call.  The end-of-message
+messaging. Note any such &quot;active&quot; flush activity will be
+terminated upon the next subsequent write to the stream. If <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>flushMode</U></FONT>
+is set to <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_FLUSH_NONE</I></FONT>, this
+call has no effect other than the optional end-of-message marking
+described here.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+optional <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>eom</U></FONT> parameter, when set
+to <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>, allows the sender
+application to mark an end-of-message indication (see
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamMarkEom()">NormStreamMarkEom()</A></FONT>) for the stream and
+initiate flushing in a single function call. The end-of-message
 indication causes NORM to mark the first NORM_DATA message generated
 following a subsequent write to the stream with the
-NORM_FLAGS_MSG_START flag.  This mechanism provide a means for
-message boundary recovery when receivers join or re-sync to a sender
+NORM_FLAGS_MSG_START flag. This mechanism provide a means for message
+boundary recovery when receivers join or re-sync to a sender
 mid-stream.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">Note that frequent
-flushing, particularly for <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_FLUSH_ACTIVE</I></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">Note
+that frequent flushing, particularly for <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_FLUSH_ACTIVE</I></FONT>
 operation, may result in more NORM protocol activity than usual, so
 care must be taken in application design and deployment when
 scalability to large group sizes is expected.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormStreamSetAutoFlush()">NormStreamSetAutoFlush()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormStreamSetAutoFlush(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A>
 streamHandle<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#NormFlushMode">NormFlushMode</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;flushMode);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function sets
-&quot;<I>automated</I> flushing&quot; for the NORM transmit stream
-indicated by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>streamHandle</U></FONT>
-parameter.  By default, a NORM transmit stream is &quot;flushed&quot;
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function sets &quot;<I>automated</I> flushing&quot; for the NORM
+transmit stream indicated by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>streamHandle</U></FONT>
+parameter. By default, a NORM transmit stream is &quot;flushed&quot;
 only when explicitly requested by the application (see
-<FONT SIZE=2><FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamFlush()">NormStreamFlush()</A></FONT></FONT>). 
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStreamFlush()">NormStreamFlush()</A></FONT></FONT>).
 However, to simplify programming, the NORM API allows that automated
 flushing be enabled such that the &quot;flush&quot; operation occurs
 every time the <I>full</I> requested <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>buffer</U></FONT>
-provided to a <FONT SIZE=2><FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamWrite()">NormStreamWrite()</A></FONT></FONT>
-call is successfully enqueued.  This may be appropriate for messaging
+provided to a <FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStreamWrite()">NormStreamWrite()</A></FONT></FONT>
+call is successfully enqueued. This may be appropriate for messaging
 applications where the provided buffers corresponds to an application
-messages requiring immediate, full transmission.  This may make the
+messages requiring immediate, full transmission. This may make the
 NORM protocol perhaps more &quot;chatty&quot; than its typical &quot;bulk
 transfer&quot; form of operation, but can provide a useful capability
-for some applications.  
+for some applications. 
 </P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">Possible values for the
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>flushMode</U></FONT> parameter include
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_FLUSH_NONE</I></FONT>,
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">Possible
+values for the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>flushMode</U></FONT> parameter
+include <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_FLUSH_NONE</I></FONT>,
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_FLUSH_PASSIVE</I></FONT>, and
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_FLUSH_ACTIVE</I></FONT>.  The default
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_FLUSH_ACTIVE</I></FONT>. The default
 setting for a NORM stream is <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_FLUSH_NONE</I></FONT>
 where no flushing occurs unless explicitly requested via
-<FONT SIZE=2><FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamFlush()">NormStreamFlush()</A></FONT></FONT>. 
-By setting the automated <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>flushMode</U></FONT>
-to <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_FLUSH_PASSIVE</I></FONT>, the only
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormStreamFlush()">NormStreamFlush()</A></FONT></FONT>. By
+setting the automated <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>flushMode</U></FONT> to
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_FLUSH_PASSIVE</I></FONT>, the only
 action taken is to immediately transmit any data that has been
 written to the stream, even if &quot;runt&quot; NORM_DATA messages
 (with payloads less than the <I>NormSender</I> <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>segmentSize</U></FONT>
-parameter) are generated as a result.  If <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_FLUSH_ACTIVE</I></FONT>
+parameter) are generated as a result. If <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_FLUSH_ACTIVE</I></FONT>
 is specified, the automated flushing operation is further augmented
 with the additional transmission of NORM_CMD(FLUSH) messages to
 proactively excite the receiver group for repair requests.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormStreamSetPushEnable()">NormStreamSetPushEnable()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormStreamSetPushEnable(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A>
 streamHandle<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;bool&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;pushEnable);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function controls
-how the NORM API behaves when the application attempts to enqueue new
-stream data for transmission when the associated stream's transmit
-buffer is fully occupied with data pending original or repair
-transmission.  By default (<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>pushEnable</U></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function controls how the NORM API behaves when the application
+attempts to enqueue new stream data for transmission when the
+associated stream's transmit buffer is fully occupied with data
+pending original or repair transmission. By default (<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>pushEnable</U></FONT>
 == <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>), a call to
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamWrite()">NormStreamWrite()</A></FONT> will return a zero
 value under this condition, indicating it was unable to enqueue the
-new data.  However, if <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>pushEnable</U></FONT>
+new data. However, if <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>pushEnable</U></FONT>
 is set to <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> for a given
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>streamHandle</U></FONT>, the NORM protocol
 engine will discard the oldest buffered stream data (even if it is
 pending repair transmission or has never been transmitted) as needed
-to enqueue the new data.  Thus a call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamWrite()">NormStreamWrite()</A></FONT>
-will never fail to copy data.  This behavior may be desirable for
+to enqueue the new data. Thus a call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamWrite()">NormStreamWrite()</A></FONT>
+will never fail to copy data. This behavior may be desirable for
 applications where it is more important to quickly delivery new data
-than to reliably deliver older data written to a stream.  The default
+than to reliably deliver older data written to a stream. The default
 behavior for a newly opened stream corresponds to <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>pushEnable</U></FONT>
-equals <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>.  This limits the
-rate to which an application can write new data to the stream to the
+equals <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>. This limits the rate
+to which an application can write new data to the stream to the
 current transmission rate and status of the reliable repair process.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormStreamHasVacancy()">NormStreamHasVacancy()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
 NormStreamHasVacancy(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A> streamHandle);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function can be
-used to query whether the transmit stream, specified by the
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>streamHandle</U></FONT> parameter, has buffer
-space available so that the application may successfully make a call
-to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamWrite()">NormStreamWrite()</A></FONT>.  Normally, a call
-to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamWrite()">NormStreamWrite()</A></FONT> itself can be used
-to make this determination, but this function can be useful when
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function can be used to query whether the transmit stream, specified
+by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>streamHandle</U></FONT> parameter, has
+buffer space available so that the application may successfully make
+a call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamWrite()">NormStreamWrite()</A></FONT>. Normally, a
+call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamWrite()">NormStreamWrite()</A></FONT> itself can be
+used to make this determination, but this function can be useful when
 &quot;push mode&quot; has been enabled (see the description of the
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamSetPushEnable()">NormStreamSetPushEnable()</A> </FONT>function) and
 the application wants to avoid overwriting data previously written to
-the stream that has not yet been transmitted.  Note that when &quot;push
+the stream that has not yet been transmitted. Note that when &quot;push
 mode&quot; is enabled, a call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamWrite()">NormStreamWrite()</A></FONT>
 will always succeed, overwriting previously-enqueued data if
-necessary.  Normally, this function will return true after a
+necessary. Normally, this function will return true after a
 NORM_TX_QUEUE_VACANCY notification has been received for a given NORM
 stream object.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function returns a
-value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> when there is
-transmit buffer space to which the application may write and <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>
-otherwise.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function returns a value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>
+when there is transmit buffer space to which the application may
+write and <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT> otherwise.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormStreamMarkEom()">NormStreamMarkEom()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormStreamMarkEom(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A> streamHandle);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function allows
-the application to indicate to the NORM protocol engine that the last
-data successfully written to the stream indicated by <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>streamHandle</U></FONT>
-corresponded to the end of an application-defined message boundary. 
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function allows the application to indicate to the NORM protocol
+engine that the last data successfully written to the stream
+indicated by <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>streamHandle</U></FONT>
+corresponded to the end of an application-defined message boundary.
 If the stream is either explicitly flushed at this point (see
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamFlush()">NormStreamFlush()</A></FONT>) or the last write had
 exactly filled a <I>NormSender</I> <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>segmentSize</U></FONT>
 NORM_DATA message payload, the beginning of the next write will
-correspond to the beginning of a new NORM_DATA message.  The
+correspond to the beginning of a new NORM_DATA message. The
 end-of-message indication given here will cause the NORM protocol
 engine to flag this new message with NORM_FLAG_MSG_START which allows
 receivers to recover message boundary synchronization even when
-beginning reception mid-stream.  Note that the marking is most
+beginning reception mid-stream. Note that the marking is most
 effective when explicit flushing is used which forces alignment of
-application message boundaries with NORM_DATA messages.  It is
+application message boundaries with NORM_DATA messages. It is
 anticipated that future versions of the NORM protocol specification
 (and/or the NRL implementation) will provide additional, more
 flexible stream control mechanisms (e.g. mid-segment message boundary
 alignment) that allow for more robust message boundary recovery.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">It is recommended that
-the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamMarkEom()">NormStreamMarkEom()</A></FONT> should be used
-with automated flushing modes (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamSetAutoFlush()">NormStreamSetAutoFlush()</A></FONT>)
-while the optional <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>eom</U></FONT> parameter
-of <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamFlush()">NormStreamFlush()</A></FONT> is instead used when
-explicit flushing is practiced.  End-of-message marking <I>may</I> be
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">It
+is recommended that the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamMarkEom()">NormStreamMarkEom()</A></FONT>
+should be used with automated flushing modes (see
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamSetAutoFlush()">NormStreamSetAutoFlush()</A></FONT>) while the
+optional <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>eom</U></FONT> parameter of
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamFlush()">NormStreamFlush()</A></FONT> is instead used when
+explicit flushing is practiced. End-of-message marking <I>may</I> be
 used when no flushing is done, but note then there is no guarantee of
 message boundary to NORM_DATA message alignment unless the
 application message sizes correspond to multiples of the configured
-<I>NormSender</I> <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>segmentSize</U></FONT>. 
+<I>NormSender</I> <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>segmentSize</U></FONT>.
 Again, note future versions of NORM and this implementation may
 provide more flexibility here.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetWatermark()">NormSetWatermark()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
 NormSetWatermark(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;object);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function specifies
-a &quot;watermark&quot; transmission point at which NORM sender
-protocol operation should perform a flushing process and/or positive
-acknowledgment collection for a given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.
- For <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_FILE</I></FONT> and
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT> transmissions,
-the positive acknowledgement collection will begin when the specified
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>object</U></FONT> has been completely
-transmitted.  The object parameter must be a valid handle to a
-previously-created sender object (see <FONT FACE="Courier">NormEnqueueFile()</FONT><FONT SIZE=2><FONT FACE="Courier">,</FONT></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function specifies a &quot;watermark&quot; transmission point at
+which NORM sender protocol operation should perform a flushing
+process and/or positive acknowledgment collection for a given
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>. For <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_FILE</I></FONT>
+and <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT>
+transmissions, the positive acknowledgement collection will begin
+when the specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>object</U></FONT> has been
+completely transmitted. The object parameter must be a valid handle
+to a previously-created sender object (see <FONT FACE="Courier">NormEnqueueFile()</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>,</FONT></FONT>
 <FONT FACE="Courier">NormEnqueueData()</FONT>, or <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamOpen()">NormStreamOpen()</A></FONT>).
- For <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</I></FONT>
+For <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</I></FONT>
 transmission, the positive acknowledgment collection begins
 immediately, using the current position (offset of most recent data
-written) of the sender stream as a reference.  
+written) of the sender stream as a reference. 
 </P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The functions
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormAddAckingNode()">NormAddAckingNode()</A></FONT> and
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+functions <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormAddAckingNode()">NormAddAckingNode()</A></FONT> and
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormRemoveAckingNode()">NormRemoveAckingNode()</A></FONT> are used to manage
 the list of <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></FONT> values
 corresponding to NORM receivers that are expected to explicitly
 acknowledge the watermark flushing messages transmitted by the
-sender.  Note that the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></FONT>
+sender. Note that the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></FONT>
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_NODE_NONE</I></FONT> may be included in
-the list.  Inclusion of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_NODE_NONE</I></FONT>
+the list. Inclusion of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_NODE_NONE</I></FONT>
 forces the watermark flushing process to proceed through a full
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_ROBUST_FACTOR</I></FONT> number of
 rounds before completing, prompting any receivers that have not
 completed reliable reception to the given watermark point to NACK for
-any repair needs.  If NACKs occur, the flushing process is reset and
+any repair needs. If NACKs occur, the flushing process is reset and
 repeated until completing with no NACKs for data through the given
-watermark transmission point are received.  Thus, even without
+watermark transmission point are received. Thus, even without
 explicit positive acknowledgment, the sender can use this process (by
 adding <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_NODE_NONE</I></FONT> to the
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>'s list of acking nodes)
 for a high level of assurance that the receiver set is &quot;happy&quot;
 (completed reliable data reception) through the given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>object</U></FONT>
-(or stream transmission point).  
+(or stream transmission point). 
 </P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The event
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_WATERMARK_COMPLETED</I></FONT> is
-posted for the given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT> when
-the flushing process or positive acknowledgment collection has
-completed.  The process completes as soon as all listed receivers
-have responded unless <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_NODE_NONE</I></FONT>
-is included in the acking list.  The sender application may use the
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+event <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_WATERMARK_COMPLETED</I></FONT>
+is posted for the given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>
+when the flushing process or positive acknowledgment collection has
+completed. The process completes as soon as all listed receivers have
+responded unless <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_NODE_NONE</I></FONT> is
+included in the acking list. The sender application may use the
 function <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetAckingStatus()">NormGetAckingStatus()</A></FONT> to
 determine the degree of success of the flushing process in general or
-for individual <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></FONT> values.  
+for individual <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></FONT> values. 
 </P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The flushing is
-conducted concurrently with ongoing data transmission and does not
-impede the progress of reliable data transfer.  Thus the sender may
-still enqueue <I>NormObjects</I> for transmission (or write to the
-existing stream) and the positive acknowledgement collection and
-flushing procedure will be multiplexed with the ongoing data
-transmission.  However, the sender application may wish to defer from
-or limit itself in sending more data until a
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+flushing is conducted concurrently with ongoing data transmission and
+does not impede the progress of reliable data transfer. Thus the
+sender may still enqueue <I>NormObjects</I> for transmission (or
+write to the existing stream) and the positive acknowledgement
+collection and flushing procedure will be multiplexed with the
+ongoing data transmission. However, the sender application may wish
+to defer from or limit itself in sending more data until a
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_WATERMARK_COMPLETED</I></FONT> event
 is received for the given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.
- This provides a form of sender-&gt;receiver(s) flow control which
-does not exist in NORM's default protocol operation.  If a subsequent
+This provides a form of sender-&gt;receiver(s) flow control which
+does not exist in NORM's default protocol operation. If a subsequent
 call is made to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetWatermark()">NormSetWatermark()</A></FONT> before
 the current acknowledgement request has completed, the pending
 acknowledgment request is canceled and the new one begins.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The function returns
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> upon successful establishment
-of the watermark point.  The function may return <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>
-upon failure (<I>why would it fail? – TBD</I>).</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+function returns <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> upon
+successful establishment of the watermark point. The function may
+return <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT> upon failure (<I>why
+would it fail? – TBD</I>).</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormAddAckingNode()">NormAddAckingNode()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
 NormAddAckingNode(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;nodeId);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">When this function is
-called, the specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeId</U></FONT> is
-added to the list of <I>NormNodes</I> used when NORM sender operation
-performs positive acknowledgement (ACK) collection for the specified
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.  The optional NORM
-positive acknowledgement collection occurs when a specified
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">When
+this function is called, the specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeId</U></FONT>
+is added to the list of <I>NormNodes</I> used when NORM sender
+operation performs positive acknowledgement (ACK) collection for the
+specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>. The optional
+NORM positive acknowledgement collection occurs when a specified
 transmission point (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetWatermark()">NormSetWatermark()</A>)</FONT>
 is reached or for specialized protocol actions such as
-positively-acknowledged application-defined commands.  Additionally a
+positively-acknowledged application-defined commands. Additionally a
 value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeId</U></FONT> equal to
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_NODE_NONE</I></FONT> may be set to force
 the watermark flushing process through a full <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_ROBUST_FACTOR</I></FONT>
-number of rounds regardless of actual acking nodes.  Otherwise the
+number of rounds regardless of actual acking nodes. Otherwise the
 flushing process is terminated when all of the nodes in the acking
 node list have responded.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The function returns
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> upon success and <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>
-upon failure.  The only failure condition is that insufficient memory
-resources were available.  If a specific <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeId</U></FONT>
-is added more than once, this has no effect.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+function returns <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> upon success
+and <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT> upon failure. The only
+failure condition is that insufficient memory resources were
+available. If a specific <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeId</U></FONT> is
+added more than once, this has no effect.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormRemoveAckingNode()">NormRemoveAckingNode()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormRemoveAckingNode(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;nodeId);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function deletes
-the specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeId</U></FONT> from the list
-of <I>NormNodes</I> used when NORM sender operation performs positive
-acknowledgement (ACK) collection for the specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.
- Note that if the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeId</U></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function deletes the specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeId</U></FONT>
+from the list of <I>NormNodes</I> used when NORM sender operation
+performs positive acknowledgement (ACK) collection for the specified
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>. Note that if the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeId</U></FONT>
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_NODE_NONE</I></FONT> has been added to
 the list, it too must be removed to change the watermark flushing
 behavior if desired.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormGetAckingStatus()">NormGetAckingStatus()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormAckingStatus">NormAckingStatus</A>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormAckingStatus">NormAckingStatus</A>
 NormGetAckingStatus(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;nodeId
 =
 &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;NORM_NODE_ANY);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function queries
-the status of the watermark flushing process and/or positive
-acknowledgment collection initiated by a prior call to
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function queries the status of the watermark flushing process and/or
+positive acknowledgment collection initiated by a prior call to
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetWatermark()">NormSetWatermark()</A></FONT> for the given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.
- In general, it is expected that applications will invoke this
+In general, it is expected that applications will invoke this
 function <I>after</I> the corresponding <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_WATERMARK_COMPLETED</I></FONT>
-event has been posted.  Setting the default parameter value <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeId</U></FONT>
+event has been posted. Setting the default parameter value <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeId</U></FONT>
 = <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_NODE_ANY</I></FONT> returns a &quot;status&quot;
-indication for the overall process.  Also, individual <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeId</U></FONT>
+indication for the overall process. Also, individual <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeId</U></FONT>
 values may be queried using the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></FONT>
 values of receivers that were included in previous calls to
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormAddAckingNode()">NormAddAckingNode()</A></FONT> to populate the
 sender <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>'s acking node list.
- 
 </P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">If the
-flushing/acknowledgment process is being used for application flow
-control, the sender application may wish to reset the watermark and
-flushing process (using <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetWatermark()">NormSetWatermark()</A></FONT>)
-if the response indicates that some nodes have failed to respond. 
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">If
+the flushing/acknowledgment process is being used for application
+flow control, the sender application may wish to reset the watermark
+and flushing process (using <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetWatermark()">NormSetWatermark()</A></FONT>)
+if the response indicates that some nodes have failed to respond.
 However, note that the flushing/acknowledgment process itself does
 elicit NACKs from receivers as needed and is interrupted and reset by
-any repair response that occurs.  Thus, even by the time the flushing
+any repair response that occurs. Thus, even by the time the flushing
 process has completed (and <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_WATERMARK_COMPLETED</I></FONT>
 is posted) once, this is an indication that the NORM protocol has
-made a valiant attempt to deliver the content.  Resetting the
+made a valiant attempt to deliver the content. Resetting the
 watermark process <I>can</I> increase robustness, but it may be in
 vain to repeat this process multiple times when likely network
 connectivity has been lost or expected receivers have failed (dropped
 out, shut down, etc).</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
 Possible return values include:</P>
 <TABLE WIDTH=592 BORDER=1 BORDERCOLOR="#000000" CELLPADDING=8 CELLSPACING=0>
 	<COL WIDTH=200>
@@ -3122,75 +3311,78 @@ Possible return values include:</P>
 <H2 CLASS="western"><A NAME="NORM Receiver Functions">NORM Receiver Functions</A></H2>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormStartReceiver()">NormStartReceiver()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
 NormStartReceiver(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;session,
 <BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
 long&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;bufferSpace);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function initiates
-the application's participation as a receiver within the <I>NormSession</I>
-identified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>
-parameter.  The NORM protocol engine will begin providing the 
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function initiates the application's participation as a receiver
+within the <I>NormSession</I> identified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>
+parameter. The NORM protocol engine will begin providing the
 application with receiver-related <I><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A></I> notifications,
 and, unless <FONT FACE="Courier">NormSetSilentReceiver(</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT><FONT FACE="Courier">)</FONT>
-is invoked, respond to senders with appropriate protocol messages. 
+is invoked, respond to senders with appropriate protocol messages.
 The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferSpace</U></FONT> parameter is used
 to set a limit on the amount of <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferSpace</U></FONT>
 allocated by the receiver per active <I>NormSender</I> within the
-session.  The appropriate <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferSpace</U></FONT>
+session. The appropriate <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferSpace</U></FONT>
 to use is a function of expected network <I>delay*bandwidth</I>
-product and packet loss characteristics.  A discussion of trade-offs
+product and packet loss characteristics. A discussion of trade-offs
 associated with NORM transmit and receiver buffer space selection is
-provided later in this document.  An insufficient <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferSpace</U></FONT>
+provided later in this document. An insufficient <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferSpace</U></FONT>
 allocation will result in potentially inefficient protocol operation,
-even though reliable operation may be maintained.  In some cases of a
+even though reliable operation may be maintained. In some cases of a
 large <I>delay*bandwidth</I> product and/or severe packet loss, a
 small <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferSpace</U></FONT> allocation
 (coupled with the lack of explicit flow control in NORM) may result
 in the receiver &quot;re-syncing&quot; to the sender, resulting in
 &quot;outages&quot; in the reliable transmissions from a sender (this
-is analogous to a TCP connection timeout failure).  
+is analogous to a TCP connection timeout failure). 
 </P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">A value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>
-is returned upon success and <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>
-upon failure.  The reasons failure may occur include limited system
-resources or that the network sockets required for session
-communication failed to open or properly configure.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">A
+value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> is returned upon
+success and <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT> upon failure.
+The reasons failure may occur include limited system resources or
+that the network sockets required for session communication failed to
+open or properly configure.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormStopReceiver()">NormStopReceiver()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormStopReceiver(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A> session,
 <BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
 int&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;gracePeriod = 0);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function ends the
-application's participation as a receiver in the <I>NormSession</I>
-specified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>
-parameter.  By default, all receiver-related protocol activity is
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function ends the application's participation as a receiver in the
+<I>NormSession</I> specified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>
+parameter. By default, all receiver-related protocol activity is
 immediately halted and all receiver-related resources are freed
 (except for those which have been specifically retained (see
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></FONT>).  However, and
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></FONT>). However, and
 optional <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>gracePeriod</U></FONT> parameter is
 provided to allow the receiver an opportunity to inform the group of
-its intention.  This is applicable when the local receiving <I>NormNode</I>
+its intention. This is applicable when the local receiving <I>NormNode</I>
 has been designated as an active congestion control representative
 (i.e. current limiting receiver (CLR) or potential limiting receiver
-(PLR)).  In this case, a non-zero <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>gracePeriod</U></FONT>
+(PLR)). In this case, a non-zero <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>gracePeriod</U></FONT>
 value provides an opportunity for the receiver to respond to the
 applicable sender(s) so the sender will not expect further congestion
-control feedback from this receiver.  The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>gracePeriod</U></FONT>
+control feedback from this receiver. The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>gracePeriod</U></FONT>
 integer value is used as a multiplier with the largest sender GRTT to
 determine the actual time period for which the receiver will linger
 in the group to provide such feedback (i.e. &quot;grace time&quot; =
 (<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>gracePeriod</U></FONT> * <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>GRTT</I></FONT>)).
- During this time, the receiver will not generate any requests for
+During this time, the receiver will not generate any requests for
 repair or other protocol actions aside from response to applicable
-congestion control probes.  When the receiver is removed from the
+congestion control probes. When the receiver is removed from the
 current list of receivers in the sender congestion control probe
 messages (or the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>gracePeriod</U></FONT>
 expires, whichever comes first), the NORM protocol engine will post a
@@ -3198,159 +3390,180 @@ expires, whichever comes first), the NORM protocol engine will post a
 for the applicable <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>, and
 related resources are then freed.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetRxSocketBuffer()">NormSetRxSocketBuffer()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
 NormSetRxSocketBuffer(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A> session,
 <BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
 int&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;bufferSize);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function allows
-the application to set an alternative, non-default buffer size for
-the UDP socket used by the specified NORM <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>
-for packet reception.  This may be necessary for high speed NORM
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function allows the application to set an alternative, non-default
+buffer size for the UDP socket used by the specified NORM <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>
+for packet reception. This may be necessary for high speed NORM
 sessions where the UDP receive socket buffer becomes a bottleneck
 when the NORM protocol engine (which is running as a user-space
 process) doesn't get to service the receive socket quickly enough
-resulting in packet loss when the socket buffer overflows.  The
+resulting in packet loss when the socket buffer overflows. The
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferSize</U></FONT> parameter specifies the
-socket buffer size in bytes.  Different operating systems and
+socket buffer size in bytes. Different operating systems and
 sometimes system configurations allow different ranges of socket
-buffer sizes to be set.  Note that a call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartReceiver()">NormStartReceiver()</A></FONT>
+buffer sizes to be set. Note that a call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartReceiver()">NormStartReceiver()</A></FONT>
 (or <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT>) must have been
 previously made for this call to succeed (i.e., the socket must be
 already open).</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function returns
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> upon success and <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>
-upon failure.  Possible reasons for failure include, 1) the specified
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT> is not valid, 2) that NORM
-&quot;receiver&quot; (or &quot;sender&quot;) operation has not yet
-been started for the given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>,
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function returns <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> upon success
+and <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT> upon failure. Possible
+reasons for failure include, 1) the specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>
+is not valid, 2) that NORM &quot;receiver&quot; (or &quot;sender&quot;)
+operation has not yet been started for the given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>,
 or 3) an invalid <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferSize</U></FONT>
 specification was given.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetSilentReceiver()">NormSetSilentReceiver()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormSetSilentReceiver(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A> session,
-<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;bool&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;silent,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;bool&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;lowDelay
-= false);</FONT></FONT></P>
+<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;bool&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;silent,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;INT32&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;maxDelay
+= -1);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function provides
-the option to configure a NORM receiver application as a &quot;silent
-receiver&quot;.  This mode of receiver operation dictates that the
-host does not generate any protocol messages while operating as a
-receiver within the specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.
- Setting the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>silent</U></FONT> parameter to
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function provides the option to configure a NORM receiver application
+as a &quot;silent receiver&quot;. This mode of receiver operation
+dictates that the host does not generate any protocol messages while
+operating as a receiver within the specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.
+Setting the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>silent</U></FONT> parameter to
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> enables silent receiver
 operation while setting it to <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>
 results in normal protocol operation where feedback is provided as
-needed for reliability and protocol operation.  Silent receivers are
+needed for reliability and protocol operation. Silent receivers are
 dependent upon proactive FEC transmission (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetAutoParity()">NormSetAutoParity()</A></FONT>)
 or using repair information requested by other non-silent receivers
 within the group to achieve reliable transfers.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The optional <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>lowDelay</U></FONT>
-parameter is applicable only for reception of the <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</I></FONT>
-type.  When <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>lowDelay</U></FONT> is set to a
-value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>, the NORM receiver
-is allowed to read received data from the stream for a given FEC code
-block as soon as any content for a subsequent FEC code block is
-received, regardless of the sender stream buffer size setting (see
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamOpen()">NormStreamOpen()</A></FONT>) or the receiver's
-receive buffer size (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartReceiver()">NormStartReceiver()</A></FONT>).
- This eliminates data delivery delay due to receiver buffering beyond
-one FEC code block, but may result in compromise of potential stream
-reliability where the sender may provide additional repair
-transmissions in response to NACKs from other, non-silent receiver
-participating in the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>session</U></FONT>.  The
-default behavior (<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>lowDelay</U></FONT> =
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>), causes the receiver to
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+optional <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>maxDelay</U></FONT> parameter is
+most applicable for reception of the <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</I></FONT>
+type. The default value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>maxDelay</U></FONT>
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>= -1</I></FONT> corresponds to normal
+operation where source data segments for incompletely-received FEC
+coding blocks (or transport objects) are passed to the application
+only when imposed buffer constraints (either the <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</I></FONT>
+buffer size (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamOpen()">NormStreamOpen()</A></FONT>) or the
+FEC receive buffer limit (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartReceiver()">NormStartReceiver()</A></FONT>)
+require. Thus, the default behavior (<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>maxDelay</U></FONT>
+= <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>-1</I></FONT>), causes the receiver to
 buffer received FEC code blocks for as long as possible (within
 buffer constraints as newer data arrives) before allowing the
-application to read the data.  This provides maximum reliability, but
-buffer delays of potentially multiple FEC code blocks may be incurred
-when packet loss occurs.</P>
+application to read the data. Hence, the receive latency (delay) can
+be quite long depending upon buffer size settings, transmission rate,
+etc. When the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>maxDelay</U></FONT> parameter
+is set to a non-negative value, the value determines the maximum
+number of FEC coding blocks (according to a NORM sender's current
+transmit position) the receiver will cache an incompletely-received
+FEC block before giving the applicatin the (incomplete) set of
+received source segments. For example, a value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>maxDelay</U></FONT>
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>= 0</I></FONT> will provide the receive
+application with any data from the previous FEC block as soon as a
+subsequent FEC block is begun reception. However, this provide no
+protection against the possibility of out-of-order delivery of
+packets by the network. Therefore, if lower latency operation is
+desired when using silent receivers, a minimum <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>maxDelay</U></FONT>
+value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>1</I></FONT> is recommended. For
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_FILE</I></FONT> and
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT>, the only impact
+of a non-negative maxDelay value is that previous transport objects
+will be immediately aborted when subsequent object begin reception.
+Thus, it is not usually recommended to apply a non-negative maxDelay
+value when <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</I></FONT> is
+not being used.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetDefaultUnicastNack()">NormSetDefaultUnicastNack()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormSetDefaultUnicastNack(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A> session,
 <BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;bool&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;state);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function controls
-the default behavior determining the destination of receiver feedback
-messages generated while participating in the session.  If <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>state</I></FONT>
-is true, &quot;unicast NACKing&quot; is enabled for <I>new</I> remote
-senders while it is disabled for <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>state</I></FONT>
-equal to false.  The NACKing behavior for current remote senders is
-not affected.  When &quot;unicast NACKing&quot; is disabled
-(default), NACK messages are sent to the session address (usually a
-multicast address) and port, but &quot;unicast NACKing&quot;, when
-enabled, causes receiver feedback messages to be sent to the unicast
-address (and port) based on the source address of sender messages
-received.  For unicast NORM sessions, it is recommended that &quot;unicast
-NACKing&quot; be enabled.  Note that receiver feedback messages
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function controls the default behavior determining the destination of
+receiver feedback messages generated while participating in the
+session. If <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>state</I></FONT> is true,
+&quot;unicast NACKing&quot; is enabled for <I>new</I> remote senders
+while it is disabled for <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>state</I></FONT>
+equal to false. The NACKing behavior for current remote senders is
+not affected. When &quot;unicast NACKing&quot; is disabled (default),
+NACK messages are sent to the session address (usually a multicast
+address) and port, but &quot;unicast NACKing&quot;, when enabled,
+causes receiver feedback messages to be sent to the unicast address
+(and port) based on the source address of sender messages received.
+For unicast NORM sessions, it is recommended that &quot;unicast
+NACKing&quot; be enabled. Note that receiver feedback messages
 subject to the state of &quot;unicast NACKing&quot; include
 NACK-messages as well as some ACK messages such as congestion control
-feedback.  Explicitly solicited ACK messages, such as those used to
+feedback. Explicitly solicited ACK messages, such as those used to
 satisfy sender watermark acknowledgement requests (see
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetWatermark()">NormSetWatermark()</A></FONT>) are always unicast to
-the applicable sender.  (TBD – provide API option so that <I>all</I>
-messages are multicast.)  The default session-wide behavior for
+the applicable sender. (TBD – provide API option so that <I>all</I>
+messages are multicast.) The default session-wide behavior for
 unicast NACKing can be overridden via the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeSetUnicastNack()">NormNodeSetUnicastNack()</A></FONT>
 function for individual remote senders.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormNodeSetUnicastNack()">NormNodeSetUnicastNack()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormNodeSetUnicastNack(<A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A> senderNode,
 <BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;bool&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;state);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function controls
-the the destination address of receiver feedback messages generated
-in response to a specific remote NORM sender..  If <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>state</I></FONT>
-is true, &quot;unicast NACKing&quot; is enabled while it is disabled
-for <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>state</I></FONT> equal to false.  See the
-description of <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetDefaultUnicastNack()">NormSetDefaultUnicastNack()</A></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function controls the the destination address of receiver feedback
+messages generated in response to a specific remote NORM sender.. If
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>state</I></FONT> is true, &quot;unicast
+NACKing&quot; is enabled while it is disabled for <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>state</I></FONT>
+equal to false. See the description of <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetDefaultUnicastNack()">NormSetDefaultUnicastNack()</A></FONT>
 for details on 'unicast NACKing&quot; behavior.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetDefaultNackingMode()">NormSetDefaultNackingMode()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormSetDefaultNackingMode(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A> session,
 <BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#NormNackingMode">NormNackingMode</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;nackingMode);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function sets the
-default &quot;nacking mode&quot; used when receiving objects.  This
-allows the receiver application some control of its degree of
-participation in the repair process.  By limiting receivers to only
-request repair of objects in which they are really interested in
-receiving, some overall savings in unnecessary network loading might
-be realized. Available nacking modes include:</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function sets the default &quot;nacking mode&quot; used when
+receiving objects. This allows the receiver application some control
+of its degree of participation in the repair process. By limiting
+receivers to only request repair of objects in which they are really
+interested in receiving, some overall savings in unnecessary network
+loading might be realized. Available nacking modes include:</P>
 <TABLE WIDTH=590 BORDER=0 CELLPADDING=7 CELLSPACING=0>
 	<COL WIDTH=231>
 	<COL WIDTH=332>
 	<TR VALIGN=TOP>
 		<TD WIDTH=231>
-			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.5in; font-style: normal"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_NACK_NONE</I></FONT></P>
+			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.5in"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_NACK_NONE</I></FONT></P>
 		</TD>
 		<TD WIDTH=332>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.02in; font-style: normal">
@@ -3359,7 +3572,7 @@ be realized. Available nacking modes include:</P>
 	</TR>
 	<TR VALIGN=TOP>
 		<TD WIDTH=231>
-			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.5in; font-style: normal"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_NACK_INFO_ONLY</I></FONT></P>
+			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.5in"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_NACK_INFO_ONLY</I></FONT></P>
 		</TD>
 		<TD WIDTH=332>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.02in; font-style: normal">
@@ -3368,7 +3581,7 @@ be realized. Available nacking modes include:</P>
 	</TR>
 	<TR VALIGN=TOP>
 		<TD WIDTH=231>
-			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.5in; font-style: normal"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_NACK_NORMAL</I></FONT></P>
+			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.5in"><FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_NACK_NORMAL</I></FONT></P>
 		</TD>
 		<TD WIDTH=332>
 			<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-left: 0.02in; font-style: normal">
@@ -3376,238 +3589,248 @@ be realized. Available nacking modes include:</P>
 		</TD>
 	</TR>
 </TABLE>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function specifies
-the default behavior with respect to any <I>new</I> sender or object.
- This default behavior may be overridden for specific sender nodes or
-specific object using <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeSetNackingMode()">NormNodeSetNackingMode()</A></FONT>
-or <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectSetNackingMode()">NormObjectSetNackingMode()</A></FONT>,
-respectively.  The receiver application's use of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_NACK_NONE</I></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function specifies the default behavior with respect to any <I>new</I>
+sender or object. This default behavior may be overridden for
+specific sender nodes or specific object using
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeSetNackingMode()">NormNodeSetNackingMode()</A></FONT> or
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectSetNackingMode()">NormObjectSetNackingMode()</A></FONT>, respectively.
+The receiver application's use of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_NACK_NONE</I></FONT>
 essentially disables a guarantee of reliable reception, although the
 receiver may still take advantage of sender repair transmissions in
-response to other receivers' requests.  When the sender provides,
+response to other receivers' requests. When the sender provides,
 NORM_INFO content for transmitted objects, the <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_NACK_INFO_ONLY</I></FONT>
 mode may allows the receiver to reliably receive object context
 information from which it may choose to &quot;upgrade&quot; its
 nacking mode for the specific object via the
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectSetNackingMode()">NormObjectSetNackingMode()</A></FONT> call. 
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectSetNackingMode()">NormObjectSetNackingMode()</A></FONT> call.
 Similarly, the receiver may changes its default nacking mode with
 respect to specific senders via the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeSetNackingMode()">NormNodeSetNackingMode()</A></FONT>
-call.  The default &quot;default nacking mode&quot; when this call is
+call. The default &quot;default nacking mode&quot; when this call is
 not made is <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_NACK_NORMAL</I></FONT>.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormNodeSetNackingMode()">NormNodeSetNackingMode()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormNodeSetNackingMode(<A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;nodeHandle,
 <BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#NormNackingMode">NormNackingMode</A>
 nackingMode);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function sets the
-default &quot;nacking mode&quot; used for receiving new objects from
-a specific sender as identified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeHandle</U></FONT>
-parameter.  This overrides the default nacking mode set for the
-receive session.  See<FONT FACE="Courier">
-<A HREF="#NormSetDefaultNackingMode()">NormSetDefaultNackingMode()</A></FONT> for a description of possible
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nackingMode</U></FONT> parameter values and
-other related information.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function sets the default &quot;nacking mode&quot; used for receiving
+new objects from a specific sender as identified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeHandle</U></FONT>
+parameter. This overrides the default nacking mode set for the
+receive session. See <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetDefaultNackingMode()">NormSetDefaultNackingMode()</A></FONT>
+for a description of possible <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nackingMode</U></FONT>
+parameter values and other related information.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormObjectSetNackingMode()">NormObjectSetNackingMode()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormObjectSetNackingMode(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A> objectHandle,
 <BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#NormNackingMode">NormNackingMode</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;nackingMode);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function sets the
-&quot;nacking mode&quot; used for receiving a specific transport
-object as identified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>
-parameter.  This overrides the default nacking mode set for the
-applicable sender node.  See<FONT FACE="Courier">
-<A HREF="#NormSetDefaultNackingMode()">NormSetDefaultNackingMode()</A></FONT> for a description of possible
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nackingMode</U></FONT> parameter values and
-other related information.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function sets the &quot;nacking mode&quot; used for receiving a
+specific transport object as identified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>
+parameter. This overrides the default nacking mode set for the
+applicable sender node. See <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetDefaultNackingMode()">NormSetDefaultNackingMode()</A></FONT>
+for a description of possible <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nackingMode</U></FONT>
+parameter values and other related information.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormSetDefaultRepairBoundary()">NormSetDefaultRepairBoundary()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormSetDefaultRepairBoundary(<A HREF="#NormSessionHandle">NormSessionHandle</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;sessionHandle,
 <BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#NormRepairBoundary">NormRepairBoundary</A>
 repairBoundary);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function allows
-the receiver application to customize, for a given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>sessionHandle</U></FONT>,
-at what points the receiver initiates the NORM NACK repair process
-during protocol operation.  Normally, the NORM receiver initiates
-NACking for repairs at the FEC code block and transport object
-boundaries.  For smaller block sizes, the NACK repair process is
-often/quickly initiated and the repair of an object will occur, as
-needed, during the transmission of the object.  This default
-operation corresponds to <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>repairBoundary</U></FONT>
-equal to <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_BOUNDARY_BLOCK</I></FONT>. 
-Using this function, the application may alternatively, setting
-repairBoundary equal to <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_BOUNDARY_OBJECT</I></FONT>,
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function allows the receiver application to customize, for a given
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>sessionHandle</U></FONT>, at what points the
+receiver initiates the NORM NACK repair process during protocol
+operation. Normally, the NORM receiver initiates NACking for repairs
+at the FEC code block and transport object boundaries. For smaller
+block sizes, the NACK repair process is often/quickly initiated and
+the repair of an object will occur, as needed, during the
+transmission of the object. This default operation corresponds to
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>repairBoundary</U></FONT> equal to
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_BOUNDARY_BLOCK</I></FONT>. Using this
+function, the application may alternatively, setting repairBoundary
+equal to <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_BOUNDARY_OBJECT</I></FONT>,
 cause the protocol to defer NACK process initiation until the current
-transport object has been completely transmitted.  This mode of
+transport object has been completely transmitted. This mode of
 operation may be useful when it is desirable to allow receivers with
 high quality network connectivity (perhaps requiring only a little
 (or even no) &quot;auto parity&quot; (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetAutoParity()">NormSetAutoParity()</A></FONT>)
 to achieve reliable transfer) receive object transmission before any
 extensive repair process that may be required to satisfy other
-receivers with poor network connectivity.  The repair boundary can
+receivers with poor network connectivity. The repair boundary can
 also be set for individual remote senders using the
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeSetRepairBoundary()">NormNodeSetRepairBoundary()</A></FONT> function.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormNodeSetRepairBoundary()">NormNodeSetRepairBoundary()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormNodeSetRepairBoundary(<A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;nodeHandle,
 <BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<A HREF="#NormRepairBoundary">NormRepairBoundary</A>
 repairBoundary);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function allows
-the receiver application to customize, for the specific remote sender
-referenced by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeHandle</U></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function allows the receiver application to customize, for the
+specific remote sender referenced by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeHandle</U></FONT>
 parameter, at what points the receiver initiates the NORM NACK repair
-process during protocol operation.  See the description of
+process during protocol operation. See the description of
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetDefaultRepairBoundary()">NormSetDefaultRepairBoundary()</A></FONT> for
 further details on the impact of setting the NORM receiver repair
 boundary and possible values for the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>repairBoundary</U></FONT>
 parameter.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return values.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return values.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormStreamRead()">NormStreamRead()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
 NormStreamRead(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A>
 streamHandle,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;char*&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;buffer<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
 int*&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;numBytes);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function can be
-used by the receiver application to read any available data from an
-incoming NORM stream.  NORM receiver applications &quot;learn&quot;
-of available NORM streams via <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_NEW</I></FONT>
-notification events.  The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>streamHandle</U></FONT>
-parameter here must correspond to a valid <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT>
-value provided during such a prior<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>
-NORM_RX_OBJECT_NEW</I></FONT> notification.  The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>buffer</U></FONT>
-parameter must be a pointer to an array where the received data can
-be stored of a length as referenced by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>numBytes</U></FONT>
-pointer.  On successful completion, the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>numBytes</U></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function can be used by the receiver application to read any
+available data from an incoming NORM stream. NORM receiver
+applications &quot;learn&quot; of available NORM streams via
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_NEW</I></FONT> notification
+events. The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>streamHandle</U></FONT> parameter
+here must correspond to a valid <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT>
+value provided during such a prior <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_NEW</I></FONT>
+notification. The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>buffer</U></FONT> parameter
+must be a pointer to an array where the received data can be stored
+of a length as referenced by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>numBytes</U></FONT>
+pointer. On successful completion, the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>numBytes</U></FONT>
 storage will be modified to indicate the actual number of bytes
-copied into the provided <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>buffer</U></FONT>. 
+copied into the provided <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>buffer</U></FONT>.
 If the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>numBytes</U></FONT> storage is
 modified to a zero value, this indicates that no stream data was
 currently available for reading.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">Note that
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamRead()">NormStreamRead()</A></FONT> is never a blocking call
-and only returns failure (<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>)
-when a break in the integrity of the received stream occurs.  The
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">Note
+that <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamRead()">NormStreamRead()</A></FONT> is never a blocking
+call and only returns failure (<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>)
+when a break in the integrity of the received stream occurs. The
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_UPDATE</I></FONT> provides an
-indication to when there is stream data available for reading.  When
+indication to when there is stream data available for reading. When
 such notification occurs, the application <I>should</I> repeatedly
 read from the stream until the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>numBytes</U></FONT>
 storage is set to zero, even if a <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>
-value is returned.  Additional <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_UPDATE</I></FONT>
-notifications might not be posted until the application can has read
-all available data.</P>
+value is returned. Additional <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_UPDATE</I></FONT>
+notifications might not be posted until the application has read all
+available data.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function normally
-returns a value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>.  However,
-if a break in the integrity of the reliable received stream occurs
-(or the stream has been ended by the sender), a value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>
-is returned to indicate the break.  Unless the stream has been ended
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function normally returns a value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>.
+However, if a break in the integrity of the reliable received stream
+occurs (or the stream has been ended by the sender), a value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>
+is returned to indicate the break. Unless the stream has been ended
 (and the receiver application will receive <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_COMPLETED</I></FONT>
 notification for the stream in that case), the application may
 continue to read from the stream as the NORM protocol will
 automatically &quot;resync&quot; to streams, even if network
-conditions are sufficiently poor that breaks in reliability occur. 
-If such a &quot;break&quot; and &quot;resync&quot; occurs, the
+conditions are sufficiently poor that breaks in reliability occur. If
+such a &quot;break&quot; and &quot;resync&quot; occurs, the
 application may be able to leverage other NORM API calls such as
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamSeekMsgStart()">NormStreamSeekMsgStart()</A></FONT> or
 <FONT FACE="Courier">NormStreamGetOffset()</FONT> if needed to
-recover its alignment with received stream content.  This depends
-upon the nature of the application and its stream content.</P>
+recover its alignment with received stream content. This depends upon
+the nature of the application and its stream content.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormStreamSeekMsgStart()">NormStreamSeekMsgStart()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
 NormStreamSeekMsgStart(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A> streamHandle);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function advances
-the read offset of the receive stream referenced by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>streamHandle</U></FONT>
-parameter to align with the next available message boundary.  Message
-boundaries are defined by the sender application using the
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamMarkEom()">NormStreamMarkEom()</A></FONT> call.  Note that any
-received data prior to the next message boundary is discarded by the
-NORM protocol engine and is not available to the application (i.e.,
-there is currently no &quot;rewind&quot; function for a NORM stream).
- Also note this call cannot be used to skip messages.  Once a valid
-message boundary is found, the application <I>must</I> read from the
-stream using <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamRead()">NormStreamRead()</A></FONT> to further
-advance the read offset.  The current offset (in bytes) for the
-stream can be retrieved via <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamGetReadOffset()">NormStreamGetReadOffset()</A></FONT>.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function advances the read offset of the receive stream referenced by
+the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>streamHandle</U></FONT> parameter to
+align with the next available message boundary. Message boundaries
+are defined by the sender application using the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamMarkEom()">NormStreamMarkEom()</A></FONT>
+call. Note that any received data prior to the next message boundary
+is discarded by the NORM protocol engine and is not available to the
+application (i.e., there is currently no &quot;rewind&quot; function
+for a NORM stream). Also note this call cannot be used to skip
+messages. Once a valid message boundary is found, the application
+<I>must</I> read from the stream using <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamRead()">NormStreamRead()</A></FONT>
+to further advance the read offset. The current offset (in bytes) for
+the stream can be retrieved via <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamGetReadOffset()">NormStreamGetReadOffset()</A></FONT>.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function returns a
-value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> when
-start-of-message is found.  The next call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamRead()">NormStreamRead()</A></FONT>
-will retrieve data aligned with the message start.  If no new message
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function returns a value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>
+when start-of-message is found. The next call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStreamRead()">NormStreamRead()</A></FONT>
+will retrieve data aligned with the message start. If no new message
 boundary is found in the buffered receive data for the stream, the
 function returns a value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>.
- In this case, the application should defer repeating a call to this
+In this case, the application should defer repeating a call to this
 function until a subsequent <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_UPDATE</I></FONT>
 notification is posted.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormStreamGetReadOffset()">NormStreamGetReadOffset()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>unsigned
-long NormStreamGetReadOffset(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A> streamHandle);</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>unsigned long
+NormStreamGetReadOffset(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A> streamHandle);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function retrieves
-the current read offset value for the receive stream indicated by the
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>streamHandle</U></FONT> parameter.  Note that
-for very long-lived streams, this value may wrap.  Thus, in general,
-applications should not be highly dependent upon the stream offset,
-but this feature may be valuable for certain applications which
-associate some application context with stream position.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function retrieves the current read offset value for the receive
+stream indicated by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>streamHandle</U></FONT>
+parameter. Note that for very long-lived streams, this value may
+wrap. Thus, in general, applications should not be highly dependent
+upon the stream offset, but this feature may be valuable for certain
+applications which associate some application context with stream
+position.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function returns
-the current read offset in bytes.  The return value is undefined for
-sender streams.  There is no error result. 
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function returns the current read offset in bytes. The return value
+is undefined for sender streams. There is no error result. 
 </P>
 <H2 CLASS="western"><A NAME="NORM Object Functions">NORM Object Functions</A></H2>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The functions described
-in this section may be used for sender or receiver purposes to manage
-transmission and reception of NORM transport objects.  In most cases,
-the receiver will be the typical user of these functions to retrieve
-additional information on newly-received objects.  All of these
-functions require a valid <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT>
-argument which specifies the applicable object.  Note that
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT> values obtained from a
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A></FONT> notification may be considered
-valid <I>only</I> until a subsequent call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT>,
-unless explicitly retained by the application (see
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></FONT>).  <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT>
-values obtained as a result of <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormFileEnqueue()">NormFileEnqueue()</A></FONT>,
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+functions described in this section may be used for sender or
+receiver purposes to manage transmission and reception of NORM
+transport objects. In most cases, the receiver will be the typical
+user of these functions to retrieve additional information on
+newly-received objects. All of these functions require a valid
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT> argument which specifies
+the applicable object. Note that <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT>
+values obtained from a <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A></FONT>
+notification may be considered valid <I>only</I> until a subsequent
+call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT>, unless
+explicitly retained by the application (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></FONT>).
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT> values obtained as a
+result of <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormFileEnqueue()">NormFileEnqueue()</A></FONT>,
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormDataEnqueue()">NormDataEnqueue()</A></FONT>, or <FONT FACE="Courier">NormOpenStream()</FONT>
 calls can be considered valid only until a corresponding
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_OBJECT_PURGED</I></FONT> notification
@@ -3616,215 +3839,227 @@ unless, again, otherwise explicitly retained (see
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></FONT>).</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormObjectGetType()">NormObjectGetType()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectType">NormObjectType</A>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormObjectType">NormObjectType</A>
 NormObjectGetType(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A> objectHandle);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function can be
-used to determine the object type (<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT>,
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function can be used to determine the object type (<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT>,
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_FILE</I></FONT>, or
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</I></FONT>) for the NORM
 transport object identified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>
-parameter.  The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT> <I>must</I>
+parameter. The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT> <I>must</I>
 refer to a current, valid transport object.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function returns
-the NORM object type.  Valid NORM object types include
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT>,
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function returns the NORM object type. Valid NORM object types
+include <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT>,
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_FILE</I></FONT>, or
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</I></FONT>.  A type value
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</I></FONT>. A type value
 of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_NONE</I></FONT> will be
 returned for an objectHandle value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_INVALID</I></FONT>.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormObjectHasInfo()">NormObjectHasInfo()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
 NormObjectHasInfo(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A> objectHandle);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function can be
-used to determine if the sender has associated any NORM_INFO content
-with the transport object specified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>
-parameter.  This can even be used <I>before</I> the NORM_INFO content
-is delivered to the receiver and a <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_INFO</I></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function can be used to determine if the sender has associated any
+NORM_INFO content with the transport object specified by the
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT> parameter. This can
+even be used <I>before</I> the NORM_INFO content is delivered to the
+receiver and a <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_INFO</I></FONT>
 notification is posted.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">A value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>
-is returned if NORM_INFO is (or will be) available for the specified
-transport object.  A value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>
-is returned otherwise.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">A
+value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> is returned if
+NORM_INFO is (or will be) available for the specified transport
+object. A value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT> is
+returned otherwise.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormObjectGetInfoLength()">NormObjectGetInfoLength()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>unsigned
-short NormObjectGetInfoLength(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A> objectHandle);</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>unsigned short
+NormObjectGetInfoLength(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A> objectHandle);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function can be
-used to determine the length of currently available NORM_INFO content
-(if any) associated with the transport object referenced by the
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT> parameter.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function can be used to determine the length of currently available
+NORM_INFO content (if any) associated with the transport object
+referenced by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>
+parameter.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The length of the
-NORM_INFO content, in bytes, of currently available for the specified
-transport object is returned.  A value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>0</I></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+length of the NORM_INFO content, in bytes, of currently available for
+the specified transport object is returned. A value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>0</I></FONT>
 is returned if no NORM_INFO content is currently available or
 associated with the object.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormObjectGetInfo()">NormObjectGetInfo()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>unsigned
-short NormObjectGetInfo(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>unsigned short
+NormObjectGetInfo(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A>
 objectHandle,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;char*&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;buffer,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
 short&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;bufferLen);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function copies
-any NORM_INFO content associated (by the sender application) with the
-transport object specified by <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function copies any NORM_INFO content associated (by the sender
+application) with the transport object specified by <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>
 into the provided memory space referenced by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>buffer</U></FONT>
-parameter.  The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferLen</U></FONT>
-parameter indicates the length of the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>buffer</U></FONT>
-space in bytes.  If the provided <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferLen</U></FONT>
-is less than the actual NORM_INFO length, a partial copy will occur. 
+parameter. The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferLen</U></FONT> parameter
+indicates the length of the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>buffer</U></FONT>
+space in bytes. If the provided <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferLen</U></FONT>
+is less than the actual NORM_INFO length, a partial copy will occur.
 The actual length of NORM_INFO content available for the specified
-object is returned.  However, note that until a <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_INFO</I></FONT>
+object is returned. However, note that until a <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_INFO</I></FONT>
 notification is posted to the receive application, no NORM_INFO
 content is available and a zero result will be returned, even if
-NORM_INFO content may be subsequently available.  The
+NORM_INFO content may be subsequently available. The
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHasInfo()">NormObjectHasInfo()</A></FONT> call can be used to
 determine if any NORM_INFO content will ever be available for a
 specified transport object (i.e., determine if the sender has
 associated any NORM_INFO with the object in question).</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The actual length of
-<I>currently</I> <I>available</I> NORM_INFO content for the specified
-transport object is returned.  This function can be used to determine
-the length of NORM_INFO content for the object even if a <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NULL</I></FONT>
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>buffer</U></FONT> value and zero <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferLen</U></FONT>
-is provided.  A zero value is returned if NORM_INFO content has not
-yet been received (or is non-existent) for the specified object.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+actual length of <I>currently</I> <I>available</I> NORM_INFO content
+for the specified transport object is returned. This function can be
+used to determine the length of NORM_INFO content for the object even
+if a <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NULL</I></FONT> <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>buffer</U></FONT>
+value and zero <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferLen</U></FONT> is
+provided. A zero value is returned if NORM_INFO content has not yet
+been received (or is non-existent) for the specified object.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormObjectGetSize()">NormObjectGetSize()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSize">NormSize</A>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSize">NormSize</A>
 NormObjectGetSize(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A> objectHandle);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function can be
-used to determine the size (in bytes) of the transport object
-specified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>
-parameter.  NORM can support large object sizes for the
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function can be used to determine the size (in bytes) of the
+transport object specified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>
+parameter. NORM can support large object sizes for the
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_FILE</I></FONT> type, so
 typically the NORM library is built with any necessary, related
 macros defined such that operating system large file support is
 enabled (e.g., &quot;<FONT FACE="Courier">#define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
-64</FONT>&quot; or equivalent).  The <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSize">NormSize</A></FONT>
+64</FONT>&quot; or equivalent). The <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSize">NormSize</A></FONT>
 type is defined accordingly, so the application should be built with
 the same large file support configuration.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">For objects of type
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</I></FONT>, the size
-returned here corresponds to the stream buffer size set by the sender
-application when opening the referenced stream object.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">For
+objects of type <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_STREAM</I></FONT>,
+the size returned here corresponds to the stream buffer size set by
+the sender application when opening the referenced stream object.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">A size of the data
-content of the specified object, in bytes, is returned.  Note that it
-may be possible that some objects have zero data content, but do have
-NORM_INFO content available.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">A
+size of the data content of the specified object, in bytes, is
+returned. Note that it may be possible that some objects have zero
+data content, but do have NORM_INFO content available.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormObjectGetBytesPending()">NormObjectGetBytesPending()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSize">NormSize</A>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormSize">NormSize</A>
 NormObjectGetBytesPending(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A> objectHandle);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function can be
-used to determine the progress of reception of the NORM transport
-object identified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>
-parameter.  This function indicates the number of bytes that are
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function can be used to determine the progress of reception of the
+NORM transport object identified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>
+parameter. This function indicates the number of bytes that are
 pending reception (I.e., when the object is completely received,
-&quot;bytes pending&quot; will equal ZERO).  This function is not
+&quot;bytes pending&quot; will equal ZERO). This function is not
 necessarily applicable to objects of type NORM_OBJECT_STREAM which do
-not have a finite size.  Note it is possible that this function might
+not have a finite size. Note it is possible that this function might
 also be useful to query the &quot;transmit pending&quot; status of
 sender objects, but it does not account for pending FEC repair
 transmissions and thus may not produce useful results for this
 purpose.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">A number of object
-source data bytes pending reception (or transmission) is returned.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">A
+number of object source data bytes pending reception (or
+transmission) is returned.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormObjectCancel()">NormObjectCancel()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormObjectCancel(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A> objectHandle);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function
-immediately cancels the transmission of a local sender transport
-object or the reception of a specified object from a remote sender as
-specified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function immediately cancels the transmission of a local sender
+transport object or the reception of a specified object from a remote
+sender as specified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>
 parameter. The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT> must
-refer to a currently valid NORM transport object.  Any resources used
+refer to a currently valid NORM transport object. Any resources used
 by the transport object in question are immediately freed unless the
 object has been otherwise retained by the application via the
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></FONT> call.  Unless the
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></FONT> call. Unless the
 application has retained the object in such fashion, the object in
 question should be considered invalid and the application must not
 again reference the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>
-after this call is made.  
+after this call is made. 
 </P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">If the canceled object
-is a sender object not completely received by participating
-receivers, the receivers will be informed of the object's
-cancellation via the NORM protocol NORM_CMD(SQUELCH) message in
-response to any NACKs requesting repair or retransmission of the
-applicable object.  In the case of receive objects, the NORM receiver
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">If
+the canceled object is a sender object not completely received by
+participating receivers, the receivers will be informed of the
+object's cancellation via the NORM protocol NORM_CMD(SQUELCH) message
+in response to any NACKs requesting repair or retransmission of the
+applicable object. In the case of receive objects, the NORM receiver
 will not make further requests for repair of the indicated object,
 but furthermore, <I>will</I> acknowledge the object as completed with
 respect to any associated positive acknowledgement requests (see
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetWatermark()">NormSetWatermark()</A></FONT>).</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return value.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return value.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormObjectRetain(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A> objectHandle);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function &quot;retains&quot;
-the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT> and any state
-associated with it for further use by the application even when the
-NORM protocol engine may no longer require access to the associated
-transport object.  Normally, the application is guaranteed that a
-given <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT> is valid only
-while it is being actively transported by NORM (i.e., for sender
-objects, from the time an object is created by the application until
-it is canceled by the application or purged (see the
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_OBJECT_PURGED</I></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function &quot;retains&quot; the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>
+and any state associated with it for further use by the application
+even when the NORM protocol engine may no longer require access to
+the associated transport object. Normally, the application is
+guaranteed that a given <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT>
+is valid only while it is being actively transported by NORM (i.e.,
+for sender objects, from the time an object is created by the
+application until it is canceled by the application or purged (see
+the <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_OBJECT_PURGED</I></FONT>
 notification) by the protocol engine, or, for receiver objects, from
 the time of the object's <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_NEW</I></FONT>
 notification until its reception is canceled by the application or a
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_COMPLETED</I></FONT> or
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_ABORTED</I></FONT>
-notification is posted).  Note that an application may refer to a
+notification is posted). Note that an application may refer to a
 given object after any related notification until the application
 makes a subsequent call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT>.
- 
 </P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">When the application
-makes a call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></FONT> for a
-given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>, the
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">When
+the application makes a call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></FONT>
+for a given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>, the
 application may use that <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>
 value in any NORM API calls until the application makes a call to
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRelease()">NormObjectRelease()</A></FONT> for the given object.
- Note that the application <I>MUST</I> make a corresponding call to
+Note that the application <I>MUST</I> make a corresponding call to
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRelease()">NormObjectRelease()</A></FONT> for each call it has
 made to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></FONT> in order to
-free any system resources (i.e., memory) used by that object.  Also
+free any system resources (i.e., memory) used by that object. Also
 note that retaining a receive object also automatically retains any
 state associated with the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A>
 </FONT>corresponding to the remote sender of that receive object so
@@ -3832,322 +4067,338 @@ that the application may use NORM node API calls for the value
 returned by <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectGetSender()">NormObjectGetSender()</A></FONT> as
 needed.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return value.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return value.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormObjectRelease()">NormObjectRelease()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
 NormObjectRelease(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A> objectHandle);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function
-complements the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></FONT> call
-by immediately freeing any resources associated with the given
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function complements the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></FONT>
+call by immediately freeing any resources associated with the given
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>, assuming the
 underlying NORM protocol engine no longer requires access to the
-corresponding transport object.  Note the NORM protocol engine
+corresponding transport object. Note the NORM protocol engine
 retains/releases state for associated objects for its own needs and
 thus it is very unsafe for an application to call <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRelease()">NormObjectRelease()</A></FONT>
 for an <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT> for which it
 has not previously explicitly retained via <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></FONT>.
- 
 </P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return value.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return value.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormFileGetName()">NormFileGetName()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
 NormFileGetName(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A>
 fileHandle)<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;char*&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;nameBuffer,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
 int&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;bufferLen);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function copies
-the name, as a NULL-terminated string, of the file object specified
-by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>fileHandle</U></FONT> parameter into
-the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nameBuffer</U></FONT> of length <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferLen</U></FONT>
-bytes provided by the application.  The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>fileHandle</U></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function copies the name, as a NULL-terminated string, of the file
+object specified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>fileHandle</U></FONT>
+parameter into the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nameBuffer</U></FONT> of
+length <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferLen</U></FONT> bytes provided by
+the application. The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>fileHandle</U></FONT>
 parameter must refer to a valid <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A></FONT>
-for an object of type NORM_OBJECT_FILE.  If the actual name is longer
+for an object of type NORM_OBJECT_FILE. If the actual name is longer
 than the provided <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferLen</U></FONT>, a
-partial copy will occur.  Note that the file name consists of the
+partial copy will occur. Note that the file name consists of the
 entire path name of the specified file object and the application
 should give consideration to operating system file path lengths when
 providing the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nameBuffer</U></FONT>.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function returns
-true upon success and false upon failure.  Possible failure
-conditions include the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>fileHandle</U></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function returns true upon success and false upon failure. Possible
+failure conditions include the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>fileHandle</U></FONT>
 does not refer to an object of type <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_FILE</I></FONT>.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormFileRename()">NormFileRename()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
 NormFileRename(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A> fileHandle)<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;const
 char*&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;fileName);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function renames
-the file used to store content for the <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_FILE</I></FONT>
-transport object specified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>fileHandle</U></FONT>
-parameter.  This allows receiver applications to rename (or move)
-received files as needed.  NORM uses temporary file names for
-received files until the application explicitly renames the file. 
-For example, sender applications may choose to use the NORM_INFO
-content associated with a file object to provide name and/or typing
-information to receivers.  The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>fileName</U></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function renames the file used to store content for the
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_FILE</I></FONT> transport object
+specified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>fileHandle</U></FONT>
+parameter. This allows receiver applications to rename (or move)
+received files as needed. NORM uses temporary file names for received
+files until the application explicitly renames the file. For example,
+sender applications may choose to use the NORM_INFO content
+associated with a file object to provide name and/or typing
+information to receivers. The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>fileName</U></FONT>
 parameter must be a NULL-terminated string which should specify the
-full desired path name to be used.  NORM will attempt to create
-sub-directories as needed to satisfy the request.  Note that existing
+full desired path name to be used. NORM will attempt to create
+sub-directories as needed to satisfy the request. Note that existing
 files of the same name may be overwritten.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function returns
-true upon success and false upon failure.  Possible failure
-conditions include the case where the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>fileHandle</U></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function returns true upon success and false upon failure. Possible
+failure conditions include the case where the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>fileHandle</U></FONT>
 does not refer to an object of type <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_FILE</I></FONT>
 and where NORM was unable to successfully create any needed
 directories and/or the file itself.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormDataAccessData()">NormDataAccessData()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>const
-char* NormDataAccessData(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A> objectHandle)</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>const char*
+NormDataAccessData(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A> objectHandle)</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function allows
-the application to access the data storage area associated with a
-transport object of type <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT>.
- For example, the application may use this function to copy the
-received data content for its own use.  Alternatively, the
-application may establish &quot;ownership&quot; for the allocated
-memory space using the <FONT SIZE=2><FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormDataDetachData()">NormDataDetachData()</A></FONT></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function allows the application to access the data storage area
+associated with a transport object of type <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT>.
+For example, the application may use this function to copy the
+received data content for its own use. Alternatively, the application
+may establish &quot;ownership&quot; for the allocated memory space
+using the <FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormDataDetachData()">NormDataDetachData()</A></FONT></FONT>
 function if it is desired to avoid the copy.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">If the object specified
-by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT> parameter has
-no data content (or is not of type <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT>),
-a NULL value may be returned.  The application MUST NOT attempt to
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">If
+the object specified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>
+parameter has no data content (or is not of type <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT>),
+a NULL value may be returned. The application MUST NOT attempt to
 modify the memory space used by <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT>
 objects during the time an associated <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>
-is valid.  The length of data storage area can be determined with a
+is valid. The length of data storage area can be determined with a
 call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectGetSize()">NormObjectGetSize()</A></FONT> for the same
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT> value.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function returns a
-pointer to the data storage area for the specified transport object. 
-A NULL value may be returned if the object has no associated data
-content or is not of type <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT>.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function returns a pointer to the data storage area for the specified
+transport object. A NULL value may be returned if the object has no
+associated data content or is not of type <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT>.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormDataDetachData()">NormDataDetachData()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>char*
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>char*
 NormDataDetachData(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A> objectHandle)</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function allows
-the application to disassociate data storage allocated by the NORM
-protocol engine for a receive object from the <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT>
-transport object specified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>
-parameter.  It is important that this function is called <I>after</I>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function allows the application to disassociate data storage
+allocated by the NORM protocol engine for a receive object from the
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT> transport object
+specified by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>
+parameter. It is important that this function is called <I>after</I>
 the NORM protocol engine has indicated it is finished with the data
 object (i.e., after a <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_TX_OBJECT_PURGED</I></FONT>,
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_COMPLETED</I></FONT>, or
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_RX_OBJECT_ABORTED</I></FONT>
-notification event).  But the application must call
+notification event). But the application must call
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormDataDetachData()">NormDataDetachData()</A></FONT> <I>before</I> a call
 is made to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectCancel()">NormObjectCancel()</A></FONT> or
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRelease()">NormObjectRelease()</A></FONT> for the object if it
-plans to access the data content afterwards.  Otherwise, the NORM
+plans to access the data content afterwards. Otherwise, the NORM
 protocol engine will free the applicable memory space when the
 associated <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT>
 transport object is deleted and the application will be unable to
 access the received data unless it has previously copied the content.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">Once the application
-has used this call to &quot;detach&quot; the data content, it is the
-application's responsibility to subsequently free the data storage
-space as needed.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">Once
+the application has used this call to &quot;detach&quot; the data
+content, it is the application's responsibility to subsequently free
+the data storage space as needed.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function returns a
-pointer to the data storage area for the specified transport object. 
-A NULL value may be returned if the object has no associated data
-content or is not of type <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT>.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function returns a pointer to the data storage area for the specified
+transport object. A NULL value may be returned if the object has no
+associated data content or is not of type <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_OBJECT_DATA</I></FONT>.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormObjectGetSender()">NormObjectGetSender()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A>
 NormObjectGetSender(<A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A> objectHandle)</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function retrieves
-the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT> corresponding to the
-remote sender of the transport object associated with the given
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT> parameter.  Note that
-the returned <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT> value is only
-valid for the same period that the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>
-is valid.  The returned <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT>
-may optionally be retained for further use by the application using
-the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeRetain()">NormNodeRetain()</A></FONT> function call.  The
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function retrieves the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT>
+corresponding to the remote sender of the transport object associated
+with the given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>
+parameter. Note that the returned <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT>
+value is only valid for the same period that the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>
+is valid. The returned <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT> may
+optionally be retained for further use by the application using the
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeRetain()">NormNodeRetain()</A></FONT> function call. The
 returned value can be used in the <A HREF="#NORM Node Functions">NORM Node Functions</A> described later
 in this document.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function returns
-the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT> corresponding to the
-remote sender of the transport object associated with the given
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT> parameter.  A value
-of NORM_NODE_INVALID is returned if the specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>
-references a locally originated, sender object.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function returns the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT>
+corresponding to the remote sender of the transport object associated
+with the given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT>
+parameter. A value of NORM_NODE_INVALID is returned if the specified
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>objectHandle</U></FONT> references a locally
+originated, sender object.</P>
 <H2 CLASS="western"><A NAME="NORM Node Functions">NORM Node Functions</A></H2>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">The functions described
-in this section may be used for NORM sender or receiver (most
-typically receiver) purposes to retrieve additional information about
-a <I>NormNode</I>, given a valid <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT>.
- Note that, unless specifically retained (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeRetain()">NormNodeRetain()</A></FONT>),
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">The
+functions described in this section may be used for NORM sender or
+receiver (most typically receiver) purposes to retrieve additional
+information about a <I>NormNode</I>, given a valid <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT>.
+Note that, unless specifically retained (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeRetain()">NormNodeRetain()</A></FONT>),
 a <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT> provided in a <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormEvent">NormEvent</A></FONT>
 notification should be considered valid only until a subsequent call
-to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT> is made. 
+to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT> is made.
 <FONT FACE="Courier">NormNodeHandles </FONT>retrieved using
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectGetSender()">NormObjectGetSender()</A></FONT> can be considered
 valid for the same period of time as the corresponding
 <A HREF="#NormObjectHandle">NormObjectHandle</A> is valid.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormNodeGetId()">NormNodeGetId()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A>
 NormNodeGetId(<A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A> nodeHandle)</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function retrieves
-the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></FONT> identifier for the remote
-participant referenced by the given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeHandle</U></FONT>
-value.  The <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></FONT> is a 32-bit value
-used within the NORM protocol to uniquely identify participants
-within a NORM session.  The participants identifiers are assigned by
-the application or derived (by the NORM API code) from the host
-computers default IP address.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function retrieves the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></FONT>
+identifier for the remote participant referenced by the given
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeHandle</U></FONT> value. The <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></FONT>
+is a 32-bit value used within the NORM protocol to uniquely identify
+participants within a NORM session. The participants identifiers are
+assigned by the application or derived (by the NORM API code) from
+the host computers default IP address.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function returns
-the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></FONT> value associated with the
-specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeHandle</U></FONT>.  In the case
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeHandle</U></FONT> is equal to
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function returns the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></FONT> value
+associated with the specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeHandle</U></FONT>.
+In the case <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeHandle</U></FONT> is equal to
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_NODE_INVALID</I></FONT>, the return
 value will be <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_NODE_NONE</I></FONT>.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormNodeGetAddress()">NormNodeGetAddress()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
-NormNodeGetAddress(<A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A> 
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>bool
+NormNodeGetAddress(<A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A>
 nodeHandle,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;char*&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;addrBuffer,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
 int*&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;bufferLen,<BR>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;unsigned
 short*&nbsp;port = (unsigned short*)0);</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function retrieves
-the current network source address detected for packets received from
-remote NORM sender referenced by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeHandle</U></FONT>
-parameter.  The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>addrBuffer</U></FONT> must be
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function retrieves the current network source address detected for
+packets received from remote NORM sender referenced by the <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeHandle</U></FONT>
+parameter. The <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>addrBuffer</U></FONT> must be
 a pointer to storage of <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>bufferLen</U></FONT>
 bytes in length in which the referenced sender node's address will be
-returned.  Optionally, the remote sender source port number (see
+returned. Optionally, the remote sender source port number (see
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetTxPort()">NormSetTxPort()</A></FONT>) is also returned if the
 optional <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>port</U></FONT> pointer to storage
-parameter is provided in the call.  Note that in the case of Network
+parameter is provided in the call. Note that in the case of Network
 Address Translation (NAT) or other firewall activities, the source
 address detected by the NORM receiver may not be the original address
 of the original NORM sender.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">A value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT>
-is returned upon success and <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT>
-upon failure.  An invalid <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeHandle</U></FONT>
-parameter value would lead to failure.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">A
+value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>true</I></FONT> is returned upon
+success and <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>false</I></FONT> upon failure. An
+invalid <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeHandle</U></FONT> parameter value
+would lead to failure.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormNodeGetGrtt()">NormNodeGetGrtt()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>double
-NormNodeGetId(<A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A> nodeHandle)</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>double NormNodeGetId(<A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A>
+nodeHandle)</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function retrieves
-the advertised estimate of group round-trip timing (GRTT) for the
-remote sender referenced by the given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeHandle</U></FONT>
-value.  Newly-starting senders that have been participating as a
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function retrieves the advertised estimate of group round-trip timing
+(GRTT) for the remote sender referenced by the given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeHandle</U></FONT>
+value. Newly-starting senders that have been participating as a
 receiver within a group may wish to use this function to provide a
 more accurate startup estimate of GRTT (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormSetGrttEstimate()">NormSetGrttEstimate()</A></FONT>)
-prior to a call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT>. 
-Applications may use this information for other purpose as well. 
-Note that the <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_GRTT_UPDATED</I></FONT>
-event is posted (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT>)
-by the NORM protocol engine to indicate when changes in the local
-sender or remote senders' GRTT estimate occurs.</P>
+prior to a call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormStartSender()">NormStartSender()</A></FONT>.
+Applications may use this information for other purpose as well. Note
+that the <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_GRTT_UPDATED</I></FONT> event
+is posted (see <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormGetNextEvent()">NormGetNextEvent()</A></FONT>) by the
+NORM protocol engine to indicate when changes in the local sender or
+remote senders' GRTT estimate occurs.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function returns
-the remote sender's advertised GRTT estimate in units of seconds.  A
-value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>-1.0</I></FONT> is returned upon
-failure.  An invalid <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeHandle</U></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function returns the remote sender's advertised GRTT estimate in
+units of seconds. A value of <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>-1.0</I></FONT>
+is returned upon failure. An invalid <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeHandle</U></FONT>
 parameter value will lead to such failure.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormNodeRetain()">NormNodeRetain()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
-NormNodeRetain(<A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A> nodeHandle)</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void NormNodeRetain(<A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A>
+nodeHandle)</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">In the same manner as
-the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></FONT> function, this
-function allows the application to retain state associated with a
-given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeHandle</U></FONT> value even when
-the underlying NORM protocol engine might normally free the
-associated state and thus invalidate the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT>.
- If the application uses this function, it must make a corresponding
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">In
+the same manner as the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormObjectRetain()">NormObjectRetain()</A></FONT>
+function, this function allows the application to retain state
+associated with a given <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeHandle</U></FONT>
+value even when the underlying NORM protocol engine might normally
+free the associated state and thus invalidate the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT>.
+If the application uses this function, it must make a corresponding
 call to <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeRelease()">NormNodeRelease()</A></FONT> when finished
-with the node information to avoid a memory leak condition. 
+with the node information to avoid a memory leak condition.
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT> values (unless retained)
 are valid from the time of a <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_REMOTE_SENDER_NEW</I></FONT>
 notification until a complimentary <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_REMOTE_SENDER_PURGED</I></FONT>
-notification.  During that interval, the application will receive
+notification. During that interval, the application will receive
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_REMOTE_SENDER_ACTIVE</I></FONT> and
 <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_REMOTE_SENDER_INACTIVE</I></FONT>
 notifications according to the sender's message transmission activity
 within the session.</P>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">It is important to note
-that, if the NORM protocol engine posts a <FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_REMOTE_SENDER_PURGED</I></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">It
+is important to note that, if the NORM protocol engine posts a
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><I>NORM_REMOTE_SENDER_PURGED</I></FONT>
 notification for a given <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT>,
 the NORM protocol engine could possibly, subsequently establish a
 new, different <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT> value for
 the same remote sender (i.e., one of equivalent <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></FONT>)
-if it again becomes active in the session.  A new <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT>
+if it again becomes active in the session. A new <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT>
 may likely be established even if the application has retained the
-previous <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT> value. 
-Therefore, to the application, it might appear that two different
-senders with the same <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></FONT> are
-participating if these notifications are not carefully monitored. 
-This behavior is contingent upon how the application has configured
-the NORM protocol engine to manage resources when there is potential
-for a large number of remote senders within a session (related APIs
-are TBD).  For example, the application may wish to control which
-specific remote senders for which it keeps state (or limit the memory
-resources used for remote sender state, etc) and the NORM API may be
-extended in the future to control this behavior.</P>
+previous <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT> value. Therefore,
+to the application, it might appear that two different senders with
+the same <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeId">NormNodeId</A></FONT> are participating if
+these notifications are not carefully monitored. This behavior is
+contingent upon how the application has configured the NORM protocol
+engine to manage resources when there is potential for a large number
+of remote senders within a session (related APIs are TBD). For
+example, the application may wish to control which specific remote
+senders for which it keeps state (or limit the memory resources used
+for remote sender state, etc) and the NORM API may be extended in the
+future to control this behavior.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return value.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return value.</P>
 <H3 CLASS="functionheading-western"><A NAME="NormNodeRelease()">NormNodeRelease()</A></H3>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Synopsis</H4>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include
-&lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
-<P STYLE="font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid"><FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void
-NormNodeRelease(<A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A> nodeHandle)</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>#include &lt;normApi.h&gt;</FONT></FONT></P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal; page-break-after: avoid">
+<FONT FACE="Courier"><FONT SIZE=2>void NormNodeRelease(<A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A>
+nodeHandle)</FONT></FONT></P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Description</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">In complement to the
-<FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeRetain()">NormNodeRetain()</A></FONT> function, this API call
-releases the specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeHandle</U></FONT>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">In
+complement to the <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeRetain()">NormNodeRetain()</A></FONT>
+function, this API call releases the specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><U>nodeHandle</U></FONT>
 so that the NORM protocol engine may free associated resources as
-needed.  Once this call is made, the application should no longer
+needed. Once this call is made, the application should no longer
 reference the specified <FONT FACE="Courier"><A HREF="#NormNodeHandle">NormNodeHandle</A></FONT>,
 unless it is still valid.</P>
 <H4 CLASS="western">Return Values</H4>
-<P CLASS="western" STYLE="font-style: normal">This function has no
-return value.</P>
+<P CLASS="western" STYLE="margin-bottom: 0.2in; font-style: normal">This
+function has no return value.</P>
 </BODY>
 </HTML>
diff --git a/NormDeveloperGuide.pdf b/NormDeveloperGuide.pdf
index 970e40f..8097c77 100644
Binary files a/NormDeveloperGuide.pdf and b/NormDeveloperGuide.pdf differ
diff --git a/TODO.TXT b/TODO.TXT
index 1a2cd31..4b9f48d 100644
--- a/TODO.TXT
+++ b/TODO.TXT
@@ -55,9 +55,20 @@
 
 19) Fix "activity_timer" interval setting (COMPLETED)
 
-20) Double-check watermark check code around line 600 of normSession.cpp
+20) Fix issue related to setting tx cache count_max > 256!
+    Fix NormSession::SetTxCacheBounds() ... tx_table may need to be
+    resized accordingly (COMPLETED, but needs testing).
+
+21) Double-check watermark check code around line 600 of normSession.cpp
     (COMPLETED - reimplemented, adding tx_repair_pending index to use 
      instead of seeking each time)
 
+22) Implement LDPC FEC code within NORM as alternative to Reed Solomon
+
+23) Add ability to control receiver cache on a per-sender basis?
+    (max_pending_range, etc)
+    
+24)  Look at NormStreamObject::StreamAdvance() for "push-enabled" streams
+     (COMPLETED)
 
    
diff --git a/VERSION.TXT b/VERSION.TXT
index 8be7276..7e918fc 100644
--- a/VERSION.TXT
+++ b/VERSION.TXT
@@ -1,5 +1,30 @@
 			           NORM Version History
 
+Version 1.4b1
+=============
+    - Fixed condition where receivers kept state for remote senders "stuck"
+      with CC feedback (cc_enable) even if newer NORM_CMD(CC) messages
+      indicate that sender CC operation has been disabled.
+    - Fixed error in NormSession::SetTOS() method that transmogrifried the
+      default TTL value into TOS under certain conditions.
+      (thanks to Ron in 't Velt yet again for finding this and the one above).
+    - Made NormFile read/write more persistent (e.g. when EINT occurs)
+    - Fixed NormObject::PassiveRepairCheck() bug that incorrectly reported
+      no repair needed when in fact, the last segment was missing.
+    - Fixed ProtoSlidingBitmask error that interfered with proper 
+      sender stream advancement under severe conditions
+    - NORM still used old "MDP" FEC codecs but now explicitly check for
+      FEC ID == 129 and FEC instance id == 0.  Can be built with
+      -DASSUME_MDP_FEC to avoid this check in case of backward compatbility
+      issue.  Future NORM release will be using new FEC implementation
+      for Reed-Solomon coding but will continue to support compile-time
+      backwards compatibility option to use old MDP FEC encoder.
+    - Added "lowDelay" and other options to "norm" demo application
+    - Modified "lowDelay" option for silent receiver use to allow
+      control of FEC block delay (how many blocks to wait before passing
+      partially-received coding blocks to application).
+    - Added "Norm Pre-Coder" (NPC) utility to distribution.
+
 Version 1.3b9
 =============
     - Fixed ProtoSocket WINVER stuff and NormApplicationMsg::SetContent()
diff --git a/common/normApi.cpp b/common/normApi.cpp
index 713f265..d9671a9 100644
--- a/common/normApi.cpp
+++ b/common/normApi.cpp
@@ -491,9 +491,14 @@ bool NormInstance::GetNextEvent(NormEvent* theEvent)
                 }
                 break;
             case NORM_RX_OBJECT_UPDATED:
-                // reset update event notification
-                ((NormObject*)n->event.object)->SetNotifyOnUpdate(true);
+            {
+                // reset update event notification for non-streams
+                // (NormStreamRead() takes care of streams)
+                NormObject* obj = ((NormObject*)n->event.object);
+                if (!obj->IsStream())
+                    obj->SetNotifyOnUpdate(true);
                 break;
+            }
             default:
                 break;   
         }
@@ -1502,13 +1507,13 @@ bool NormSetRxSocketBuffer(NormSessionHandle sessionHandle,
 NORM_API_LINKAGE
 void NormSetSilentReceiver(NormSessionHandle sessionHandle,
                            bool              silent,
-                           bool              lowDelay)
+                           INT32             maxDelay)
 {
     NormSession* session = (NormSession*)sessionHandle;
     if (session) 
     {
         session->ClientSetSilent(silent);
-        session->ReceiverSetLowDelay(lowDelay);
+        session->RcvrSetMaxDelay(maxDelay);
     }
 }  // end NormSetSilentReceiver()
 
diff --git a/common/normApi.h b/common/normApi.h
index 7e7a307..c2b2cbe 100644
--- a/common/normApi.h
+++ b/common/normApi.h
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ bool NormSetRxSocketBuffer(NormSessionHandle sessionHandle,
 NORM_API_LINKAGE 
 void NormSetSilentReceiver(NormSessionHandle sessionHandle,
                            bool              silent,
-                           bool              lowDelay = false);
+                           int               maxDelay = -1);
 
 NORM_API_LINKAGE 
 void NormSetDefaultUnicastNack(NormSessionHandle sessionHandle,
diff --git a/common/normApp.cpp b/common/normApp.cpp
index a6fc6e9..24c20f6 100644
--- a/common/normApp.cpp
+++ b/common/normApp.cpp
@@ -93,6 +93,8 @@ class NormApp : public NormController, public ProtoApp
         bool                loopback;
         char*               interface_name; // for multi-home hosts
         double              tx_rate;        // bits/sec
+        double              tx_rate_min;
+        double              tx_rate_max;
         bool                cc_enable;
         
         // NormSession server-only parameters
@@ -107,6 +109,13 @@ class NormApp : public NormController, public ProtoApp
         unsigned long       tx_buffer_size; // bytes
         NormFileList        tx_file_list;
         bool                tx_one_shot;
+        bool                tx_ack_shot;
+        bool                tx_file_queued;
+        
+        // save last obj/block/seg id for later in case needed
+        NormObjectId        tx_last_object_id;
+        NormBlockId         tx_last_block_id;
+        NormSegmentId       tx_last_segment_id;
         double              tx_object_interval;
         int                 tx_repeat_count;
         double              tx_repeat_interval;
@@ -123,6 +132,8 @@ class NormApp : public NormController, public ProtoApp
         NormPostProcessor*  post_processor;
         bool                unicast_nacks;
         bool                silent_client;
+        bool                low_delay;
+        bool                process_aborted_files;
         
         // Debug parameters
         bool                tracing;
@@ -140,16 +151,17 @@ NormApp::NormApp()
    input_messaging(false), input_msg_length(0), input_msg_index(0),
    output_index(0), output_messaging(false), output_msg_length(0), output_msg_sync(false),
    address(NULL), port(0), ttl(32), loopback(false), interface_name(NULL),
-   tx_rate(64000.0), cc_enable(false),
+   tx_rate(64000.0), tx_rate_min(-1.0), tx_rate_max(-1.0), cc_enable(false),
    segment_size(1024), ndata(32), nparity(16), auto_parity(0), extra_parity(0),
    backoff_factor(NormSession::DEFAULT_BACKOFF_FACTOR),
    grtt_estimate(NormSession::DEFAULT_GRTT_ESTIMATE),
    group_size(NormSession::DEFAULT_GSIZE_ESTIMATE),
-   tx_buffer_size(1024*1024), tx_one_shot(false),
+   tx_buffer_size(1024*1024), tx_one_shot(false), tx_ack_shot(false), tx_file_queued(false),
    tx_object_interval(0.0), tx_repeat_count(0), tx_repeat_interval(2.0), tx_repeat_clear(true),
    acking_node_list(NULL), watermark_pending(false),
    rx_buffer_size(1024*1024), rx_sock_buffer_size(0),
-   rx_cache_path(NULL), post_processor(NULL), unicast_nacks(false), silent_client(false),
+   rx_cache_path(NULL), post_processor(NULL), unicast_nacks(false), silent_client(false), 
+    low_delay(false), process_aborted_files(false),
    tracing(false), tx_loss(0.0), rx_loss(0.0)
 {
     
@@ -209,6 +221,7 @@ const char* const NormApp::cmd_list[] =
     "+interface",    // multicast interface name to use
     "+cc",           // congestion control on/off
     "+rate",         // tx date rate (bps)
+    "+limit",        // tx rate limits <rateMin:rateMax>
     "-push",         // push stream writes for real-time messaging
     "+flush",        // message flushing mode ("none", "passive", or "active")
     "+input",        // send stream input
@@ -220,6 +233,7 @@ const char* const NormApp::cmd_list[] =
     "+repeatcount",  // How many times to repeat the file/directory list tx
     "+rinterval",    // Interval (sec) between file/directory list repeats
     "-oneshot",      // Transmit file(s), exiting upon TX_FLUSH_COMPLETED
+    "-ackshot",      // Transmit file(s), exiting upon TX_WATERMARK_COMPLETED
     "-updatesOnly",  // only send updated files on repeat transmission
     "+ackingNodes",  // comma-delimited list of node id's to from which to collect acks
     "+rxcachedir",   // recv file cache directory
@@ -235,7 +249,9 @@ const char* const NormApp::cmd_list[] =
     "+rxbuffer",     // Size receiver allocates for buffering each sender
     "+rxsockbuffer", // Optional recv socket buffer size.
     "-unicastNacks", // unicast instead of multicast feedback messages
-    "-silentClient", // "silent" (non-nacking) client (EMCON mode)
+    "-silentClient", // "silent" (non-nacking) receiver (EMCON mode) (must set for sender too)
+    "-lowDelay",     // for silent receivers only, delivers data/files to app sooner\n"
+    "-saveAborts",   // save (and possibly post-process) aborted receive files\n"
     "+processor",    // receive file post processing command
     "+instance",     // specify norm instance name for remote control commands
     NULL         
@@ -261,6 +277,7 @@ void NormApp::ShowHelp()
         "   +interface,    // multicast interface name to use\n"
         "   +cc,           // congestion control 'on' or 'off'\n"
         "   +rate,         // tx date rate (bps)\n"
+        "   +limit         // tx rate bounds <rateMin:rateMax>\n"
         "   -push,         // push stream writes for real-time messaging\n"
         "   +flush,        // message flushing mode ('none', 'passive', or 'active')\n"
         "   +input,        // send stream input\n"
@@ -272,6 +289,7 @@ void NormApp::ShowHelp()
         "   +repeatcount,  // How many times to repeat the file/directory list tx\n"
         "   +rinterval,    // Interval (sec) between file/directory list repeats\n"
         "   -oneshot,      // Exit upon sender TX_FLUSH_COMPLETED event (sender exits after transmission)\n"
+        "   -ackshot,      // Exit upon sender TX_WATERMARK_COMPLETED event (sender exits after transmission)\n"
         "   -updatesOnly,  // only send updated files on repeat transmission\n"
         "   +ackingNodes,  // comma-delimited list of node id's to from which to collect acks\n"
         "   +rxcachedir,   // recv file cache directory\n"
@@ -287,7 +305,9 @@ void NormApp::ShowHelp()
         "   +rxbuffer,     // Size receiver allocates for buffering each sender\n"
         "   +rxsockbuffer, // Optional recv socket buffer size.\n"
         "   -unicastNacks, // unicast instead of multicast feedback messages\n"
-        "   -silentClient, // silent (non-nacking) receiver (EMCON mode)\n"
+        "   -silentClient, // silent (non-nacking) receiver (EMCON mode) (must set for sender too)\n"
+        "   -lowDelay,     // for silent receivers only, delivers data/files to app sooner\n"
+        "   -saveAborts,   // save (and possibly post-process) aborted receive files\n"
         "   +processor,    // receive file post processing command\n"
         "   +instance,     // specify norm instance name for remote control commands\n"
         "\n");
@@ -527,6 +547,18 @@ bool NormApp::OnCommand(const char* cmd, const char* val)
         tx_rate = txRate;
         if (session) session->SetTxRate(txRate);
     }
+    else if (!strncmp("rate", cmd, len))
+    {
+        double rateMin, rateMax;
+        if (2 != sscanf(val, "%lf:%lf", &rateMin, &rateMax))
+        {
+            DMSG(0, "NormApp::OnCommand(rate) invalid txRate limits!\n");
+            return false;
+        }
+        tx_rate_min = rateMin;
+        tx_rate_max = rateMax;
+        if (session) session->SetTxRateBounds(rateMin, rateMax);
+    }
     else if (!strncmp("cc", cmd, len))
     {
         if (!strcmp("on", val))
@@ -656,6 +688,11 @@ bool NormApp::OnCommand(const char* cmd, const char* val)
     else if (!strncmp("oneshot", cmd, len))
     {
         tx_one_shot = true;
+    }   
+         
+    else if (!strncmp("ackshot", cmd, len))
+    {
+        tx_ack_shot = true;
     }      
     else if (!strncmp("updatesOnly", cmd, len))
     {
@@ -823,7 +860,20 @@ bool NormApp::OnCommand(const char* cmd, const char* val)
     else if (!strncmp("silentClient", cmd, len))
     {
         silent_client = true;
-        if (session) session->ClientSetSilent(true);
+        if (session) 
+        {
+            session->ClientSetSilent(true);
+            session->SndrSetEmcon(true);
+        }
+    }
+    else if (!strncmp("lowDelay", cmd, len))
+    {
+        low_delay = true;
+        if (session) session->RcvrSetMaxDelay(1);
+    }
+    else if (!strncmp("saveAborts", cmd, len))
+    {
+        process_aborted_files = true;
     }
     else if (!strncmp("push", cmd, len))
     {
@@ -1189,6 +1239,7 @@ void NormApp::Notify(NormController::Event event,
     switch (event)
     {
         case TX_QUEUE_VACANCY:
+            DMSG(6, "NormApp::Notify(TX_QUEUE_VACANCY) ...\n");
             if (NULL != object)
             {
                 if (input && (object == tx_stream))
@@ -1197,7 +1248,7 @@ void NormApp::Notify(NormController::Event event,
             break;
         case TX_QUEUE_EMPTY:
             // Write to stream as needed
-            DMSG(3, "NormApp::Notify(TX_QUEUE_EMPTY) ...\n");
+            DMSG(6, "NormApp::Notify(TX_QUEUE_EMPTY) ...\n");
             if (NULL != object)
             {
                 if (input && (object == tx_stream))
@@ -1215,11 +1266,11 @@ void NormApp::Notify(NormController::Event event,
             break;
             
         case TX_OBJECT_SENT:
-            DMSG(3, "NormApp::Notify(TX_OBJECT_SENT) ...\n");
+            DMSG(4, "NormApp::Notify(TX_OBJECT_SENT) ...\n");
             break;
             
         case TX_FLUSH_COMPLETED:
-            DMSG(3, "NormApp::Notify(TX_FLUSH_COMPLETED) ...\n");
+            DMSG(4, "NormApp::Notify(TX_FLUSH_COMPLETED) ...\n");
             if (tx_one_shot)
             {
                 DMSG(0, "norm: transmit flushing completed, exiting.\n");
@@ -1229,18 +1280,27 @@ void NormApp::Notify(NormController::Event event,
             
         case TX_WATERMARK_COMPLETED:
         {
-            DMSG(3, "NormApp::Notify(TX_WATERMARK_COMPLETED) ...\n");
-            NormSession::AckingStatus status = session->ServerGetAckingStatus(NORM_NODE_ANY);
-            
-            DMSG(0, "norm: positive ack collection completed (%s)\n",
-                    (NormSession::ACK_SUCCESS == status) ? "succeed" : "failed");
+            DMSG(4, "NormApp::Notify(TX_WATERMARK_COMPLETED) ...\n");
+            //NormSession::AckingStatus status = session->ServerGetAckingStatus(NORM_NODE_ANY);
             watermark_pending = false;  // enable new watermark to be set
+            if (tx_ack_shot)
+            {
+                DMSG(0, "norm: transmit flushing completed, exiting.\n");
+                Stop();     
+            }
             break;
         }
            
         case RX_OBJECT_NEW:
         {
-            DMSG(3, "NormApp::Notify(RX_OBJECT_NEW) ...\n");
+            DMSG(4, "NormApp::Notify(RX_OBJECT_NEW) ...\n");
+            struct timeval currentTime;
+            ProtoSystemTime(currentTime);
+            struct tm* timePtr = gmtime((time_t*)&currentTime.tv_sec); 
+            DMSG(3, "%02d:%02d:%02d.%06lu start rx object>%hu sender>%lu\n",
+		            timePtr->tm_hour, timePtr->tm_min, timePtr->tm_sec, 
+		            (unsigned long)currentTime.tv_usec, (UINT16)object->GetId(), server->GetId());
+            
             // It's up to the app to "accept" the object
             switch (object->GetType())
             {
@@ -1342,7 +1402,7 @@ void NormApp::Notify(NormController::Event event,
         }
             
         case RX_OBJECT_INFO:
-            DMSG(3, "NormApp::Notify(RX_OBJECT_INFO) ...\n");
+            DMSG(4, "NormApp::Notify(RX_OBJECT_INFO) ...\n");
             switch(object->GetType())
             {
                 case NormObject::FILE:
@@ -1383,7 +1443,7 @@ void NormApp::Notify(NormController::Event event,
             break;
             
         case RX_OBJECT_UPDATED:
-            DMSG(3, "NormApp::Notify(RX_OBJECT_UPDATED) ...\n");
+            DMSG(6, "NormApp::Notify(RX_OBJECT_UPDATED) ...\n");
             switch (object->GetType())
             {
                 case NormObject::FILE:
@@ -1433,7 +1493,7 @@ void NormApp::Notify(NormController::Event event,
                         } 
                         
                         if(!((NormStreamObject*)object)->Read(output_buffer+output_index, 
-                                                             &readLength, findMsgSync))
+                                                              &readLength, findMsgSync))
                         {
                             // The stream broke
                             if (output_messaging)
@@ -1442,7 +1502,10 @@ void NormApp::Notify(NormController::Event event,
                                     DMSG(0, "NormApp::Notify() detected broken stream ...\n");
                                 output_msg_length = output_index = 0;
                                 output_msg_sync = false;
-                                break;
+                                if (findMsgSync)
+                                    break;
+                                else
+                                    continue;  // try to re-sync
                             }
                         }
                         else if (readLength > 0)
@@ -1479,6 +1542,7 @@ void NormApp::Notify(NormController::Event event,
                         while (put < writeLength)
                         {
                             size_t result = fwrite(output_buffer+put, sizeof(char), writeLength-put, output);
+                            
                             if (result)
                             {
                                 put += (unsigned int)result;   
@@ -1526,7 +1590,13 @@ void NormApp::Notify(NormController::Event event,
             // (TBD) if we're not archiving files we should
             //       manage our cache, deleting the cache
             //       on shutdown ...
-            DMSG(3, "NormApp::Notify(RX_OBJECT_COMPLETED) ...\n");
+            DMSG(4, "NormApp::Notify(RX_OBJECT_COMPLETED) ...\n");
+            struct timeval currentTime;
+            ProtoSystemTime(currentTime);
+            struct tm* timePtr = gmtime((time_t*)&currentTime.tv_sec); 
+            DMSG(3, "%02d:%02d:%02d.%06lu completed rx object>%hu sender>%lu\n",
+		            timePtr->tm_hour, timePtr->tm_min, timePtr->tm_sec, 
+		            (unsigned long)currentTime.tv_usec, (UINT16)object->GetId(), server->GetId());
             switch(object->GetType())
             {
                 case NormObject::FILE:
@@ -1554,6 +1624,45 @@ void NormApp::Notify(NormController::Event event,
             }
             break;
         }
+        
+        case RX_OBJECT_ABORTED:
+        {
+            DMSG(0, "NormApp::Notify(RX_OBJECT_ABORTED) ...\n");
+            struct timeval currentTime;
+            ProtoSystemTime(currentTime);
+            struct tm* timePtr = gmtime((time_t*)&currentTime.tv_sec); 
+            DMSG(3, "%02d:%02d:%02d.%06lu aborted rx object>%hu sender>%lu\n",
+		            timePtr->tm_hour, timePtr->tm_min, timePtr->tm_sec, 
+		            (unsigned long)currentTime.tv_usec, (UINT16)object->GetId(), server->GetId());
+            switch(object->GetType())
+            {
+                case NormObject::FILE:
+                {
+                    const char* filePath = static_cast<NormFileObject*>(object)->GetPath();
+                    if (process_aborted_files)
+                    {
+                        // in case file size isn't padded properly
+                        static_cast<NormFileObject*>(object)->PadToSize();
+                        if (post_processor->IsEnabled())
+                        {
+                            if (!post_processor->ProcessFile(filePath))
+                            {
+                                DMSG(0, "norm: post processing error\n");
+                            }  
+                        }
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        NormFile::Unlink(filePath);
+                    }
+                    break;
+                }
+                default:
+                    break;
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+        
         default:
         {
             DMSG(4, "NormApp::Notify() unhandled event: %d\n", event);
@@ -1600,13 +1709,25 @@ bool NormApp::OnIntervalTimeout(ProtoTimer& /*theTimer*/)
             ActivateTimer(interval_timer);
             return false;
         }
-        if (!watermark_pending && (NULL != acking_node_list))
+        tx_file_queued = true;
+        
+        
+        struct timeval currentTime;
+        ProtoSystemTime(currentTime);
+        struct tm* timePtr = gmtime((time_t*)&currentTime.tv_sec); 
+        DMSG(3, "%02d:%02d:%02d.%06lu enqueued tx object>%hu sender>%lu\n",
+		        timePtr->tm_hour, timePtr->tm_min, timePtr->tm_sec, 
+		        (unsigned long)currentTime.tv_usec, (UINT16)obj->GetId(), session->LocalNodeId());
+        
+        // save last obj/block/seg id for later in case needed
+        tx_last_object_id = obj->GetId();
+        tx_last_block_id = obj->GetFinalBlockId();
+        tx_last_segment_id = obj->GetBlockSize(tx_last_block_id) - 1;
+        if (!watermark_pending && (NULL != acking_node_list) && !tx_ack_shot)
         {
-            NormBlockId blockId = obj->GetFinalBlockId();
-            NormSegmentId segmentId = obj->GetBlockSize(blockId) - 1;
-            session->ServerSetWatermark(obj->GetId(), 
-                                        blockId,
-                                        segmentId);
+            session->ServerSetWatermark(tx_last_object_id, 
+                                        tx_last_block_id,
+                                        tx_last_segment_id);
             watermark_pending = true;  // only allow one pending watermark at a time
         }
         //DMSG(0, "norm: File \"%s\" queued for transmission.\n", fileName);
@@ -1645,6 +1766,13 @@ bool NormApp::OnIntervalTimeout(ProtoTimer& /*theTimer*/)
     {
         tx_repeat_clear = true;
         DMSG(0, "norm: End of tx file list reached.\n");  
+        if (tx_ack_shot && !watermark_pending && tx_file_queued)
+        {
+            session->ServerSetWatermark(tx_last_object_id, 
+                                        tx_last_block_id,
+                                        tx_last_segment_id);
+            watermark_pending = true;  // only allow one pending watermark at a time
+        }
     }   
     return true;
 }  // end NormApp::OnIntervalTimeout()
@@ -1695,6 +1823,7 @@ bool NormApp::OnStartup(int argc, const char*const* argv)
         // Common session parameters
         session->SetTxPort(tx_port);
         session->SetTxRate(tx_rate);
+        session->SetTxRateBounds(tx_rate_min, tx_rate_max);
         session->SetTrace(tracing);
         session->SetTxLoss(tx_loss);
         session->SetRxLoss(rx_loss);
@@ -1715,7 +1844,8 @@ bool NormApp::OnStartup(int argc, const char*const* argv)
                 session_mgr.Destroy();
                 return false;
             }
-            
+            // redundant info transmission if we have silent clients
+            if (silent_client) session->SndrSetEmcon(true);
             // We also use the baseId as our server's "instance id" for illustrative purposes
             UINT16 instanceId = baseId;
             if (!session->StartServer(instanceId, tx_buffer_size, segment_size, ndata, nparity, interface_name))
@@ -1746,6 +1876,10 @@ bool NormApp::OnStartup(int argc, const char*const* argv)
             // StartClient(bufferMax (per-sender))
             session->ClientSetUnicastNacks(unicast_nacks);
             session->ClientSetSilent(silent_client);
+            if (low_delay)
+                session->RcvrSetMaxDelay(1);
+            else
+                session->RcvrSetMaxDelay(-1);
             if (!session->StartClient(rx_buffer_size, interface_name))
             {
                 DMSG(0, "NormApp::OnStartup() start client error!\n");
diff --git a/common/normEncoder.cpp b/common/normEncoder.cpp
index 298afbc..01d3b9a 100644
--- a/common/normEncoder.cpp
+++ b/common/normEncoder.cpp
@@ -41,23 +41,35 @@
 #include "normMessage.h"
 #endif // SIMULATE
 
-NormEncoder::NormEncoder()
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "protoDefs.h"  // for struct timeval
+#define DIFF_T(a,b) (1+ 1000000*(a.tv_sec - b.tv_sec) + (a.tv_usec - b.tv_usec) )
+
+NormEncoder::~NormEncoder()
+{
+}
+
+NormDecoder::~NormDecoder()
+{
+}
+
+NormEncoderRS8a::NormEncoderRS8a()
     : npar(0), vector_size(0), 
       gen_poly(NULL), scratch(NULL)
 {
 
-}  // end NormEncoder::NormEncoder()
+}  // end NormEncoderRS8a::NormEncoderRS8a()
 
-NormEncoder::~NormEncoder()
+NormEncoderRS8a::~NormEncoderRS8a()
 {
 	if (gen_poly) Destroy();
 }
 
-bool NormEncoder::Init(int numParity, int vecSizeMax)
+bool NormEncoderRS8a::Init(unsigned int numData, unsigned int numParity, UINT16 vecSizeMax)
 {
     // Debugging assertions
-    ASSERT((numParity>=0)&&(numParity<129));
-    ASSERT(vecSizeMax >= 0);    
+    ASSERT((numData + numParity) <= 255);
+    if ((numData + numParity) > 255) return false;  // (TBD) printout error message
     if (gen_poly) Destroy();    
     npar = numParity;
     
@@ -69,22 +81,22 @@ bool NormEncoder::Init(int numParity, int vecSizeMax)
     // Create gen_poly polynomial 
     if(!CreateGeneratorPolynomial())
     {
-	    DMSG(0, "NormEncoder: Error creating gen_poly polynomial!\n");
+	    DMSG(0, "NormEncoderRS8a: Error creating gen_poly polynomial!\n");
 	    return false;
     }    
     // Allocate scratch space for encoding
     if(!(scratch = new unsigned char[vecSizeMax]))
     {
-	    DMSG(0, "NormEncoder: Error allocating memory for encoder scratch space: %s\n",
+	    DMSG(0, "NormEncoderRS8a: Error allocating memory for encoder scratch space: %s\n",
                     GetErrorString());
 	    Destroy();
 	    return false;
     }
 	return true;
-}  // end NormEncoder::Init()
+}  // end NormEncoderRS8a::Init()
 
 // Free memory allocated for encoder state (Encoder must be re-inited before use)
-void NormEncoder::Destroy()
+void NormEncoderRS8a::Destroy()
 {
 	if(NULL != scratch)
     {
@@ -96,10 +108,10 @@ void NormEncoder::Destroy()
 	    delete[] gen_poly;
 	    gen_poly = NULL;
     }
-}  // end NormEncoder::Destroy()
+}  // end NormEncoderRS8a::Destroy()
 
 
-bool NormEncoder::CreateGeneratorPolynomial()
+bool NormEncoderRS8a::CreateGeneratorPolynomial()
 {
     unsigned char *tp, *tp1, *tp2;
     int degree = 2*npar;    
@@ -107,14 +119,14 @@ bool NormEncoder::CreateGeneratorPolynomial()
     
     if(!(gen_poly = new unsigned char[npar+1]))
     {
-	    DMSG(0, "NormEncoder: Error allocating memory for gen_poly polynomial: %s\n",
+	    DMSG(0, "NormEncoderRS8a: Error allocating memory for gen_poly polynomial: %s\n",
                  GetErrorString());
 	    return false;
     }    
     /* Allocate memory for temporary polynomial arrays */
     if(!(tp = new unsigned char[2*degree]))
     {
-	    DMSG(0, "NormEncoder: Error allocating memory while computing gen_poly: %s\n",
+	    DMSG(0, "NormEncoderRS8a: Error allocating memory while computing gen_poly: %s\n",
                 GetErrorString());
         delete[] gen_poly;
 	    return false;
@@ -123,7 +135,7 @@ bool NormEncoder::CreateGeneratorPolynomial()
     {
 	    delete[] tp;
 	    delete[] gen_poly;
-	    DMSG(0, "NormEncoder: Error allocating memory while computing gen_poly: %s\n",
+	    DMSG(0, "NormEncoderRS8a: Error allocating memory while computing gen_poly: %s\n",
                 GetErrorString());
 	    return false;
     }    
@@ -132,14 +144,14 @@ bool NormEncoder::CreateGeneratorPolynomial()
 	    delete[] tp1;
 	    delete[] tp;
 	    delete[] gen_poly;
-	    DMSG(0, "NormEncoder: Error allocating memory while computing gen_poly: %s\n",
+	    DMSG(0, "NormEncoderRS8a: Error allocating memory while computing gen_poly: %s\n",
                 GetErrorString());
 	    return false;
     }
     // multiply (x + a^n) for n = 1 to npar 
     memset(tp1, 0, degree*sizeof(unsigned char));
     tp1[0] = 1;    
-    for (int n = 1; n <= npar; n++)
+    for (unsigned int n = 1; n <= npar; n++)
     {
 	    memset(tp, 0, degree*sizeof(unsigned char));
 	    tp[0] = gexp(n);  // set up x+a^n 
@@ -149,14 +161,16 @@ bool NormEncoder::CreateGeneratorPolynomial()
 	    for (int i = 0; i < degree; i++)
 	    {
 	        memset(&tp2[degree], 0, degree*sizeof(unsigned char));
-            int j;
+            //unsigned int j;
 	        // Scale tp2 by p1[i] 
+            int j;
 	        for(j=0; j<degree; j++) tp2[j]=gmult(tp1[j], tp[i]);
 	        // Mult(shift) tp2 right by i 
-	        for (j = (degree*2)-1; j >= i; j--) tp2[j] = tp2[j-i];
+	        for (j = (degree*2)-1; j >= i; j--) 
+                tp2[j] = tp2[j-i];
 	        memset(tp2, 0, i*sizeof(unsigned char));
 	        // Add into partial product 
-	        for(j=0; j < (npar+1); j++) gen_poly[j] ^= tp2[j];
+	        for(unsigned int x=0; x < (npar+1); x++) gen_poly[x] ^= tp2[x];
 	    }    
 	    memcpy(tp1, gen_poly, (npar+1)*sizeof(unsigned char));
 	    memset(&tp1[npar+1], 0, (2*degree)-(npar+1));
@@ -165,14 +179,14 @@ bool NormEncoder::CreateGeneratorPolynomial()
     delete[] tp1;
     delete[] tp; 
     return true;  
-}  // end NormEncoder::CreateGeneratorPolynomial()
+}  // end NormEncoderRS8a::CreateGeneratorPolynomial()
 
 
 
 // Encode data vectors one at a time.  The user of this function
 // must keep track of when parity is ready for transmission
 // Parity data is written to list of parity vectors supplied by caller
-void NormEncoder::Encode(const char *data, char **pVec)
+void NormEncoderRS8a::Encode(const char *data, char **pVec)
 {
     int i, j;
     unsigned char *userData, *LSFR1, *LSFR2, *pVec0;
@@ -188,6 +202,7 @@ void NormEncoder::Encode(const char *data, char **pVec)
     UINT16 vecSize = vector_size;
 #endif // if/else SIMULATE
     
+    
     memcpy(scratch, pVec[0], vecSize);
     if (npar > 1)
     {
@@ -200,38 +215,39 @@ void NormEncoder::Encode(const char *data, char **pVec)
 	        for(j = 0; j < vecSize; j++)
 		        *LSFR1++ = *LSFR2++ ^
 			        gmult(*genPoly, (*userData++ ^ *pVec0++));
-	        genPoly--;
+            genPoly--;
 	    }
+        
     }    
     pVec0 = scratch;
     userData = (unsigned char *) data;
     LSFR1 = (unsigned char *) pVec[npar_minus_one];
     for(j = 0; j < vecSize; j++)
     	*LSFR1++ = gmult(*genPoly, (*userData++ ^ *pVec0++));
-}  // end NormEncoder::Encode()
+}  // end NormEncoderRS8a::Encode()
 
 
 /********************************************************************************
- *  NormDecoder implementation routines
+ *  NormDecoderRS8a implementation routines
  */
 
-NormDecoder::NormDecoder()
+NormDecoderRS8a::NormDecoderRS8a()
     : npar(0), vector_size(0), lambda(NULL), 
       s_vec(NULL), o_vec(NULL), scratch(NULL)
 {
     
 }
 
-NormDecoder::~NormDecoder()
+NormDecoderRS8a::~NormDecoderRS8a()
 {
-    if (lambda) Destroy();
+    if (NULL != lambda) Destroy();
 }
 
-bool NormDecoder::Init(int numParity, int vecSizeMax)
+bool NormDecoderRS8a::Init(unsigned int numData, unsigned int numParity, UINT16 vecSizeMax)
 { 
     // Debugging assertions
-    ASSERT((numParity>=0)&&(numParity<=128));
-    ASSERT(vecSizeMax >= 0);
+    ASSERT((numData + numParity) <= 255);
+    if ((numData + numParity) > 255) return false;
     
 #ifdef SIMULATE
     vecSizeMax = MIN(SIM_PAYLOAD_MAX+1, vecSizeMax);
@@ -244,7 +260,7 @@ bool NormDecoder::Init(int numParity, int vecSizeMax)
     
     if(!(lambda = new unsigned char[2*npar]))
     {
-	    DMSG(0, "NormDecoder: Error allocating memory for lambda: %s\n",
+	    DMSG(0, "NormDecoderRS8a: Error allocating memory for lambda: %s\n",
                 GetErrorString());
 	    return(false);
     }
@@ -252,17 +268,17 @@ bool NormDecoder::Init(int numParity, int vecSizeMax)
     /* Allocate memory for s_vec ptr and the syndrome vectors */
     if(!(s_vec = new unsigned char*[npar]))
     {
-	    DMSG(0, "NormDecoder: Error allocating memory for s_vec ptr: %s\n",
+	    DMSG(0, "NormDecoderRS8a: Error allocating memory for s_vec ptr: %s\n",
                 GetErrorString());
 	    Destroy();
 	    return(false);
     }
-    int i;
+    unsigned int i;
     for(i=0; i < npar; i++)
     {
 	    if(!(s_vec[i] = new unsigned char[vecSizeMax]))
 	    {
-	        DMSG(0, "NormDecoder: Error allocating memory for new s_vec: %s\n",
+	        DMSG(0, "NormDecoderRS8a: Error allocating memory for new s_vec: %s\n",
                     GetErrorString());
 	        Destroy();
 	        return(false);
@@ -272,7 +288,7 @@ bool NormDecoder::Init(int numParity, int vecSizeMax)
     /* Allocate memory for the o_vec ptr and the Omega vectors */
     if(!(o_vec = new unsigned char*[npar]))
     {
-	    DMSG(0, "NormDecoder: Error allocating memory for new o_vec ptr: %s\n",
+	    DMSG(0, "NormDecoderRS8a: Error allocating memory for new o_vec ptr: %s\n",
                 GetErrorString());
 	    Destroy();
 	    return(false);
@@ -282,7 +298,7 @@ bool NormDecoder::Init(int numParity, int vecSizeMax)
     {
 	    if(!(o_vec[i] = new unsigned char[vecSizeMax]))
 	    {
-	        DMSG(0, "NormDecoder: Error allocating memory for new o_vec: %s",
+	        DMSG(0, "NormDecoderRS8a: Error allocating memory for new o_vec: %s",
                     GetErrorString());
 	        Destroy();
 	        return(false);
@@ -291,15 +307,15 @@ bool NormDecoder::Init(int numParity, int vecSizeMax)
     
     if (!(scratch = new unsigned char[vecSizeMax]))
     {
-        DMSG(0, "NormDecoder: Error allocating memory for scratch space: %s",
+        DMSG(0, "NormDecoderRS8a: Error allocating memory for scratch space: %s",
                  GetErrorString());  
     }
     memset(scratch, 0, vecSizeMax*sizeof(unsigned char));
     return(true);
-}  // end NormDecoder::Init()
+}  // end NormDecoderRS8a::Init()
 
 
-void NormDecoder::Destroy()
+void NormDecoderRS8a::Destroy()
 {
     if (scratch)
     {
@@ -308,14 +324,14 @@ void NormDecoder::Destroy()
     }
     if(o_vec)
     {
-	    for(int i=0; i<npar; i++)
+	    for(unsigned int i=0; i<npar; i++)
 	        if (o_vec[i]) delete[] o_vec[i];
 	    delete[] o_vec;
         o_vec = NULL;
     }	
     if(s_vec)
     {
-	    for(int i = 0; i < npar; i++)
+	    for(unsigned int i = 0; i < npar; i++)
 	        if (s_vec[i]) delete[] s_vec[i];
 	    delete[] s_vec;
         s_vec = NULL;
@@ -326,35 +342,35 @@ void NormDecoder::Destroy()
         delete[] lambda;
         lambda = NULL;
     }
-}  // end NormDecoder::Destroy()
+}  // end NormDecoderRS8a::Destroy()
 
 
 // This will crash & burn if (erasureCount > npar)
-int NormDecoder::Decode(char** dVec, int ndata, UINT16 erasureCount, UINT16* erasureLocs)
+int NormDecoderRS8a::Decode(char** dVec, unsigned int numData, unsigned int erasureCount, unsigned int* erasureLocs)
 {
     // Debugging assertions
     ASSERT(lambda);     
-    ASSERT(erasureCount && (erasureCount<=npar));
+    ASSERT(erasureCount && (erasureCount <= npar));
       
     // (A) Compute syndrome vectors 
     
-    // First zero out erasure vectors (MDP provides zero-filled vecs) 
+    // First zero out erasure vectors (NORM provides zero-filled vecs) 
 	
 	// Then calculate syndrome (based on zero value erasures) 
-    int nvecs = npar + ndata;
+    unsigned int nvecs = npar + numData;
 #ifdef SIMULATE
-    int vecSize = MIN(SIM_PAYLOAD_MAX+1, vector_size);
+    UINT16 vecSize = MIN(SIM_PAYLOAD_MAX+1, vector_size);
 #else
-    int vecSize = vector_size;
+    UINT16 vecSize = vector_size;
 #endif // if/else SIMUATE
     
-    int i;
+    unsigned int i;
     for (i = 0; i < npar; i++)
     {
 	    int X = gexp(i+1);
 	    unsigned char* synVec = s_vec[i];
         memset(synVec, 0, vecSize*sizeof(char));
-        for(int j = 0; j < nvecs; j++)
+        for(unsigned int j = 0; j < nvecs; j++)
         {
 	        unsigned char* data = dVec[j] ? (unsigned char*)dVec[j] : scratch;
             unsigned char* S = synVec;
@@ -367,8 +383,8 @@ int NormDecoder::Decode(char** dVec, int ndata, UINT16 erasureCount, UINT16* era
     }
     
     // (B) Init lambda (the erasure locator polynomial) 
-    int degree = 2*npar;
-    int nvecsMinusOne = nvecs - 1;
+    unsigned int degree = 2*npar;
+    unsigned int nvecsMinusOne = nvecs - 1;
     memset(lambda, 0, degree*sizeof(char));
     lambda[0] = 1;
     for (i = 0; i < erasureCount; i++)
@@ -383,13 +399,13 @@ int NormDecoder::Decode(char** dVec, int ndata, UINT16 erasureCount, UINT16* era
     {
 	    int k = i;
 	    memset(o_vec[i], 0, vecSize*sizeof(char));
-        int m = i + 1;
-	    for(int j = 0; j < m; j++)
+        //int m = i + 1;
+	    for(unsigned int j = 0; j <= i; j++)
 	    { 
 	        unsigned char* Omega = o_vec[i];
 	        unsigned char* S = s_vec[j];
 	        int Lk = lambda[k--];
-	        for(int n = 0; n < vecSize; n++)
+	        for(UINT16 n = 0; n < vecSize; n++)
 		        *Omega++ ^= gmult(*S++, Lk);
 	    }
     }
@@ -398,13 +414,13 @@ int NormDecoder::Decode(char** dVec, int ndata, UINT16 erasureCount, UINT16* era
     for (i = 0; i < erasureCount; i++)
     {       
         // Only fill _data_ erasures
-        if (erasureLocs[i] >= ndata) break;//return erasureCount;
+        if (erasureLocs[i] >= numData) break;//return erasureCount;
         
         // evaluate lambda' (derivative) at alpha^(-i) 
-	    // ( all odd powers disappear) 
-	    int k = nvecsMinusOne - erasureLocs[i];
+	    // (all odd powers disappear) 
+	    unsigned int k = nvecsMinusOne - erasureLocs[i];
 	    int denom = 0;
-        int j;
+        unsigned int j;
 	    for (j = 1; j < degree; j += 2)
 	        denom ^= gmult(lambda[j], gexp(((255-k)*(j-1)) % 255));
 	    // Invert for use computing error value below 
@@ -431,7 +447,7 @@ int NormDecoder::Decode(char** dVec, int ndata, UINT16 erasureCount, UINT16* era
 	    }
     }
     return erasureCount;
-}  // end NormDecoder::Decode()
+}  // end NormDecoderRS8a::Decode()
 
 
 
diff --git a/common/normEncoder.h b/common/normEncoder.h
index 8ad86ca..fbf777d 100644
--- a/common/normEncoder.h
+++ b/common/normEncoder.h
@@ -37,50 +37,71 @@
 
 class NormEncoder
 {
-    // Members
-    private:
-	    int		        npar;	      // No. of parity packets (n-k)
-	    int		        vector_size;  // Size of biggest vector to encode
-	    unsigned char*  gen_poly;     // Ptr to generator polynomial
-	    unsigned char*  scratch;      // scratch space for encoding
-	
-    // Methods
     public:
-	    NormEncoder();
-	    ~NormEncoder();
-	    bool Init(int numParity, int vectorSize);
-        void Destroy();
-        bool IsReady(){return (bool)(gen_poly != NULL);}
-        // "Encode" must be called in order of source vector0, vector1, vector2, etc
-	    void Encode(const char *dataVector, char **parityVectorList);
-	    int NumParity() {return npar;}
-	    int VectorSize() {return vector_size;}
-	
-    private:
-	    bool CreateGeneratorPolynomial();
-};
-
+        virtual ~NormEncoder();
+        virtual bool Init(unsigned int numData, unsigned int numParity, UINT16 vectorSize) = 0;
+        virtual void Destroy() = 0;
+        virtual void Encode(const char *dataVector, char **parityVectorList) = 0;    
+};  // end class NormEncoder
 
 class NormDecoder
 {
+    public:
+        virtual ~NormDecoder();
+        virtual bool Init(unsigned int numData, unsigned int numParity, UINT16 vectorSize) = 0;
+        virtual void Destroy() = 0;
+        virtual int Decode(char** vectorList, unsigned int numData,  unsigned int erasureCount, unsigned int* erasureLocs) = 0;    
+};  // end class NormDecoder
+
+
+
+class NormEncoderRS8a : public NormEncoder
+{
+    // Methods
+    public:
+	    NormEncoderRS8a();
+	    ~NormEncoderRS8a();
+	    bool Init(unsigned int numData, unsigned int numParity, UINT16 vectorSize);
+        void Destroy();
+        bool IsReady(){return (bool)(gen_poly != NULL);}
+        
+        // "Encode" must be called in order of source vector0, vector1, vector2, etc
+	    void Encode(const char *dataVector, char **parityVectorList);
+	
+    private:
+	    bool CreateGeneratorPolynomial();
+    
+    // Members
+	    unsigned int    npar;	      // No. of parity packets (n-k)
+	    UINT16		    vector_size;  // Size of biggest vector to encode
+	    unsigned char*  gen_poly;     // Ptr to generator polynomial
+	    unsigned char*  scratch;      // scratch space for encoding
+        
+};  // end class NormEncoderRS8a
+
+
+class NormDecoderRS8a : public NormDecoder
+{
+    // Methods
+    public:
+	    NormDecoderRS8a();
+	    ~NormDecoderRS8a();
+	    bool Init(unsigned int numData, unsigned int numParity, UINT16 vectorSize);
+	    int Decode(char** vectorList, unsigned int numData,  unsigned int erasureCount, unsigned int* erasureLocs);
+        int NumParity() {return npar;}
+	    int VectorSize() {return vector_size;}
+        void Destroy();
+        
     // Members
     private:
-	    int             npar;        // No. of parity packets (n-k)
-	    int             vector_size; // Size of biggest vector to encode  			
+	    unsigned int    npar;        // No. of parity packets (n-k)
+	    UINT16          vector_size; // Size of biggest vector to encode  			
 	    unsigned char*  lambda;      // Erasure location polynomial ("2*npar" ints)
 	    unsigned char** s_vec;       // Syndrome vectors (pointers to "npar" vectors)
 	    unsigned char** o_vec;       // Omega vectors (pointers to "npar" vectors)
 	    unsigned char*  scratch;
-    // Methods
-    public:
-	    NormDecoder();
-	    ~NormDecoder();
-	    bool Init(int numParity, int vectorSize);
-	    int Decode(char** vectorList, int ndata,  UINT16 erasureCount, UINT16* erasureLocs);
-        int NumParity() {return npar;}
-	    int VectorSize() {return vector_size;}
-        void Destroy();
-};
+    
+};  // end class NormDecoderRS8a
 
 
 
diff --git a/common/normEncoderRS8.cpp b/common/normEncoderRS8.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4fe987e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/common/normEncoderRS8.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,857 @@
+/*
+ * This includes forward error correction code based on Vandermonde matrices
+ * 980624
+ * (C) 1997-98 Luigi Rizzo (luigi@iet.unipi.it)
+ *
+ * Portions derived from code by Phil Karn (karn@ka9q.ampr.org),
+ * Robert Morelos-Zaragoza (robert@spectra.eng.hawaii.edu) and Hari
+ * Thirumoorthy (harit@spectra.eng.hawaii.edu), Aug 1995
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+ *    copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
+ *    disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
+ *    provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+ * THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY,
+ * OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+ * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
+ * OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
+ * TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
+ * OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+
+#include "normEncoderRS8.h"
+
+/*
+ * The first part of the file here implements linear algebra in GF.
+ *
+ * gf is the type used to store an element of the Galois Field.
+ * Must constain at least GF_BITS bits.
+ *
+ * Note: unsigned char will work up to GF(256) but int seems to run
+ * faster on the Pentium. We use int whenever have to deal with an
+ * index, since they are generally faster.
+ */
+ 
+#define GF_BITS  16	                    // 8-bit RS code
+#if (GF_BITS < 2  && GF_BITS > 16)
+#error "GF_BITS must be 2 .. 16"
+#endif
+#if (GF_BITS <= 8)
+typedef UINT8 gf;
+#else
+typedef UINT16 gf;
+#endif
+#define	GF_SIZE ((1 << GF_BITS) - 1)	// powers of \alpha 
+
+
+/*
+ * Primitive polynomials - see Lin & Costello, Appendix A,
+ * and  Lee & Messerschmitt, p. 453.
+ */
+
+static char *allPp[] = 
+{                        // GF_BITS   Polynomial	
+    NULL,		         //   0      no code                 
+    NULL,		         //   1      no code                 
+    "111",		         //   2      1+x+x^2                 
+    "1101",		         //   3      1+x+x^3                 
+    "11001",		     //   4      1+x+x^4                 
+    "101001",		     //   5      1+x^2+x^5               
+    "1100001",		     //   6      1+x+x^6                 
+    "10010001",		     //   7      1 + x^3 + x^7           
+    "101110001",	     //   8      1+x^2+x^3+x^4+x^8       
+    "1000100001",	     //   9      1+x^4+x^9               
+    "10010000001",	     //  10      1+x^3+x^10              
+    "101000000001",	     //  11      1+x^2+x^11              
+    "1100101000001",	 //  12      1+x+x^4+x^6+x^12        
+    "11011000000001",	 //  13      1+x+x^3+x^4+x^13        
+    "110000100010001",	 //  14      1+x+x^6+x^10+x^14       
+    "1100000000000001",  //  15      1+x+x^15                
+    "11010000000010001"  //  16      1+x+x^3+x^12+x^16       
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * To speed up computations, we have tables for logarithm, exponent
+ * and inverse of a number. If GF_BITS <= 8, we use a table for
+ * multiplication as well (it takes 64K, no big deal even on a PDA,
+ * especially because it can be pre-initialized an put into a ROM!),
+ * otherwhise we use a table of logarithms.
+ * In any case the macro gf_mul(x,y) takes care of multiplications.
+ */
+
+static gf gf_exp[2*GF_SIZE];	// index->poly form conversion table	
+static int gf_log[GF_SIZE + 1];	// Poly->index form conversion table	
+static gf inverse[GF_SIZE+1];	// inverse of field elem.		
+				                // inv[\alpha**i]=\alpha**(GF_SIZE-i-1)	
+
+// modnn(x) computes x % GF_SIZE, where GF_SIZE is 2**GF_BITS - 1,
+// without a slow divide.
+static inline gf modnn(int x)
+{
+    while (x >= GF_SIZE) 
+    {
+	    x -= GF_SIZE;
+	    x = (x >> GF_BITS) + (x & GF_SIZE);
+    }
+    return x;
+}  // end modnn()
+
+#define SWAP(a,b,t) {t tmp; tmp=a; a=b; b=tmp;}
+
+/*
+ * gf_mul(x,y) multiplies two numbers. If GF_BITS<=8, it is much
+ * faster to use a multiplication table.
+ *
+ * USE_GF_MULC, GF_MULC0(c) and GF_ADDMULC(x) can be used when multiplying
+ * many numbers by the same constant. In this case the first
+ * call sets the constant, and others perform the multiplications.
+ * A value related to the multiplication is held in a local variable
+ * declared with USE_GF_MULC . See usage in addmul1().
+ */
+#if (GF_BITS <= 8)
+
+static gf gf_mul_table[GF_SIZE + 1][GF_SIZE + 1];
+
+#define gf_mul(x,y) gf_mul_table[x][y]
+#define USE_GF_MULC register gf * __gf_mulc_
+#define GF_MULC0(c) __gf_mulc_ = gf_mul_table[c]
+#define GF_ADDMULC(dst, x) dst ^= __gf_mulc_[x]
+
+static void init_mul_table()
+{
+    int i, j;
+    for (i=0; i< GF_SIZE+1; i++)
+	for (j=0; j< GF_SIZE+1; j++)
+	    gf_mul_table[i][j] = gf_exp[modnn(gf_log[i] + gf_log[j]) ] ;
+
+    for (j=0; j< GF_SIZE+1; j++)
+	    gf_mul_table[0][j] = gf_mul_table[j][0] = 0;
+}
+
+#else	/* GF_BITS > 8 */
+
+inline gf gf_mul(int x, int y)
+{
+    if ( (x) == 0 || (y)==0 ) return 0;
+     
+    return gf_exp[gf_log[x] + gf_log[y] ] ;
+}
+
+#define init_mul_table()
+#define USE_GF_MULC register gf * __gf_mulc_
+#define GF_MULC0(c) __gf_mulc_ = &gf_exp[ gf_log[c] ]
+#define GF_ADDMULC(dst, x) { if (x) dst ^= __gf_mulc_[ gf_log[x] ] ; }
+
+#endif  // if/else (GF_BITS <= 8)
+
+/*
+ * Generate GF(2**m) from the irreducible polynomial p(X) in p[0]..p[m]
+ * Lookup tables:
+ *     index->polynomial form		gf_exp[] contains j= \alpha^i;
+ *     polynomial form -> index form	gf_log[ j = \alpha^i ] = i
+ * \alpha=x is the primitive element of GF(2^m)
+ *
+ * For efficiency, gf_exp[] has size 2*GF_SIZE, so that a simple
+ * multiplication of two numbers can be resolved without calling modnn
+ */
+         
+//#define NEW_GF_MATRIX(rows, cols) \
+//    (gf *)my_malloc(rows * cols * sizeof(gf), " ## __LINE__ ## " )
+         
+#define NEW_GF_MATRIX(rows, cols) (new gf[rows*cols])
+
+/*
+ * initialize the data structures used for computations in GF.
+ */
+static void generate_gf()
+{
+    char *Pp =  allPp[GF_BITS] ;
+
+    gf mask = 1;	/* x ** 0 = 1 */
+    gf_exp[GF_BITS] = 0; /* will be updated at the end of the 1st loop */
+    /*
+     * first, generate the (polynomial representation of) powers of \alpha,
+     * which are stored in gf_exp[i] = \alpha ** i .
+     * At the same time build gf_log[gf_exp[i]] = i .
+     * The first GF_BITS powers are simply bits shifted to the left.
+     */
+    for (int i = 0; i < GF_BITS; i++, mask <<= 1 ) 
+    {
+	    gf_exp[i] = mask;
+	    gf_log[gf_exp[i]] = i;
+	    /*
+	     * If Pp[i] == 1 then \alpha ** i occurs in poly-repr
+	     * gf_exp[GF_BITS] = \alpha ** GF_BITS
+	     */
+	    if ( Pp[i] == '1' )
+	        gf_exp[GF_BITS] ^= mask;
+    }
+    /*
+     * now gf_exp[GF_BITS] = \alpha ** GF_BITS is complete, so can als
+     * compute its inverse.
+     */
+    gf_log[gf_exp[GF_BITS]] = GF_BITS;
+    /*
+     * Poly-repr of \alpha ** (i+1) is given by poly-repr of
+     * \alpha ** i shifted left one-bit and accounting for any
+     * \alpha ** GF_BITS term that may occur when poly-repr of
+     * \alpha ** i is shifted.
+     */
+    mask = 1 << (GF_BITS - 1 ) ;
+    for (int i = GF_BITS + 1; i < GF_SIZE; i++) 
+    {
+	    if (gf_exp[i - 1] >= mask)
+	        gf_exp[i] = gf_exp[GF_BITS] ^ ((gf_exp[i - 1] ^ mask) << 1);
+	    else
+	        gf_exp[i] = gf_exp[i - 1] << 1;
+	    gf_log[gf_exp[i]] = i;
+    }
+    /*
+     * log(0) is not defined, so use a special value
+     */
+    gf_log[0] =	GF_SIZE ;
+    /* set the extended gf_exp values for fast multiply */
+    for (int i = 0 ; i < GF_SIZE ; i++)
+	    gf_exp[i + GF_SIZE] = gf_exp[i] ;
+
+    /*
+     * again special cases. 0 has no inverse. This used to
+     * be initialized to GF_SIZE, but it should make no difference
+     * since noone is supposed to read from here.
+     */
+    inverse[0] = 0 ;
+    inverse[1] = 1;
+    for (int i=2; i<=GF_SIZE; i++)
+	    inverse[i] = gf_exp[GF_SIZE-gf_log[i]];
+}  // end generate_gf()       
+         
+         
+/*
+ * Various linear algebra operations that i use often.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * addmul() computes dst[] = dst[] + c * src[]
+ * This is used often, so better optimize it! Currently the loop is
+ * unrolled 16 times, a good value for 486 and pentium-class machines.
+ * The case c=0 is also optimized, whereas c=1 is not. These
+ * calls are unfrequent in my typical apps so I did not bother.
+ * 
+ * Note that gcc on
+ */
+#define addmul(dst, src, c, sz) \
+    if (c != 0) addmul1(dst, src, c, sz)
+#define UNROLL 16 /* 1, 4, 8, 16 */
+
+static void addmul1(gf *dst1, gf *src1, gf c, int sz)
+{
+    USE_GF_MULC ;
+    register gf *dst = dst1, *src = src1 ;
+    gf *lim = &dst[sz - UNROLL + 1] ;
+    
+    GF_MULC0(c) ;
+
+#if (UNROLL > 1) /* unrolling by 8/16 is quite effective on the pentium */
+    for (; dst < lim ; dst += UNROLL, src += UNROLL ) 
+    {
+        GF_ADDMULC( dst[0] , src[0] );
+	    GF_ADDMULC( dst[1] , src[1] );
+	    GF_ADDMULC( dst[2] , src[2] );
+	    GF_ADDMULC( dst[3] , src[3] );
+#if (UNROLL > 4)
+	    GF_ADDMULC( dst[4] , src[4] );
+	    GF_ADDMULC( dst[5] , src[5] );
+	    GF_ADDMULC( dst[6] , src[6] );
+	    GF_ADDMULC( dst[7] , src[7] );
+#endif
+#if (UNROLL > 8)
+	    GF_ADDMULC( dst[8] , src[8] );
+	    GF_ADDMULC( dst[9] , src[9] );
+	    GF_ADDMULC( dst[10] , src[10] );
+	    GF_ADDMULC( dst[11] , src[11] );
+	    GF_ADDMULC( dst[12] , src[12] );
+	    GF_ADDMULC( dst[13] , src[13] );
+	    GF_ADDMULC( dst[14] , src[14] );
+        GF_ADDMULC( dst[15] , src[15] );
+#endif
+    }
+#endif
+    lim += UNROLL - 1 ;
+    for (; dst < lim; dst++, src++ )		/* final components */
+	    GF_ADDMULC( *dst , *src );
+}  // end addmul1()
+
+
+// computes C = AB where A is n*k, B is k*m, C is n*m
+static void matmul(gf *a, gf *b, gf *c, int n, int k, int m)
+{
+    int row, col, i ;
+
+    for (row = 0; row < n ; row++) 
+    {
+	    for (col = 0; col < m ; col++) 
+        {
+	        gf *pa = &a[ row * k ];
+	        gf *pb = &b[ col ];
+	        gf acc = 0 ;
+	        for (i = 0; i < k ; i++, pa++, pb += m)
+		        acc ^= gf_mul( *pa, *pb ) ;
+	        c[row * m + col] = acc ;
+	    }
+    }
+}  // end matmul()
+
+
+static int invert_vdm(gf *src, int k)
+{
+    int i, j, row, col ;
+    gf *b, *c, *p;
+    gf t, xx ;
+
+    if (k == 1) 	/* degenerate case, matrix must be p^0 = 1 */
+	return 0 ;
+    /*
+     * c holds the coefficient of P(x) = Prod (x - p_i), i=0..k-1
+     * b holds the coefficient for the matrix inversion
+     */
+    c = NEW_GF_MATRIX(1, k);
+    b = NEW_GF_MATRIX(1, k);
+
+    p = NEW_GF_MATRIX(1, k);
+   
+    for ( j=1, i = 0 ; i < k ; i++, j+=k ) 
+    {
+	    c[i] = 0 ;
+	    p[i] = src[j] ;    /* p[i] */
+    }
+    /*
+     * construct coeffs. recursively. We know c[k] = 1 (implicit)
+     * and start P_0 = x - p_0, then at each stage multiply by
+     * x - p_i generating P_i = x P_{i-1} - p_i P_{i-1}
+     * After k steps we are done.
+     */
+    c[k-1] = p[0] ;	/* really -p(0), but x = -x in GF(2^m) */
+    for (i = 1 ; i < k ; i++) 
+    {
+	    gf p_i = p[i] ; /* see above comment */
+	    for (j = k-1  - ( i - 1 ) ; j < k-1 ; j++ )
+	        c[j] ^= gf_mul( p_i, c[j+1] ) ;
+	    c[k-1] ^= p_i ;
+    }
+    for (row = 0 ; row < k ; row++) 
+    {
+	    /*
+	     * synthetic division etc.
+	     */
+	    xx = p[row] ;
+	    t = 1 ;
+	    b[k-1] = 1 ; /* this is in fact c[k] */
+	    for (i = k-2 ; i >= 0 ; i-- ) 
+        {
+	        b[i] = c[i+1] ^ gf_mul(xx, b[i+1]) ;
+	        t = gf_mul(xx, t) ^ b[i] ;
+	    }
+	    for (col = 0 ; col < k ; col++ )
+	        src[col*k + row] = gf_mul(inverse[t], b[col] );
+    }
+    delete[] c;
+    delete[] b;
+    delete[] p;
+    return 0 ;
+}  // end invert_vdm()
+
+
+static bool fec_initialized = false;
+static void init_fec()
+{
+    if (!fec_initialized)
+    {
+        generate_gf();
+        init_mul_table();
+        fec_initialized = true;
+    }
+}
+
+NormEncoder::NormEncoder()
+ : enc_matrix(NULL), enc_index(0)
+{
+}
+
+NormEncoder::~NormEncoder()
+{
+    if (NULL != enc_matrix)
+    {
+        delete[] enc_matrix;
+        enc_matrix = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+bool NormEncoder::Init(int numData, int numParity, int vectorSize)
+{
+    if ((numData + numParity) > GF_SIZE)
+    {
+        DMSG(0, "NormEncoder::Init() error: numData/numParity exceeds code limits\n");
+        return false;
+    }
+    
+    if (NULL != enc_matrix) 
+    {
+        delete[] enc_matrix;
+        enc_matrix = NULL;
+    }
+    init_fec();
+    int n = numData + numParity;
+    int k = numData;
+    enc_matrix = (UINT8*)NEW_GF_MATRIX(n, k);
+    if (NULL != enc_matrix)
+    {
+        gf* tmpMatrix = NEW_GF_MATRIX(n, k);
+        if (NULL == tmpMatrix)
+        {
+            DMSG(0, "NormEncoder::Init() error: new  tmpMatrix error: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+            delete[] enc_matrix;
+            enc_matrix = NULL;
+            return false;
+        }
+        // Fill the matrix with powers of field elements, starting from 0.
+        // The first row is special, cannot be computed with exp. table.
+        tmpMatrix[0] = 1 ;
+        for (int col = 1; col < k ; col++)
+	        tmpMatrix[col] = 0 ;
+        for (gf* p = tmpMatrix + k, row = 0; row < n-1 ; row++, p += k) 
+        {
+	        for (int col = 0 ; col < k ; col ++ )
+	            p[col] = gf_exp[modnn(row*col)];
+        }
+        
+        
+        // Quick code to build systematic matrix: invert the top
+        // k*k vandermonde matrix, multiply right the bottom n-k rows
+        // by the inverse, and construct the identity matrix at the top.
+        invert_vdm(tmpMatrix, k); /* much faster than invert_mat */
+        matmul(tmpMatrix + k*k, tmpMatrix, ((gf*)enc_matrix) + k*k, n - k, k, k);
+        // the upper matrix is I so do not bother with a slow multiply
+        memset(enc_matrix, 0, k*k*sizeof(gf));
+        for (gf* p = (gf*)enc_matrix, col = 0 ; col < k ; col++, p += k+1 )
+	        *p = 1 ;
+        delete[] tmpMatrix;
+        ndata = numData;
+        npar = numParity;
+        vector_size = vectorSize;
+        enc_index = 0;
+        return true;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        DMSG(0, "NormEncoder::Init() error: new enc_matrix error: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+        return false;
+    }
+}  // end NormEncoder::Init()
+
+
+void NormEncoder::Encode(unsigned char *dataVector, unsigned char** parityVectorList)
+{
+    for (unsigned int i = 0; i < npar; i++)
+    {
+        // Update each parity vector   
+        gf* fec = (gf*)parityVectorList[i];
+        gf* p = ((gf*)enc_matrix) + ((i+ndata)*ndata);
+        unsigned int nelements = (GF_BITS > 8) ? vector_size / 2 : vector_size;
+        addmul(fec, (gf*)dataVector, p[enc_index], nelements);
+    }
+    enc_index++;
+}  // end NormEncoder::Encode()
+
+
+NormDecoder::NormDecoder()
+ : enc_matrix(NULL), dec_matrix(NULL), 
+   parity_loc(NULL), inv_ndxc(NULL), inv_ndxr(NULL), 
+   inv_pivt(NULL), inv_id_row(NULL), inv_temp_row(NULL)
+{
+}
+
+NormDecoder::~NormDecoder()
+{
+    Destroy();
+}
+
+void NormDecoder::Destroy()
+{
+    if (NULL != enc_matrix)
+    {
+        delete[] enc_matrix;
+        enc_matrix = NULL;
+    }
+    if (NULL != dec_matrix)
+    {
+        delete[] dec_matrix;
+        dec_matrix = NULL;
+    }
+    if (NULL != parity_loc)
+    {
+        delete[] parity_loc;
+        parity_loc = NULL;
+    }
+}  // end NormDecoder::Destroy()
+
+bool NormDecoder::Init(int numData, int numParity, int vectorSize)
+{
+    if ((numData + numParity) > GF_SIZE)
+    {
+        DMSG(0, "NormEncoder::Init() error: numData/numParity exceeds code limits\n");
+        return false;
+    }
+    
+    init_fec();
+    Destroy();
+    
+    int n = numData + numParity;
+    int k = numData;
+    
+    if (NULL == (inv_ndxc = new int[k]))
+    {
+        DMSG(0, "NormDecoder::Init() new inv_indxc error: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+        Destroy();
+        return false;
+    }
+    
+    if (NULL == (inv_ndxr = new int[k]))
+    {
+        DMSG(0, "NormDecoder::Init() new inv_inv_ndxr error: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+        Destroy();
+        return false;
+    }
+    
+    if (NULL == (inv_pivt = new int[k]))
+    {
+        DMSG(0, "NormDecoder::Init() new inv_pivt error: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+        Destroy();
+        return false;
+    }
+    
+    if (NULL == (inv_id_row = (UINT8*)NEW_GF_MATRIX(1, k)))
+    {
+        DMSG(0, "NormDecoder::Init() new inv_id_row error: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+        Destroy();
+        return false;
+    }
+    
+    if (NULL == (inv_temp_row = (UINT8*)NEW_GF_MATRIX(1, k)))
+    {
+        DMSG(0, "NormDecoder::Init() new inv_temp_row error: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+        Destroy();
+        return false;
+    }
+    
+    if (NULL == (parity_loc = new int[numParity]))
+    {
+        DMSG(0, "NormDecoder::Init() error: new parity_loc error: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+        Destroy();
+        return false;
+    }
+    
+    if (NULL == (dec_matrix = (UINT8*)NEW_GF_MATRIX(k, k)))
+    {
+        DMSG(0, "NormDecoder::Init() error: new dec_matrix error: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+        Destroy();
+        return false;
+    }
+    
+    if (NULL == (enc_matrix = (UINT8*)NEW_GF_MATRIX(n, k)))
+    {
+        DMSG(0, "NormDecoder::Init() error: new enc_matrix error: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+        Destroy();
+        return false;
+    }
+    
+    
+    gf* tmpMatrix = NEW_GF_MATRIX(n, k);
+    if (NULL == tmpMatrix)
+    {
+        DMSG(0, "NormEncoder::Init() error: new  tmpMatrix error: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+        delete[] enc_matrix;
+        enc_matrix = NULL;
+        return false;
+    }
+    // Fill the matrix with powers of field elements, starting from 0.
+    // The first row is special, cannot be computed with exp. table.
+    tmpMatrix[0] = 1 ;
+    for (int col = 1; col < k ; col++)
+	    tmpMatrix[col] = 0 ;
+    for (gf* p = tmpMatrix + k, row = 0; row < n-1 ; row++, p += k) 
+    {
+	    for (int col = 0 ; col < k ; col ++ )
+	        p[col] = gf_exp[modnn(row*col)];
+    }
+
+    // Quick code to build systematic matrix: invert the top
+    // k*k vandermonde matrix, multiply right the bottom n-k rows
+    // by the inverse, and construct the identity matrix at the top.
+    invert_vdm(tmpMatrix, k); /* much faster than invert_mat */
+    matmul(tmpMatrix + k*k, tmpMatrix, ((gf*)enc_matrix) + k*k, n - k, k, k);
+    // the upper matrix is I so do not bother with a slow multiply
+    memset(enc_matrix, 0, k*k*sizeof(gf));
+    for (gf* p = (gf*)enc_matrix, col = 0 ; col < k ; col++, p += k+1 )
+	    *p = 1 ;
+    delete[] tmpMatrix;
+    ndata = numData;
+    npar = numParity;
+    vector_size = vectorSize;
+    return true;
+}  // end NormDecoder::Init()
+
+
+int NormDecoder::Decode(unsigned char** vectorList, int sdata,  UINT16 erasureCount, UINT16* erasureLocs)
+{
+    int bsz = ndata + npar;
+    // 1) Build decoding matrix for the given set of segments & erasures
+    int nextErasure = 0;
+    int ne = 0;
+    int sourceErasureCount = 0;
+    int parityCount = 0;
+    for (int i = 0;  i < bsz; i++)
+    {
+        
+        if (i < sdata)
+        {
+            if ((nextErasure < erasureCount) && (i == erasureLocs[nextErasure]))
+            {
+                nextErasure++;
+                sourceErasureCount++;
+            }     
+            else
+            {
+                // set identity row for segments we have
+                gf* p = ((gf*)dec_matrix) + ndata*i;
+                memset(p, 0, ndata*sizeof(gf));
+                p[i] = 1;
+            }
+        }
+        else if (i < ndata)
+        {
+            // set identity row for assumed zero segments (shortened code)
+            gf* p = ((gf*)dec_matrix) + ndata*i;
+            memset(p, 0, ndata*sizeof(gf));
+            p[i] = 1;      
+            // Also keep track of where the non-erased parity segment are
+            // for the shortened code
+            if ((nextErasure < erasureCount) && (i == erasureLocs[nextErasure]))
+            {
+                nextErasure++;
+            }
+            else if (parityCount < sourceErasureCount)
+            {
+                parity_loc[parityCount++] = i;
+                // Copy appropriate enc_matric parity row to dec_matrix erasureRow
+                gf* p = ((gf*)dec_matrix) + ndata*erasureLocs[ne++];  
+                memcpy(p, ((gf*)enc_matrix) + (ndata-sdata+i)*ndata, ndata*sizeof(gf)); 
+            }
+                
+        }
+        else if (parityCount < sourceErasureCount)
+        {
+            if ((nextErasure < erasureCount) && (i == erasureLocs[nextErasure]))
+            {
+                nextErasure++;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                ASSERT(parityCount < npar);
+                parity_loc[parityCount++] = i;
+                // Copy appropriate enc_matric parity row to dec_matrix erasureRow
+                gf* p = ((gf*)dec_matrix) + ndata*erasureLocs[ne++];  
+                memcpy(p, ((gf*)enc_matrix) + (ndata-sdata+i)*ndata, ndata*sizeof(gf)); 
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            break;
+        }
+        
+    }
+    ASSERT(ne == sourceErasureCount);
+    // 2) Invert the decoding matrix
+    if (!InvertDecodingMatrix()) 
+    {
+	    DMSG(0, "NormDecoder::Decode() error: couldn't invert dec_matrix ?!\n");
+        return 0;
+    }
+    
+    // 3) Decode
+    for (int e = 0; e < erasureCount; e++)
+    {
+        // Calculate missing segments (erasures) using dec_matrix and non-erasures
+        int row = erasureLocs[e];
+        int col = 0;
+        int nextErasure = 0;
+        int nelements = (GF_BITS > 8) ? vector_size/2 : vector_size;
+        for (int i  = 0; i < sdata; i++)
+        {
+            if ((nextErasure < erasureCount) && (i == erasureLocs[nextErasure]))
+            {
+                // Use parity segments in place of erased vector in decoding
+                addmul((gf*)vectorList[row], (gf*)vectorList[parity_loc[nextErasure]], ((gf*)dec_matrix)[row*ndata + col], nelements);
+                col++;
+                nextErasure++;  // point to next erasure
+            }
+            else if (i < sdata)
+            {
+                addmul((gf*)vectorList[row], (gf*)vectorList[i], ((gf*)dec_matrix)[row*ndata + col], nelements);
+                col++;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                ASSERT(0);
+            }
+        }
+    } 
+    return erasureCount ; 
+}  // end NormDecoder::Decode()
+
+
+
+/*
+ * NormDecoder::InvertDecodingMatrix() takes a matrix and produces its inverse
+ * k is the size of the matrix. (Gauss-Jordan, adapted from Numerical Recipes in C)
+ * Return non-zero if singular.
+ */
+bool NormDecoder::InvertDecodingMatrix()
+{
+    gf* src = (gf*)dec_matrix;
+    int k = ndata;
+    
+    memset(inv_id_row, 0, k*sizeof(gf));
+    // inv_pivt marks elements already used as pivots.
+    memset(inv_pivt, 0, k*sizeof(gf));
+
+    for (int col = 0; col < k ; col++) 
+    {
+	    /*
+	     * Zeroing column 'col', look for a non-zero element.
+	     * First try on the diagonal, if it fails, look elsewhere.
+	     */
+	    int irow = -1;
+        int icol = -1 ;
+	    if (inv_pivt[col] != 1 && src[col*k + col] != 0) 
+        {
+	        irow = col ;
+	        icol = col ;
+	        goto found_piv ;
+	    }
+	    for (int row = 0 ; row < k ; row++) 
+        {
+	        if (inv_pivt[row] != 1) 
+            {
+		        for (int ix = 0 ; ix < k ; ix++) 
+                {
+		            if (inv_pivt[ix] == 0) 
+                    {
+			            if (src[row*k + ix] != 0) 
+                        {
+			                irow = row ;
+			                icol = ix ;
+			                goto found_piv ;
+			            }
+		            } 
+                    else if (inv_pivt[ix] > 1) 
+                    {
+			            DMSG(0, "NormDecoder::InvertDecodingMatrix() error: singular matrix!\n");
+			            return false; 
+		            }
+		        }
+	        }
+	    }
+	    if (icol == -1) 
+        {
+            DMSG(0, "NormDecoder::InvertDecodingMatrix() error: pivot not found!\n");
+	        return false;
+	    }
+found_piv:
+	    ++(inv_pivt[icol]) ;
+	    /*
+	     * swap rows irow and icol, so afterwards the diagonal
+	     * element will be correct. Rarely done, not worth
+	     * optimizing.
+	    */
+	    if (irow != icol) 
+        {
+	        for (int ix = 0 ; ix < k ; ix++ ) 
+		        SWAP(src[irow*k + ix], src[icol*k + ix], gf);
+	    }
+	    inv_ndxr[col] = irow ;
+	    inv_ndxc[col] = icol ;
+	    gf* pivotRow = &src[icol*k] ;
+	    gf c = pivotRow[icol] ;
+	    if (c == 0) 
+        {
+	        DMSG(0, "NormDecoder::InvertDecodingMatrix() error: singular matrix!\n");
+	        return false; 
+	    }
+	    if (c != 1 ) /* otherwhise this is a NOP */
+        { 
+	        /*
+	         * this is done often , but optimizing is not so
+	         * fruitful, at least in the obvious ways (unrolling)
+	         */
+	        c = inverse[ c ] ;
+	        pivotRow[icol] = 1 ;
+	        for (int ix = 0 ; ix < k ; ix++ )
+		        pivotRow[ix] = gf_mul(c, pivotRow[ix] );
+	    }
+	    /*
+	     * from all rows, remove multiples of the selected row
+	     * to zero the relevant entry (in fact, the entry is not zero
+	     * because we know it must be zero).
+	     * (Here, if we know that the pivot_row is the identity,
+	     * we can optimize the addmul).
+	     */
+	    inv_id_row[icol] = 1;
+	    if (0 != memcmp(pivotRow, inv_id_row, k*sizeof(gf))) 
+        {
+	        for (gf* p = src, ix = 0 ; ix < k ; ix++, p += k ) 
+            {
+		        if (ix != icol) 
+                {
+		            c = p[icol] ;
+		            p[icol] = 0 ;
+		            addmul(p, pivotRow, c, k );
+		        }
+	        }
+	    }
+	    inv_id_row[icol] = 0;
+    }  // end for (col = 0; col < k ; col++) 
+    
+    for (int col = k-1 ; col >= 0 ; col-- ) 
+    {
+	    if (inv_ndxr[col] <0 || inv_ndxr[col] >= k)
+        {
+	        DMSG(0, "NormDecoder::InvertDecodingMatrix() error: AARGH, inv_ndxr[col] %d\n", inv_ndxr[col]);
+        }
+	    else if (inv_ndxc[col] <0 || inv_ndxc[col] >= k)
+        {
+	        DMSG(0, "NormDecoder::InvertDecodingMatrix() error: AARGH, indxc[col] %d\n", inv_ndxc[col]);
+        }
+	    else if (inv_ndxr[col] != inv_ndxc[col] ) 
+        {
+	        for (int row = 0 ; row < k ; row++ ) 
+		        SWAP( src[row*k + inv_ndxr[col]], src[row*k + inv_ndxc[col]], gf) ;
+	    }
+    }
+    return true;
+}  // end NormDecoder::InvertDecodingMatrix()
+
diff --git a/common/normEncoderRS8.h b/common/normEncoderRS8.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d1bdde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/common/normEncoderRS8.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+#ifndef _NORM_ENCODER_RS8
+#define _NORM_ENCODER_RS8
+
+#include "protoDebug.h"
+#include "protoDefs.h"  // for UINT16
+
+// (TBD) We're going to need to have a "NormEncoder" base class and then allow for variants
+
+class NormEncoder
+{
+    // Methods
+    public:
+	    NormEncoder();
+	    ~NormEncoder();
+	    bool Init(int numData, int numParity, int vectorSize);
+        void Destroy();
+        
+        // "Encode" must be called in order of source vector0, vector1, vector2, etc
+	    void Encode(unsigned char *dataVector, unsigned char **parityVectorList);
+        int GetNumData() {return ndata;}
+	    int GetNumParity() {return npar;}
+	    int GetVectorSize() {return vector_size;}
+	
+    // Members
+    private:
+        int             ndata;        // max data pkts per block (k)
+	    int		        npar;	      // No. of parity packets (n-k)
+	    int		        vector_size;  // Size of biggest vector to encode
+        unsigned char*  enc_matrix;
+        int             enc_index;
+        
+};  // end class NormEncoder
+
+
+
+class NormDecoder
+{
+    public:
+	    NormDecoder();
+	    ~NormDecoder();
+	    bool Init(int numData, int numParity, int vectorSize);
+        
+        // Note: "erasureLocs" must be in order from lowest to highest!
+	    int Decode(unsigned char** vectorList, int ndata,  UINT16 erasureCount, UINT16* erasureLocs);
+        int NumParity() {return npar;}
+	    int VectorSize() {return vector_size;}
+        void Destroy();
+        
+    // Members
+    private:
+        bool InvertDecodingMatrix();   // used in Decode() method
+            
+            
+        int             ndata;        // max data pkts per block (k)
+	    int		        npar;	      // No. of parity packets (n-k)
+	    int		        vector_size;  // Size of biggest vector to encode
+        unsigned char*  enc_matrix;
+        unsigned char*  dec_matrix;
+        int*            parity_loc;
+        
+        // These "inv_" members are used in InvertDecodingMatrix()
+        int*            inv_ndxc;
+        int*            inv_ndxr;
+        int*            inv_pivt;   
+        unsigned char*  inv_id_row;
+        unsigned char*  inv_temp_row;
+             
+};  // end class NormDecoder
+
+#endif // _NORM_ENCODER_RS8
diff --git a/common/normFile.cpp b/common/normFile.cpp
index 45e94f6..9d7776c 100644
--- a/common/normFile.cpp
+++ b/common/normFile.cpp
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
 #include <stdio.h>   // for rename()
 #ifdef WIN32
 #ifndef _WIN32_WCE
+#include <errno.h>
 #include <direct.h>
 #include <share.h>
 #include <io.h>
@@ -47,21 +48,24 @@ bool NormFile::Open(const char* thePath, int theFlags)
         char tempPath[PATH_MAX];
         strncpy(tempPath, thePath, PATH_MAX);
         char* ptr = strrchr(tempPath, PROTO_PATH_DELIMITER);
-        if (ptr) *ptr = '\0';
-        ptr = NULL;
-        while (!NormFile::Exists(tempPath))
+        if (NULL != ptr) 
         {
-            char* ptr2 = ptr;
-            ptr = strrchr(tempPath, PROTO_PATH_DELIMITER);
-            if (ptr2) *ptr2 = PROTO_PATH_DELIMITER;
-            if (ptr)
+            *ptr = '\0';
+            ptr = NULL;
+            while (!NormFile::Exists(tempPath))
             {
-                *ptr = '\0';
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                ptr = tempPath;
-                break;
+                char* ptr2 = ptr;
+                ptr = strrchr(tempPath, PROTO_PATH_DELIMITER);
+                if (ptr2) *ptr2 = PROTO_PATH_DELIMITER;
+                if (ptr)
+                {
+                    *ptr = '\0';
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    ptr = tempPath;
+                    break;
+                }
             }
         }
         if (ptr && ('\0' == *ptr)) *ptr++ = PROTO_PATH_DELIMITER;
@@ -162,7 +166,6 @@ bool NormFile::Lock()
 {
 #ifndef WIN32    // WIN32 files are automatically locked
     fchmod(fd, 0640 | S_ISGID);
-    
 #ifdef HAVE_FLOCK
     if (flock(fd, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB))
         return false;
@@ -334,50 +337,70 @@ bool NormFile::Rename(const char* oldName, const char* newName)
 size_t NormFile::Read(char* buffer, size_t len)
 {
     ASSERT(IsOpen());
+    
+    size_t got = 0;
+    while (got < len)
+    {
 #ifdef WIN32
 #ifdef _WIN32_WCE
-    size_t result = fread(buffer, 1, len, file_ptr);
+        size_t result = fread(buffer+got, 1, len-got, file_ptr);
 #else
-    size_t result = _read(fd, buffer, (unsigned int)len);
+        size_t result = _read(fd, buffer+got, (unsigned int)(len-got));
 #endif // if/else _WIN32_WCE
 #else
-    ssize_t result = read(fd, buffer, len);
+        ssize_t result = read(fd, buffer+got, len-got);
 #endif // if/else WIN32
-    if (result < 0)
-    {
-        DMSG(0, "NormFile::Read() read(%d) error: %s (fd = %d, offset:%d)\n", len, GetErrorString(), fd, offset);
-        return 0;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        offset += (Offset)result;
-        return result;
-    }
+        if (result <= 0)
+        {
+#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
+            if (EINTR != errno)
+#endif // !_WIN32_WCE
+            {
+                DMSG(0, "NormFile::Read() read(%d) result:%d error:%s (offset:%d)\n", len, result, GetErrorString(), offset);
+                return 0;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            got += result;
+            offset += (Offset)result;
+        }
+    }  // end while (have < want)
+    return got;
 }  // end NormFile::Read()
 
 size_t NormFile::Write(const char* buffer, size_t len)
 {
     ASSERT(IsOpen());
+    size_t put = 0;
+    while (put < len)
+    {
 #ifdef WIN32
 #ifdef _WIN32_WCE
-    size_t result = fwrite(buffer, 1, len, file_ptr);
+        size_t result = fwrite(buffer+put, 1, len-put, file_ptr);
 #else
-    size_t result = _write(fd, buffer, (unsigned int)len);
+        size_t result = _write(fd, buffer+put, (unsigned int)(len-put));
 #endif // if/else _WIN32_WCE
 #else
-    size_t result = write(fd, buffer, len);
+        size_t result = write(fd, buffer+put, len-put);
 #endif // if/else WIN32
-    if (result < 0)
-    {
-        DMSG(0, "NormFile::Write() write() error: %s\n", GetErrorString());
-        return 0;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        offset += (Offset)result;
-        return result;
-    }
-    return result;
+        if (result <= 0)
+        {
+ #ifndef _WIN32_WCE
+            if (EINTR != errno)
+#endif // !_WIN32_WCE
+            {
+                DMSG(0, "NormFile::Write() write(%d) result:%d error: %s\n", len, result, GetErrorString());
+                return 0;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            offset += (Offset)result;
+            put += result;
+        }
+    }  // end while (put < len)
+    return put;
 }  // end NormFile::Write()
 
 bool NormFile::Seek(Offset theOffset)
@@ -395,7 +418,7 @@ bool NormFile::Seek(Offset theOffset)
 #endif // if/else WIN32
     if (result == (Offset)-1)
     {
-        DMSG(0, "NormFile::Seek() lseek() error: %s", GetErrorString());
+        DMSG(0, "NormFile::Seek() lseek() error: %s\n", GetErrorString());
         return false;
     }
     else
@@ -405,6 +428,28 @@ bool NormFile::Seek(Offset theOffset)
     }
 }  // end NormFile::Seek()
 
+bool NormFile::Pad(Offset theOffset)
+{
+    if (theOffset > GetSize())
+    {
+        if (Seek(theOffset - 1))
+        {
+            char byte = 0;
+            if (1 != Write(&byte, 1))
+            {
+                DMSG(0, "NormFile::Pad() write error: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+                return false;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            DMSG(0, "NormFile::Pad() seek error: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+            return false;
+        }
+    }
+    return true; 
+}  // end NormFile::Pad()
+
 NormFile::Offset NormFile::GetSize() const
 {
     ASSERT(IsOpen());
diff --git a/common/normFile.h b/common/normFile.h
index b8b91ad..7974061 100644
--- a/common/normFile.h
+++ b/common/normFile.h
@@ -11,14 +11,14 @@
 #else
 #include <unistd.h>
 #include <dirent.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
 #endif // if/else WIN32
 
 #ifdef _WIN32_WCE
 #include <stdio.h>
 #else
+#include <fcntl.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
 #endif // if/else _WIN32_WCE
 
 // From PROTOLIB
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ class NormFile
         bool Lock();
         void Unlock();
         bool Rename(const char* oldName, const char* newName);
-        bool Unlink(const char *path);
+        static bool Unlink(const char *path);
         void Close();
         bool IsOpen() const 
         {
@@ -71,6 +71,7 @@ class NormFile
         bool Seek(Offset theOffset);
 		NormFile::Offset GetOffset() const {return (offset);}
 		NormFile::Offset GetSize() const;
+        bool Pad(Offset theOffset);  // if file size is less than theOffset, writes a byte to force filesize
         
         // static helper methods
         static NormFile::Type GetType(const char *path);
diff --git a/common/normMessage.cpp b/common/normMessage.cpp
index 96ee0b9..2fb408d 100644
--- a/common/normMessage.cpp
+++ b/common/normMessage.cpp
@@ -431,3 +431,118 @@ unsigned char NormQuantizeRtt(double rtt)
         return ((unsigned char)(ceil(255.0 - (13.0*log(NORM_RTT_MAX/rtt)))));
 }  // end NormQuantizeRtt()
 
+
+// These are lookup tables to support for efficient NORM field
+// conversion for those fields that are quantized values
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// The following table provides a lookup of NORM
+// RTT approximation from the 8-bit "rtt" and 
+// "grtt" fields of some NORM messages.  The 
+// following routine was used to generate
+// this table:
+//
+//  inline double NormUnquantizeRtt(unsigned char qrtt)
+//  {
+//      return ((qrtt < 31) ? 
+//              (((double)(qrtt+1))*(double)NORM_RTT_MIN) :
+//              (NORM_RTT_MAX/exp(((double)(255-qrtt))/(double)13.0)));
+//  }
+//
+
+
+const double NORM_RTT[256] = 
+{
+    1.000e-06, 2.000e-06, 3.000e-06, 4.000e-06, 
+    5.000e-06, 6.000e-06, 7.000e-06, 8.000e-06, 
+    9.000e-06, 1.000e-05, 1.100e-05, 1.200e-05, 
+    1.300e-05, 1.400e-05, 1.500e-05, 1.600e-05, 
+    1.700e-05, 1.800e-05, 1.900e-05, 2.000e-05, 
+    2.100e-05, 2.200e-05, 2.300e-05, 2.400e-05, 
+    2.500e-05, 2.600e-05, 2.700e-05, 2.800e-05, 
+    2.900e-05, 3.000e-05, 3.100e-05, 3.287e-05, 
+    3.550e-05, 3.833e-05, 4.140e-05, 4.471e-05, 
+    4.828e-05, 5.215e-05, 5.631e-05, 6.082e-05, 
+    6.568e-05, 7.093e-05, 7.660e-05, 8.273e-05, 
+    8.934e-05, 9.649e-05, 1.042e-04, 1.125e-04, 
+    1.215e-04, 1.313e-04, 1.417e-04, 1.531e-04, 
+    1.653e-04, 1.785e-04, 1.928e-04, 2.082e-04, 
+    2.249e-04, 2.429e-04, 2.623e-04, 2.833e-04, 
+    3.059e-04, 3.304e-04, 3.568e-04, 3.853e-04, 
+    4.161e-04, 4.494e-04, 4.853e-04, 5.241e-04, 
+    5.660e-04, 6.113e-04, 6.602e-04, 7.130e-04, 
+    7.700e-04, 8.315e-04, 8.980e-04, 9.698e-04, 
+    1.047e-03, 1.131e-03, 1.222e-03, 1.319e-03, 
+    1.425e-03, 1.539e-03, 1.662e-03, 1.795e-03, 
+    1.938e-03, 2.093e-03, 2.260e-03, 2.441e-03, 
+    2.636e-03, 2.847e-03, 3.075e-03, 3.321e-03, 
+    3.586e-03, 3.873e-03, 4.182e-03, 4.517e-03, 
+    4.878e-03, 5.268e-03, 5.689e-03, 6.144e-03, 
+    6.635e-03, 7.166e-03, 7.739e-03, 8.358e-03, 
+    9.026e-03, 9.748e-03, 1.053e-02, 1.137e-02, 
+    1.228e-02, 1.326e-02, 1.432e-02, 1.547e-02, 
+    1.670e-02, 1.804e-02, 1.948e-02, 2.104e-02, 
+    2.272e-02, 2.454e-02, 2.650e-02, 2.862e-02, 
+    3.090e-02, 3.338e-02, 3.604e-02, 3.893e-02, 
+    4.204e-02, 4.540e-02, 4.903e-02, 5.295e-02, 
+    5.718e-02, 6.176e-02, 6.669e-02, 7.203e-02, 
+    7.779e-02, 8.401e-02, 9.072e-02, 9.798e-02, 
+    1.058e-01, 1.143e-01, 1.234e-01, 1.333e-01, 
+    1.439e-01, 1.554e-01, 1.679e-01, 1.813e-01, 
+    1.958e-01, 2.114e-01, 2.284e-01, 2.466e-01, 
+    2.663e-01, 2.876e-01, 3.106e-01, 3.355e-01, 
+    3.623e-01, 3.913e-01, 4.225e-01, 4.563e-01, 
+    4.928e-01, 5.322e-01, 5.748e-01, 6.207e-01, 
+    6.704e-01, 7.240e-01, 7.819e-01, 8.444e-01, 
+    9.119e-01, 9.848e-01, 1.064e+00, 1.149e+00, 
+    1.240e+00, 1.340e+00, 1.447e+00, 1.562e+00, 
+    1.687e+00, 1.822e+00, 1.968e+00, 2.125e+00, 
+    2.295e+00, 2.479e+00, 2.677e+00, 2.891e+00, 
+    3.122e+00, 3.372e+00, 3.641e+00, 3.933e+00, 
+    4.247e+00, 4.587e+00, 4.953e+00, 5.349e+00, 
+    5.777e+00, 6.239e+00, 6.738e+00, 7.277e+00, 
+    7.859e+00, 8.487e+00, 9.166e+00, 9.898e+00, 
+    1.069e+01, 1.154e+01, 1.247e+01, 1.346e+01, 
+    1.454e+01, 1.570e+01, 1.696e+01, 1.832e+01, 
+    1.978e+01, 2.136e+01, 2.307e+01, 2.491e+01, 
+    2.691e+01, 2.906e+01, 3.138e+01, 3.389e+01, 
+    3.660e+01, 3.953e+01, 4.269e+01, 4.610e+01, 
+    4.979e+01, 5.377e+01, 5.807e+01, 6.271e+01, 
+    6.772e+01, 7.314e+01, 7.899e+01, 8.530e+01, 
+    9.212e+01, 9.949e+01, 1.074e+02, 1.160e+02, 
+    1.253e+02, 1.353e+02, 1.462e+02, 1.578e+02, 
+    1.705e+02, 1.841e+02, 1.988e+02, 2.147e+02, 
+    2.319e+02, 2.504e+02, 2.704e+02, 2.921e+02, 
+    3.154e+02, 3.406e+02, 3.679e+02, 3.973e+02, 
+    4.291e+02, 4.634e+02, 5.004e+02, 5.404e+02, 
+    5.836e+02, 6.303e+02, 6.807e+02, 7.351e+02, 
+    7.939e+02, 8.574e+02, 9.260e+02, 1.000e+03
+};
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// The following tables is provides a lookup 
+// of NORM group size approximation from the
+// 4-bit "gsize" field of some NORM messages
+// The following routine was used to generate
+// this table
+//
+//  inline double NormUnquantizeGroupSize(unsigned char gsize)
+//  {
+//      double exponent = (double)((gsize & 0x07) + 1);
+//      double mantissa = (0 != (gsize & 0x08)) ? 5.0 : 1.0;
+//      return (mantissa * pow(10.0, exponent)); 
+//  }
+//
+
+const double NORM_GSIZE[16] = 
+{
+    1.000e+01, 1.000e+02, 1.000e+03, 1.000e+04, 
+    1.000e+05, 1.000e+06, 1.000e+07, 1.000e+08, 
+    5.000e+01, 5.000e+02, 5.000e+03, 5.000e+04, 
+    5.000e+05, 5.000e+06, 5.000e+07, 5.000e+08
+};
+
+
+
diff --git a/common/normMessage.h b/common/normMessage.h
index 1a8628c..e750ecf 100644
--- a/common/normMessage.h
+++ b/common/normMessage.h
@@ -50,21 +50,21 @@ inline double ExponentialRand(double max, double groupSize)
 const double NORM_GRTT_MIN = 0.001;  // 1 msec
 const double NORM_GRTT_MAX = 15.0;   // 15 sec
 const double NORM_RTT_MIN = 1.0e-06;
-const double NORM_RTT_MAX = 1000.0;        
+const double NORM_RTT_MAX = 1000.0;   
+extern const double NORM_RTT[];     
 inline double NormUnquantizeRtt(unsigned char qrtt)
 {
-	return ((qrtt < 31) ? 
-			(((double)(qrtt+1))*(double)NORM_RTT_MIN) :
-		    (NORM_RTT_MAX/exp(((double)(255-qrtt))/(double)13.0)));
+	return NORM_RTT[qrtt];
 }
 unsigned char NormQuantizeRtt(double rtt);
 
+
+extern const double NORM_GSIZE[];
 inline double NormUnquantizeGroupSize(unsigned char gsize)
 {
-    double exponent = (double)((gsize & 0x07) + 1);
-    double mantissa = (0 != (gsize & 0x08)) ? 5.0 : 1.0;
-    return (mantissa * pow(10.0, exponent)); 
+    return NORM_GSIZE[gsize];
 }
+
 inline unsigned char NormQuantizeGroupSize(double gsize)
 {
     unsigned char ebits = (unsigned char)log10(gsize);
@@ -1386,6 +1386,7 @@ class NormCmdApplicationMsg : public NormCmdMsg
 class NormNackMsg : public NormMsg
 {
     public:
+        enum {DEFAULT_LENGTH_MAX = 40};
         void Init()
         {
             SetType(NACK);
diff --git a/common/normNode.cpp b/common/normNode.cpp
index bc484eb..29fcb99 100644
--- a/common/normNode.cpp
+++ b/common/normNode.cpp
@@ -40,14 +40,13 @@ NormCCNode::~NormCCNode()
 {
 }
 
-
 const double NormServerNode::DEFAULT_NOMINAL_INTERVAL = 2*NormSession::DEFAULT_GRTT_ESTIMATE;
 const double NormServerNode::ACTIVITY_INTERVAL_MIN = 1.0;  // 1 second min activity timeout
         
 NormServerNode::NormServerNode(class NormSession& theSession, NormNodeId nodeId)
  : NormNode(theSession, nodeId), instance_id(0), synchronized(false), sync_id(0),
    max_pending_range(256), is_open(false), segment_size(0), ndata(0), nparity(0), 
-   repair_boundary(BLOCK_BOUNDARY), erasure_loc(NULL),
+   repair_boundary(BLOCK_BOUNDARY), decoder(NULL), erasure_loc(NULL),
    retrieval_loc(NULL), retrieval_pool(NULL),
    cc_sequence(0), cc_enable(false), cc_rate(0.0), 
    rtt_confirmed(false), is_clr(false), is_plr(false),
@@ -228,20 +227,28 @@ bool NormServerNode::AllocateBuffers(UINT16 segmentSize,
     }
     retrieval_index = 0;
     
-    if (!(retrieval_loc = new UINT16[numData]))
+    if (!(retrieval_loc = new unsigned int[numData]))
     {
         DMSG(0, "NormServerNode::AllocateBuffers() retrieval_loc allocation error: %s\n", GetErrorString());
         Close();
         return false;   
     }
     
-    if (!decoder.Init(numParity, segmentSize+NormDataMsg::GetStreamPayloadHeaderLength()))
+    if (NULL != decoder) delete decoder;
+    if (NULL == (decoder = new NormDecoderRS8a))
+    {
+        DMSG(0, "NormServerNode::AllocateBuffers() new NormDecoderRSa error: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+        Close();
+        return false; 
+    }
+    
+    if (!decoder->Init(numData, numParity, segmentSize+NormDataMsg::GetStreamPayloadHeaderLength()))
     {
         DMSG(0, "NormServerNode::AllocateBuffers() decoder init error\n");
         Close();
         return false; 
     }
-    if (!(erasure_loc = new UINT16[numParity]))
+    if (!(erasure_loc = new unsigned int[numParity]))
     {
         DMSG(0, "NormServerNode::AllocateBuffers() erasure_loc allocation error: %s\n",  GetErrorString());
         Close();
@@ -262,7 +269,12 @@ void NormServerNode::FreeBuffers()
         delete[] erasure_loc;
         erasure_loc = NULL;
     }
-    decoder.Destroy();
+    if (NULL != decoder)
+    {
+        decoder->Destroy();
+        delete decoder;
+        decoder = NULL;
+    }
     if (retrieval_loc)
     {
         delete[] retrieval_loc;
@@ -270,7 +282,7 @@ void NormServerNode::FreeBuffers()
     }
     if (retrieval_pool)
     {
-        for (UINT16 i = 0; i < ndata; i++)
+        for (unsigned int i = 0; i < ndata; i++)
         {
             if (retrieval_pool[i]) 
             {
@@ -285,10 +297,9 @@ void NormServerNode::FreeBuffers()
     NormObject* obj;
     while ((obj = rx_table.Find(rx_table.RangeLo()))) 
     {
-        session.Notify(NormController::RX_OBJECT_ABORTED, this, obj);
         UINT16 objectId = obj->GetId();
-        DeleteObject(obj);
-        // We do the following to remember which objects were pending
+        AbortObject(obj);
+        // We do the following to remember which _objects_ were pending
         rx_pending_mask.Set(objectId);
     }
     
@@ -304,6 +315,7 @@ void NormServerNode::UpdateGrttEstimate(UINT8 grttQuantized)
     DMSG(4, "NormServerNode::UpdateGrttEstimate() node>%lu server>%lu new grtt: %lf sec\n",
             LocalNodeId(), GetId(), grtt_estimate);
     // activity timer depends upon sender's grtt estimate
+    // (TBD) do a proper rescaling here instead?
     double activityInterval = 2*NORM_ROBUST_FACTOR*grtt_estimate;
     if (activityInterval < ACTIVITY_INTERVAL_MIN) activityInterval = ACTIVITY_INTERVAL_MIN;
     activity_timer.SetInterval(activityInterval);
@@ -361,10 +373,12 @@ void NormServerNode::HandleCommand(const struct timeval& currentTime,
             cc.GetSendTime(grtt_send_time);
             cc_sequence = cc.GetCCSequence();
             NormCCRateExtension ext;
+            bool hasCCRateExtension = false;
             while (cc.GetNextExtension(ext))
             {
                 if (NormHeaderExtension::CC_RATE == ext.GetType())
                 {
+                    hasCCRateExtension = true;
                     cc_enable = true;
                     send_rate = NormUnquantizeRate(ext.GetSendRate());
                     // Are we in the cc_node_list?
@@ -444,6 +458,8 @@ void NormServerNode::HandleCommand(const struct timeval& currentTime,
                     session.ActivateTimer(cc_timer);
                 }  // end if (CC_RATE == ext.GetType())
             }  // end while (GetNextExtension())
+            // Disable CC feedback if sender doesn't want it
+            if (!hasCCRateExtension && cc_enable) cc_enable = false;
             break;
         }    
         case NormCmdMsg::FLUSH:
@@ -468,7 +484,9 @@ void NormServerNode::HandleCommand(const struct timeval& currentTime,
                 if (doAck)
                 {
                     // Force sync since we're expected to ACK 
+                    // and request repair for object indicated
                     Sync(flush.GetObjectId());   
+                    SetPending(flush.GetObjectId());
                 }
                 else
                 {
@@ -1032,49 +1050,68 @@ void NormServerNode::HandleObjectMessage(const NormObjectMsg& msg)
             if (NULL != obj)
             { 
                 rx_table.Insert(obj);
-                NormFtiExtension fti;
-                while (msg.GetNextExtension(fti))
+                if (129 == msg.GetFecId())
                 {
-                    if (NormHeaderExtension::FTI == fti.GetType())
+                    
+                    // Look for FEC Object Transport Information header extension
+                    NormFtiExtension fti;
+                    while (msg.GetNextExtension(fti))
                     {
-                        // Pre-open receive object and notify app for accept.
-                        if (obj->Open(fti.GetObjectSize(), 
-                                      msg.FlagIsSet(NormObjectMsg::FLAG_INFO),
-                                      fti.GetSegmentSize(), 
-                                      fti.GetFecMaxBlockLen(),
-                                      fti.GetFecNumParity()))
+                        if (NormHeaderExtension::FTI == fti.GetType())
                         {
-                            session.Notify(NormController::RX_OBJECT_NEW, this, obj);
-                            if (obj->Accepted())
+#ifndef ASSUME_MDP_FEC
+                            if (0 != fti.GetFecInstanceId())
                             {
-                                // (TBD) Do I _need_ to call "StreamUpdateStatus()" here?
-                                if (obj->IsStream()) 
-                                    (static_cast<NormStreamObject*>(obj))->StreamUpdateStatus(blockId);
-                                DMSG(8, "NormServerNode::HandleObjectMessage() node>%lu server>%lu new obj>%hu\n", 
-                                    LocalNodeId(), GetId(), (UINT16)objectId);
-                            }
-                            else
-                            {
-                                DMSG(0, "NormServerNode::HandleObjectMessage() object not accepted\n");
+                                DMSG(0, "NormServerNode::HandleObjectMessage() error: invalid FEC instance id\n");
                                 DeleteObject(obj);
-                                obj = NULL;    
+                                obj = NULL;   
                             }
+                            else 
+#endif // !ASSUME_MDP_FEC
+                            if (obj->Open(fti.GetObjectSize(), 
+                                msg.FlagIsSet(NormObjectMsg::FLAG_INFO),
+                                fti.GetSegmentSize(), 
+                                fti.GetFecMaxBlockLen(),
+                                fti.GetFecNumParity()))
+                            {
+                                session.Notify(NormController::RX_OBJECT_NEW, this, obj);
+                                if (obj->Accepted())
+                                {
+                                    // (TBD) Do I _need_ to call "StreamUpdateStatus()" here?
+                                    if (obj->IsStream()) 
+                                        (static_cast<NormStreamObject*>(obj))->StreamUpdateStatus(blockId);
+                                    DMSG(8, "NormServerNode::HandleObjectMessage() node>%lu server>%lu new obj>%hu\n", 
+                                        LocalNodeId(), GetId(), (UINT16)objectId);
+                                }
+                                else
+                                {
+                                    DMSG(0, "NormServerNode::HandleObjectMessage() object not accepted\n");
+                                    DeleteObject(obj);
+                                    obj = NULL;    
+                                }
+                            }
+                            else        
+                            {
+                                DMSG(0, "NormServerNode::HandleObjectMessage() error opening object\n");
+                                DeleteObject(obj);
+                                obj = NULL;   
+                            }
+                            break;
                         }
-                        else        
-                        {
-                            DMSG(0, "NormServerNode::HandleObjectMessage() error opening object\n");
-                            DeleteObject(obj);
-                            obj = NULL;   
-                        }
-                        break;
+                    }
+                    if ((NULL != obj) && !obj->IsOpen())
+                    {
+                        DMSG(0, "NormServerNode::HandleObjectMessage() node>%lu server>%lu "
+                                "new obj>%hu - no FTI provided!\n", LocalNodeId(), GetId(), (UINT16)objectId);
+                        DeleteObject(obj);
+                        obj = NULL;
                     }
                 }
-                if (obj && !obj->IsOpen())
+                else
                 {
-                    DMSG(0, "NormServerNode::HandleObjectMessage() node>%lu server>%lu "
-                            "new obj>%hu - no FTI provided!\n", LocalNodeId(), GetId(), (UINT16)objectId);
+                    DMSG(0, "NormServerNode::HandleObjectMessage() error: invalid FEC type\n");
                     DeleteObject(obj);
-                    obj = NULL;
+                    obj = NULL;  
                 }
             }
             break;
@@ -1090,7 +1127,14 @@ void NormServerNode::HandleObjectMessage(const NormObjectMsg& msg)
     if (obj)
     {
         obj->HandleObjectMessage(msg, msgType, blockId, segmentId);
-        if (!obj->IsPending())
+        
+        bool objIsPending = obj->IsPending();
+        
+        // Silent receivers may be configured to allow obj completion w/out INFO
+        if (objIsPending && session.RcvrIgnoreInfo())
+            objIsPending = obj->PendingMaskIsSet();
+        
+        if (!objIsPending)
         {
             // Reliable reception of this object has completed
             if (NormObject::FILE == obj->GetType()) 
@@ -1102,7 +1146,7 @@ void NormServerNode::HandleObjectMessage(const NormObjectMsg& msg)
             if (NormObject::STREAM != obj->GetType())
             {
                 // Streams never complete unless they are "closed" by sender
-                // and this handled within stream control code in "normObject.cpp"
+                // and this is handled within stream control code in "normObject.cpp"
                 session.Notify(NormController::RX_OBJECT_COMPLETED, this, obj);
                 DeleteObject(obj);
                 obj = NULL;
@@ -1145,6 +1189,21 @@ bool NormServerNode::SyncTest(const NormObjectMsg& msg) const
     
 }  // end NormServerNode::SyncTest()
 
+// a little helper method
+void NormServerNode::AbortObject(NormObject* obj)
+{
+    // it it's a file, close it first, so app can do something
+    if (NormObject::FILE == obj->GetType()) 
+#ifdef SIMULATE
+        static_cast<NormSimObject*>(obj)->Close();           
+#else
+        static_cast<NormFileObject*>(obj)->Close();
+#endif // !SIMULATE
+    session.Notify(NormController::RX_OBJECT_ABORTED, this, obj);
+    DeleteObject(obj);
+    failure_count++;
+}  // end NormServerNode::AbortObject()
+
 
 // This method establishes the sync point "sync_id"
 // objectId.  The sync point is the first ordinal
@@ -1176,9 +1235,7 @@ void NormServerNode::Sync(NormObjectId objectId)
                 NormObject* obj;
                 while ((obj = rx_table.Find(rx_table.RangeLo()))) 
                 {
-                    session.Notify(NormController::RX_OBJECT_ABORTED, this, obj);
-                    DeleteObject(obj);
-                    failure_count++;
+                    AbortObject(obj);
                 }
                 rx_pending_mask.Clear(); 
             }
@@ -1188,9 +1245,7 @@ void NormServerNode::Sync(NormObjectId objectId)
                while ((obj = rx_table.Find(rx_table.RangeLo())) &&
                       (obj->GetId() < objectId)) 
                {
-                   session.Notify(NormController::RX_OBJECT_ABORTED, this, obj);
-                   DeleteObject(obj);
-                   failure_count++;
+                   AbortObject(obj);
                }
                unsigned long numBits = (UINT16)(objectId - firstPending) + 1;
                rx_pending_mask.UnsetBits(firstPending, numBits); 
@@ -1495,7 +1550,10 @@ bool NormServerNode::OnRepairTimeout(ProtoTimer& /*theTimer*/)
                         {
                             //if (slow_start)   // (TBD) should we only set flag on actual slow_start?
                                 ext.SetCCFlag(NormCC::START);
-                            ext.SetCCRate(NormQuantizeRate(2.0 * recv_rate));
+                            if (recv_rate > 0.0)
+                                ext.SetCCRate(NormQuantizeRate(2.0 * recv_rate)); 
+                            else
+                                ext.SetCCRate(NormQuantizeRate(2.0 * nominal_packet_size));  // (TBD revisit this 
                         }
                         else
                         {
@@ -1568,7 +1626,10 @@ bool NormServerNode::OnRepairTimeout(ProtoTimer& /*theTimer*/)
                                 }
                                 if (NormRepairRequest::INVALID != nextForm)
                                 {
-                                    nack->AttachRepairRequest(req, segment_size); // (TBD) error check
+                                    if (0 != segment_size)
+                                        nack->AttachRepairRequest(req, segment_size); // (TBD) error check
+                                    else
+                                        nack->AttachRepairRequest(req, NormNackMsg::DEFAULT_LENGTH_MAX);
                                     req.SetForm(nextForm);
                                     req.ResetFlags();
                                     // Set flags for missing objects according to
@@ -2413,7 +2474,7 @@ NormLossEstimator2::NormLossEstimator2()
       event_window(0), event_index(0), 
       event_window_time(0.0), event_index_time(0.0), 
       seeking_loss_event(true),
-      no_loss(true), initial_loss(0.0), loss_interval(0.0),
+      no_loss(true), initial_loss(0.0),
       current_discount(1.0)
 {
     memset(history, 0, 9*sizeof(unsigned long));
@@ -2527,11 +2588,6 @@ bool NormLossEstimator2::Update(const struct timeval&   currentTime,
     
     if (seeking_loss_event)
     {
-        double scale;
-        if (history[0] > loss_interval)
-            scale = 0.125 / (1.0 + log((double)(event_window ? event_window : 1)));
-        else
-            scale = 0.125;
         if (outageDepth)  // non-zero outageDepth means pkt loss(es)
         {
             if (no_loss)  // first loss
@@ -2547,11 +2603,6 @@ bool NormLossEstimator2::Update(const struct timeval&   currentTime,
                 no_loss = false;
             }
             
-            // Old method
-            if (loss_interval > 0.0)
-                loss_interval += scale*(((double)history[0]) - loss_interval);
-            else
-                loss_interval = (double) history[0]; 
             
             // New method
             // New loss event, shift loss interval history & discounts
@@ -2571,19 +2622,6 @@ bool NormLossEstimator2::Update(const struct timeval&   currentTime,
                                 (((double)currentTime.tv_usec)/1.0e06));
             event_index_time += event_window_time;
         }
-        else 
-        {
-            //if (no_loss) fprintf(stderr, "No loss (seq:%u) ...\n", theSequence);
-            if (loss_interval > 0.0)
-            {
-                double diff = ((double)history[0]) - loss_interval;
-                if (diff >= 1.0)
-                {
-                    //scale *= (diff * diff) / (loss_interval * loss_interval);
-                    loss_interval += scale*log(diff);
-                }
-            }
-        }    
     }  
     else
     {
@@ -2595,20 +2633,9 @@ bool NormLossEstimator2::Update(const struct timeval&   currentTime,
     return newLossEvent;
 }  // end NormLossEstimator2::Update()
 
-double NormLossEstimator2::LossFraction()
-{
-#if defined0
-    if (use_ewma_loss_estimate)
-        return MdpLossFraction();   // MDP EWMA approach
-    else
-#endif // SIMULATOR
-    return (TfrcLossFraction());    // ACIRI TFRC approach
-}  // end NormLossEstimator2::LossFraction()
-
-
 
 // TFRC Loss interval averaging with discounted, weighted averaging
-double NormLossEstimator2::TfrcLossFraction()
+double NormLossEstimator2::LossFraction()
 {
     if (!history[1]) return 0.0;   
     // Compute older weighted average s1->s8 for discount determination  
diff --git a/common/normNode.h b/common/normNode.h
index 22a81d3..2894be0 100644
--- a/common/normNode.h
+++ b/common/normNode.h
@@ -91,9 +91,7 @@ class NormLossEstimator2
                     unsigned short          seqNumber, 
                     bool                    ecn = false);
         double LossFraction();
-        double MdpLossFraction() 
-            {return ((loss_interval > 0.0) ? (1.0/loss_interval) : 0.0);}
-        double TfrcLossFraction();
+        
         bool NoLoss() {return no_loss;}
         void SetInitialLoss(double lossFraction) 
         {
@@ -121,8 +119,6 @@ class NormLossEstimator2
         bool                no_loss;
         double              initial_loss;
         
-        double              loss_interval;  // EWMA of loss event interval
-        
         unsigned long       history[9];  // loss interval history
         double              discount[9];
         double              current_discount;
@@ -296,6 +292,8 @@ class NormServerNode : public NormNode
         }
         void SetPending(NormObjectId objectId);
         
+        void AbortObject(NormObject* obj);
+        
         void DeleteObject(NormObject* obj);
         
         UINT16 SegmentSize() {return segment_size;}
@@ -340,7 +338,7 @@ class NormServerNode : public NormNode
         
         UINT16 Decode(char** segmentList, UINT16 numData, UINT16 erasureCount)
         {
-            return decoder.Decode(segmentList, numData, erasureCount, erasure_loc);
+            return decoder->Decode(segmentList, numData, erasureCount, erasure_loc);
         }
         
         void CalculateGrttResponse(const struct timeval& currentTime,
@@ -397,8 +395,8 @@ class NormServerNode : public NormNode
         
         bool                    is_open;
         UINT16                  segment_size;
-        UINT16                  ndata;
-        UINT16                  nparity;
+        unsigned int            ndata;
+        unsigned int            nparity;
         
         NormObjectTable         rx_table;
         ProtoSlidingMask        rx_pending_mask;
@@ -408,11 +406,11 @@ class NormServerNode : public NormNode
         bool                    unicast_nacks;
         NormBlockPool           block_pool;
         NormSegmentPool         segment_pool;
-        NormDecoder             decoder;
-        UINT16*                 erasure_loc;
-        UINT16*                 retrieval_loc;
+        NormDecoder*            decoder;
+        unsigned int*           erasure_loc;
+        unsigned int*           retrieval_loc;
         char**                  retrieval_pool;
-        UINT16                  retrieval_index;
+        unsigned int            retrieval_index;
         
         bool                    server_active;
         ProtoTimer              activity_timer;
diff --git a/common/normObject.cpp b/common/normObject.cpp
index 5d9e305..97befe8 100644
--- a/common/normObject.cpp
+++ b/common/normObject.cpp
@@ -131,16 +131,16 @@ bool NormObject::Open(const NormObjectSize& objectSize,
     }
     
     // Init pending_mask (everything pending)
-    if (!pending_mask.Init(numBlocks.LSB(), 0xffffffff))
+    if (!pending_mask.Init(numBlocks.LSB(), (UINT32)0xffffffff))
     {
         DMSG(0, "NormObject::Open() init pending_mask (%lu) error: %s\n", 
-                numBlocks.GetOffset(), GetErrorString());  
+                numBlocks.LSB(), GetErrorString());  
         Close();
         return false; 
     }
     
     // Init repair_mask
-    if (!repair_mask.Init(numBlocks.LSB(), 0xffffffff))
+    if (!repair_mask.Init(numBlocks.LSB(), (UINT32)0xffffffff))
     {
         DMSG(0, "NormObject::Open() init pending_mask error\n");  
         Close();
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ bool NormObject::ActivateRepairs()
         GetLastRepair(lastId);  // for debug output only
         DMSG(6, "NormObject::ActivateRepairs() node>%lu obj>%hu activating blk>%lu->%lu block repairs ...\n",
                 LocalNodeId(), (UINT16)transport_id, (UINT32)nextId, (UINT32)lastId);
-        repairsActivated = true;
+        //repairsActivated = true;
         UINT16 autoParity = session.ServerAutoParity();
         do
         {
@@ -375,7 +375,9 @@ bool NormObject::ActivateRepairs()
             if (block) block->TxReset(GetBlockSize(nextId), nparity, autoParity, segment_size);
             // (TBD) This check can be eventually eliminated if everything else is done right
             if (!pending_mask.Set(nextId)) 
-                DMSG(0, "NormObject::ActivateRepairs() pending_mask.Set(%lu) error!\n", (UINT32)nextId);
+                DMSG(0, "NormObject::ActivateRepairs() pending_mask.Set(%lu) error 1!\n", (UINT32)nextId);
+            else
+                repairsActivated = true;
             nextId++;
         } while (GetNextRepair(nextId));
         repair_mask.Clear();  
@@ -388,12 +390,14 @@ bool NormObject::ActivateRepairs()
     {
         if (block->ActivateRepairs(nparity)) 
         {
-            repairsActivated = true;
+            //repairsActivated = true;
             DMSG(6, "NormObject::ActivateRepairs() node>%lu obj>%hu activated blk>%lu segment repairs ...\n",
                 LocalNodeId(), (UINT16)transport_id, (UINT32)block->GetId());
             // (TBD) This check can be eventually eliminated if everything else is done right
             if (!pending_mask.Set(block->GetId()))
-                DMSG(0, "NormObject::ActivateRepairs() pending_mask.Set(%lu) error!\n", (UINT32)block->GetId());
+                DMSG(0, "NormObject::ActivateRepairs() pending_mask.Set(%lu) error 2!\n", (UINT32)block->GetId());
+            else
+                repairsActivated = true;
         }
     }
     return repairsActivated;
@@ -441,8 +445,6 @@ bool NormObject::AppendRepairAdv(NormCmdRepairAdvMsg& cmd)
     {
         NormBlockId currentId = nextId;
         nextId++;
-        //DMSG(0, "NormObject::AppendRepairAdv() testing block:%lu nextId:%lu endId:%lu\n", 
-        //        (UINT32)currentId, (UINT32)nextId, (UINT32)endId);
         bool repairEntireBlock = repair_mask.Test(currentId);
         if (repairEntireBlock)
         {
@@ -673,7 +675,7 @@ bool NormObject::PassiveRepairCheck(NormBlockId   blockId,
                 NormSegmentId firstPendingSegment;
                 if (block->GetFirstPending(firstPendingSegment))
                 {
-                    if (segmentId > firstPendingSegment)
+                    if (firstPendingSegment <= segmentId)
                         return true;
                     else
                         return false;
@@ -700,18 +702,21 @@ bool NormObject::ClientRepairCheck(CheckLevel    level,
 {
     // (TBD) make sure it's OK for "max_pending_segment"
     //       and "next_segment_id" to be > blockSize
+    bool thruObject = false;
     switch (level)
     {
         case TO_OBJECT:
             return false;
         case THRU_INFO:
+            // (TBD) set "thruObject" if info-only obj
             break;
         case TO_BLOCK:
             if (blockId >= max_pending_block)
             {
                 max_pending_block = blockId;
                 max_pending_segment = 0;
-            }                        
+            }        
+            // (TBD) set "thruObject" if info-only obj                
             break;
         case THRU_SEGMENT:
             if (blockId > max_pending_block)
@@ -724,6 +729,12 @@ bool NormObject::ClientRepairCheck(CheckLevel    level,
                 if (segmentId >= max_pending_segment) 
                     max_pending_segment = segmentId + 1;  
             }
+            if (blockId == final_block_id)
+            {
+                unsigned int finalSegment = GetBlockSize(blockId) - 1;
+                if (finalSegment <= segmentId)
+                    thruObject = true;
+            }
             break;
         case THRU_BLOCK:
             if (blockId > max_pending_block)
@@ -731,6 +742,8 @@ bool NormObject::ClientRepairCheck(CheckLevel    level,
                 max_pending_block = blockId;
                 max_pending_segment = GetBlockSize(blockId);
             }
+            if (blockId == final_block_id)
+                thruObject = true;
             break;
         case THRU_OBJECT:
             if (!IsStream()) 
@@ -738,10 +751,18 @@ bool NormObject::ClientRepairCheck(CheckLevel    level,
             else if (blockId > max_pending_block)
                 max_pending_block = blockId;
             max_pending_segment = GetBlockSize(max_pending_block);
+            thruObject = true;
             break;
         default:
             break;
     }  // end switch (level)
+    
+    if (thruObject && session.RcvrIsLowDelay())
+    {
+        ASSERT(NULL != server);
+        server->AbortObject(this);
+        return false;
+    }
        
     if (timerActive)
     {
@@ -801,9 +822,9 @@ bool NormObject::ClientRepairCheck(CheckLevel    level,
             if (level > TO_BLOCK) lastId++;
             while (nextId < lastId)
             {
-                if (nextId > lastId) break;
+                if (nextId > lastId) break;  // (TBD) is this line unecessary?
                 NormBlock* block = block_buffer.Find(nextId);
-                if (block)
+                if (NULL != block)
                 {
                     if ((nextId == blockId) && (THRU_SEGMENT == level))
                     {
@@ -854,6 +875,7 @@ bool NormObject::ClientRepairCheck(CheckLevel    level,
             else
                 current_block_id = final_block_id;
             next_segment_id = GetBlockSize(current_block_id);
+            break;
         default:
             break; 
     }
@@ -1047,7 +1069,6 @@ bool NormObject::AppendRepairRequest(NormNackMsg&   nack,
         }  // end if (appendRequest)
         nextId++;
         iterating = GetNextPending(nextId);
-        //DMSG(0, "got next pending>%lu result:%d\n", (UINT32)nextId, iterating);
         iterating = iterating && (flush || (nextId <= max_pending_block));
     }  // end while (iterating || (0 != consecutiveCount))
     
@@ -1119,17 +1140,14 @@ void NormObject::HandleObjectMessage(const NormObjectMsg& msg,
         UINT16 numData = GetBlockSize(blockId);
         
         // For stream objects, a little extra mgmt is required
+        NormStreamObject* stream = NULL;
         if (STREAM == type)
         {
-            NormStreamObject* stream = static_cast<NormStreamObject*>(this);            
+            stream = static_cast<NormStreamObject*>(this);            
             if (!stream->StreamUpdateStatus(blockId))
             {
                 DMSG(4, "NormObject::HandleObjectMessage() node:%lu server:%lu obj>%hu blk>%lu "
                         "broken stream ...\n", LocalNodeId(), server->GetId(), (UINT16)transport_id, (UINT32)blockId);
-                
-                //ASSERT(0);
-                // ??? Ignore this new packet and try to fix stream ???
-                //return;
                 server->IncrementResyncCount();
                 while (!stream->StreamUpdateStatus(blockId))
                 {
@@ -1214,22 +1232,6 @@ void NormObject::HandleObjectMessage(const NormObjectMsg& msg,
                 if (isSourceSymbol) 
                 {
                     block->DecrementErasureCount();
-                    /* STREAM payload flags have been deprecated in favor of "payload_msg_start"
-                    // This bit of code makes sure that NORM Protocol Version 1
-                    // use of FLAG_MSG_START is observed even when the equivalent (and better!)
-                    // stream payload flag is not used.
-                    if (IsStream())
-                    {
-                        if (data.FlagIsSet(NormObjectMsg::FLAG_MSG_START) &&
-                            !NormDataMsg::StreamPayloadFlagIsSet(data.GetPayload(),
-                                                                 NormDataMsg::FLAG_MSG_START))
-                        {
-                            DMSG(0, "NormObject::HandleObjectMessage() setting missing FLAG_MSG_START\n");
-                            NormDataMsg::SetStreamPayloadFlag((char*)data.GetPayload(), NormDataMsg::FLAG_MSG_START);      
-                        }   
-                    }    
-                    */
-                    
                     if (WriteSegment(blockId, segmentId, data.GetPayload()))
                     {
                         objectUpdated = true;
@@ -1238,7 +1240,10 @@ void NormObject::HandleObjectMessage(const NormObjectMsg& msg,
                     }
                     else
                     {
-                        DMSG(4, "NormObject::HandleObjectMessage() WriteSegment() error\n");
+                        if (IsStream())
+                            DMSG(4, "NormObject::HandleObjectMessage() WriteSegment() error\n");
+                        else
+                            DMSG(0, "NormObject::HandleObjectMessage() WriteSegment() error\n");
                     }
                 }
                 else
@@ -1297,11 +1302,11 @@ void NormObject::HandleObjectMessage(const NormObjectMsg& msg,
                                 }  
                             }
                             nextErasure = numData;
-                            // Set erasure locs for any missing parity symbol segments
+                            // Set erasure locs for any missing parity symbol segments, too!
                             while (block->GetNextPending(nextErasure))
                                 server->SetErasureLoc(erasureCount++, nextErasure++); 
                         }  // end if (nextErasure < numData)
-                    }  // end (block->GetFirstPending(nextErasure))                 
+                    }  // end if (block->GetFirstPending(nextErasure))                 
                     
                     if (erasureCount)
                     {
@@ -1315,8 +1320,16 @@ void NormObject::HandleObjectMessage(const NormObjectMsg& msg,
                                 {
                                     objectUpdated = true;
                                     // For statistics only (TBD) #ifdef NORM_DEBUG
+                                    // "segmentLength" is not necessarily correct here (TBD - fix this)
                                     server->IncrementRecvGoodput(segmentLength);
-                                }   
+                                }  
+                                else
+                                {
+                                    if (IsStream())
+                                        DMSG(4, "NormObject::HandleObjectMessage() WriteSegment() error\n");
+                                    else
+                                        DMSG(0, "NormObject::HandleObjectMessage() WriteSegment() error\n");
+                                } 
                             }
                             else
                             {
@@ -1337,8 +1350,11 @@ void NormObject::HandleObjectMessage(const NormObjectMsg& msg,
                 //        so it's not called unnecessarily
                 if (objectUpdated && notify_on_update)
                 {
-                    notify_on_update = false;
-                    session.Notify(NormController::RX_OBJECT_UPDATED, server, this);
+                    if ((NULL == stream) || stream->IsReadReady())
+                    {
+                        notify_on_update = false;
+                        session.Notify(NormController::RX_OBJECT_UPDATED, server, this);
+                    }
                 }   
             }
             else
@@ -1494,6 +1510,7 @@ bool NormObject::NextServerMsg(NormObjectMsg* msg)
     
     fti.SetSegmentSize(segment_size);
     fti.SetObjectSize(object_size);
+    fti.SetFecInstanceId(0);   // ZERO is for legacy MDP/NORM FEC encoder (TBD - use appropriate instanceId)
     fti.SetFecMaxBlockLen(ndata);
     fti.SetFecNumParity(nparity);
              
@@ -1510,10 +1527,23 @@ bool NormObject::NextServerMsg(NormObjectMsg* msg)
     {
         // Attempt to advance stream (probably was repair-delayed)
         if (IsStream())
+        {
             static_cast<NormStreamObject*>(this)->StreamAdvance();
+            if (pending_mask.IsSet())
+            {
+                return NextServerMsg(msg);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                ASSERT(IsRepairPending());
+                return false;
+            }
+        }
         else
-            DMSG(0, "NormObject::NextServerMsg() pending object w/ no pending blocks?\n");
-        return false;
+        {
+            DMSG(0, "NormObject::NextServerMsg() pending object w/ no pending blocks?!\n");
+            return false;
+        }
     }
     
     NormDataMsg* data = (NormDataMsg*)msg;
@@ -1521,7 +1551,7 @@ bool NormObject::NextServerMsg(NormObjectMsg* msg)
     NormBlock* block = block_buffer.Find(blockId);
     if (!block)
     {
-       if (!(block = session.ServerGetFreeBlock(transport_id, blockId)))
+       if (NULL == (block = session.ServerGetFreeBlock(transport_id, blockId)))
        {
             DMSG(2, "NormObject::NextServerMsg() node>%lu warning: server resource " 
                     "constrained (no free blocks).\n", LocalNodeId());
@@ -1558,35 +1588,33 @@ bool NormObject::NextServerMsg(NormObjectMsg* msg)
            {
                NormBlock* b = block_buffer.Find(block_buffer.RangeLo());
                ASSERT(NULL != b);
+               //ASSERT(!b->IsPending()); (TBD) ??? Why might "b" be pending?
                bool push = static_cast<NormStreamObject*>(this)->GetPushMode();
                if (!push && (b->IsRepairPending() || IsRepairSet(b->GetId())))
                {
                    // Pending repairs delaying stream advance
-                   DMSG(0, "NormObject::NextServerMsg() node>%lu pending repairs delaying stream progress\n", LocalNodeId());
+                   DMSG(4, "NormObject::NextServerMsg() node>%lu pending repairs delaying stream progress\n", LocalNodeId());
+                   session.ServerPutFreeBlock(block);
                    return false; 
                }
                else
                {
-                   // Prune old non-pending block (or even pending if "push" enabled stream)
-                   block_buffer.Remove(b);
-                   session.ServerPutFreeBlock(b);
-                   continue;
+                    // Prune old non-pending block (or even pending if "push" enabled stream)
+                    block_buffer.Remove(b);
+                    if (IsStream())
+                        static_cast<NormStreamObject*>(this)->UnlockBlock(b->GetId());
+                    session.ServerPutFreeBlock(b);
+                    continue;
                }
            }
            else if (IsStream())
            {
-                DMSG(0, "NormObject::NextServerMsg() node>%lu Warning! can't repair old block\n", LocalNodeId());
+                DMSG(4, "NormObject::NextServerMsg() node>%lu Warning! can't repair old block\n", LocalNodeId());
                 session.ServerPutFreeBlock(block);
                 pending_mask.Unset(blockId);
-                if (pending_mask.IsSet())
-                {
-                    return NextServerMsg(msg);
-                }
-                else
-                { 
-                    static_cast<NormStreamObject*>(this)->StreamAdvance();
-                    return false;
-                }
+                // Unlock (set to non-pending status) the corresponding stream_buffer block
+                static_cast<NormStreamObject*>(this)->UnlockBlock(blockId);
+                return NextServerMsg(msg);
            }
            else
            {
@@ -1595,7 +1623,7 @@ bool NormObject::NextServerMsg(NormObjectMsg* msg)
                return false;
            }
        }
-    }
+    }  // end if (!block)
     NormSegmentId segmentId = 0;
     if (!block->GetFirstPending(segmentId)) 
     {
@@ -1614,13 +1642,13 @@ bool NormObject::NextServerMsg(NormObjectMsg* msg)
             // (TBD) deal with read error 
             //(for streams, it currently means the stream is non-pending)
             if (!IsStream()) 
-                DMSG(0, "NormObject::NextServerMsg() ReadSegment() error\n");          
+                DMSG(0, "NormObject::NextServerMsg() ReadSegment() error\n"); 
             return false;  
         }
         data->SetPayloadLength(payloadLength);
         
         // Perform incremental FEC encoding as needed
-        if ((block->ParityReadiness() == segmentId) && nparity) 
+        if ((block->ParityReadiness() == segmentId) && (0 != nparity)) 
            // (TBD) && ((incrementalParity == true) || (auto_parity != 0))
         {
             // (TBD) for non-stream objects, catch alternate "last block/segment len"
@@ -1659,8 +1687,12 @@ bool NormObject::NextServerMsg(NormObjectMsg* msg)
     data->SetFecSymbolId(segmentId);
     if (!block->IsPending()) 
     {
+        // End of block reached
         block->ResetParityCount(nparity);
         pending_mask.Unset(blockId); 
+        // for EMCON sending, mark NORM_INFO for re-transmission, if applicable
+        if (session.SndrEmcon() && HaveInfo())
+            pending_info = true;
     }
  
     if (!pending_mask.IsSet())
@@ -1682,8 +1714,10 @@ bool NormObject::NextServerMsg(NormObjectMsg* msg)
     return true;
 }  // end NormObject::NextServerMsg()
 
+
 void NormStreamObject::StreamAdvance()
 {
+    // (TBD) should we make sure !pending_mask.IsSet()???
     NormBlockId nextBlockId = stream_next_id;
     // Make sure we won't prevent any pending repairs
     if (repair_mask.CanSet(nextBlockId))  
@@ -1693,7 +1727,8 @@ void NormStreamObject::StreamAdvance()
             if (pending_mask.Set(nextBlockId))
                 stream_next_id++;
             else
-                DMSG(0, "NormStreamObject::StreamAdvance() error setting stream pending mask (1)\n");
+                DMSG(0, "NormStreamObject::StreamAdvance() error: node>%lu couldn't set set stream pending mask (1)\n",
+                        LocalNodeId());
         }
         else
         {
@@ -1706,18 +1741,20 @@ void NormStreamObject::StreamAdvance()
                 if (pending_mask.Set(nextBlockId))
                     stream_next_id++;
                 else
-                    DMSG(0, "NormStreamObject::StreamAdvance() error setting stream pending mask (2)\n");
+                    DMSG(0, "NormStreamObject::StreamAdvance() error: node>%lu couldn't set stream pending mask (2)\n",
+                            LocalNodeId());
             }
             else
             {
-               DMSG(0, "NormStreamObject::StreamAdvance() warning: node>%lu Pending segment repairs (blk>%lu) "
+               DMSG(4, "NormStreamObject::StreamAdvance() warning: node>%lu pending segment repairs (blk>%lu) "
                        "delaying stream advance ...\n", LocalNodeId(), (UINT32)block->GetId());
             } 
         }
     }
     else
     {
-        DMSG(0, "NormStreamObject::StreamAdvance() pending block repair delaying stream advance ...\n");   
+        DMSG(4, "NormStreamObject::StreamAdvance() warning: node>%lu pending block repair delaying stream advance ...\n",
+                LocalNodeId());   
     }
 }  // end NormStreamObject::StreamAdvance()
 
@@ -1914,6 +1951,8 @@ bool NormFileObject::Accept(const char* thePath)
 void NormFileObject::Close()
 {
     NormObject::Close();
+    if (NULL != server)  // we've been receiving this file
+        file.Unlock();
     file.Close();
 }  // end NormFileObject::Close()
 
@@ -2277,9 +2316,8 @@ NormStreamObject::NormStreamObject(class NormSession&       theSession,
                                    class NormServerNode*    theServer,
                                    const NormObjectId&      objectId)
  : NormObject(STREAM, theSession, theServer, objectId), 
-   stream_sync(false), sync_offset_valid(false), 
-   write_vacancy(false), posted_tx_queue_vacancy(false),
-   read_init(true),
+   stream_sync(false), write_vacancy(false), 
+   read_init(true), read_ready(false),
    flush_pending(false), msg_start(true),
    flush_mode(FLUSH_NONE), push_mode(false),
    stream_closing(false),
@@ -2362,7 +2400,6 @@ bool NormStreamObject::Open(UINT32      bufferSize,
     tx_index.block = tx_index.segment = 0;
     tx_offset = write_offset = read_offset = 0;    
     write_vacancy = true;
-    posted_tx_queue_vacancy = false;
     
     if (!server)
     {
@@ -2381,7 +2418,6 @@ bool NormStreamObject::Open(UINT32      bufferSize,
     }
     
     stream_sync = false;
-    sync_offset_valid = false;
     flush_pending = false;
     msg_start = true;
     stream_closing = false;
@@ -2445,6 +2481,12 @@ bool NormStreamObject::LockBlocks(NormBlockId firstId, NormBlockId lastId)
     return true;
 }  // end NormStreamObject::LockBlocks()
 
+void NormStreamObject::UnlockBlock(NormBlockId blockId)
+{
+    NormBlock* block = stream_buffer.Find(blockId);
+    if (NULL != block) block->ClearPending();
+}  // end NormStreamObject::UnlockBlock()
+
 
 bool NormStreamObject::LockSegments(NormBlockId blockId, NormSegmentId firstId, NormSegmentId lastId)
 {
@@ -2495,7 +2537,7 @@ bool NormStreamObject::StreamUpdateStatus(NormBlockId blockId)
                     else
                     {
                         // Stream broken
-                        //DMSG(0, "NormObject::StreamUpdateStatus() broken 1 ...\n");
+                        DMSG(4, "NormObject::StreamUpdateStatus() broken 1 ...\n");
                         return false;   
                     }
                 }
@@ -2505,7 +2547,7 @@ bool NormStreamObject::StreamUpdateStatus(NormBlockId blockId)
                     if (delta > NormBlockId(pending_mask.GetSize()))
                     {
                         // Stream broken
-                        //DMSG(0, "NormObject::StreamUpdateStatus() broken 2 ...\n");
+                        DMSG(4, "NormObject::StreamUpdateStatus() broken 2 ...\n");
                         return false;
                     }
                     else
@@ -2538,7 +2580,7 @@ bool NormStreamObject::StreamUpdateStatus(NormBlockId blockId)
         stream_sync_id = blockId;
         stream_next_id = blockId + pending_mask.GetSize(); 
         // Since we're doing a resync including "read_init", dump any buffered data
-        // (TBD) this may not be necessary and is thus currently commented-out code
+        // (TBD) this may not be necessary??? and is thus currently commented-out code
         /*read_init = true;
         NormBlock* block;
         while (NULL != (block = stream_buffer.Find(stream_buffer.RangeLo())))
@@ -2578,6 +2620,7 @@ UINT16 NormStreamObject::ReadSegment(NormBlockId      blockId,
         //DMSG(0, "NormStreamObject::ReadSegment() stream starved (1)\n");
         return false;   
     }
+    // (TBD) should we check to see if "blockId > write_index.block" ?
     if ((blockId == write_index.block) &&
         (segmentId >= write_index.segment))
     {
@@ -2624,11 +2667,6 @@ UINT16 NormStreamObject::ReadSegment(NormBlockId      blockId,
             }
         }       
     }
-    /*if (HasVacancy() && !posted_tx_queue_vacancy)
-    {
-        posted_tx_queue_vacancy = true;
-        session.Notify(NormController::TX_QUEUE_VACANCY, NULL, this);  
-    } */  
     
     UINT16 segmentLength = NormDataMsg::ReadStreamPayloadLength(segment);
     ASSERT(segmentLength <= segment_size);
@@ -2649,13 +2687,13 @@ bool NormStreamObject::WriteSegment(NormBlockId   blockId,
                                     const char*   segment)
 {
     UINT32 segmentOffset = NormDataMsg::ReadStreamPayloadOffset(segment);
-    
     if (read_init)
     {
         read_init = false;
         read_index.block = blockId;
         read_index.segment = segmentId;   
         read_offset = segmentOffset;
+        read_ready = true;
     } 
         
     if ((blockId < read_index.block) ||
@@ -2715,7 +2753,7 @@ bool NormStreamObject::WriteSegment(NormBlockId   blockId,
                     {
                         // App didn't want any data here, purge segment
                         //ASSERT(0);
-                       dataLost = true;
+                        dataLost = true;
                         block->UnsetPending(read_index.segment++);
                         if (read_index.segment >= ndata)
                         {
@@ -2779,13 +2817,29 @@ bool NormStreamObject::WriteSegment(NormBlockId   blockId,
         memcpy(s, segment, payloadLength);
         block->AttachSegment(segmentId, s);
         block->SetPending(segmentId);
-        ASSERT(block->GetSegment(segmentId) == s);
-    }
-    if (!sync_offset_valid)
-    {
-        // Set "sync_offset" on first received data buffered.
-        sync_offset = segmentOffset;
-        sync_offset_valid = true;   
+        
+        if (!read_ready)
+        {
+            // Did this segment make our stream ready for reading
+            
+            if ((blockId == read_index.block) && (segmentId == read_index.segment))
+            {
+                read_ready = true;
+            }
+            else if (block_pool.GetCount() < block_pool_threshold)
+            {
+                // We're starting to fill up receive stream buffer
+                // with alot of partially received coding blocks
+                read_ready = true;
+            }
+            else if (session.RcvrIsLowDelay())
+            {
+                INT32 delta = blockId - read_index.block;
+                if (delta > session.RcvrGetMaxDelay())
+                    read_ready = true;
+            }
+        }
+        
     }
     return true;
 }  // end NormStreamObject::WriteSegment()
@@ -2845,8 +2899,18 @@ void NormStreamObject::Prune(NormBlockId blockId, bool updateStatus)
     }
 }  // end NormStreamObject::Prune()
 
-// Sequential (in order) read/write routines (TBD) Add a "Seek()" method
+
 bool NormStreamObject::Read(char* buffer, unsigned int* buflen, bool seekMsgStart)
+{
+    bool result = ReadPrivate(buffer, buflen, seekMsgStart);
+    if (!read_ready)
+        SetNotifyOnUpdate(true);  // reset notification when stream is no longer "read_ready"
+    return result;
+}  // end NormStreamObject::Read()
+
+
+// Sequential (in order) read/write routines (TBD) Add a "Seek()" method
+bool NormStreamObject::ReadPrivate(char* buffer, unsigned int* buflen, bool seekMsgStart)
 {
     if (stream_closing || read_init)
     {
@@ -2856,7 +2920,6 @@ bool NormStreamObject::Read(char* buffer, unsigned int* buflen, bool seekMsgStar
         return seekMsgStart ? false : true;
     }   
     Retain();
-    SetNotifyOnUpdate(true);  // reset notification when streams are read
     unsigned int bytesRead = 0;
     unsigned int bytesToRead = *buflen;
     do
@@ -2865,6 +2928,7 @@ bool NormStreamObject::Read(char* buffer, unsigned int* buflen, bool seekMsgStar
         if (!block)
         {
             //DMSG(0, "NormStreamObject::Read() stream buffer empty (1) (sbEmpty:%d)\n", stream_buffer.IsEmpty());
+            read_ready = false;
             *buflen = bytesRead;
             if (bytesRead > 0)
             {
@@ -2873,8 +2937,21 @@ bool NormStreamObject::Read(char* buffer, unsigned int* buflen, bool seekMsgStar
             }
             else
             {
-                if ((block_pool.GetCount() < block_pool_threshold) ||
-                    (session.ReceiverIsLowDelay() && (read_index.block < max_pending_block)))
+                bool forceForward = false;
+                if (block_pool.GetCount() < block_pool_threshold)
+                {
+                    // We're starting to fill up receive stream buffer
+                    // with alot of partially received coding blocks
+                    forceForward = true;
+                }
+                else if (session.RcvrIsLowDelay())
+                {
+                    // Has the sender moved forward to the next FEC blocks
+                    long delta = max_pending_block - read_index.block;
+                    if (delta > session.RcvrGetMaxDelay())
+                        forceForward = true;
+                }
+                if (forceForward)
                 {
                     // Force read_index forward and try again.
                     if (++read_index.segment >= ndata)
@@ -2900,6 +2977,7 @@ bool NormStreamObject::Read(char* buffer, unsigned int* buflen, bool seekMsgStar
         {
             //DMSG(0, "NormStreamObject::Read(%lu:%hu) stream buffer empty (2)\n",
             //        (UINT32)read_index.block, read_index.segment);
+            read_ready = false;
             *buflen = bytesRead;
             if (bytesRead > 0)
             {
@@ -2908,8 +2986,21 @@ bool NormStreamObject::Read(char* buffer, unsigned int* buflen, bool seekMsgStar
             }
             else
             {
-                if ((block_pool.GetCount() < block_pool_threshold) ||
-                    (session.ReceiverIsLowDelay() && (read_index.block < max_pending_block)))
+                bool forceForward = false;
+                if (block_pool.GetCount() < block_pool_threshold)
+                {
+                    // We're starting to fill up receive stream buffer
+                    // with alot of partially received coding blocks
+                    forceForward = true;
+                }
+                else if (session.RcvrIsLowDelay())
+                {
+                    // Has the sender moved forward to the next FEC blocks
+                    long delta = max_pending_block - read_index.block;
+                    if (delta > session.RcvrGetMaxDelay())
+                        forceForward = true;
+                }
+                if (forceForward)
                 {
                     // Force read_index forward and try again.
                     if (++read_index.segment >= ndata)
@@ -2930,7 +3021,7 @@ bool NormStreamObject::Read(char* buffer, unsigned int* buflen, bool seekMsgStar
                 } 
             } 
         }  // end if (!segment)
-        
+        read_ready = true;
         UINT16 length = NormDataMsg::ReadStreamPayloadLength(segment);
         if (0 == length)
         {
@@ -2958,6 +3049,7 @@ bool NormStreamObject::Read(char* buffer, unsigned int* buflen, bool seekMsgStar
         }
         else if (length > segment_size)
         {
+            // This segment is an invalid segment because its length is too long
             Release();
             if (bytesRead > 0)
             {
@@ -2980,6 +3072,7 @@ bool NormStreamObject::Read(char* buffer, unsigned int* buflen, bool seekMsgStar
                     Prune(read_index.block, false);
                 }
                 *buflen = 0;
+                read_ready = false; //DetermineReadReadiness();
                 return false;
             }
         }
@@ -3002,6 +3095,7 @@ bool NormStreamObject::Read(char* buffer, unsigned int* buflen, bool seekMsgStar
                         LocalNodeId(), (UINT16)transport_id, (UINT32)read_index.block, read_index.segment, read_offset, segmentOffset);
                 read_offset = segmentOffset;
                 *buflen = 0;
+                read_ready = false; //DetermineReadReadiness();
                 return false;
             }
         }
@@ -3025,16 +3119,13 @@ bool NormStreamObject::Read(char* buffer, unsigned int* buflen, bool seekMsgStar
                 // Reset our read_offset ...
                 read_offset = segmentOffset;
                 *buflen = 0;
+                read_ready = false; //DetermineReadReadiness();
                 return false;
             }
         }
         
         if (seekMsgStart)
         {
-            /* stream payload flags have in deprecated in favor of "payload_msg_start"
-            if ((0 != index) ||
-                !NormDataMsg::StreamPayloadFlagIsSet(segment, NormDataMsg::FLAG_MSG_START))
-            */
             UINT16 msgStart = NormDataMsg::ReadStreamPayloadMsgStart(segment);
             if (0 == msgStart)
             {
@@ -3101,7 +3192,15 @@ bool NormStreamObject::Read(char* buffer, unsigned int* buflen, bool seekMsgStar
                 read_index.block++;
                 read_index.segment = 0;
                 Prune(read_index.block, false);
+                if (0 == bytesToRead)
+                    read_ready = DetermineReadReadiness();
             }
+            else
+            {
+                if (0 == bytesToRead)
+                    read_ready = (NULL != block->GetSegment(read_index.segment));
+            }
+            
             if (streamEnded)
             {
                 DMSG(4, "NormStreamObject::Read() stream ended by sender 2\n");
@@ -3194,8 +3293,6 @@ void NormStreamObject::Terminate()
     }
     NormDataMsg::WriteStreamPayloadOffset(segment, write_offset);  
     
-    //NormDataMsg::ResetStreamPayloadFlags(segment);  // flags are deprecated!
-    //NormDataMsg::SetStreamPayloadFlag(segment, NormDataMsg::FLAG_STREAM_END);
     block->SetPending(write_index.segment);
     if (++write_index.segment >= ndata) 
     {
@@ -3231,7 +3328,7 @@ UINT32 NormStreamObject::Write(const char* buffer, UINT32 len, bool eom)
         if (deltaBlock > (block_pool.GetTotal() >> 1))  
         {
             write_vacancy = false;
-            DMSG(8, "NormStreamObject::Write() stream buffer full (1)\n", len, eom);
+            DMSG(4, "NormStreamObject::Write() stream buffer full (1)\n");
             if (!push_mode) break;  
         }
         NormBlock* block = stream_buffer.Find(write_index.block);
@@ -3263,7 +3360,7 @@ UINT32 NormStreamObject::Write(const char* buffer, UINT32 len, bool eom)
                     }
                     else
                     {
-                        DMSG(8, "NormStreamObject::Write() stream buffer full (2) len:%d eom:%d\n", len, eom);
+                        DMSG(4, "NormStreamObject::Write() stream buffer full (2) len:%d eom:%d\n", len, eom);
                         break;
                     }
                 }                             
@@ -3304,7 +3401,7 @@ UINT32 NormStreamObject::Write(const char* buffer, UINT32 len, bool eom)
                     }
                     else
                     {
-                        DMSG(8, "NormStreamObject::Write() stream buffer full (3)\n");
+                        DMSG(4, "NormStreamObject::Write() stream buffer full (3)\n");
                         break;
                     }
                 }
@@ -3372,11 +3469,9 @@ UINT32 NormStreamObject::Write(const char* buffer, UINT32 len, bool eom)
     }
     else
     {
-        if (0 != nBytes) 
+        //if (0 != nBytes) 
             session.TouchServer();  
     }
-    if ((0 != nBytes) && posted_tx_queue_vacancy)
-        posted_tx_queue_vacancy = false;
     return nBytes;
 }  // end NormStreamObject::Write()
 
@@ -3473,6 +3568,33 @@ bool NormObjectTable::Init(UINT16 rangeMax, UINT16 tableSize)
     return true;
 }  // end NormObjectTable::Init()
 
+void NormObjectTable::SetRangeMax(UINT16 rangeMax)
+{
+    if (rangeMax < range_max)
+    {
+        // Prune if necessary
+        while (range > rangeMax)
+        {
+            NormObject* obj = Find(range_lo);
+            ASSERT(obj);
+            NormServerNode* sender = obj->GetServer();
+            NormSession& session = obj->GetSession();
+            if (NULL == sender)
+            {
+                session.Notify(NormController::TX_OBJECT_PURGED, (NormServerNode*)NULL, obj);
+                session.DeleteTxObject(obj);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                if (!session.ClientIsSilent()) obj = Find(range_hi);
+                session.Notify(NormController::RX_OBJECT_ABORTED, sender, obj);
+                sender->DeleteObject(obj);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    range_max = rangeMax;
+}  // end NormObjectTable::SetRangeMax()
+
 void NormObjectTable::Destroy()
 {
     if (table)
diff --git a/common/normObject.h b/common/normObject.h
index c304a15..0c74698 100644
--- a/common/normObject.h
+++ b/common/normObject.h
@@ -44,7 +44,9 @@ class NormObject
         
         // This must be reset after each update
         void SetNotifyOnUpdate(bool state)
-            {notify_on_update = state;}
+        {
+            notify_on_update = state;
+        }
         
         // Object information
         NormObject::Type GetType() const {return type;}
@@ -116,6 +118,8 @@ class NormObject
         bool IsPending(bool flush = true) const;
         bool IsRepairPending() const;
         bool IsPendingInfo() {return pending_info;}
+        bool PendingMaskIsSet() const
+            {return pending_mask.IsSet();}
         bool GetFirstPending(NormBlockId& blockId) const 
         {
             UINT32 index = 0;
@@ -297,6 +301,8 @@ class NormFileObject : public NormObject
             result ? strncpy(path, newPath, PATH_MAX) : NULL;
             return result;
         }
+        bool PadToSize()
+            {return file.Pad(GetSize().GetOffset());}
         
         virtual bool WriteSegment(NormBlockId   blockId, 
                                   NormSegmentId segmentId, 
@@ -404,8 +410,6 @@ class NormStreamObject : public NormObject
         bool Read(char* buffer, unsigned int* buflen, bool findMsgStart = false);
         UINT32 Write(const char* buffer, UINT32 len, bool eom = false);
         
-        bool SyncOffsetIsValid() {return sync_offset_valid;}
-        UINT32 GetSyncOffset() {return sync_offset;}
         UINT32 GetCurrentReadOffset() {return read_offset;}
         
         bool StreamUpdateStatus(NormBlockId blockId);
@@ -434,8 +438,9 @@ class NormStreamObject : public NormObject
         void Rewind(); 
         
         bool LockBlocks(NormBlockId nextId, NormBlockId lastId);
-        bool LockSegments(NormBlockId blockId, NormSegmentId firstId,
-                          NormSegmentId lastId);
+        void UnlockBlock(NormBlockId blockId);
+        
+        bool LockSegments(NormBlockId blockId, NormSegmentId firstId, NormSegmentId lastId);
         NormBlockId StreamBufferLo() {return stream_buffer.RangeLo();}
         void Prune(NormBlockId blockId, bool updateStatus);
         
@@ -455,13 +460,20 @@ class NormStreamObject : public NormObject
         UINT32 GetBlockPoolCount() {return block_pool.GetCount();}
         void SetBlockPoolThreshold(UINT32 value) 
             {block_pool_threshold = value;}
-
-        void ResetPostedTxQueueVacancy() {posted_tx_queue_vacancy = false;}
         
+        bool IsReadReady() const {return read_ready;}
+        
+        bool DetermineReadReadiness()
+        {
+            NormBlock* block = stream_buffer.Find(read_index.block);
+            return ((NULL != block) && (NULL != block->GetSegment(read_index.segment)));  
+        }
+
         bool IsReadIndex(NormBlockId blockId, NormSegmentId segmentId) const
             {return ((blockId == read_index.block) && (segmentId == read_index.segment));}
          
     private:
+        bool ReadPrivate(char* buffer, unsigned int* buflen, bool findMsgStart = false);
         void Terminate();
         
         class Index
@@ -474,8 +486,6 @@ class NormStreamObject : public NormObject
         bool                        stream_sync;
         NormBlockId                 stream_sync_id;
         NormBlockId                 stream_next_id;
-        UINT32                      sync_offset;
-        bool                        sync_offset_valid;
         
         NormBlockPool               block_pool;
         NormSegmentPool             segment_pool;
@@ -485,10 +495,10 @@ class NormStreamObject : public NormObject
         Index                       tx_index;
         UINT32                      tx_offset;
         bool                        write_vacancy;
-        bool                        posted_tx_queue_vacancy;
         bool                        read_init;
         Index                       read_index;
         UINT32                      read_offset;
+        bool                        read_ready;
         bool                        flush_pending;
         bool                        msg_start;
         FlushMode                   flush_mode;
@@ -539,9 +549,11 @@ class NormObjectTable
         NormObjectTable();
         ~NormObjectTable();
         bool Init(UINT16 rangeMax, UINT16 tableSize = 256);
+        void SetRangeMax(UINT16 rangeMax);
         void Destroy();
         
         bool IsInited() const {return (NULL != table);}
+        UINT16 GetRangeMax() const {return range_max;}
         bool CanInsert(NormObjectId objectId) const;
         bool Insert(NormObject* theObject);
         bool Remove(NormObject* theObject);
diff --git a/common/normPrecode.cpp b/common/normPrecode.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3fbba9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/common/normPrecode.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1211 @@
+
+#include "protoApp.h"
+#include "normFile.h"
+#include "normEncoder.h"
+
+#include <sys/types.h>  // for BYTE_ORDER macro
+#include <stdlib.h>  // for atoi()
+#include <stdio.h>   // for stdout/stderr printouts
+#include <string.h>
+
+class NormPrecodeApp : public ProtoApp
+{
+    public:
+        NormPrecodeApp();
+        ~NormPrecodeApp();
+
+        // Overrides from ProtoApp or NsProtoSimAgent base
+        bool OnStartup(int argc, const char*const* argv);
+        void OnShutdown();
+        bool ProcessCommands(int argc, const char*const* argv);
+        bool OnCommand(const char* cmd, const char* val);
+
+    private:
+        void Usage();
+        enum CmdType {CMD_INVALID, CMD_NOARG, CMD_ARG};
+        CmdType CommandType(const char* cmd);
+        static const char* const cmd_list[];
+        
+        bool Encode();
+        bool Decode();
+        
+        void InitInterleaver(NormFile::Offset numSegments);
+        NormFile::Offset ComputeInterleaverOffset(NormFile::Offset segmentId, NormFile::Offset numSegments);
+        NormFile::Offset ComputeSegmentOffset(NormFile::Offset interleaverId, NormFile::Offset numSegments);
+        // CRC32 checksum stuff
+        static const UINT32 CRC32_TABLE[256];
+        static UINT32 ComputeCRC32(const char* buffer, unsigned int buflen);
+    
+        static const NormFile::Offset SEGMENT_MIN;
+        static const NormFile::Offset SEGMENT_MAX;
+        
+        // We use these assuming IEEE754 floating point
+        static NormFile::Offset ntoho(NormFile::Offset offset)
+        {
+# if BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN
+            NormFile::Offset result;
+            switch (sizeof(NormFile::Offset))
+            {
+                case 8:
+                {
+                    long* outPtr = (long*)&result;
+                    long* inPtr = (long*)&offset;
+                    outPtr[0] = ntohl(inPtr[1]);
+                    outPtr[1] = ntohl(inPtr[0]);
+                    break;
+                }
+                case 4:
+                {
+                    result = ntohl((UINT32)offset);
+                    break;
+                }
+                default:
+                    ASSERT(0);
+                    result = offset;
+                    break;
+            }
+            return result;
+#else
+            return offset;
+#endif  // if/else __BIG_ENDIAN
+        }
+        static NormFile::Offset htono(NormFile::Offset offset)
+        {
+            return ntoho(offset);
+        }
+    
+        NormFile         in_file;
+        char             in_file_path[PATH_MAX];
+        NormFile         out_file;
+        bool             encode;
+        
+        unsigned int     segment_size;  // should be same as NORM segment size
+        unsigned int     num_data;
+        unsigned int     num_parity;
+        
+        NormFile::Offset i_max;         // max interleaver dimension
+        NormFile::Offset i_buffer_max;  // Read buffer max (bigger yields less seeking)
+                
+        NormFile::Offset interleaver_width;
+        NormFile::Offset interleaver_height;
+        NormFile::Offset interleaver_size;  // (width * height)
+        
+}; // end class NormPrecodeApp
+
+// Our application instance 
+PROTO_INSTANTIATE_APP(NormPrecodeApp) 
+        
+const NormFile::Offset NormPrecodeApp::SEGMENT_MIN = 8;
+const NormFile::Offset NormPrecodeApp::SEGMENT_MAX = 8192;
+
+NormPrecodeApp::NormPrecodeApp()
+ : encode(true), segment_size(1024), num_data(196), num_parity(4), 
+   i_max(1000), i_buffer_max(1500000000)
+{  
+    in_file_path[0] = '\0';  
+}
+
+NormPrecodeApp::~NormPrecodeApp()
+{
+}
+
+void NormPrecodeApp::Usage()
+{
+   fprintf(stderr, "Usage:  npc {encode|decode} input <inFile> [output <outFile>]\n"
+                   "            [segment <segmentSize>][block numData][parity numParity]\n"
+                   "            [background][help][debug <debugLevel>\n");  
+}  // end NormPrecodeApp::Usage()
+
+const char* const NormPrecodeApp::cmd_list[] = 
+{
+    "-help",        // show usage
+    "+debug",       // set debug level
+    "-encode",      // encode input file (default)
+    "-decode",      // decode input file (default)     
+    "+input",       // set input file     
+    "+output",      // set output file     
+    "+segment",     // set segment size (default = 1024)    
+    "+block",       // set block size (default = 128)    
+    "+parity",      // set parity per block (default = 2)    
+    "+imax",        // set interleaver max dimension
+    "+ibuffer",     // set imax interleaver buffer (buffer is used if interleaver size fits)
+    "-background",  // run w/out command shel (Win32)  
+    NULL         
+};
+
+bool NormPrecodeApp::OnCommand(const char* cmd, const char* val)
+{
+    CmdType type = CommandType(cmd);
+    ASSERT(CMD_INVALID != type);
+    size_t len = strlen(cmd);
+    if ((CMD_ARG == type) && !val)
+    {
+        DMSG(0, "NormApp::OnCommand(%s) missing argument\n", cmd);
+        return false;        
+    }
+    
+    if (!strncmp("help", cmd, len))
+    {   
+        Usage();
+        return false;
+    }
+    else if (!strncmp("debug", cmd, len))
+    {
+        
+        int debugLevel = atoi(val);
+        if ((debugLevel < 0) || (debugLevel > 12))
+        {
+            DMSG(0, "NormApp::OnCommand(segment) invalid debug level!\n");   
+            return false;
+        }
+        SetDebugLevel(debugLevel);
+    }
+    else if (!strncmp("encode", cmd, len))
+    {
+        encode = true;
+    }
+    else if (!strncmp("decode", cmd, len))
+    {
+        encode = false;
+    }
+    else if (!strncmp("input", cmd, len))
+    {
+        if (!in_file.Open(val, O_RDONLY))
+        {
+            DMSG(0, "npc: error opening input file: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+            Usage();
+            return false;
+        }
+        strncpy(in_file_path, val, PATH_MAX);
+    }
+    else if (!strncmp("output", cmd, len))
+    {
+        if (!out_file.Open(val, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC))
+        {
+            DMSG(0, "npc: error opening input file: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+            Usage();
+            return false;
+        }
+    }
+    else if (!strncmp("segment", cmd, len))
+    {
+        int segmentSize = atoi(val);
+        if ((segmentSize < SEGMENT_MIN) || (segmentSize > SEGMENT_MAX))
+        {
+            DMSG(0, "npc: error: <segmentSize> out of range\n");
+            return false;
+        }
+        segment_size = segmentSize;
+    }
+    else if (!strncmp("block", cmd, len))
+    {
+        int numData = atoi(val);
+        if ((numData < 1) || (numData > 127))
+        {
+            DMSG(0, "npc: error: block <numData> out of range\n");
+            return false;
+        }
+        num_data = numData;
+    }
+    else if (!strncmp("parity", cmd, len))
+    {
+        int numParity = atoi(val);
+        if ((numParity < 0) || (numParity > 127))
+        {
+            DMSG(0, "npc: error: parity <numParity> out of range\n");
+            return false;
+        }
+        num_parity = numParity;
+    }
+    else if (!strncmp("imax", cmd, len))
+    {
+        int iMax = atoi(val);
+        if (iMax <= 0) iMax = 0;
+        i_max = iMax;
+    }
+    else if (!strncmp("ibuffer", cmd, len))
+    {
+        int iBufferMax = atoi(val);
+        if (iBufferMax < 0)
+        {
+            DMSG(0, "npc: error: \"ibuffer\" cannot be less than zero\n");
+            return false;
+        }
+        i_buffer_max = iBufferMax;
+    }
+    else if (!strncmp("background", cmd, len))
+    {
+        // do nothing, handled by "ProtoApp" base
+    }
+    return true;
+}  // end NormPrecodeApp::OnCommand()
+
+bool NormPrecodeApp::ProcessCommands(int argc, const char*const* argv)
+{
+    int i = 1;
+    while ( i < argc)
+    {
+        CmdType cmdType = CommandType(argv[i]);   
+        switch (cmdType)
+        {
+            case CMD_INVALID:
+                DMSG(0, "npc: error: Invalid command:%s\n", argv[i]);
+                return false;
+            case CMD_NOARG:
+                if (!OnCommand(argv[i], NULL)) return false;
+                i++;
+                break;
+            case CMD_ARG:
+                if (!OnCommand(argv[i], argv[i+1])) return false;
+                i += 2;
+                break;
+        }
+    }
+    return true;
+}  // end NormPrecodeApp::ProcessCommands()
+
+NormPrecodeApp::CmdType NormPrecodeApp::CommandType(const char* cmd)
+{
+    if (!cmd) return CMD_INVALID;
+    size_t len = strlen(cmd);
+    bool matched = false;
+    CmdType type = CMD_INVALID;
+    const char* const* nextCmd = cmd_list;
+    while (*nextCmd)
+    {
+        if (!strncmp(cmd, *nextCmd+1, len))
+        {
+            if (matched)
+            {
+                // ambiguous command (command should match only once)
+                return CMD_INVALID;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                matched = true;   
+                if ('+' == *nextCmd[0])
+                    type = CMD_ARG;
+                else
+                    type = CMD_NOARG;
+            }
+        }
+        nextCmd++;
+    }
+    return type;
+}  // end NormPrecodeApp::CommandType()
+
+bool NormPrecodeApp::OnStartup(int argc, const char*const* argv)
+{
+    // This is essentially the "main()" for this program
+    if (!ProcessCommands(argc, argv))
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+    
+    if (!in_file.IsOpen())
+    {
+        DMSG(0, "npc: error: no input file given\n");
+        Usage();
+        return false;
+    }
+    
+    if (encode)
+        return Encode();
+    else
+        return Decode();
+    
+}  // end NormPrecodeApp::OnStartup()
+
+void NormPrecodeApp::OnShutdown()
+{
+    // (TBD) do better cleanup of allocated buffers, etc!!
+   if (in_file.IsOpen()) in_file.Close();
+   if (out_file.IsOpen()) out_file.Close();
+   DMSG(0, "npc: Done.\n");
+}  // end NormPrecodeApp::OnShutdown()
+
+#define DIFF_T(a,b) (1+ 1000000*(a.tv_sec - b.tv_sec) + (a.tv_usec - b.tv_usec) )
+
+void NormPrecodeApp::InitInterleaver(NormFile::Offset numSegments)
+{
+    interleaver_width = (NormFile::Offset)(sqrt((double)numSegments));
+    interleaver_height = numSegments / interleaver_width;
+    if (0 != (numSegments % interleaver_height)) interleaver_height++;
+    // Limit dimension if "i_max" is set to non-zero value
+    if ((i_max > 0) && ((interleaver_width > i_max) || (interleaver_height > i_max)))
+        interleaver_height = interleaver_width = i_max;
+    interleaver_size = interleaver_height * interleaver_width;
+    DMSG(2, "npc interleaver width:%lu height:%lu segments (numSeg:%lld)\n", 
+            (unsigned long)interleaver_width, (unsigned long)interleaver_height, numSegments);
+    
+}  // end NormPrecodeApp::InitInterleaver()
+
+
+NormFile::Offset NormPrecodeApp::ComputeInterleaverOffset(NormFile::Offset segmentId, NormFile::Offset numSegments)
+{
+    ASSERT(0 != interleaver_height);
+    
+    NormFile::Offset interleaverWidth = interleaver_width;
+    NormFile::Offset interleaverHeight = interleaver_height;
+    NormFile::Offset interleaverSize = interleaver_size;
+    NormFile::Offset blockId;
+    if (i_max > 0) 
+    {
+        blockId = segmentId / interleaverSize;
+        segmentId = segmentId % interleaverSize;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        blockId = 0;
+    }
+    
+    
+    // Check to see if we're in the last block
+    NormFile::Offset lastSegmentId = numSegments - 1;
+    NormFile::Offset lastBlockId = lastSegmentId / interleaverSize;
+    if ((blockId == lastBlockId) && (0 != (numSegments % interleaverSize)))
+    {
+        // This block is smaller than our usual interleaver_size,
+        // so we're going to "square things up" to maximize the
+        // distance of this last block within interleaver_size constraint
+        NormFile::Offset lastBlockSize = (numSegments % interleaverSize);
+        interleaverWidth = (NormFile::Offset)(sqrt((double)lastBlockSize)); 
+        interleaverHeight = lastBlockSize / interleaverWidth;
+        if (0 != (lastBlockSize % interleaverHeight)) interleaverHeight++;
+    }
+    
+    NormFile::Offset interleaverCol = segmentId / interleaverHeight;
+    NormFile::Offset interleaverRow = segmentId % interleaverHeight;
+    NormFile::Offset interleaverId = ((interleaverRow * interleaverWidth) + interleaverCol);
+    
+    if (0 != blockId)
+        interleaverId += (blockId * interleaver_size);
+    
+    // This check compensates for data not perfectly filling interleaver rectangle
+    if (interleaverId >= numSegments)
+    {
+        // We're here because we hit a "hole" in the rectangle
+        NormFile::Offset lastSegmentId = numSegments -  1;
+        if (0 != blockId)
+        {
+            interleaverId = interleaverId % interleaverSize;
+            lastSegmentId = lastSegmentId % interleaverSize;    
+        }        
+        // Find non-interleaved position of lastSegmentId within interleaver
+        NormFile::Offset maxRow = lastSegmentId / interleaverWidth;
+        NormFile::Offset maxCol = lastSegmentId % interleaverWidth;
+        // There may be empty rows if lastSegmentId small wr2 interleaver size
+        NormFile::Offset emptyRows = interleaverHeight - maxRow - 1;
+        NormFile::Offset delta = 1 + emptyRows * interleaverCol;
+        if (interleaverCol > maxCol)
+        {
+            delta += interleaverRow - maxRow;
+            delta += interleaverCol - maxCol - 1;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            delta += interleaverRow - maxRow - 1;
+        }
+        
+        // Find interleaved position of lastSegmentId within interleaver
+        NormFile::Offset lastCol = lastSegmentId / interleaverHeight;
+        NormFile::Offset lastRow = lastSegmentId % interleaverHeight;
+        
+        // Remap this segment to the "delta" interleaved position after "lastSegmentId"
+        lastRow += delta;
+        // This assertion _should_ be true if we're "square" enough
+        // (it does break when interleaver width is much greater than height,
+        //  so, some day (TBD) we may want to generalize this remapping trick more???
+        ASSERT(lastCol >= maxCol);
+        if (lastCol == maxCol)
+        {
+            if (lastRow > maxRow)
+            {
+                lastCol++;
+                lastRow -= maxRow + 1;
+            }
+        }
+        interleaverCol = lastCol + (lastRow / maxRow);
+        interleaverRow = lastRow % maxRow;
+        
+        interleaverId = (interleaverRow * interleaverWidth) + interleaverCol;
+        if (0 != blockId) interleaverId += (blockId * interleaver_size);
+        ASSERT((interleaverId < numSegments) && (interleaverId >= 0));
+    }
+    return (segment_size * interleaverId);
+}  // end NormPrecodeApp::ComputeInterleaverOffset()
+
+        
+NormFile::Offset NormPrecodeApp::ComputeSegmentOffset(NormFile::Offset interleaverId, NormFile::Offset numSegments)
+{
+    NormFile::Offset interleaverWidth = interleaver_width;
+    NormFile::Offset interleaverHeight = interleaver_height;
+    NormFile::Offset interleaverSize = interleaver_size;
+    NormFile::Offset blockId;
+    if (i_max > 0) 
+    {
+        blockId = interleaverId / interleaverSize;
+        interleaverId = interleaverId % interleaverSize;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        blockId = 0;
+    }
+    
+    
+    NormFile::Offset interleaverRow = interleaverId / interleaverWidth;
+    NormFile::Offset interleaverCol = interleaverId % interleaverWidth;
+    
+    NormFile::Offset segmentId = interleaverCol * interleaverHeight + interleaverRow;
+    if (0 != blockId)
+        segmentId += (blockId * interleaver_size);
+    
+    // Check this given change on non-rectangular data set wr2 interleaver dimensions
+    if (segmentId >= numSegments)
+    {
+        // It was a "hole", so find its hole delta
+        NormFile::Offset lastSegmentId = numSegments - 1;
+        if (0 != blockId)
+        {
+            segmentId = segmentId % interleaverSize;
+            lastSegmentId = lastSegmentId % interleaverSize;
+        }
+        // Here maxRow/maxCol are wr2 _interleaved_ position of lastSegmentId    
+        NormFile::Offset maxCol = lastSegmentId / interleaverHeight;
+        NormFile::Offset maxRow = lastSegmentId % interleaverHeight;
+        // AS above, this assertion _should_ be true if we're "square" enough
+        // (it does break when interleaver width is much greater than height,
+        //  so, some day (TBD) we may want to generalize this remapping trick more???
+        ASSERT(interleaverCol >= maxCol);
+        NormFile::Offset delta = (interleaverCol - maxCol)*(maxRow+1) + interleaverRow - maxRow;
+        
+        // Then, remap "delta" to find _original_ "hole" position (corrected interleaver position)
+        // Here maxRow/maxCol are wr2 _source_ position of lastSegmentId
+        maxRow = lastSegmentId / interleaverWidth;
+        maxCol = lastSegmentId % interleaverWidth;
+        NormFile::Offset emptyRows = interleaverHeight - maxRow - 1;
+        if (delta <= (emptyRows*(maxRow + 1)))
+        {
+            // in first area
+            interleaverCol = (delta - 1) / emptyRows;
+            interleaverRow = ((delta - 1) % emptyRows) + maxRow + 1;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // in second area
+            delta -= emptyRows * (maxCol + 1);
+            interleaverCol = maxCol + (delta / (emptyRows+1));
+            interleaverRow = (delta % (emptyRows + 1)) + maxRow;
+        }
+        segmentId = interleaverCol * interleaverHeight + interleaverRow;
+        if (0 != blockId) segmentId += (blockId * interleaver_size);   
+        ASSERT(segmentId < numSegments);
+    }
+    NormFile::Offset segmentOffset = segment_size * segmentId;
+    return segmentOffset;
+}  // end NormPrecodeApp::ComputeSegmentOffset()
+
+bool NormPrecodeApp::Encode()
+{
+    if (!out_file.IsOpen())
+    {
+        // Create ".npc" out_file name from in_file_path
+        const char* ptr = strrchr(in_file_path, PROTO_PATH_DELIMITER);
+        if (NULL == ptr)
+            ptr = in_file_path;
+        else
+            ptr++;
+        char outFileName[PATH_MAX+1];
+        outFileName[PATH_MAX] = '\0';
+        strncpy(outFileName, ptr, PATH_MAX);
+        char* ptr2 = strrchr(outFileName, '.');
+        if (NULL != ptr2) *ptr2 = '_';
+        // Append ".npc" suffix
+        if (strlen(outFileName) < (PATH_MAX - 4))
+            strcat(outFileName, ".npc");
+        else
+            strcpy(outFileName + PATH_MAX - 4, ".npc");
+        if (!out_file.Open(outFileName,  O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC))
+        {
+            DMSG(0, "npc: error opening output file: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+            return false;   
+        }
+    }
+    
+    struct timeval t1, t2;
+    ProtoSystemTime(t1);
+    
+    NormFile::Offset fileSize = in_file.GetSize();
+    
+    // We reserve 4 bytes for our CRC (used to detect erasures)
+    unsigned int dataSegmentSize = segment_size - 4;
+    
+    NormFile::Offset numInputSegments = 1 + fileSize / dataSegmentSize;
+    unsigned int lastFecSegSize = (unsigned int)(fileSize % dataSegmentSize);
+    
+    if (0 != lastFecSegSize) numInputSegments++;
+    
+    // Calculate FEC block size(s)
+    NormFile::Offset numBlocks = numInputSegments / num_data;
+    unsigned int fecBlockSize = num_data;
+    unsigned int lastBlockSize = (unsigned int)(numInputSegments % num_data);
+    if (0 != lastBlockSize) numBlocks++; 
+    NormFile::Offset lastBlockId = numBlocks - 1;
+     
+    // 0) Calculate "out_file" size and determine interleaver width and height
+    NormFile::Offset numOutputSegments =  
+        ((numBlocks - 1) * (fecBlockSize + num_parity)) + lastBlockSize + num_parity;
+    
+    
+    InitInterleaver(numOutputSegments);
+    // 1) Init our FEC encoder
+    NormEncoderRS8a encoder;
+    if (!encoder.Init(num_data, num_parity, dataSegmentSize))  // 4 CRC bytes are _not_ encoded
+    {
+        DMSG(0, "npc: error initializing FEC encoder\n");
+        return false;
+    }
+    
+    // Determine number of segments to allocate for FEC encoding and
+    // interleaver buffering if applicable
+    NormFile::Offset interleaverBytes = interleaver_size * segment_size;
+    char* iBuffer = NULL;
+    bool useBuffering = false;
+    if (interleaverBytes <= i_buffer_max)
+    {
+        // Allocate buffering for full interleaver block and parity
+        DMSG(0, "npc: allocating interleaver buffer ...\n");
+        iBuffer = new char[interleaverBytes + (num_parity * segment_size)];
+        if (NULL != iBuffer)
+            useBuffering = true;
+        else
+            DMSG(0, "npc: warning: couldn't allocate full interleaver buffer: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+    }
+    if (NULL == iBuffer)
+    {
+        // Just allocate one segment plus parity vecs
+        iBuffer = new char[(1 + num_parity) * segment_size];
+        if (NULL == iBuffer)
+        {
+            DMSG(0, "npc: error: couldn't allocate parity buffer: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+            return false;
+        }
+    }       
+    
+    // 2) Create parity vector array for FEC encoding
+    char**  parityVec = new char*[num_parity];
+    if (NULL == parityVec)
+    {
+        DMSG(0, "npc: new parity array error: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+        return false;
+    }
+    // Keep parity vecs after first _or_ "interleaver_size" segments of "iBuffer"
+    char* pvec =  iBuffer + (useBuffering ? interleaverBytes : segment_size);
+    memset(pvec, 0, num_parity*segment_size);
+    for (unsigned int i = 0; i < num_parity; i++)
+    {
+        parityVec[i] = pvec;
+        pvec += segment_size;
+    }
+        
+    // 3) Build "meta_data" segment for the file
+    // (TBD) This could be built directly into iBuffer segment zero
+    char metaData[SEGMENT_MAX+4];
+    memset(metaData, 0, SEGMENT_MAX);
+    NormFile::Offset sz = fileSize;
+    if (sizeof(NormFile::Offset) == 8)
+    {
+        sz = htono(fileSize);
+        memcpy(metaData, &sz, 8);
+    }
+    else if (sizeof(NormFile::Offset) == 4)
+    {
+        sz = htonl((UINT32)sz);
+        memcpy(metaData + 4, &sz, 4);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        DMSG(0, "npc: error: unsupported file offset size (%d bytes)\n", sizeof(NormFile::Offset));
+        return false;
+    }
+    // put in_file_path file name portion into middle section of "metaData"
+    const char* ptr = strrchr(in_file_path, PROTO_PATH_DELIMITER);
+    if (NULL == ptr)
+        ptr = in_file_path;
+    else
+        ptr++;
+    // Reserves space for file size (8 byte header) and CRC (4 byte trailer)
+    strncpy(metaData+8, ptr, segment_size - 12);
+    
+    // 2) Read "in_file" segments, encode, and output to "out_file"
+    DMSG(0, "npc: encoding file ... (progress:   0%%)");
+    // State to track/display encoding progress
+    NormFile::Offset progressThreshold = numOutputSegments / 100;
+    double progressIncrement = 100.0;
+    if (progressThreshold > 1)
+         progressIncrement = (double)numOutputSegments / (double)progressThreshold;
+    else
+        progressThreshold = numOutputSegments; // small number of segments
+    NormFile::Offset progressCounter = 0;
+    int progressPercent = 0;
+    
+    
+    NormFile::Offset blockId = 0;
+    unsigned int parityCount = 0;
+    bool parityReady = false;
+    NormFile::Offset inputSegmentId = 0;
+    NormFile::Offset outputSegmentId = 0;
+    while (outputSegmentId < numOutputSegments)
+    {
+        NormFile::Offset interleaverOffset = ComputeInterleaverOffset(outputSegmentId, numOutputSegments);
+        char* segment = useBuffering ? (iBuffer + (interleaverOffset % interleaverBytes)) : iBuffer;
+             
+        switch (parityReady)
+        {
+            case false:
+            {
+                // Read and encode a segment
+                inputSegmentId++;
+                if (1 == inputSegmentId)
+                {
+                    // A) Segment '0' is the meta-data segment
+                    memcpy(segment, metaData, dataSegmentSize);
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    // B) Read in data portion of next "segment"
+                    unsigned int bytesToRead;
+                    if (inputSegmentId != numInputSegments)
+                    {
+                        bytesToRead = dataSegmentSize; 
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        memset(segment, 0, dataSegmentSize);
+                        bytesToRead = lastFecSegSize;
+                    }
+                    if (in_file.Read(segment, bytesToRead) != bytesToRead)
+                    {
+                        DMSG(0, "\nnpc: unexpected error reading input file: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+                        return false;
+                    }
+                }
+                // C) Encode and check for parity readiness
+                encoder.Encode(segment, parityVec);
+                unsigned int numData = (blockId != lastBlockId) ? fecBlockSize : lastBlockSize;
+                if (numData == ++parityCount) 
+                {
+                    parityCount = num_parity;
+                    parityReady = true;
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+            case true:
+            {
+                // D) Output parity segment for this block
+                char* pvec = parityVec[num_parity - parityCount];
+                memcpy(segment, pvec, dataSegmentSize);
+                if (0 == --parityCount) 
+                {
+                    memset(parityVec[0], 0, num_parity * segment_size);
+                    parityReady = false;
+                    blockId++;
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+        }    
+        // E) Calculate and add CRC32 checksum to each "segment"
+        UINT32 checksum = ComputeCRC32(segment, dataSegmentSize);
+        checksum = htonl(checksum);
+        memcpy(segment+dataSegmentSize, &checksum, 4);   
+        
+        if (useBuffering)
+        {
+            
+            outputSegmentId++;
+            if ((0 == (outputSegmentId % interleaver_size)) || (outputSegmentId == numOutputSegments))
+            {
+                // Output our buffered interleaver block from memory (iBuffer) to "out_file"
+                NormFile::Offset bytesToWrite;
+                if ((outputSegmentId != numOutputSegments) || (numOutputSegments == interleaver_size))
+                    bytesToWrite = interleaver_size;
+                else
+                    bytesToWrite = (outputSegmentId % interleaver_size);
+                bytesToWrite *= segment_size;
+                if (out_file.Write(iBuffer, bytesToWrite) != bytesToWrite)
+                {   
+                    DMSG(0, "\nnpc: unexpected error writing to output file: %s\n", GetErrorString()); 
+                    return false;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Output interleaved segment directly to "out_file" one segment at a time
+            // "Seek" to interleaver offset
+            if (!out_file.Seek(interleaverOffset))
+            {
+                DMSG(0, "\nnpc: unexpected output file seek error: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+                return false;
+            }
+            // And write segment to output file
+            if (out_file.Write(segment, segment_size) != segment_size)
+            {
+                DMSG(0, "npc: unexpected error writing to output file: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+                return false;
+            }   
+            outputSegmentId++;
+             
+        }
+        if (++progressCounter >= progressThreshold)
+        {
+            if (progressPercent < 9)
+                DMSG(0, "\b\b\b%d%%)", progressPercent + 1);
+            else if (progressPercent < 99)
+                DMSG(0, "\b\b\b\b%d%%)", progressPercent + 1);
+            if (progressPercent < 99) progressPercent++;
+            progressCounter = 0;
+        }      
+    } 
+    if (progressPercent < 10)
+        DMSG(0, "\b\b\b100%%)\n");
+    else 
+        DMSG(0, "\b\b\b\b100%%)\n");
+    
+    in_file.Close();
+    out_file.Close();
+    
+    ProtoSystemTime(t2);
+    
+    // Deallocate our interleaver/parity buffers
+    delete[] iBuffer;
+    iBuffer = NULL;
+    delete[] parityVec;
+    parityVec = NULL;
+    
+    DMSG(2, "NormPrecodeApp::Encode() encoding time: %ld usec\n", DIFF_T(t2, t1));
+    
+    return true;
+            
+}  // end NormPrecodeApp::Encode()
+
+bool NormPrecodeApp::Decode()
+{
+    // 1) Determine file size and init interleaving
+    NormFile::Offset inputFileSize = in_file.GetSize();
+    NormFile::Offset numInputSegments = inputFileSize / segment_size;
+    if (0 != (inputFileSize % segment_size))
+    {
+        DMSG(0, "npc: error: input file size not integral number of given <segmentSize>\n");
+        return false;
+    }
+    // Reverse calculate the FEC blocking
+    NormFile::Offset numFecBlocks = numInputSegments / (num_data + num_parity);
+    unsigned int fecBlockSize = num_data;
+    unsigned int lastFecBlockSize = (unsigned int)(numInputSegments % (num_data + num_parity));
+    if (0 != lastFecBlockSize)
+    {
+        ASSERT(lastFecBlockSize > num_parity);
+        lastFecBlockSize -= num_parity;
+        numFecBlocks++;
+    }
+    NormFile::Offset lastFecBlockId = numFecBlocks - 1;
+    // Calculate interleaver dimensions from file size
+    // set "interleaver_size", etc
+    InitInterleaver(numInputSegments);
+    
+    // 2) init FEC decoder
+    NormDecoderRS8a decoder;
+    unsigned int dataSegmentSize = segment_size - 4;  // leaves space for our CRC
+    if (!decoder.Init(num_data, num_parity, dataSegmentSize))
+    {
+        DMSG(0, "npc: error initializing decoder\n");
+        return false;   
+    }
+    
+    
+    // 3) allocate interleaving/FEC decoding buffer and erasure locs array
+    // Determine number of segments to allocate for FEC encoding and
+    // interleaver buffering if applicable
+    char* iBuffer = NULL;
+    bool useBuffering = false;
+    NormFile::Offset interleaverBytes = interleaver_size * segment_size;
+    
+    if ((interleaverBytes <= i_buffer_max))// && 
+        //((num_data + num_parity) <= interleaver_size) &&
+        //((num_data + num_parity) <= numInputSegments))
+    {
+        // Allocate buffering for full interleaver block and parity
+        DMSG(0, "npc: allocating interleaver buffer ...\n");
+        iBuffer = new char[interleaverBytes + ((num_data + num_parity) * segment_size)];
+        if (NULL != iBuffer)
+            useBuffering = true;
+        else
+            DMSG(0, "npc: warning:  couldn't allocate full interleaver buffer: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+    }
+    if (NULL == iBuffer)
+    {
+        // Just try to allocate FEC vecs
+        iBuffer = new char[(num_data + num_parity) * segment_size];
+        if (NULL == iBuffer)
+        {
+            DMSG(0, "npc: error: couldn't allocate parity buffer: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+            return false;
+        }
+    }      
+    
+    char** fecVec = new char*[num_data + num_parity];
+    if (NULL == fecVec)
+    {
+        DMSG(0, "npc: error: couldn't allocate parity buffer: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+        return false;
+    }
+    if (!useBuffering)
+    {
+        // Go ahead and assign
+        char* fptr = iBuffer;
+        for (unsigned int i = 0; i < (num_data + num_parity); i++)
+        {
+            fecVec[i] = fptr;
+            fptr += segment_size;
+        }
+    }
+     
+    
+    unsigned int* erasureLocs = new unsigned int[num_parity];
+    if (NULL == erasureLocs)
+    {
+        DMSG(0, "npc: new erasure location array error: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+        return false;
+    }
+    
+    
+    DMSG(0, "npc: decoding file ... (progress:   0%%)");
+    // State to track/display decoding progress
+    NormFile::Offset progressThreshold = numInputSegments / 100;
+    double progressIncrement = 100.0;
+    if (progressThreshold > 1)
+         progressIncrement = (double)numInputSegments / (double)progressThreshold;
+    else
+        progressThreshold = numInputSegments; // small number of segments
+    NormFile::Offset progressCounter = 0;
+    int progressPercent = 0;
+    
+    
+    // Read and decode each block in "in_file"
+    NormFile::Offset fecBlockId = 0;
+    NormFile::Offset outFileSize;
+    
+    NormFile::Offset lastInterleaverBlockId = numInputSegments / interleaver_size;
+    NormFile::Offset lastInterleaverBytes = (numInputSegments % interleaver_size) * segment_size;
+    NormFile::Offset interleaverBlockId = 0;
+    
+    unsigned int erasureCount = 0;
+    unsigned int segmentCount = 0;
+    
+    enum State {READING, ADVANCING, DECODING};
+    State state = READING;
+    NormFile::Offset inputSegmentId = 0;
+    while ((inputSegmentId < numInputSegments) || (DECODING == state))
+    {
+        switch (state)
+        {
+            case READING:
+                if (useBuffering)
+                {
+                    // Read in a full interleaver block
+                    NormFile::Offset bytesToRead; 
+                    if (interleaverBlockId != lastInterleaverBlockId)
+                        bytesToRead = interleaverBytes;
+                    else
+                        bytesToRead = lastInterleaverBytes;
+                    if (in_file.Read(iBuffer, bytesToRead) != bytesToRead)
+                    {
+                        DMSG(0, "\nnpc: error reading input file: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+                        return false;
+                    }
+                    interleaverBlockId++;
+                    state = ADVANCING;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    // Read in a FEC block one segment at a time.
+                    unsigned int numData = (fecBlockId != lastFecBlockId) ? fecBlockSize : lastFecBlockSize;
+                    for (unsigned int i = 0 ; i < (numData + num_parity); i++)
+                    {
+                        // Calc offset (de-interleave) and seek
+                        NormFile::Offset interleaverOffset = ComputeInterleaverOffset(inputSegmentId, numInputSegments);
+                        // seek to interleaver offset
+                        if (!in_file.Seek(interleaverOffset))
+                        {
+                            DMSG(0, "\nnpc: unexpected input file seek error: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+                            return false;
+                        }
+                        // Read segment
+                        if (in_file.Read(fecVec[i], segment_size) != segment_size)
+                        {
+                            DMSG(0, "\nnpc: unexpected error reading input file: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+                            return false;
+                        }
+                        inputSegmentId++;
+                        
+                        // Validate checksum (detects errors/ erasures)
+                        UINT32 checksum = ComputeCRC32(fecVec[i], dataSegmentSize);
+                        checksum = htonl(checksum);
+                        if (0 != memcmp(&checksum, fecVec[i] + dataSegmentSize, 4))
+                        {
+                            DMSG(6, "\nnpc: bad checksum! (found erasure)\n");
+                            erasureLocs[erasureCount++] = i;
+                            if (erasureCount > num_parity)
+                            {
+                                DMSG(0, "\nnpc: decoding encountered block with too many errors!\n");
+                                return false;
+                            }
+                            memset(fecVec[i], 0, dataSegmentSize);
+                        }
+                    }
+                    state = DECODING;
+                }
+                break;
+            
+            case ADVANCING:
+            {
+                ASSERT(useBuffering);
+                unsigned int numData = (fecBlockId != lastFecBlockId) ? fecBlockSize : lastFecBlockSize;
+                unsigned int priorSegmentCount = segmentCount;
+                for (; segmentCount < (numData + num_parity); segmentCount++)
+                {
+                    NormFile::Offset interleaverOffset = ComputeInterleaverOffset(inputSegmentId, numInputSegments);
+                    fecVec[segmentCount] = iBuffer + (interleaverOffset % interleaverBytes);
+                    inputSegmentId++;
+                    // Validate checksum (detects errors/ erasures)
+                    UINT32 checksum = ComputeCRC32(fecVec[segmentCount], dataSegmentSize);
+                    checksum = htonl(checksum);
+                    if (0 != memcmp(&checksum, fecVec[segmentCount] + dataSegmentSize, 4))
+                    {
+                        DMSG(6, "\nnpc: bad checksum! (found erasure)\n");
+                        erasureLocs[erasureCount++] = segmentCount;
+                        if (erasureCount > num_parity)
+                        {
+                            DMSG(0, "\nnpc: decoding encountered block with too many errors!\n");
+                            return false;
+                        }
+                        memset(fecVec[segmentCount], 0, dataSegmentSize);
+                    }
+                    if (0 == (inputSegmentId % interleaver_size)) 
+                    {
+                        if ((segmentCount + 1) == (numData + num_parity))
+                            segmentCount++;  // we really finished
+                        break;    
+                    }
+                }
+                if (segmentCount < (numData + num_parity))
+                {
+                    segmentCount++;
+                    // We only got a partial FEC block, so copy remainder to our extra storage space
+                    char* fptr = iBuffer + interleaverBytes + (priorSegmentCount * segment_size);
+                    for (unsigned int i = priorSegmentCount; i < segmentCount; i++)
+                    {
+                        memcpy(fptr, fecVec[i], segment_size);
+                        fecVec[i] = fptr;
+                        fptr += segment_size;
+
+                    }
+                    state = READING;  // we need more data from file to complete fec block
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    state = DECODING;
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+                
+            case DECODING:
+            {
+                // Now decode
+                unsigned int numData = (fecBlockId != lastFecBlockId) ? fecBlockSize : lastFecBlockSize;
+                if (0 != erasureCount)
+                    decoder.Decode(fecVec, numData, erasureCount, erasureLocs);
+                for (unsigned int i = 0; i < numData; i++)
+                {
+                    unsigned int segmentSize = segment_size - 4;  // don't write the CRC tail
+                    if((0 == fecBlockId) && (0 == i))
+                    {
+                        // First segment of first block is our "meta_data" with file size info   
+                        switch (sizeof(NormFile::Offset))
+                        {
+                            case 8:
+                                memcpy(&outFileSize, fecVec[0], 8);
+                                outFileSize = ntoho(outFileSize);
+                                break;
+                            case 4:
+                                memcpy(&outFileSize, fecVec[0] + 4, 4);
+                                outFileSize = ntoho(outFileSize);
+                                break;
+                            default:
+                                DMSG(0, "\nnpc: error: unsupported file offset size\n");
+                                return false;
+                        }
+                        if (!out_file.IsOpen())
+                        {
+                            // Use meta-data file name
+                            char outFileName[PATH_MAX+1];
+                            unsigned int maxLen = (PATH_MAX < (segment_size - 12)) ? PATH_MAX : (segment_size - 12);
+                            outFileName[maxLen] = '\0';
+                            strncpy(outFileName, fecVec[0]+8, maxLen);  
+                            if (!out_file.Open(outFileName, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC))
+                            {
+                                DMSG(0, "\nnpc: error opening output file: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+                                return false;
+                            } 
+                        }
+                        continue;
+                    }
+                    else if ((lastFecBlockId == fecBlockId) && ((numData - 1) == i))
+                    {
+                        // Last segment, so calculate "lastSegmentSize"
+                        segmentSize = (unsigned int)(outFileSize % segmentSize); 
+                    }
+                    if (out_file.Write(fecVec[i], segmentSize) != segmentSize)
+                    {
+                        DMSG(0, "\nnpc: unexpected error writing to output file: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+                        return false;
+                    }
+                }
+                erasureCount = 0;
+                segmentCount = 0;
+                fecBlockId++;
+                state = useBuffering ? ADVANCING : READING;
+                break;
+            }
+                
+        }  // end switch (state)
+        
+        if (++progressCounter >= progressThreshold)
+        {
+            if (progressPercent < 9)
+                DMSG(0, "\b\b\b%d%%)", progressPercent + 1);
+            else if (progressPercent < 99)
+                DMSG(0, "\b\b\b\b%d%%)", progressPercent + 1);
+            if (progressPercent < 99) progressPercent++;
+            progressCounter = 0;
+        }    
+        
+    }  // end while (inputSegmentId < numInputSegments)
+    
+    if (progressPercent < 10)
+        DMSG(0, "\b\b\b100%%)\n");
+    else 
+        DMSG(0, "\b\b\b\b100%%)\n");
+    
+    // Cleanup, cleanup
+    delete[] iBuffer;
+    delete[] fecVec;
+    delete[] erasureLocs;
+    
+    return true;
+}  // end NormPrecodeApp::Decode()
+
+
+
+
+/*****************************************************************/
+/*                                                               */
+/* CRC LOOKUP TABLE                                              */
+/* ================                                              */
+/* The following CRC lookup table was generated automagically    */
+/* by the Rocksoft^tm Model CRC Algorithm Table Generation       */
+/* Program V1.0 using the following model parameters:            */
+/*                                                               */
+/*    Width   : 4 bytes.                                         */
+/*    Poly    : 0x04C11DB7L                                      */
+/*    Reverse : TRUE.                                            */
+/*                                                               */
+/* For more information on the Rocksoft^tm Model CRC Algorithm,  */
+/* see the document titled "A Painless Guide to CRC Error        */
+/* Detection Algorithms" by Ross Williams                        */
+/* (ross@guest.adelaide.edu.au.). This document is likely to be  */
+/* in the FTP archive "ftp.adelaide.edu.au/pub/rocksoft".        */
+/*                                                               */
+/*****************************************************************/
+
+const UINT32 NormPrecodeApp::CRC32_TABLE[256] =
+{
+ 0x00000000L, 0x77073096L, 0xEE0E612CL, 0x990951BAL,
+ 0x076DC419L, 0x706AF48FL, 0xE963A535L, 0x9E6495A3L,
+ 0x0EDB8832L, 0x79DCB8A4L, 0xE0D5E91EL, 0x97D2D988L,
+ 0x09B64C2BL, 0x7EB17CBDL, 0xE7B82D07L, 0x90BF1D91L,
+ 0x1DB71064L, 0x6AB020F2L, 0xF3B97148L, 0x84BE41DEL,
+ 0x1ADAD47DL, 0x6DDDE4EBL, 0xF4D4B551L, 0x83D385C7L,
+ 0x136C9856L, 0x646BA8C0L, 0xFD62F97AL, 0x8A65C9ECL,
+ 0x14015C4FL, 0x63066CD9L, 0xFA0F3D63L, 0x8D080DF5L,
+ 0x3B6E20C8L, 0x4C69105EL, 0xD56041E4L, 0xA2677172L,
+ 0x3C03E4D1L, 0x4B04D447L, 0xD20D85FDL, 0xA50AB56BL,
+ 0x35B5A8FAL, 0x42B2986CL, 0xDBBBC9D6L, 0xACBCF940L,
+ 0x32D86CE3L, 0x45DF5C75L, 0xDCD60DCFL, 0xABD13D59L,
+ 0x26D930ACL, 0x51DE003AL, 0xC8D75180L, 0xBFD06116L,
+ 0x21B4F4B5L, 0x56B3C423L, 0xCFBA9599L, 0xB8BDA50FL,
+ 0x2802B89EL, 0x5F058808L, 0xC60CD9B2L, 0xB10BE924L,
+ 0x2F6F7C87L, 0x58684C11L, 0xC1611DABL, 0xB6662D3DL,
+ 0x76DC4190L, 0x01DB7106L, 0x98D220BCL, 0xEFD5102AL,
+ 0x71B18589L, 0x06B6B51FL, 0x9FBFE4A5L, 0xE8B8D433L,
+ 0x7807C9A2L, 0x0F00F934L, 0x9609A88EL, 0xE10E9818L,
+ 0x7F6A0DBBL, 0x086D3D2DL, 0x91646C97L, 0xE6635C01L,
+ 0x6B6B51F4L, 0x1C6C6162L, 0x856530D8L, 0xF262004EL,
+ 0x6C0695EDL, 0x1B01A57BL, 0x8208F4C1L, 0xF50FC457L,
+ 0x65B0D9C6L, 0x12B7E950L, 0x8BBEB8EAL, 0xFCB9887CL,
+ 0x62DD1DDFL, 0x15DA2D49L, 0x8CD37CF3L, 0xFBD44C65L,
+ 0x4DB26158L, 0x3AB551CEL, 0xA3BC0074L, 0xD4BB30E2L,
+ 0x4ADFA541L, 0x3DD895D7L, 0xA4D1C46DL, 0xD3D6F4FBL,
+ 0x4369E96AL, 0x346ED9FCL, 0xAD678846L, 0xDA60B8D0L,
+ 0x44042D73L, 0x33031DE5L, 0xAA0A4C5FL, 0xDD0D7CC9L,
+ 0x5005713CL, 0x270241AAL, 0xBE0B1010L, 0xC90C2086L,
+ 0x5768B525L, 0x206F85B3L, 0xB966D409L, 0xCE61E49FL,
+ 0x5EDEF90EL, 0x29D9C998L, 0xB0D09822L, 0xC7D7A8B4L,
+ 0x59B33D17L, 0x2EB40D81L, 0xB7BD5C3BL, 0xC0BA6CADL,
+ 0xEDB88320L, 0x9ABFB3B6L, 0x03B6E20CL, 0x74B1D29AL,
+ 0xEAD54739L, 0x9DD277AFL, 0x04DB2615L, 0x73DC1683L,
+ 0xE3630B12L, 0x94643B84L, 0x0D6D6A3EL, 0x7A6A5AA8L,
+ 0xE40ECF0BL, 0x9309FF9DL, 0x0A00AE27L, 0x7D079EB1L,
+ 0xF00F9344L, 0x8708A3D2L, 0x1E01F268L, 0x6906C2FEL,
+ 0xF762575DL, 0x806567CBL, 0x196C3671L, 0x6E6B06E7L,
+ 0xFED41B76L, 0x89D32BE0L, 0x10DA7A5AL, 0x67DD4ACCL,
+ 0xF9B9DF6FL, 0x8EBEEFF9L, 0x17B7BE43L, 0x60B08ED5L,
+ 0xD6D6A3E8L, 0xA1D1937EL, 0x38D8C2C4L, 0x4FDFF252L,
+ 0xD1BB67F1L, 0xA6BC5767L, 0x3FB506DDL, 0x48B2364BL,
+ 0xD80D2BDAL, 0xAF0A1B4CL, 0x36034AF6L, 0x41047A60L,
+ 0xDF60EFC3L, 0xA867DF55L, 0x316E8EEFL, 0x4669BE79L,
+ 0xCB61B38CL, 0xBC66831AL, 0x256FD2A0L, 0x5268E236L,
+ 0xCC0C7795L, 0xBB0B4703L, 0x220216B9L, 0x5505262FL,
+ 0xC5BA3BBEL, 0xB2BD0B28L, 0x2BB45A92L, 0x5CB36A04L,
+ 0xC2D7FFA7L, 0xB5D0CF31L, 0x2CD99E8BL, 0x5BDEAE1DL,
+ 0x9B64C2B0L, 0xEC63F226L, 0x756AA39CL, 0x026D930AL,
+ 0x9C0906A9L, 0xEB0E363FL, 0x72076785L, 0x05005713L,
+ 0x95BF4A82L, 0xE2B87A14L, 0x7BB12BAEL, 0x0CB61B38L,
+ 0x92D28E9BL, 0xE5D5BE0DL, 0x7CDCEFB7L, 0x0BDBDF21L,
+ 0x86D3D2D4L, 0xF1D4E242L, 0x68DDB3F8L, 0x1FDA836EL,
+ 0x81BE16CDL, 0xF6B9265BL, 0x6FB077E1L, 0x18B74777L,
+ 0x88085AE6L, 0xFF0F6A70L, 0x66063BCAL, 0x11010B5CL,
+ 0x8F659EFFL, 0xF862AE69L, 0x616BFFD3L, 0x166CCF45L,
+ 0xA00AE278L, 0xD70DD2EEL, 0x4E048354L, 0x3903B3C2L,
+ 0xA7672661L, 0xD06016F7L, 0x4969474DL, 0x3E6E77DBL,
+ 0xAED16A4AL, 0xD9D65ADCL, 0x40DF0B66L, 0x37D83BF0L,
+ 0xA9BCAE53L, 0xDEBB9EC5L, 0x47B2CF7FL, 0x30B5FFE9L,
+ 0xBDBDF21CL, 0xCABAC28AL, 0x53B39330L, 0x24B4A3A6L,
+ 0xBAD03605L, 0xCDD70693L, 0x54DE5729L, 0x23D967BFL,
+ 0xB3667A2EL, 0xC4614AB8L, 0x5D681B02L, 0x2A6F2B94L,
+ 0xB40BBE37L, 0xC30C8EA1L, 0x5A05DF1BL, 0x2D02EF8DL
+};  // end NormPrecodeApp::CRC32_TABLE
+
+UINT32 NormPrecodeApp::ComputeCRC32(const char* buffer, unsigned int buflen)
+{
+    const UINT32 CRC32_XINIT = 0xFFFFFFFFL; // initial value
+    const UINT32 CRC32_XOROT = 0xFFFFFFFFL; // final xor value 
+    UINT32 result = CRC32_XINIT;
+    for (unsigned int i = 0; i < buflen; i++)
+        result = CRC32_TABLE[(result ^ *buffer++) & 0xFFL] ^ (result >> 8);
+    // return XOR out value 
+    result ^= CRC32_XOROT;
+    ASSERT(0 != result);
+    return result;
+}  // end NormPrecodeApp::ComputeCRC32()
diff --git a/common/normSegment.cpp b/common/normSegment.cpp
index 548f2ec..9829e78 100644
--- a/common/normSegment.cpp
+++ b/common/normSegment.cpp
@@ -491,8 +491,7 @@ NormObjectSize NormBlock::GetBytesPending(UINT16      numData,
         } while (GetNextPending(nextId));        
     }
     // Correct for final_segment_size, if applicable
-    if ((id == finalBlockId) &&
-        (IsPending(numData - 1)))
+    if ((id == finalBlockId) && IsPending(numData - 1))
     {
         pendingBytes -= NormObjectSize(segmentSize);
         pendingBytes += NormObjectSize(finalSegmentSize);  
diff --git a/common/normSegment.h b/common/normSegment.h
index 0c70b92..c6066aa 100644
--- a/common/normSegment.h
+++ b/common/normSegment.h
@@ -19,10 +19,6 @@ class NormSegmentPool
         void Put(char* segment)
         {
             ASSERT(seg_count < seg_total);
-            //char** ptr = (char**)segment;
-            //ptr = seg_list;
-            // (TBD) avoid this system call
-            //memcpy(segment, &seg_list, sizeof(char*));
             *((char**)segment) = seg_list;  // this might make a warning on Solaris
             seg_list = segment;
             seg_count++;
@@ -32,7 +28,6 @@ class NormSegmentPool
         unsigned long CurrentUsage() const {return (seg_total - seg_count);}
         unsigned long PeakUsage() const {return peak_usage;}
         unsigned long OverunCount() const {return overruns;}
-        
         unsigned int GetSegmentSize() {return seg_size;}
         
     private: 
diff --git a/common/normSession.cpp b/common/normSession.cpp
index 300e29f..1d91467 100644
--- a/common/normSession.cpp
+++ b/common/normSession.cpp
@@ -13,16 +13,21 @@ const double NormSession::DEFAULT_BACKOFF_FACTOR = 4.0;
 const double NormSession::DEFAULT_GSIZE_ESTIMATE = 1000.0; 
 const UINT16 NormSession::DEFAULT_NDATA = 64; 
 const UINT16 NormSession::DEFAULT_NPARITY = 32;  
+const UINT16 NormSession::DEFAULT_TX_CACHE_MIN = 8;
+const UINT16 NormSession::DEFAULT_TX_CACHE_MAX = 256;
 
 NormSession::NormSession(NormSessionMgr& sessionMgr, NormNodeId localNodeId) 
  : session_mgr(sessionMgr), notify_pending(false), tx_port(0), 
-   tx_socket(&tx_socket_actual), tx_socket_actual(ProtoSocket::UDP), 
+   tx_socket_actual(ProtoSocket::UDP), tx_socket(&tx_socket_actual), 
    rx_socket(ProtoSocket::UDP), local_node_id(localNodeId), 
    ttl(DEFAULT_TTL), tos(0), loopback(false), rx_port_reuse(false), rx_addr_bind(false),
    tx_rate(DEFAULT_TRANSMIT_RATE/8.0), tx_rate_min(-1.0), tx_rate_max(-1.0),
    backoff_factor(DEFAULT_BACKOFF_FACTOR), is_server(false), instance_id(0),
    ndata(DEFAULT_NDATA), nparity(DEFAULT_NPARITY), auto_parity(0), extra_parity(0),
-   next_tx_object_id(0), tx_cache_count_min(8), tx_cache_count_max(256),
+   sndr_emcon(false), encoder(NULL), 
+   next_tx_object_id(0), 
+   tx_cache_count_min(DEFAULT_TX_CACHE_MIN), 
+   tx_cache_count_max(DEFAULT_TX_CACHE_MAX),
    tx_cache_size_max((UINT32)20*1024*1024),
    flush_count(NORM_ROBUST_FACTOR+1),
    posted_tx_queue_empty(false), 
@@ -36,7 +41,8 @@ NormSession::NormSession(NormSessionMgr& sessionMgr, NormNodeId localNodeId)
    grtt_decrease_delay_count(DEFAULT_GRTT_DECREASE_DELAY),
    grtt_response(false), grtt_current_peak(0.0), grtt_age(0.0),
    cc_enable(false), cc_sequence(0), cc_slow_start(true), cc_active(false),
-   is_client(false), unicast_nacks(false), client_silent(false), receiver_low_delay(false),
+   is_client(false), unicast_nacks(false), 
+   client_silent(false), rcvr_ignore_info(false), rcvr_max_delay(-1),
    default_repair_boundary(NormServerNode::BLOCK_BOUNDARY),
    default_nacking_mode(NormObject::NACK_NORMAL),
    trace(false), tx_loss_rate(0.0), rx_loss_rate(0.0),
@@ -82,6 +88,7 @@ NormSession::NormSession(NormSessionMgr& sessionMgr, NormNodeId localNodeId)
     report_timer.SetRepeat(-1);
 }
 
+
 NormSession::~NormSession()
 {
     Close();
@@ -229,9 +236,8 @@ void NormSession::Close()
 
 bool NormSession::SetMulticastInterface(const char* interfaceName)
 {
-    if (interfaceName)
+    if (NULL != interfaceName)
     {
-
         bool result = true;
         if (rx_socket.IsOpen())
             result &= rx_socket.SetMulticastInterface(interfaceName);
@@ -358,19 +364,19 @@ bool NormSession::StartServer(UINT16        instanceId,
         if (!Open(interfaceName)) return false;
     }
     // (TBD) parameterize the object history depth
-    if (!tx_table.Init(256))
+    if (!tx_table.Init(tx_cache_count_max)) 
     {
         DMSG(0, "NormSession::StartServer() tx_table.Init() error!\n");
         StopServer();
         return false;   
     }
-    if (!tx_pending_mask.Init(256, 0x0000ffff))
+    if (!tx_pending_mask.Init(tx_cache_count_max, 0x0000ffff))
     {
         DMSG(0, "NormSession::StartServer() tx_pending_mask.Init() error!\n");
         StopServer();
         return false; 
     }
-    if (!tx_repair_mask.Init(256, 0x0000ffff))
+    if (!tx_repair_mask.Init(tx_cache_count_max, 0x0000ffff))
     {
         DMSG(0, "NormSession::StartServer() tx_repair_mask.Init() error!\n");
         StopServer();
@@ -407,7 +413,15 @@ bool NormSession::StartServer(UINT16        instanceId,
     
     if (numParity)
     {
-        if (!encoder.Init(numParity, segmentSize + NormDataMsg::GetStreamPayloadHeaderLength()))
+        if (NULL != encoder) delete encoder;
+        if (NULL == (encoder = new NormEncoderRS8a))
+        {
+            DMSG(0, "NormSession::StartServer() new NormEncoderRS8a error: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+            StopServer();
+            return false;
+        }
+        
+        if (!encoder->Init(numData, numParity, segmentSize + NormDataMsg::GetStreamPayloadHeaderLength()))
         {
             DMSG(0, "NormSession::StartServer() encoder init error\n");
             StopServer();
@@ -477,7 +491,12 @@ void NormSession::StopServer()
         repair_timer.Deactivate();
         tx_repair_pending = false;
     }
-    encoder.Destroy();
+    if (NULL != encoder)
+    {
+        encoder->Destroy();
+        delete encoder;
+        encoder = NULL;
+    }
     acking_node_tree.Destroy();
     cc_node_list.Destroy();
     // Iterate tx_table and release objects
@@ -749,6 +768,7 @@ void NormSession::Serve()
                             }
                         }
                     }
+                    //ASSERT(stream->IsPending() || stream->IsRepairPending());
                     if (!posted_tx_queue_empty && stream->IsPending() && !stream->IsClosing())
                     {
                         //data_active = false;
@@ -756,7 +776,7 @@ void NormSession::Serve()
                         Notify(NormController::TX_QUEUE_EMPTY, (NormServerNode*)NULL, obj);
                         // (TBD) Was session deleted?
                         return;
-                    }      
+                    }
                 }
                 else
                 {
@@ -778,9 +798,7 @@ void NormSession::Serve()
         {
             data_active = false;  // (TBD) should we wait until the flush process completes before setting false???
             posted_tx_queue_empty = true;
-            Notify(NormController::TX_QUEUE_EMPTY,
-                   (NormServerNode*)NULL,
-                   (NormObject*)NULL);
+            Notify(NormController::TX_QUEUE_EMPTY, (NormServerNode*)NULL, (NormObject*)NULL);
             // (TBD) Was session deleted?
             return;
         }     
@@ -1103,7 +1121,8 @@ void NormSession::QueueMessage(NormMsg* msg)
         tx_timer.SetInterval(0.0);
         ActivateTimer(tx_timer);   
     }
-    if (msg) message_queue.Append(msg);
+    if (msg) 
+        message_queue.Append(msg);
 }  // end NormSesssion::QueueMessage(NormMsg& msg)
 
 
@@ -1339,29 +1358,52 @@ void NormSession::DeleteTxObject(NormObject* obj)
     obj->Release();
 }  // end NormSession::DeleteTxObject()
 
-void NormSession::SetTxCacheBounds(NormObjectSize  sizeMax,
+bool NormSession::SetTxCacheBounds(NormObjectSize  sizeMax,
                                    unsigned long   countMin,
                                    unsigned long   countMax)
 {
+    bool result = true;
     tx_cache_size_max = sizeMax;
     tx_cache_count_min = (countMin < countMax) ? countMin : countMax;
     tx_cache_count_max = (countMax > countMin) ? countMax : countMin;
-    // Now trim the tx_table as needed
+    
     if (IsServer())
     {
+        // Trim/resize the tx_table and tx masks as needed
         unsigned long count = tx_table.Count();
         while ((count >= tx_cache_count_min) &&
                ((count >= tx_cache_count_max) ||
                 (tx_table.GetSize() > tx_cache_size_max)))
         {
-            // Remove oldest non-pending 
+            // Remove oldest (hopefully non-pending ) object
             NormObject* oldest = tx_table.Find(tx_table.RangeLo());
             ASSERT(oldest);
             Notify(NormController::TX_OBJECT_PURGED, (NormServerNode*)NULL, oldest);
             DeleteTxObject(oldest);
             count = tx_table.Count();
         }
+        if (tx_cache_count_max < DEFAULT_TX_CACHE_MAX)
+            countMax = DEFAULT_TX_CACHE_MAX;
+        else
+            countMax = tx_cache_count_max;
+        if (countMax != tx_table.GetRangeMax())
+        {
+            tx_table.SetRangeMax((UINT16)countMax);
+            result = tx_pending_mask.Resize(countMax);
+            result &= tx_repair_mask.Resize(countMax);
+            if (!result)
+            {
+                countMax = tx_pending_mask.GetSize();
+                if (tx_repair_mask.GetSize() < (INT32)countMax)
+                    countMax = tx_repair_mask.GetSize(); 
+                if (tx_cache_count_max > countMax)
+                    tx_cache_count_max = countMax;
+                if (tx_cache_count_min > tx_cache_count_max)
+                    tx_cache_count_min = tx_cache_count_max;
+            }
+        }
     }
+    return result;
 }  // end NormSession::SetTxCacheBounds()
 
 NormBlock* NormSession::ServerGetFreeBlock(NormObjectId objectId, 
@@ -1550,14 +1592,10 @@ void NormTrace(const struct timeval&    currentTime,
             if (data.IsData() && data.IsStream())
             {
                 //if (NormDataMsg::StreamPayloadFlagIsSet(data.GetPayload(), NormDataMsg::FLAG_MSG_START))
-                if (0 != NormDataMsg::ReadStreamPayloadMsgStart(data.GetPayload()))
+                UINT16 msgStartOffset = NormDataMsg::ReadStreamPayloadMsgStart(data.GetPayload());
+                if (0 != msgStartOffset)
                 {
-                    // (TBD) use "payload_msg_start" value for this ...
-                    // We usually use the first two bytes of "messages"
-                    // as a "message length" header
-                    UINT16 x;
-                    memcpy(&x, data.GetPayloadData(), 2);
-                    DMSG(0, "start word>%hu ", ntohs(x));
+                    DMSG(0, "start word>%hu ", msgStartOffset - 1);
                 }
                 //if (NormDataMsg::StreamPayloadFlagIsSet(data.GetPayload(), NormDataMsg::FLAG_STREAM_END))
                 if (0 == NormDataMsg::ReadStreamPayloadLength(data.GetPayload()))
@@ -1923,13 +1961,11 @@ void NormSession::ServerHandleCCFeedback(struct timeval  currentTime,
     NormCCNode* node = (NormCCNode*)cc_node_list.FindNodeById(nodeId);
     if (node) ccRtt = node->UpdateRtt(ccRtt);
     
-    if (0 == (ccFlags & NormCC::START))
-    {
-        // slow start has ended
-        cc_slow_start = false;  
-        // adjust rate using current rtt for node
-        ccRate = CalculateRate(nominal_packet_size, ccRtt, ccLoss);
-    }
+    bool ccSlowStart = (0 != (ccFlags & NormCC::START));
+    
+    if (!ccSlowStart)
+        ccRate = CalculateRate(nominal_packet_size, ccRtt, ccLoss); 
+    
     //DMSG(0, "NormSession::ServerHandleCCFeedback() node>%lu rate>%lf (rtt>%lf loss>%lf slow_start>%d)\n",
     //        nodeId, ccRate * 8.0 / 1000.0, ccRtt, ccLoss, (0 != (ccFlags & NormCC::START)));
     
@@ -1959,6 +1995,7 @@ void NormSession::ServerHandleCCFeedback(struct timeval  currentTime,
             next->SetCCSequence(ccSequence);
             next->SetActive(true);
             next->SetFeedbackTime(currentTime);
+            cc_slow_start = ccSlowStart;  // use CLR status for our slow_start state
             if (savedId == nodeId)
             {
                 // This was feedback from the current CLR  
@@ -2559,6 +2596,7 @@ void NormSession::ServerHandleNackMessage(const struct timeval& currentTime, Nor
                         }  // end if (freshBlock)
                         ASSERT(NULL != block);
                         // If stream && explicit data repair, lock the data for retransmission
+                        // (TBD) this use of "ndata" needs to be replaced for dynamically shortened blocks
                         if (object->IsStream() && (nextSegmentId < ndata))
                         {
                             bool attemptLock = true;
@@ -3017,7 +3055,7 @@ bool NormSession::OnRepairTimeout(ProtoTimer& /*theTimer*/)
                     if (!tx_pending_mask.Set(objectId))
                         DMSG(0, "NormSession::OnRepairTimeout() rx_pending_mask.Set(%hu) error (2)\n",
                                 (UINT16)objectId); 
-                }  
+                } 
             } 
         }  // end while (iterator.GetNextObject())   
         PromptServer();
@@ -3103,9 +3141,18 @@ bool NormSession::OnTxTimeout(ProtoTimer& /*theTimer*/)
         }
         else
         {
+            // (TBD) should we check the type of error that occurred
+            //       and take some smarter action here (e.g. re-open our sockets?)
             // Requeue the message for another try
             if (!advertise_repairs) 
-                message_queue.Prepend(msg);   
+                message_queue.Prepend(msg); 
+            // Make sure the tx_timer interval is non-ZERO
+            // (this avoids a sort of infinite loop that can occur
+            //  under certain conditions)
+            if (tx_rate > 0.0)
+                tx_timer.SetInterval(msg->GetLength() / tx_rate);
+            else if (0.0 == tx_timer.GetInterval())
+                tx_timer.SetInterval(0.1);
         }
         return true;  // reinstall tx_timer
     }
@@ -3203,12 +3250,17 @@ bool NormSession::SendMessage(NormMsg& msg)
     
     msg.SetSourceId(local_node_id);
     UINT16 msgSize = msg.GetLength();
-    bool result = true;
     // Possibly drop some tx messages for testing purposes
     bool drop = (UniformRand(100.0) < tx_loss_rate);
     if (drop || (isClientMsg && client_silent))
     {
         //DMSG(0, "TX MESSAGE DROPPED! (tx_loss_rate:%lf\n", tx_loss_rate); 
+        if (!(isClientMsg && client_silent))
+        {
+            // Update sent rate tracker even if dropped (for testing/debugging)
+            sent_accumulator += msgSize;
+            nominal_packet_size += 0.05 * (((double)msgSize) - nominal_packet_size);    
+        }
     }    
     else
     {
@@ -3228,40 +3280,34 @@ bool NormSession::SendMessage(NormMsg& msg)
         }
         else
         {
-            DMSG(8, "NormSession::SendMessage() sendto() error\n");
-            result = false;
+            DMSG(8, "NormSession::SendMessage() sendto() error: %s\n", GetErrorString());
+            tx_sequence--;
+            return false;
         }
     }
-    if (result)
+    if (isProbe)
     {
-        if (isProbe)
+        probe_pending = false;
+        probe_data_check = true;
+        if (probe_reset) 
         {
-            probe_pending = false;
-            probe_data_check = true;
-            if (probe_reset) 
-            {
-                probe_reset = false;
-                if (!probe_timer.IsActive())
-                    ActivateTimer(probe_timer);  
-            }
+            probe_reset = false;
+            if (!probe_timer.IsActive())
+                ActivateTimer(probe_timer);  
         }
-        else if (!isClientMsg)
-        {
-            probe_data_check = false;
-            if (!probe_pending && probe_reset)
-            {
-                probe_reset = false;
-                OnProbeTimeout(probe_timer);
-                if (!probe_timer.IsActive())
-                    ActivateTimer(probe_timer);
-            }
-        }
-        return true;
     }
-    else
+    else if (!isClientMsg)
     {
-        return false;
+        probe_data_check = false;
+        if (!probe_pending && probe_reset)
+        {
+            probe_reset = false;
+            OnProbeTimeout(probe_timer);
+            if (!probe_timer.IsActive())
+                ActivateTimer(probe_timer);
+        }
     }
+    return true;
 }  // end NormSession::SendMessage()
 
 void NormSession::SetGrttProbingInterval(double intervalMin, double intervalMax)
@@ -3503,7 +3549,7 @@ bool NormSession::OnProbeTimeout(ProtoTimer& /*theTimer*/)
                     feedbackAge += 1.0e-06*((double)(currentTime.tv_usec - feedbackTime.tv_usec));
                 else
                     feedbackAge -= 1.0e-06*((double)(feedbackTime.tv_usec - currentTime.tv_usec));
-                double maxFeedbackAge = 5 * grtt_advertised;
+                double maxFeedbackAge = 5 * MAX(grtt_advertised, next->GetRtt());
                 // Safety bound to compensate for computer clock coarseness
                 // and possible sluggish feedback from slower machines
                 // at higher norm data rates (keeps rate from being 
@@ -3511,7 +3557,11 @@ bool NormSession::OnProbeTimeout(ProtoTimer& /*theTimer*/)
                 if (maxFeedbackAge <(10*NORM_TICK_MIN)) 
                     maxFeedbackAge = (10*NORM_TICK_MIN);  
                 if (feedbackAge > maxFeedbackAge)
+                {
+                    DMSG(6, "Deactivating cc node feedbackAge:%lf sec maxAge:%lf sec\n",
+                            feedbackAge, maxFeedbackAge);
                     next->SetActive(false);
+                }
             }             
         }
        
diff --git a/common/normSession.h b/common/normSession.h
index ff47f1a..a2a2470 100644
--- a/common/normSession.h
+++ b/common/normSession.h
@@ -101,6 +101,9 @@ class NormSession
         static const double DEFAULT_GSIZE_ESTIMATE;
         static const UINT16 DEFAULT_NDATA;
         static const UINT16 DEFAULT_NPARITY;
+        static const UINT16 DEFAULT_TX_CACHE_MIN;
+        static const UINT16 DEFAULT_TX_CACHE_MAX;
+        
         enum ProbingMode {PROBE_NONE, PROBE_PASSIVE, PROBE_ACTIVE};
         enum AckingStatus 
         {
@@ -129,7 +132,7 @@ class NormSession
             // (TBD) call tx_socket->SetFlowLabel() to set traffic class for IPv6 sockets
             // (or should we have ProtoSocket::SetTOS() do this for us?)
             bool result = tx_socket->IsOpen() ? tx_socket->SetTOS(theTOS) : true;
-            tos = result ? theTOS : ttl;
+            tos = result ? theTOS : tos;
             return result; 
         }
         bool SetLoopback(bool state) 
@@ -177,7 +180,7 @@ class NormSession
         void SetGrttMax(double grttMax) {grtt_max = grttMax;}
         
         void SetTxRateBounds(double rateMin, double rateMax);
-        void SetTxCacheBounds(NormObjectSize sizeMax,
+        bool SetTxCacheBounds(NormObjectSize sizeMax,
                               unsigned long  countMin,
                               unsigned long  countMax);
         void Notify(NormController::Event event,
@@ -247,6 +250,13 @@ class NormSession
         void ServerSetExtraParity(UINT16 extraParity)
             {extra_parity = extraParity;}
         
+        // EMCON Server (useful when there are silent receivers)
+        // (NORM_INFO is redundantly sent)
+        void SndrSetEmcon(bool state)
+            {sndr_emcon = true;}
+        bool SndrEmcon() const
+            {return sndr_emcon;}
+        
         bool ServerGetFirstPending(NormObjectId& objectId)
         {
             UINT32 index;
@@ -282,7 +292,7 @@ class NormSession
         }
         
         void ServerEncode(const char* segment, char** parityVectorList)
-            {encoder.Encode(segment, parityVectorList);}
+            {encoder->Encode(segment, parityVectorList);}
         
         
         NormBlock* ServerGetFreeBlock(NormObjectId objectId, NormBlockId blockId);
@@ -313,16 +323,30 @@ class NormSession
             {return remote_server_buffer_size;}
         void ClientSetUnicastNacks(bool state) {unicast_nacks = state;}
         bool ClientGetUnicastNacks() const {return unicast_nacks;}
+        
         void ClientSetSilent(bool state) 
-        {
-            client_silent = state;
-            receiver_low_delay = client_silent ? receiver_low_delay : false;
-        }
+            {client_silent = state;}
         bool ClientIsSilent() const {return client_silent;}
         
-        void ReceiverSetLowDelay(bool state) 
-            {receiver_low_delay = client_silent ? state : false;}
-        bool ReceiverIsLowDelay() {return receiver_low_delay;}
+        void RcvrSetIgnoreInfo(bool state)
+            {rcvr_ignore_info = state;}
+        bool RcvrIgnoreInfo() const
+            {return rcvr_ignore_info;}        
+        
+        // "-1" corresponds to typical operation where source data for
+        // partially received FEC blocks are only provided to the app
+        // when buffer constraints require it.
+        // Otherwise, the "maxDelay" corresponds to the max number
+        // of FEC blocks the receiver waits before passing partially
+        // received blocks to the app.
+        // Note a "maxDelay == 0" provides _no_ protection from 
+        // out-of-order received packets!
+        void RcvrSetMaxDelay(INT32 maxDelay) 
+            {rcvr_max_delay = maxDelay;}
+        bool RcvrIsLowDelay() 
+            {return (ClientIsSilent() && (rcvr_max_delay >= 0));}
+        INT32 RcvrGetMaxDelay() const
+            {return rcvr_max_delay;}
         
         NormObject::NackingMode ClientGetDefaultNackingMode() const
             {return default_nacking_mode;}
@@ -401,8 +425,8 @@ class NormSession
         bool                            notify_pending;
         ProtoTimer                      tx_timer;
         UINT16                          tx_port;
-        ProtoSocket*                    tx_socket;
         ProtoSocket                     tx_socket_actual;
+        ProtoSocket*                    tx_socket;
         ProtoSocket                     rx_socket;
         NormMessageQueue                message_queue;
         NormMessageQueue                message_pool;
@@ -431,6 +455,7 @@ class NormSession
         UINT16                          nparity;
         UINT16                          auto_parity;
         UINT16                          extra_parity;
+        bool                            sndr_emcon;
         
         NormObjectTable                 tx_table;
         ProtoSlidingMask                tx_pending_mask;
@@ -438,7 +463,7 @@ class NormSession
         ProtoTimer                      repair_timer;
         NormBlockPool                   block_pool;
         NormSegmentPool                 segment_pool;
-        NormEncoder                     encoder;
+        NormEncoder*                    encoder;
         
         NormObjectId                    next_tx_object_id;
         unsigned int                    tx_cache_count_min;
@@ -507,7 +532,8 @@ class NormSession
         unsigned long                   remote_server_buffer_size;
         bool                            unicast_nacks;
         bool                            client_silent;
-        bool                            receiver_low_delay;
+        bool                            rcvr_ignore_info;
+        INT32                           rcvr_max_delay;
         NormServerNode::RepairBoundary  default_repair_boundary;
         NormObject::NackingMode         default_nacking_mode;    
         
diff --git a/common/normSimAgent.cpp b/common/normSimAgent.cpp
index c2dc1cb..37d0929 100644
--- a/common/normSimAgent.cpp
+++ b/common/normSimAgent.cpp
@@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
 #include "normSimAgent.h"
-
 #include <errno.h>
 
 // This NORM simulation agent includes support for providing transport
@@ -8,22 +7,22 @@
 
 NormSimAgent::NormSimAgent(ProtoTimerMgr&         timerMgr,
                            ProtoSocket::Notifier& socketNotifier)
- : session_mgr(timerMgr, socketNotifier), session(NULL),
-   address(NULL), port(0), ttl(3), 
-   tx_rate(NormSession::DEFAULT_TRANSMIT_RATE), 
-   cc_enable(false), unicast_nacks(false), silent_client(false),
-   backoff_factor(NormSession::DEFAULT_BACKOFF_FACTOR),
-   segment_size(1024), ndata(32), nparity(16), auto_parity(0), extra_parity(0),
-   group_size(NormSession::DEFAULT_GSIZE_ESTIMATE),
-   grtt_estimate(NormSession::DEFAULT_GRTT_ESTIMATE),
-   tx_buffer_size(1024*1024), rx_buffer_size(1024*1024),
-   tx_object_size(0), tx_object_interval(0.0), 
-   tx_object_size_min(0), tx_object_size_max(0), 
-   tx_repeat_count(0), tx_repeat_interval(0.0),
-   stream(NULL), auto_stream(false), push_mode(false),
-   flush_mode(NormStreamObject::FLUSH_PASSIVE),
-   mgen(NULL), msg_sync(false), mgen_bytes(0), mgen_pending_bytes(0),
-   tracing(false), tx_loss(0.0), rx_loss(0.0)
+  : msg_sink(NULL), session_mgr(timerMgr, socketNotifier), session(NULL),
+    address(NULL), port(0), ttl(3), 
+    tx_rate(NormSession::DEFAULT_TRANSMIT_RATE), 
+    cc_enable(false), unicast_nacks(false), silent_client(false),
+    backoff_factor(NormSession::DEFAULT_BACKOFF_FACTOR),
+    segment_size(1024), ndata(32), nparity(16), auto_parity(0), extra_parity(0),
+    group_size(NormSession::DEFAULT_GSIZE_ESTIMATE),
+    grtt_estimate(NormSession::DEFAULT_GRTT_ESTIMATE),
+    tx_buffer_size(1024*1024), rx_buffer_size(1024*1024),
+    tx_object_size(0), tx_object_interval(0.0), 
+    tx_object_size_min(0), tx_object_size_max(0), 
+    tx_repeat_count(0), tx_repeat_interval(0.0),
+    stream(NULL), auto_stream(false), push_mode(false),
+    flush_mode(NormStreamObject::FLUSH_PASSIVE),
+    msg_sync(false), mgen_bytes(0), mgen_pending_bytes(0),
+    tracing(false), tx_loss(0.0), rx_loss(0.0)
 {
     // Bind NormSessionMgr to this agent and simulation environment
     session_mgr.SetController(static_cast<NormController*>(this));
@@ -586,6 +585,8 @@ bool NormSimAgent::SendMessage(unsigned int len, const char* txBuffer)
         DMSG(0, "NormSimAgent::SendMessage() session not started!\n");
         return false;
     }
+
+    return true;
 }  // end NormSimAgent::SendMessage()
 
 void NormSimAgent::OnInputReady()
@@ -622,246 +623,242 @@ bool NormSimAgent::FlushStream()
     
 
 void NormSimAgent::Notify(NormController::Event event,
-                     class NormSessionMgr* sessionMgr,
-                     class NormSession*    session,
-                     class NormServerNode* server,
-                     class NormObject*     object)
+                          class NormSessionMgr* sessionMgr,
+                          class NormSession*    session,
+                          class NormServerNode* server,
+                          class NormObject*     object)
 {
     switch (event)
     {
         //case TX_QUEUE_VACANCY:
-        case TX_QUEUE_EMPTY:
-            // Can queue a new object or write to stream for transmission  
-            if (object && (object == stream))
+    case TX_QUEUE_EMPTY:
+      // Can queue a new object or write to stream for transmission  
+      if (object && (object == stream))
+      {
+          if (auto_stream)
+          {
+              // sending a dummy byte stream
+              char buffer[NormMsg::MAX_SIZE];
+              stream->Write(buffer, segment_size, false);
+          }
+          else
+          {
+              // Stream starved, ask for input from "source" ?   
+              OnInputReady();
+          }
+      }
+      else
+      {            
+          // Schedule or queue next "sim file" transmission
+          if (interval_timer.GetInterval() > 0.0)
+          {
+              ActivateTimer(interval_timer);            
+          }
+          else
+          {
+              OnIntervalTimeout(interval_timer);
+          }
+      } 
+      break;
+      
+    case RX_OBJECT_NEW:
+      {
+          // It's up to the app to "accept" the object
+          switch (object->GetType())
+          {
+          case NormObject::STREAM:
             {
-                if (auto_stream)
-                {
-                    // sending a dummy byte stream
-                    char buffer[NormMsg::MAX_SIZE];
-                    stream->Write(buffer, segment_size, false);
-                }
+                NormObjectSize size;
+                if (silent_client)
+                  size = NormObjectSize(rx_buffer_size);
                 else
+                  size = object->GetSize();
+                if (!((NormStreamObject*)object)->Accept(size.LSB()))
                 {
-                    // Stream starved, ask for input from "source" ?   
-                    OnInputReady();
+                    DMSG(0, "NormSimAgent::Notify(RX_OBJECT_NEW) stream object accept error!\n");
+                }
+                if (!stream)
+                  stream = (NormStreamObject*)object;
+                else
+                  DMSG(0, "NormSimAgent::Notify(RX_OBJECT_NEW) warning! one stream already accepted.\n");
+            }
+            break;   
+          case NormObject::FILE:
+            {
+                if (!((NormSimObject*)object)->Accept())
+                {
+                    DMSG(0, "NormSimAgent::Notify(RX_OBJECT_NEW) sim object accept error!\n");
                 }
             }
-            else
-            {            
-                // Schedule or queue next "sim file" transmission
-                if (interval_timer.GetInterval() > 0.0)
-                {
-                    ActivateTimer(interval_timer);            
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    OnIntervalTimeout(interval_timer);
-                }
-            } 
             break;
-           
-        case RX_OBJECT_NEW:
+          case NormObject::DATA: 
+            DMSG(0, "NormSimAgent::Notify() DATA objects not _yet_ supported...\n");      
+            break;
+          default:
+            DMSG(0, "NormSimAgent::Notify() INVALID object type!\n");      
+            ASSERT(0);
+            break;    
+          }   
+          break;
+      }
+      
+    case RX_OBJECT_INFO:
+      switch(object->GetType())
+      {
+      case NormObject::FILE:
+      case NormObject::DATA:
+      case NormObject::STREAM:
+      default:
+        break;
+      }  // end switch(object->GetType())
+      break;
+      
+    case RX_OBJECT_UPDATED:
+      switch (object->GetType())
+      {
+      case NormObject::FILE:
+        // (TBD) update progress
+        break;
+        
+      case NormObject::STREAM:
         {
-            // It's up to the app to "accept" the object
-            switch (object->GetType())
-            {
-                case NormObject::STREAM:
-                {
-                    NormObjectSize size;
-                    if (silent_client)
-                        size = NormObjectSize(rx_buffer_size);
-                    else
-                        size = object->GetSize();
-                    if (!((NormStreamObject*)object)->Accept(size.LSB()))
+            // Read the stream when it's updated  
+            if (msg_sink)
+            {      
+                bool dataReady = true;
+                while (dataReady)  
+                {             
+                    if (!mgen_pending_bytes)
                     {
-                        DMSG(0, "NormSimAgent::Notify(RX_OBJECT_NEW) stream object accept error!\n");
-                    }
-                    if (!stream)
-                        stream = (NormStreamObject*)object;
-                    else
-                        DMSG(0, "NormSimAgent::Notify(RX_OBJECT_NEW) warning! one stream already accepted.\n");
-                }
-                break;   
-                case NormObject::FILE:
-                {
-                    if (!((NormSimObject*)object)->Accept())
-                    {
-                        DMSG(0, "NormSimAgent::Notify(RX_OBJECT_NEW) sim object accept error!\n");
-                    }
-                }
-                break;
-                case NormObject::DATA: 
-                    DMSG(0, "NormSimAgent::Notify() DATA objects not _yet_ supported...\n");      
-                    break;
-                default:
-                    DMSG(0, "NormSimAgent::Notify() INVALID object type!\n");      
-                    ASSERT(0);
-                    break;    
-            }   
-            break;
-        }
-            
-        case RX_OBJECT_INFO:
-            switch(object->GetType())
-            {
-                case NormObject::FILE:
-                case NormObject::DATA:
-                case NormObject::STREAM:
-                default:
-                    break;
-            }  // end switch(object->GetType())
-            break;
-            
-        case RX_OBJECT_UPDATED:
-            switch (object->GetType())
-            {
-                case NormObject::FILE:
-                    // (TBD) update progress
-                    break;
-                
-                case NormObject::STREAM:
-                {
-                    // Read the stream when it's updated  
-                    if (mgen)
-                    {      
-                        bool dataReady = true;
-                        while (dataReady)  
-                        {             
-                            if (!mgen_pending_bytes)
-                            {
-                                // Read 2 byte MGEN msg len header
-                                unsigned int want = 2 - mgen_bytes;
-                                unsigned int got = want;
-                                bool findMsgSync = msg_sync ? false : true;
-                                if ((static_cast<NormStreamObject*>(object))->Read(mgen_buffer + mgen_bytes, 
-                                                                                   &got, findMsgSync))
-                                {
-                                    mgen_bytes += got;
-                                    msg_sync = true;
-                                    if (got != want) dataReady = false;
-                                }
-                                else
-                                {
-                                    DMSG(0, "NormSimAgent::Notify(1) detected stream break\n");
-                                    mgen_bytes = mgen_pending_bytes = 0;
-                                    msg_sync = false;
-                                    continue;
-                                }
-                                if (2 == mgen_bytes)
-                                {
-                                    UINT16 msgSize;
-                                    memcpy(&msgSize, mgen_buffer, sizeof(UINT16));
-                                    mgen_pending_bytes = ntohs(msgSize) - 2;  
-                                }
-                            }
-                            if (mgen_pending_bytes)
-                            {
-                                // Save the first part for MGEN logging
-                                if (mgen_bytes < 64)
-                                {
-                                    unsigned int want = MIN(mgen_pending_bytes, 62);
-                                    unsigned int got = want;
-                                    if ((static_cast<NormStreamObject*>(object))->Read(mgen_buffer+mgen_bytes, 
-                                                                                       &got))
-                                    {
-                                        mgen_pending_bytes -= got;
-                                        mgen_bytes += got;
-                                        if (got != want) dataReady = false;
-                                    }
-                                    else
-                                    {
-                                        DMSG(0, "NormSimAgent::Notify(2) detected stream break\n");
-                                        mgen_bytes = mgen_pending_bytes = 0;
-                                        msg_sync = false;
-                                        continue;
-                                    }
-                                }
-                                while (dataReady && mgen_pending_bytes)
-                                {
-                                    char buffer[256];
-                                    unsigned int want = MIN(256, mgen_pending_bytes); 
-                                    unsigned int got = want;
-                                    if ((static_cast<NormStreamObject*>(object))->Read(buffer, &got))
-                                    {
-                                        mgen_pending_bytes -= got;
-                                        mgen_bytes += got;
-                                        if (got != want) dataReady = false;
-                                    }
-                                    else
-                                    {
-                                        DMSG(0, "NormSimAgent::Notify(3) detected stream break\n");
-                                        mgen_bytes = mgen_pending_bytes = 0;
-                                        msg_sync = false;
-                                        break;
-                                    }
-                                }
-                                if (msg_sync && (0 == mgen_pending_bytes))
-                                {
-                                    ProtoAddress srcAddr;
-                                    srcAddr.ResolveFromString(server->GetAddress().GetHostString());
-                                    srcAddr.SetPort(server->GetAddress().GetPort());
-#ifdef OPNET  // JPH 4/11/06  Use packet stream to send msg to mgen rather than direct call on mgen method.
-									HandleMgenMessage(mgen_buffer, mgen_bytes, srcAddr);
-#else
-                                    mgen->HandleMgenMessage(mgen_buffer, mgen_bytes, srcAddr);
-#endif OPNET
-
-                                    mgen_bytes = 0;   
-                                }
-                            }  // end if (mgen_pending_bytes)
-                        }  // end while(dataReady)
-                    }
-                    else
-                    {
-                        char buffer[1024];
-                        unsigned int want = 1024;
+                        // Read 2 byte MGEN msg len header
+                        unsigned int want = 2 - mgen_bytes;
                         unsigned int got = want;
-                        while (1)
+                        bool findMsgSync = msg_sync ? false : true;
+                        if ((static_cast<NormStreamObject*>(object))->Read(mgen_buffer + mgen_bytes, 
+                                                                           &got, findMsgSync))
                         {
-                            if ((static_cast<NormStreamObject*>(object))->Read(buffer, &got))
+                            mgen_bytes += got;
+                            msg_sync = true;
+                            if (got != want) dataReady = false;
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            DMSG(0, "NormSimAgent::Notify(1) detected stream break\n");
+                            mgen_bytes = mgen_pending_bytes = 0;
+                            msg_sync = false;
+                            continue;
+                        }
+                        if (2 == mgen_bytes)
+                        {
+                            UINT16 msgSize;
+                            memcpy(&msgSize, mgen_buffer, sizeof(UINT16));
+                            mgen_pending_bytes = ntohs(msgSize) - 2;  
+                        }
+                    }
+                    if (mgen_pending_bytes)
+                    {
+                        // Save the first part for MGEN logging
+                        if (mgen_bytes < 64)
+                        {
+                            unsigned int want = MIN(mgen_pending_bytes, 62);
+                            unsigned int got = want;
+                            if ((static_cast<NormStreamObject*>(object))->Read(mgen_buffer+mgen_bytes, 
+                                                                               &got))
                             {
-                                // Break when data is no longer available
-                                if (got != want) break;
+                                mgen_pending_bytes -= got;
+                                mgen_bytes += got;
+                                if (got != want) dataReady = false;
                             }
                             else
                             {
-                                DMSG(0, "NormSimAgent::Notify() detected stream break\n");
+                                DMSG(0, "NormSimAgent::Notify(2) detected stream break\n");
+                                mgen_bytes = mgen_pending_bytes = 0;
+                                msg_sync = false;
+                                continue;
                             }
-                            got = want = 1024;
                         }
-                    }
-                    break;
-                }
-                                        
-                case NormObject::DATA: 
-                    DMSG(0, "NormSimAgent::Notify() FILE/DATA objects not _yet_ supported...\n");      
-                    break;
-                    
-                default:
-                    // should never occur
-                    break;
-            }  // end switch (object->GetType())
-            break;
-        case RX_OBJECT_COMPLETED:
-        {
-            switch(object->GetType())
+                        while (dataReady && mgen_pending_bytes)
+                        {
+                            char buffer[256];
+                            unsigned int want = MIN(256, mgen_pending_bytes); 
+                            unsigned int got = want;
+                            if ((static_cast<NormStreamObject*>(object))->Read(buffer, &got))
+                            {
+                                mgen_pending_bytes -= got;
+                                mgen_bytes += got;
+                                if (got != want) dataReady = false;
+                            }
+                            else
+                            {
+                                DMSG(0, "NormSimAgent::Notify(3) detected stream break\n");
+                                mgen_bytes = mgen_pending_bytes = 0;
+                                msg_sync = false;
+                             
+   break;
+                            }
+                        }
+                        if (msg_sync && (0 == mgen_pending_bytes))
+                        {
+                            ProtoAddress srcAddr;
+                            srcAddr.ResolveFromString(server->GetAddress().GetHostString());
+                            srcAddr.SetPort(server->GetAddress().GetPort());
+                            msg_sink->HandleMessage(mgen_buffer,mgen_bytes,srcAddr);
+                            mgen_bytes = 0;   
+                        }
+                    }  // end if (mgen_pending_bytes)
+                }  // end while(dataReady)
+            }
+            else
             {
-                case NormObject::FILE:
-                    //DMSG(0, "norm: Completed rx file: %s\n", ((NormFileObject*)object)->Path());
-                    break;
-                case NormObject::STREAM:
-                    //DMSG(0, "norm: Completed rx stream ...\n");
-                    break;
-                case NormObject::DATA:
-                    ASSERT(0);
-                    break;
-                default:
-                    break;
+                char buffer[1024];
+                unsigned int want = 1024;
+                unsigned int got = want;
+                while (1)
+                {
+                    if ((static_cast<NormStreamObject*>(object))->Read(buffer, &got))
+                    {
+                        // Break when data is no longer available
+                        if (got != want) break;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        DMSG(0, "NormSimAgent::Notify() detected stream break\n");
+                    }
+                    got = want = 1024;
+                }
             }
             break;
         }
-        default:
-            DMSG(0, "NormSimAgent::Notify() unhandled NormEvent type\n");
+        
+      case NormObject::DATA: 
+        DMSG(0, "NormSimAgent::Notify() FILE/DATA objects not _yet_ supported...\n");      
+        break;
+        
+      default:
+        // should never occur
+        break;
+      }  // end switch (object->GetType())
+      break;
+    case RX_OBJECT_COMPLETED:
+      {
+          switch(object->GetType())
+          {
+          case NormObject::FILE:
+            //DMSG(0, "norm: Completed rx file: %s\n", ((NormFileObject*)object)->Path());
+            break;
+          case NormObject::STREAM:
+            //DMSG(0, "norm: Completed rx stream ...\n");
+            break;
+          case NormObject::DATA:
+            ASSERT(0);
+            break;
+          default:
+            break;
+          }
+          break;
+      }
+    default:
+      DMSG(0, "NormSimAgent::Notify() unhandled NormEvent type\n");
     }  // end switch(event)
 }  // end NormSimAgent::Notify()
 
diff --git a/common/normSimAgent.h b/common/normSimAgent.h
index 3e1507e..b1a585c 100644
--- a/common/normSimAgent.h
+++ b/common/normSimAgent.h
@@ -1,13 +1,14 @@
+#ifndef _NORM_SIM_AGENT
+#define _NORM_SIM_AGENT
 
 // normSimAgent.h - Generic (base class) NORM simulation agent
 
 #include "normSession.h"
 #include "protokit.h"
-
-#include "mgen.h"  // for MGEN instance attachment
+#include "protoSimAgent.h"
 
 // Base class for Norm simulation agents (e.g. ns-2, OPNET, etc)
-class NormSimAgent : public NormController
+class NormSimAgent : public NormController, public ProtoMessageSink
 {
     public:
         virtual ~NormSimAgent();
@@ -20,8 +21,8 @@ class NormSimAgent : public NormController
         bool IsActive() {return (NULL != session);}
         void Stop();
         
-        bool SendMessage(unsigned int len, const char* txBuffer);
-        void AttachMgen(Mgen* mgenInstance) {mgen = mgenInstance;}
+        
+       bool SendMessage(unsigned int len, const char* txBuffer);
                
     protected:
         NormSimAgent(ProtoTimerMgr&         timerMgr,
@@ -29,11 +30,15 @@ class NormSimAgent : public NormController
         enum CmdType {CMD_INVALID, CMD_NOARG, CMD_ARG};
         CmdType CommandType(const char* cmd);
         virtual unsigned long GetAgentId() = 0;
- 		/* JPH 4/11/06  Use packet stream instead of direct call on mgen process */
-	    void HandleMgenMessage(char*             buffer, 
-                           unsigned int          len, 
-                           const ProtoAddress& srcAddr);
-    
+        ProtoMessageSink*      msg_sink; 
+
+#ifdef OPNET
+        void HandleMessage(char*             buffer, 
+			unsigned int          len, 
+			const ProtoAddress& srcAddr);
+		void SetSink(ProtoMessageSink* sink){msg_sink=sink;}
+#endif //OPNET     
+
     private:
         void OnInputReady();
         bool FlushStream();
@@ -87,12 +92,10 @@ class NormSimAgent : public NormController
         char*                       tx_msg_buffer;
         unsigned int                tx_msg_len;
         unsigned int                tx_msg_index;
-        Mgen*                       mgen;           // mgen receiver
         char                        mgen_buffer[64];
         bool                        msg_sync;
         unsigned int                mgen_bytes;
         unsigned int                mgen_pending_bytes;
-        
         ProtoTimer                  interval_timer;  
         
         // protocol debug parameters
@@ -102,3 +105,4 @@ class NormSimAgent : public NormController
     
 }; // end class NormSimAgent
 
+#endif // NORM_SIM_AGENT
diff --git a/common/normTest.cpp b/common/normTest.cpp
index b738509..b0662a5 100644
--- a/common/normTest.cpp
+++ b/common/normTest.cpp
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ int main(int argc, char* argv[])
     
     NormSetGrttEstimate(session, 0.001);  // 1 msec initial grtt
     
-    NormSetTransmitRate(session, 1.0e+05);  // in bits/second
+    NormSetTransmitRate(session, 1.0e+07);  // in bits/second
     
     // Uncomment to enable TCP-friendly congestion control (overrides NormSetTransmitRate())
     //NormSetCongestionControl(session, true);
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ int main(int argc, char* argv[])
     //NormSetSilentReceiver(session, true);
     
     // Uncomment this line to participate as a receiver
-    NormStartReceiver(session, 1024*1024);
+    //NormStartReceiver(session, 1024*1024);
     
     // Uncomment to set large rx socket buffer size
     // (might be needed for high rate sessions)
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ int main(int argc, char* argv[])
     NormSessionId sessionId = (NormSessionId)rand();
     
     // Uncomment the following line to start sender
-    //NormStartSender(session, sessionId, 1024*1024, 1400, 64, 8);
+    NormStartSender(session, sessionId, 1024*1024, 1400, 64, 8);
     
     //NormSetAutoParity(session, 6);
 
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ int main(int argc, char* argv[])
     
     
     // Uncomment this line to send a stream instead of the file
-    //stream = NormStreamOpen(session, 4*1024*1024);
+    stream = NormStreamOpen(session, 4*1024*1024);
        
     // NORM_FLUSH_PASSIVE automatically flushes full writes to
     // the stream.
diff --git a/common/normThreadTest.cpp b/common/normThreadTest.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10508a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/common/normThreadTest.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,434 @@
+// This is a test application for experimenting
+// with the NORM API implementation during its
+// development.  A better-documented and complete
+// example of the NORM API usage will be provided
+// when the NORM API is more complete.
+
+// This tests the use of the NORM API in a multi-threaded app
+
+#include "normApi.h"
+#include "protokit.h"  // for protolib debug, stuff, etc
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>  // for srand()
+
+#ifdef UNIX
+#include <unistd.h>  // for "sleep()"
+#endif // UNIX
+
+
+class NormThreadApp : public ProtoApp
+{
+    public:
+        NormThreadApp();
+        virtual ~NormThreadApp();
+        
+        // Overrides from ProtoApp or NsProtoSimAgent base
+        bool OnStartup(int argc, const char*const* argv);
+        bool ProcessCommands(int argc, const char*const* argv);
+        void OnShutdown();
+        
+        bool OnCommand(const char* cmd, const char* val);
+            
+    private:
+        enum CmdType {CMD_INVALID, CMD_NOARG, CMD_ARG};
+        CmdType CommandType(const char* cmd);
+        static const char* const cmd_list[];
+        
+        static void DoNormEvent(ProtoDispatcher::Descriptor descriptor, 
+                                ProtoDispatcher::Event      theEvent, 
+                                const void*                 userData);
+        
+        void OnNormEvent();
+        
+        static void DoWorkerEvent(const void* clientData);
+        void WorkerReadStream();
+        
+        enum {MSG_SIZE_MAX = 1024};
+        
+        bool OnTxTimeout(ProtoTimer& timer);
+        
+        // Our NORM API handles
+        NormInstanceHandle  norm_instance;
+        NormSessionHandle   norm_session;
+        NormObjectHandle    norm_tx_stream;   
+        NormObjectHandle    norm_rx_stream;    
+        
+        bool                sender;
+        bool                receiver;
+        
+        // This timer controls our message tx rate
+        ProtoTimer          tx_msg_timer;
+        char                tx_msg_buffer[MSG_SIZE_MAX];
+        unsigned int        tx_msg_length;
+        unsigned int        tx_msg_index;
+        
+        // We use a ProtoDispatcher for a "worker" thread
+        // to handle NORM events for a specific session
+        ProtoDispatcher worker_thread_dispatcher;
+        
+            
+    
+};  // end class NormThreadApp
+
+// Our application instance 
+PROTO_INSTANTIATE_APP(NormThreadApp)
+        
+NormThreadApp::NormThreadApp()
+ : norm_instance(NORM_INSTANCE_INVALID),
+   norm_session(NORM_SESSION_INVALID),
+   norm_tx_stream(NORM_OBJECT_INVALID), norm_rx_stream(NORM_OBJECT_INVALID),
+   tx_msg_length(0), tx_msg_index(0)
+{
+    tx_msg_timer.SetListener(this, &NormThreadApp::OnTxTimeout);
+    tx_msg_timer.SetInterval(0.0015);
+    tx_msg_timer.SetRepeat(-1);
+    
+    worker_thread_dispatcher.SetPromptCallback(DoWorkerEvent, this);
+    
+}
+
+NormThreadApp::~NormThreadApp()
+{
+    
+}
+
+bool NormThreadApp::OnStartup(int argc, const char*const* argv)
+{
+    // 1) (TBD) Process any command-line options
+    
+    if (!ProcessCommands(argc, argv))
+    {
+        TRACE("error with commands\n");
+        return false;
+    }
+    
+    // 2) Create a Norm API instance and "generic" input handler for notifications
+    norm_instance = NormCreateInstance();
+    ASSERT(NORM_INSTANCE_INVALID != norm_instance);
+    
+    SetDebugLevel(2);
+    
+    // Set a callback that will call NormGetNextEvent()
+    if (!dispatcher.InstallGenericInput(NormGetDescriptor(norm_instance), DoNormEvent, this))
+    {
+        DMSG(0, "NormThreadApp::OnStartup() InstallGenericInput() error\n");
+        NormDestroyInstance(norm_instance);
+        return false;
+    }
+    
+    
+    // 3) Create a "custom" unique node identifier
+    // Here's a trick to generate a _hopefully_ unique NormNodeId
+    // based on an XOR of the system's IP address and the process id.
+    // (We use ProtoAddress::GetEndIdentifier() to get the local
+    //  "default" IP address for the system)
+    // (Note that passing "NORM_NODE_ANY" to the last arg of 
+    //  NormCreateSession() does a similar thing but without
+    //  the processId XOR ... perhaps we should add the processId
+    //  hack to that default "NORM_NODE_ANY" local NormNodeId picker???
+    ProtoAddress localAddr;
+    if (!localAddr.ResolveLocalAddress())
+    {
+        fprintf(stderr, "normTest: error resolving local IP address\n");
+        OnShutdown();
+        return false;
+    }
+    NormNodeId localId = localAddr.EndIdentifier();
+#ifdef WIN32
+    DWORD processId = GetCurrentProcessId();
+#else
+    pid_t processId = getpid();
+#endif // if/else WIN32/UNIX
+    localId ^= (NormNodeId)processId;
+    
+    // If needed, permutate to a valid, random NormNodeId
+    while ((NORM_NODE_ANY == localId) ||
+           (NORM_NODE_NONE == localId))
+    {
+        localId ^= (NormNodeId)rand();
+    }
+    //localId = 15;  // for testing purposes
+
+    // 4) Create a NORM session
+    norm_session = NormCreateSession(norm_instance,
+                                    "224.1.1.1", 
+                                     6001,
+                                     localId);
+    ASSERT(NORM_SESSION_INVALID != norm_session);
+    
+    NormSetGrttEstimate(norm_session, 0.250);  // 1 msec initial grtt
+    
+    NormSetTransmitRate(norm_session, 10.0e+06);  // in bits/second
+    
+    //NormSetLoopback(norm_session, true);  
+    
+    // 5) If sender pick a random "session id", start sender, and create a stream
+    // We use a random "sessionId"
+    if (sender)
+    {
+        NormSessionId sessionId = (NormSessionId)rand();
+        //NormStartSender(norm_session, sessionId, 1024*1024, 1400, 64, 8);
+        NormStartSender(norm_session, sessionId, 1024*1024, 1400, 64, 0);
+        norm_tx_stream = NormStreamOpen(norm_session, 1024*1024);
+    
+        // Activate tx timer and force first message transmission
+        ActivateTimer(tx_msg_timer);
+        OnTxTimeout(tx_msg_timer);
+    }
+    
+    
+    // 6) If receiver, start receiver
+    if (receiver)
+    {    
+        NormStartReceiver(norm_session, 1024*1024); 
+
+        worker_thread_dispatcher.StartThread();
+    }
+    
+    return true;
+}  // end NormThreadApp::OnStartup()
+
+void NormThreadApp::OnShutdown()
+{
+    if (tx_msg_timer.IsActive()) tx_msg_timer.Deactivate();
+    
+    if (NORM_INSTANCE_INVALID != norm_instance)
+    {
+        dispatcher.RemoveGenericInput(NormGetDescriptor(norm_instance));
+        NormDestroyInstance(norm_instance);
+        norm_instance = NORM_INSTANCE_INVALID;
+    }
+    
+    
+    worker_thread_dispatcher.Stop();   
+}  // end NormThreadApp::OnShutdown()
+
+bool NormThreadApp::OnTxTimeout(ProtoTimer& /*timer*/)
+{
+    //TRACE("enter NormThreadApp::OnTxTimeout() ...\n");
+    if (0 == tx_msg_length)
+    {
+        // Send a new message
+        unsigned int sendCount = 1;
+        sprintf(tx_msg_buffer, "normThreadTest says hello %u ", sendCount);
+        unsigned int msgLength = strlen(tx_msg_buffer);
+        memset(tx_msg_buffer + msgLength, 'a', 900 - msgLength);
+        tx_msg_length = 900;
+        tx_msg_index = 0;
+    }
+    
+    unsigned int bytesHave = tx_msg_length - tx_msg_index;
+    unsigned int bytesWritten =
+        NormStreamWrite(norm_tx_stream, tx_msg_buffer + tx_msg_index, tx_msg_length - tx_msg_index);
+    //TRACE("wrote %u bytes to stream ...\n", bytesWritten);
+    if (bytesWritten == bytesHave)
+    {
+        
+        tx_msg_length = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // We filled the stream buffer
+        tx_msg_index += bytesWritten;
+        tx_msg_timer.Deactivate();
+    }
+    return true;   
+}  // end NormThreadApp::OnTxTimeout()
+
+void NormThreadApp::DoNormEvent(ProtoDispatcher::Descriptor descriptor, 
+                                ProtoDispatcher::Event      theEvent, 
+                                const void*                 userData)
+{
+    NormThreadApp* theApp = reinterpret_cast<NormThreadApp*>((void*)userData);
+    theApp->OnNormEvent();
+}  // end NormThreadApp::DoNormEvent()
+        
+void NormThreadApp::OnNormEvent()
+{
+    static unsigned long updateCount = 0;
+    NormEvent theEvent;
+    if (NormGetNextEvent(norm_instance, &theEvent))
+    {
+        switch (theEvent.type)
+        {
+            case NORM_TX_QUEUE_EMPTY:
+            case NORM_TX_QUEUE_VACANCY:
+            
+                /*if (NORM_TX_QUEUE_VACANCY == theEvent.type)
+                    TRACE("NORM_TX_QUEUE_VACANCY ...\n");
+                else
+                    TRACE("NORM_TX_QUEUE_EMPTY ...\n");*/
+                if (!tx_msg_timer.IsActive())
+                {
+                    ActivateTimer(tx_msg_timer);
+                    OnTxTimeout(tx_msg_timer);   
+                }
+                break;
+                
+            case NORM_GRTT_UPDATED:
+                break;
+                
+            case NORM_REMOTE_SENDER_NEW:
+            case NORM_REMOTE_SENDER_ACTIVE:
+                break;
+            
+            case NORM_RX_OBJECT_NEW:
+                TRACE("NORM_RX_OBJECT_NEW ...\n");
+                norm_rx_stream = theEvent.object;
+                break;
+            
+            case NORM_RX_OBJECT_UPDATED:
+                //TRACE("NORM_RX_OBJECT_UPDATED ...\n");
+                updateCount++;
+                if ((updateCount % 100) == 0)
+                    TRACE("updateCount:%lu\n", updateCount);
+                worker_thread_dispatcher.PromptThread();
+                break;
+                
+            case NORM_RX_OBJECT_ABORTED:
+                TRACE("NORM_RX_OBJECT_ABORTED ...\n");
+                break;
+            
+            default:
+                TRACE("UNHANDLED NORM EVENT : %d...\n", theEvent.type);
+                break;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        DMSG(0, "NormThreadApp::OnNormEvent() NormGetNextEvent() error?\n");
+    }
+}  // end NormThreadApp::OnNormEvent()
+
+void NormThreadApp::DoWorkerEvent(const void* clientData)
+{
+    NormThreadApp* theApp = (NormThreadApp*)clientData;
+    theApp->WorkerReadStream();
+}  // end NormThreadApp::DoWorkerEvent()
+
+void NormThreadApp::WorkerReadStream()
+{
+    unsigned int loopCount = 0;
+    static unsigned long readCount = 0;
+    char rxBuffer[2048];
+    unsigned int bytesRead = 1400;
+    do
+    {
+        if (NormStreamRead(norm_rx_stream, rxBuffer, &bytesRead))
+        {
+            //TRACE("read %u bytes from stream ...\n", bytesRead);
+            if (0 != bytesRead) 
+            {
+                readCount++;
+                if ((readCount % 100) == 0)
+                    TRACE("readCount:%lu\n", readCount);
+                bytesRead = 1400;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            TRACE("NormThreadApp::WorkerReadStream() stream broken!\n");
+            bytesRead = 0;
+        }
+        loopCount++;
+    } while (0 != bytesRead);
+    //TRACE("loopCount: %lu\n", loopCount);
+}  // end NormThreadApp::WorkerReadStream()
+
+const char* const NormThreadApp::cmd_list[] = 
+{
+    "+debug",        // debug level
+    "-send",
+    "-recv",
+    NULL
+};  // end  NormThreadApp::cmd_list[]   
+    
+bool NormThreadApp::OnCommand(const char* cmd, const char* val)
+{
+    size_t cmdlen = strlen(cmd);
+    if (!strncmp("debug", cmd, cmdlen))
+    {
+    }
+    else if (!strncmp("send", cmd, cmdlen))
+    {
+        sender = true;
+    }
+    else if (!strncmp("recv", cmd, cmdlen))
+    {
+        receiver = true;
+    }
+    else if (!strncmp("debug", cmd, cmdlen))
+    {
+        DMSG(0, "NormThreadApp::OnCommand(%s) unknown command\n", cmd);
+        return false;
+    }
+    return true;
+}  // end NormThreadApp::ProcessCommands()
+    
+NormThreadApp::CmdType NormThreadApp::CommandType(const char* cmd)
+{
+    if (!cmd) return CMD_INVALID;
+    size_t len = strlen(cmd);
+    bool matched = false;
+    CmdType type = CMD_INVALID;
+    const char* const* nextCmd = cmd_list;
+    while (*nextCmd)
+    {
+        if (!strncmp(cmd, *nextCmd+1, len))
+        {
+            if (matched)
+            {
+                // ambiguous command (command should match only once)
+                return CMD_INVALID;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                matched = true;   
+                if ('+' == *nextCmd[0])
+                    type = CMD_ARG;
+                else
+                    type = CMD_NOARG;
+            }
+        }
+        nextCmd++;
+    }
+    return type;
+}  // end NormThreadApp::CommandType()
+
+
+bool NormThreadApp::ProcessCommands(int argc, const char*const* argv)
+{
+    int i = 1;
+    while ( i < argc)
+    {
+        CmdType cmdType = CommandType(argv[i]);   
+        switch (cmdType)
+        {
+            case CMD_INVALID:
+                DMSG(0, "NormThreadApp::ProcessCommands() Invalid command:%s\n", 
+                        argv[i]);
+                return false;
+            case CMD_NOARG:
+                if (!OnCommand(argv[i], NULL))
+                {
+                    DMSG(0, "NormThreadApp::ProcessCommands() OnCommand(%s) error\n", 
+                            argv[i]);
+                    return false;
+                }
+                i++;
+                break;
+            case CMD_ARG:
+                if (!OnCommand(argv[i], argv[i+1]))
+                {
+                    DMSG(0, "NormThreadApp::ProcessCommands() OnCommand(%s, %s) error\n", 
+                            argv[i], argv[i+1]);
+                    return false;
+                }
+                i += 2;
+                break;
+        }
+    }
+    return true;
+}  // end NormThreadApp::ProcessCommands()
+
diff --git a/common/normVersion.h b/common/normVersion.h
index bcd957c..b54a3fc 100644
--- a/common/normVersion.h
+++ b/common/normVersion.h
@@ -32,6 +32,6 @@
  
 #ifndef _NORM_VERSION
 #define _NORM_VERSION
-#define VERSION "1.3b9"
+#define VERSION "1.4b2"
 #endif // _NORM_VERSION
         
diff --git a/ns/nsNormAgent.cpp b/ns/nsNormAgent.cpp
index 7804bb2..afd4918 100644
--- a/ns/nsNormAgent.cpp
+++ b/ns/nsNormAgent.cpp
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*********************************************************************
  *
- * AUTHORIZATION TO USE AND DISTRIBUTE
+ * Authorization TO USE AND DISTRIBUTE
  * 
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
  * modification, are permitted provided that: 
@@ -33,8 +33,8 @@
 #include "ip.h"  	// for hdr_ip def
 #include "flags.h"  // for hdr_flags def
 
+#include "nsMgenAgent.h"
 #include "nsNormAgent.h" 
-
 static class NsNormAgentClass : public TclClass
 {
 	public:
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ static class NsNormAgentClass : public TclClass
 
 
 NsNormAgent::NsNormAgent()
- : NormSimAgent(GetTimerMgr(), GetSocketNotifier())
+  : NormSimAgent(GetTimerMgr(), GetSocketNotifier())
 {
  
 }  
@@ -56,6 +56,7 @@ NsNormAgent::~NsNormAgent()
 
 bool NsNormAgent::OnStartup(int argc, const char*const* argv)
 {
+
     if (ProcessCommands(argc, argv))
     {
         return true;
@@ -89,10 +90,10 @@ bool NsNormAgent::ProcessCommands(int argc, const char*const* argv)
                 return false;
             } 
             Tcl& tcl = Tcl::instance();  
-            NsMgenAgent* mgenAgent = dynamic_cast<NsMgenAgent*> (tcl.lookup(argv[i]));
-            if (mgenAgent)
+            msg_sink = dynamic_cast<ProtoMessageSink*>(tcl.lookup(argv[i]));
+
+            if (msg_sink)
             {
-                AttachMgen(mgenAgent->GetMgenInstance());
                 i++;
                 continue;
             }
@@ -145,13 +146,3 @@ bool NsNormAgent::ProcessCommands(int argc, const char*const* argv)
     return true; 
 }  // end NsNormAgent::ProcessCommands()
 
-bool NsNormAgent::SendMgenMessage(const char*           txBuffer,
-                                  unsigned int          len,
-                                  const ProtoAddress&   /*dstAddr*/)
-{
-    return SendMessage(len, txBuffer);
-}  // end NsNormAgent::SendMgenMessage()
-        
-
-
-
diff --git a/ns/nsNormAgent.h b/ns/nsNormAgent.h
index 6b51a12..a662b7c 100644
--- a/ns/nsNormAgent.h
+++ b/ns/nsNormAgent.h
@@ -36,31 +36,31 @@
 #include "nsProtoSimAgent.h" // from Protolib
 #include "normSimAgent.h"
 
-#include "nsMgenAgent.h"
-
 // The "NsProtoAgent" is based on the ns Agent class.
 // This lets us have a send/recv attachment to the NS
 // simulation environment
 
 // IMPORTANT NOTE! NsProtoAgent must be listed _first_ here
 // (because we can't dynamic_cast install_data void* pointers)
-class NsNormAgent : public NsProtoSimAgent, public NormSimAgent, public MgenSink
+class NsNormAgent : public NsProtoSimAgent, public NormSimAgent
 {
-    public:
-        NsNormAgent();
-        ~NsNormAgent();
-                
-        // NsProtoSimAgent base class overrides
-        virtual bool OnStartup(int argc, const char*const* argv);
-        virtual bool ProcessCommands(int argc, const char*const* argv);
-        virtual void OnShutdown();
-           
-        // NormSimAgent override   
-        unsigned long GetAgentId() {return (unsigned long)addr();} 
-        // MgenSink override
-        bool SendMgenMessage(const char*           txBuffer,
-                             unsigned int          len,
-                             const ProtoAddress&   dstAddr);     
+  public:
+    NsNormAgent();
+    ~NsNormAgent();
+    
+    // NsProtoSimAgent base class overrides
+    virtual bool OnStartup(int argc, const char*const* argv);
+    virtual bool ProcessCommands(int argc, const char*const* argv);
+    virtual void OnShutdown();
+
+    // NormSimAgent overrides   
+    unsigned long GetAgentId() {return (unsigned long)addr();} 
+    bool HandleMessage(const char* txBuffer, unsigned int len, const ProtoAddress& srcAddr)
+    {
+        return NormSimAgent::SendMessage(len,txBuffer);
+    }
+
+
 };  // end class NsNormAgent
 
 
diff --git a/opnet/OpnetNormProcess.h b/opnet/11.5/OpnetNormProcess.h
similarity index 100%
rename from opnet/OpnetNormProcess.h
rename to opnet/11.5/OpnetNormProcess.h
diff --git a/opnet/norm_protolib.pr.cpp b/opnet/11.5/norm_protolib.pr.cpp
similarity index 98%
rename from opnet/norm_protolib.pr.cpp
rename to opnet/11.5/norm_protolib.pr.cpp
index edb7c13..6344ca3 100644
--- a/opnet/norm_protolib.pr.cpp
+++ b/opnet/11.5/norm_protolib.pr.cpp
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /* Process model C++ form file: norm_protolib.pr.cpp */
-/* Portions of this file copyright 1992-2004 by OPNET Technologies, Inc. */
+/* Portions of this file copyright 1992-2006 by OPNET Technologies, Inc. */
 
 
 
 /* This variable carries the header into the object file */
-const char norm_protolib_pr_cpp [] = "MIL_3_Tfile_Hdr_ 115A 30A op_runsim 7 448841E4 448841E4 1 apocalypse Jim@Hauser 0 0 none none 0 0 none 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 d2c 2                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   ";
+const char norm_protolib_pr_cpp [] = "MIL_3_Tfile_Hdr_ 115A 30A op_runsim 7 44EC8462 44EC8462 1 apocalypse Jim@Hauser 0 0 none none 0 0 none 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 d50 3                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   ";
 #include <string.h>
 
 
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ class norm_protolib_state
 		IpT_Address	            		dest_ip_addr                                    ;
 		FILE*	                  		script_fp                                       ;
 		int	                    		source                                          ;
-		Ici*	                   		app_ici_v3_ptr                                  ;
+		Ici*	                   		app_ici_ptr                                     ;
 
 		/* FSM code */
 		void norm_protolib (OP_SIM_CONTEXT_ARG_OPT);
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ VosT_Obtype norm_protolib_state::obtype = (VosT_Obtype)OPC_NIL;
 #define dest_ip_addr            		pr_state_ptr->dest_ip_addr
 #define script_fp               		pr_state_ptr->script_fp
 #define source                  		pr_state_ptr->source
-#define app_ici_v3_ptr          		pr_state_ptr->app_ici_v3_ptr
+#define app_ici_ptr             		pr_state_ptr->app_ici_ptr
 
 /* These macro definitions will define a local variable called	*/
 /* "op_sv_ptr" in each function containing a FIN statement.	*/
@@ -781,11 +781,11 @@ void NormSimAgent::HandleMgenMessage(char*   buffer,
                  op_prg_mem_copy_create, op_prg_mem_free, buflen);
 	
 	
-	op_ici_attr_set(app_ici_v3_ptr, "local_port", local_port);
-    op_ici_attr_set(app_ici_v3_ptr, "rem_port", srcAddr.GetPort());
-    op_ici_attr_set(app_ici_v3_ptr, "rem_addr", srcAddr.SimGetAddress());
-    op_ici_attr_set(app_ici_v3_ptr, "src_addr", srcAddr.SimGetAddress());
-    op_ici_install(app_ici_v3_ptr);
+	op_ici_attr_set(app_ici_ptr, "local_port", local_port);
+    op_ici_attr_set(app_ici_ptr, "rem_port", srcAddr.GetPort());
+    op_ici_attr_set(app_ici_ptr, "rem_addr", srcAddr.SimGetAddress());
+    op_ici_attr_set(app_ici_ptr, "src_addr", srcAddr.SimGetAddress());
+    op_ici_install(app_ici_ptr);
   	
     op_pk_send_forced(pkt, OUTSTRM_TO_MGEN);
 
@@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ void NormSimAgent::HandleMgenMessage(char*   buffer,
 #undef dest_ip_addr
 #undef script_fp
 #undef source
-#undef app_ici_v3_ptr
+#undef app_ici_ptr
 
 /* Access from C kernel using C linkage */
 extern "C"
@@ -976,7 +976,7 @@ norm_protolib_state::norm_protolib (OP_SIM_CONTEXT_ARG_OPT)
 			FSM_STATE_ENTER_UNFORCED_NOLABEL (1, "init", "norm_protolib [init enter execs]")
 				FSM_PROFILE_SECTION_IN ("norm_protolib [init enter execs]", state1_enter_exec)
 				{
-				app_ici_v3_ptr = op_ici_create ("udp_command_v3");
+				app_ici_ptr = op_ici_create ("sink_command");
 				
 				/* Obtain the object ID of the surrounding norm processor. 	*/
 				my_id = op_id_self ();
@@ -1528,9 +1528,9 @@ _op_norm_protolib_svar (void * gen_ptr, const char * var_name, void ** var_p_ptr
 		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->source);
 		FOUT
 		}
-	if (strcmp ("app_ici_v3_ptr" , var_name) == 0)
+	if (strcmp ("app_ici_ptr" , var_name) == 0)
 		{
-		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->app_ici_v3_ptr);
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->app_ici_ptr);
 		FOUT
 		}
 	*var_p_ptr = (void *)OPC_NIL;
diff --git a/opnet/norm_protolib.pr.m b/opnet/11.5/norm_protolib.pr.m
similarity index 53%
rename from opnet/norm_protolib.pr.m
rename to opnet/11.5/norm_protolib.pr.m
index 12cb7d5..954d1f7 100644
Binary files a/opnet/norm_protolib.pr.m and b/opnet/11.5/norm_protolib.pr.m differ
diff --git a/opnet/12.0/OpnetNormProcess.h b/opnet/12.0/OpnetNormProcess.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d8c4a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/opnet/12.0/OpnetNormProcess.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#ifndef _OPNET_NORM_PROCESS
+#define _OPNET_NORM_PROCESS
+
+// JPH NORM 11/21/2005
+
+#include "opnet.h"
+#include "opnetProtoSimProcess.h"
+#include "normSimAgent.h" // this includes protokit.h
+
+
+class OpnetNormProcess : public OpnetProtoSimProcess, public NormSimAgent, public OpnetProtoMessageSink
+{
+    public:
+		OpnetNormProcess();
+		~OpnetNormProcess();
+	
+		// OpnetProtoSimProcess's base class overrides
+		bool OnStartup(int argc, const char*const* argv);
+		bool ProcessCommands(int argc, const char*const* argv);
+		void OnShutdown();
+        void ReceivePacketMonitor(Ici* ici, Packet* pkt);
+        void TransmitPacketMonitor(Ici* ici, Packet* pkt);
+		            
+        bool SendMgenMessage(const char*           txBuffer,
+                                     unsigned int          len,
+                                     const ProtoAddress&   dstAddr);
+			
+	    // NormSimAgent override   
+        unsigned long GetAgentId() {return (unsigned long)addr();} 
+
+
+	private:
+		IpT_Address addr();
+
+		
+};  // end class OpnetNormProcess
+
+
+#endif // _OPNET_NORM_PROCESS
+
+
diff --git a/opnet/12.0/norm_protolib.pr.cpp b/opnet/12.0/norm_protolib.pr.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1656eeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/opnet/12.0/norm_protolib.pr.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1529 @@
+/* Process model C++ form file: norm_protolib.pr.cpp */
+/* Portions of this file copyright 1992-2006 by OPNET Technologies, Inc. */
+
+
+
+/* This variable carries the header into the object file */
+const char norm_protolib_pr_cpp [] = "MIL_3_Tfile_Hdr_ 120A 30A modeler 7 464DEF85 464DEF85 1 wn12jh Jim@Hauser 0 0 none none 0 0 none 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10de 3                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        ";
+#include <string.h>
+
+
+
+/* OPNET system definitions */
+#include <opnet.h>
+
+
+
+/* Header Block */
+
+#include <OpnetNormProcess.h>
+#include <oms_pr.h>
+#include <oms_tan.h>
+#include <udp_api.h>
+#include <ip_rte_v4.h>
+#include <ip_addr_v4.h>
+#include <mgenVersion.h>
+
+/* Define packet streams  */
+#define INSTRM_FROM_UDP		0
+#define INSTRM_FROM_MGEN	1
+#define OUTSTRM_TO_MGEN		1
+
+/*	Define a transition conditions              	*/
+#define	SELF_NOTIF		(intrpt_type == OPC_INTRPT_SELF)
+#define	END_SIM			(intrpt_type == OPC_INTRPT_ENDSIM)
+#define	MSG_FROM_LOWER_LAYER	((intrpt_type == OPC_INTRPT_STRM) && (intrpt_strm == INSTRM_FROM_UDP)) 
+#define	MSG_FROM_HIGHER_LAYER	((intrpt_type == OPC_INTRPT_STRM) && (intrpt_strm == INSTRM_FROM_MGEN)) 
+#define TIMEOUT_EVENT	((intrpt_type == OPC_INTRPT_SELF) && (intrpt_code == SELF_INTRT_CODE_TIMEOUT_EVENT))
+
+/* Forward Declarations */
+void norm_conf_udp ();
+void norm_host_addr ();
+
+static const int MAX_SCRIPT = 128;
+static const int MAX_LOG = 128;
+static const int MAX_COMMAND = 256;
+static const int MAXSTATFLOWS = 25;
+
+/* End of Header Block */
+
+#if !defined (VOSD_NO_FIN)
+#undef	BIN
+#undef	BOUT
+#define	BIN		FIN_LOCAL_FIELD(_op_last_line_passed) = __LINE__ - _op_block_origin;
+#define	BOUT	BIN
+#define	BINIT	FIN_LOCAL_FIELD(_op_last_line_passed) = 0; _op_block_origin = __LINE__;
+#else
+#define	BINIT
+#endif /* #if !defined (VOSD_NO_FIN) */
+
+
+
+/* State variable definitions */
+class norm_protolib_state
+	{
+	private:
+		/* Internal state tracking for FSM */
+		FSM_SYS_STATE
+
+	public:
+		norm_protolib_state (void);
+
+		/* Destructor contains Termination Block */
+		~norm_protolib_state (void);
+
+		/* State Variables */
+		OpnetNormProcess	       		norm_proc                                       ;
+		Objid	                  		my_id                                           ;
+		Objid	                  		my_node_id                                      ;
+		Objid	                  		my_pro_id                                       ;
+		Objid	                  		my_udp_id                                       ;
+		Objid	                  		my_tcp_id                                       ;
+		Objid	                  		my_mgen_id                                      ;
+		IpT_Address	            		my_ip_addr                                      ;
+		IpT_Address	            		my_ip_mask                                      ;
+		Prohandle	              		own_prohandle                                   ;
+		OmsT_Pr_Handle	         		own_process_record_handle                       ;
+		char	                   		pid_string [512]                                ;
+		char	                   		node_name [40]                                  ;
+		ProtoTimerMgr	          		timer                                           ;
+		ProtoSocket*	           		udpsocket                                       ;
+		ProtoSocket*	           		tcpsocket                                       ;
+		ProtoSocket::Notifier*	 		udpnotifier                                     ;
+		ProtoSocket::Notifier*	 		tcpnotifier                                     ;
+		ProtoAddress	           		host_ipv4_addr                                  ;
+		Stathandle	             		bits_rcvd_stathandle                            ;
+		Stathandle	             		bitssec_rcvd_flow_stathandle[MAXSTATFLOWS]      ;
+		Stathandle	             		bitssec_sent_flow_stathandle[MAXSTATFLOWS]      ;
+		Stathandle	             		bitssec_rcvd_stathandle                         ;
+		Stathandle	             		pkts_rcvd_stathandle                            ;
+		Stathandle	             		pktssec_rcvd_flow_stathandle[MAXSTATFLOWS]      ;
+		Stathandle	             		pktssec_sent_flow_stathandle[MAXSTATFLOWS]      ;
+		Stathandle	             		pktssec_rcvd_stathandle                         ;
+		Stathandle	             		bits_sent_stathandle                            ;
+		Stathandle	             		bitssec_sent_stathandle                         ;
+		Stathandle	             		pkts_sent_stathandle                            ;
+		Stathandle	             		pktssec_sent_stathandle                         ;
+		Stathandle	             		ete_delay_stathandle                            ;
+		Stathandle	             		ete_delay_flow_stathandle[MAXSTATFLOWS]         ;
+		Stathandle	             		bits_rcvd_gstathandle                           ;
+		Stathandle	             		bitssec_rcvd_gstathandle                        ;
+		Stathandle	             		pkts_rcvd_gstathandle                           ;
+		Stathandle	             		pktssec_rcvd_gstathandle                        ;
+		Stathandle	             		bits_sent_gstathandle                           ;
+		Stathandle	             		bitssec_sent_gstathandle                        ;
+		Stathandle	             		pkts_sent_gstathandle                           ;
+		Stathandle	             		pktssec_sent_gstathandle                        ;
+		Stathandle	             		ete_delay_gstathandle                           ;
+		int	                    		udp_outstream_index                             ;
+		int	                    		local_port                                      ;
+		IpT_Address	            		dest_ip_addr                                    ;
+		FILE*	                  		script_fp                                       ;
+		int	                    		source                                          ;
+		Ici*	                   		app_ici_ptr                                     ;
+
+		/* FSM code */
+		void norm_protolib (OP_SIM_CONTEXT_ARG_OPT);
+		/* Diagnostic Block */
+		void _op_norm_protolib_diag (OP_SIM_CONTEXT_ARG_OPT);
+
+#if defined (VOSD_NEW_BAD_ALLOC)
+		void * operator new (size_t) throw (VOSD_BAD_ALLOC);
+#else
+		void * operator new (size_t);
+#endif
+		void operator delete (void *);
+
+		/* Memory management */
+		static VosT_Obtype obtype;
+	};
+
+VosT_Obtype norm_protolib_state::obtype = (VosT_Obtype)OPC_NIL;
+
+#define norm_proc               		op_sv_ptr->norm_proc
+#define my_id                   		op_sv_ptr->my_id
+#define my_node_id              		op_sv_ptr->my_node_id
+#define my_pro_id               		op_sv_ptr->my_pro_id
+#define my_udp_id               		op_sv_ptr->my_udp_id
+#define my_tcp_id               		op_sv_ptr->my_tcp_id
+#define my_mgen_id              		op_sv_ptr->my_mgen_id
+#define my_ip_addr              		op_sv_ptr->my_ip_addr
+#define my_ip_mask              		op_sv_ptr->my_ip_mask
+#define own_prohandle           		op_sv_ptr->own_prohandle
+#define own_process_record_handle		op_sv_ptr->own_process_record_handle
+#define pid_string              		op_sv_ptr->pid_string
+#define node_name               		op_sv_ptr->node_name
+#define timer                   		op_sv_ptr->timer
+#define udpsocket               		op_sv_ptr->udpsocket
+#define tcpsocket               		op_sv_ptr->tcpsocket
+#define udpnotifier             		op_sv_ptr->udpnotifier
+#define tcpnotifier             		op_sv_ptr->tcpnotifier
+#define host_ipv4_addr          		op_sv_ptr->host_ipv4_addr
+#define bits_rcvd_stathandle    		op_sv_ptr->bits_rcvd_stathandle
+#define bitssec_rcvd_flow_stathandle		op_sv_ptr->bitssec_rcvd_flow_stathandle
+#define bitssec_sent_flow_stathandle		op_sv_ptr->bitssec_sent_flow_stathandle
+#define bitssec_rcvd_stathandle 		op_sv_ptr->bitssec_rcvd_stathandle
+#define pkts_rcvd_stathandle    		op_sv_ptr->pkts_rcvd_stathandle
+#define pktssec_rcvd_flow_stathandle		op_sv_ptr->pktssec_rcvd_flow_stathandle
+#define pktssec_sent_flow_stathandle		op_sv_ptr->pktssec_sent_flow_stathandle
+#define pktssec_rcvd_stathandle 		op_sv_ptr->pktssec_rcvd_stathandle
+#define bits_sent_stathandle    		op_sv_ptr->bits_sent_stathandle
+#define bitssec_sent_stathandle 		op_sv_ptr->bitssec_sent_stathandle
+#define pkts_sent_stathandle    		op_sv_ptr->pkts_sent_stathandle
+#define pktssec_sent_stathandle 		op_sv_ptr->pktssec_sent_stathandle
+#define ete_delay_stathandle    		op_sv_ptr->ete_delay_stathandle
+#define ete_delay_flow_stathandle		op_sv_ptr->ete_delay_flow_stathandle
+#define bits_rcvd_gstathandle   		op_sv_ptr->bits_rcvd_gstathandle
+#define bitssec_rcvd_gstathandle		op_sv_ptr->bitssec_rcvd_gstathandle
+#define pkts_rcvd_gstathandle   		op_sv_ptr->pkts_rcvd_gstathandle
+#define pktssec_rcvd_gstathandle		op_sv_ptr->pktssec_rcvd_gstathandle
+#define bits_sent_gstathandle   		op_sv_ptr->bits_sent_gstathandle
+#define bitssec_sent_gstathandle		op_sv_ptr->bitssec_sent_gstathandle
+#define pkts_sent_gstathandle   		op_sv_ptr->pkts_sent_gstathandle
+#define pktssec_sent_gstathandle		op_sv_ptr->pktssec_sent_gstathandle
+#define ete_delay_gstathandle   		op_sv_ptr->ete_delay_gstathandle
+#define udp_outstream_index     		op_sv_ptr->udp_outstream_index
+#define local_port              		op_sv_ptr->local_port
+#define dest_ip_addr            		op_sv_ptr->dest_ip_addr
+#define script_fp               		op_sv_ptr->script_fp
+#define source                  		op_sv_ptr->source
+#define app_ici_ptr             		op_sv_ptr->app_ici_ptr
+
+/* These macro definitions will define a local variable called	*/
+/* "op_sv_ptr" in each function containing a FIN statement.	*/
+/* This variable points to the state variable data structure,	*/
+/* and can be used from a C debugger to display their values.	*/
+#undef FIN_PREAMBLE_DEC
+#undef FIN_PREAMBLE_CODE
+#define FIN_PREAMBLE_DEC	norm_protolib_state *op_sv_ptr;
+#define FIN_PREAMBLE_CODE	\
+		op_sv_ptr = ((norm_protolib_state *)(OP_SIM_CONTEXT_PTR->_op_mod_state_ptr));
+
+
+/* Function Block */
+
+#if !defined (VOSD_NO_FIN)
+enum { _op_block_origin = __LINE__ + 2};
+#endif
+
+/* Initialization function */
+
+void norm_init ()
+	{
+	FIN (norm_init ())
+
+	/* Initilaize the statistic handles to keep	*/
+	/* track of traffic sent and sinked by this process.	*/
+	bits_rcvd_stathandle 		= op_stat_reg ("NORM.Traffic Received (bits)",			OPC_STAT_INDEX_NONE, OPC_STAT_LOCAL);
+	bitssec_rcvd_stathandle 	= op_stat_reg ("NORM.Traffic Received (bits/sec)",		OPC_STAT_INDEX_NONE, OPC_STAT_LOCAL);
+	pkts_rcvd_stathandle 		= op_stat_reg ("NORM.Traffic Received (packets)",		OPC_STAT_INDEX_NONE, OPC_STAT_LOCAL);
+	pktssec_rcvd_stathandle 	= op_stat_reg ("NORM.Traffic Received (packets/sec)",	OPC_STAT_INDEX_NONE, OPC_STAT_LOCAL);
+	bits_sent_stathandle 		= op_stat_reg ("NORM.Traffic Sent (bits)",			OPC_STAT_INDEX_NONE, OPC_STAT_LOCAL);
+	bitssec_sent_stathandle 	= op_stat_reg ("NORM.Traffic Sent (bits/sec)",		OPC_STAT_INDEX_NONE, OPC_STAT_LOCAL);
+	pkts_sent_stathandle 		= op_stat_reg ("NORM.Traffic Sent (packets)",		OPC_STAT_INDEX_NONE, OPC_STAT_LOCAL);
+	pktssec_sent_stathandle 	= op_stat_reg ("NORM.Traffic Sent (packets/sec)",	OPC_STAT_INDEX_NONE, OPC_STAT_LOCAL);
+	ete_delay_stathandle		= op_stat_reg ("NORM.End-to-End Delay (seconds)",		OPC_STAT_INDEX_NONE, OPC_STAT_LOCAL);
+
+	bits_rcvd_gstathandle 		= op_stat_reg ("NORM.Traffic Received (bits)",			OPC_STAT_INDEX_NONE, OPC_STAT_GLOBAL);
+	bitssec_rcvd_gstathandle 	= op_stat_reg ("NORM.Traffic Received (bits/sec)",		OPC_STAT_INDEX_NONE, OPC_STAT_GLOBAL);
+	pkts_rcvd_gstathandle 		= op_stat_reg ("NORM.Traffic Received (packets)",		OPC_STAT_INDEX_NONE, OPC_STAT_GLOBAL);
+	pktssec_rcvd_gstathandle 	= op_stat_reg ("NORM.Traffic Received (packets/sec)",	OPC_STAT_INDEX_NONE, OPC_STAT_GLOBAL);
+	bits_sent_gstathandle 		= op_stat_reg ("NORM.Traffic Sent (bits)",			OPC_STAT_INDEX_NONE, OPC_STAT_GLOBAL);
+	bitssec_sent_gstathandle 	= op_stat_reg ("NORM.Traffic Sent (bits/sec)",		OPC_STAT_INDEX_NONE, OPC_STAT_GLOBAL);
+	pkts_sent_gstathandle 		= op_stat_reg ("NORM.Traffic Sent (packets)",		OPC_STAT_INDEX_NONE, OPC_STAT_GLOBAL);
+	pktssec_sent_gstathandle 	= op_stat_reg ("NORM.Traffic Sent (packets/sec)",	OPC_STAT_INDEX_NONE, OPC_STAT_GLOBAL);
+	ete_delay_gstathandle		= op_stat_reg ("NORM.End-to-End Delay (seconds)",	OPC_STAT_INDEX_NONE, OPC_STAT_GLOBAL);
+
+	/* Read norm comands specified via opnet model attributes */
+	printf("NORM settings for %s:\n",node_name);
+	char val[128];
+	int tog;
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"debug",128,val);		// debug level
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" debug =  %s\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("debug",val);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"log",128,val);		// log file name
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" log =  %s\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("log",val);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_toggle(my_id,"trace",&tog);		// message tracing
+	if (tog)
+		{
+		printf(" trace on\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("trace",NULL);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"txloss",128,val);	// tx packet loss percent
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" txloss =  %s\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("txloss",val);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"rxloss",128,val);	// rx packet loss percent
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" rxloss =  %s\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("rxloss",val);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"address",128,val);	// session dest address
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		List* 	fieldlist;		
+		printf(" address =  %s\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("address",val);
+		fieldlist = op_prg_str_decomp ( val , "/" );
+		dest_ip_addr = ip_address_create((const char *)op_prg_list_access(fieldlist, 0));
+		local_port = atoi ((const char *)op_prg_list_access(fieldlist, 1));
+		op_prg_list_free ( fieldlist ); 
+		op_prg_mem_free ( fieldlist );
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"ttl",128,val);		// multicast ttl
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" ttl =  %s\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("ttl",val); // maybe shouldn't use norm_proc code
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"rate",128,val);		// tx rate
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" rate =  %s\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("rate",val);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"cc",128,val);		// congestion control on/off
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" cc =  %s\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("cc",val);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"backoff",128,val);	// backoff factor 'k' (maxBackoff = k * GRTT)
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" backoff =  %s\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("backoff",val);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"interval",128,val);	// delay between tx objects
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" interval =  %s\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("interval",val);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"repeat",128,val);	// number of times to repeat tx object set
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" repeat =  %s\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("repeat",val);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"segment",128,val);	// server segment size
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" segment =  %s\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("segment",val);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"block",128,val);		// server blocking size
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" block =  %s\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("block",val);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"parity",128,val);	// server parity segments calculated per block
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" parity =  %s\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("parity",val);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"auto",128,val);		// server auto parity count
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" auto =  %s\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("auto",val);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"extra",128,val);		// server extra parity count
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" extra =  %s\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("extra",val);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"gsize",128,val);		// group size estimate
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" gsize =  %s\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("gsize",val);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"grtt",128,val);		// grtt estimate
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" grtt =  %s\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("grtt",val);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"txbuffer",128,val);	// tx buffer size (bytes)
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" txbuffer =  %s\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("txbuffer",val);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"rxbuffer",128,val);	// rx buffer size (bytes)
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" rxbuffer =  %s\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("rxbuffer",val);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"sendRandomFile",128,val);	// queue random-size file size range <sizeMin>:<sizeMax>
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" sendRandomFile =  %s\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("sendRandomFile",val);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"push",128,val);	// "on" means real-time push stream advancement (non-blocking) on|off
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" push =  %s\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("push",val);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"flush",128,val);	// stream flush mode (none|passive|active)
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" flush =  %s\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("flush",val);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"unicastNacks",128,val);	// clients will unicast feedback
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" unicastNacks =  %s\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("unicastNacks",val);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"silentClient",128,val);	// clients will not transmit
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" silentClient =  %s\n",val);
+		norm_proc.ProcessCommand("silentClient",val);
+		}
+	
+	norm_conf_udp ();
+
+	FOUT;
+	}
+
+
+void norm_stop()
+	{
+	FIN(norm_stop());
+	norm_proc.OnShutdown();
+	FOUT;
+	}
+
+
+void
+norm_fatal_error (char *emsg)
+	{
+	char info[40];
+	/** Abort the simulation with the given message. **/
+	FIN (norm_fatal_error (emsg));
+   
+	sprintf(info, "NORM Error(%s):", node_name);
+	op_sim_end (info, emsg, OPC_NIL, OPC_NIL);
+
+	FOUT;
+	}
+
+
+void
+norm_warn_error (char *wmsg)
+	{
+	char info[40];
+	
+	/** Issue an warning (used for potentially inconsistent situations). **/
+	FIN (norm_warn_error (wmsg));
+	
+	sprintf(info, "NORM Warning(%s):", node_name);
+
+	if (op_prg_odb_ltrace_active ("norm warn"))
+		op_prg_odb_print_minor (info, wmsg, OPC_NIL);
+
+	FOUT;
+	}
+
+
+
+/*  Function to configure the proper input/output streams to the udp process 
+    and setup the udp port numbers via the ICI facility  */
+void
+norm_conf_udp()
+	{
+	int					outstrm_count;
+	Objid				outstrm_objid;
+    List*			 	proc_record_handle_list_ptr;
+    OmsT_Pr_Handle		temp_process_record_handle;
+
+	FIN(norm_conf_udp());
+	
+	/*                                                         */
+	/* Get the outgoing packet stream index to the UDP process */
+	/*                                                         */
+	
+    /* First, get the number of output streams for the NORM process. */
+    outstrm_count = op_topo_assoc_count (my_id, OPC_TOPO_ASSOC_OUT, OPC_OBJTYPE_STRM);
+    /* Then, make sure there's two outgoing streams from NORM. */
+    if (outstrm_count != 2)
+    	norm_fatal_error ("NORM does not have two outgoing streams - one to MGEN & one to UDP.");
+	/* Then, get the outgoing stream Objid */
+    outstrm_objid = op_topo_assoc (my_id, OPC_TOPO_ASSOC_OUT, OPC_OBJTYPE_STRM, 0);
+	/* Retrieve the index of the stream. */
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get (outstrm_objid, "src stream", &udp_outstream_index);
+
+    /* 						                                                    */
+    /* Locate the UDP module. It must have registered in the process registry.  */
+    /* 						                                                    */
+	
+    /* Obtain the process handles by matching the specific descriptors			*/
+    proc_record_handle_list_ptr = op_prg_list_create ();
+    oms_pr_process_discover (OPC_OBJID_INVALID, proc_record_handle_list_ptr,
+    	"node objid",	OMSC_PR_OBJID,		my_node_id,
+    	"protocol",		OMSC_PR_STRING,		"udp",
+    	OPC_NIL);
+
+    /* Each node can have only one UDP module.	*/
+    if (op_prg_list_size (proc_record_handle_list_ptr) != 1)
+    	{
+    	/* Having more than one UDP module is a serious error.  End simulation. */
+	    norm_fatal_error ("Error: either zero or several UDP processes found in the local node"); 
+    	}
+    temp_process_record_handle = (OmsT_Pr_Handle) op_prg_list_access (proc_record_handle_list_ptr, OPC_LISTPOS_TAIL);
+
+    /* Obtain the module objid of the udp module	*/
+    oms_pr_attr_get (temp_process_record_handle, "module objid",OMSC_PR_OBJID, &my_udp_id);
+	
+	norm_proc.SetUdpProcessId(my_udp_id);  /*  - OpnetProtoSimProcess.h */
+
+    /* Deallocate the memory allocated for holding the record handle	*/
+    while (op_prg_list_size (proc_record_handle_list_ptr) > 0)
+    	op_prg_list_remove (proc_record_handle_list_ptr, OPC_LISTPOS_HEAD);
+
+    /* Deallocate the temporary list pointer. */
+    op_prg_mem_free (proc_record_handle_list_ptr);	
+		
+	FOUT;
+	}
+
+
+void norm_host_addr ()
+	{
+	FIN (norm_host_addr());
+
+    /* Obtain a pointer to the process record handle list of any 
+       IP processes residing in the local node.
+	*/
+    List* proc_record_handle_list_ptr = op_prg_list_create();
+    oms_pr_process_discover(OPC_OBJID_INVALID, proc_record_handle_list_ptr,
+	                        "protocol", OMSC_PR_STRING, "ip",
+	                        "node objid", OMSC_PR_OBJID, my_node_id, 
+	                        OPC_NIL);
+
+    /* An error should be created if there are zero or more than     
+       one IP processes in the local node.
+	*/
+    int record_handle_list_size = op_prg_list_size (proc_record_handle_list_ptr);
+    IpT_Info* ip_info_ptr;
+    if (1 != record_handle_list_size)
+		{
+	    /* Generate an error and end simulation. */
+	    op_sim_end("Error: either zero or more than one ip processes in local node.", "", "", "");
+		}
+    else
+		{
+        /* Obtain the process record handle of the IP process. */
+	    OmsT_Pr_Handle process_record_handle = (OmsT_Pr_Handle) op_prg_list_access(proc_record_handle_list_ptr, OPC_LISTPOS_HEAD);
+	    /* Obtain the pointer to the interface info structure. */
+	    oms_pr_attr_get(process_record_handle, "interface information", OMSC_PR_ADDRESS, &ip_info_ptr);
+		}
+
+    /* Deallocate the list pointer. */
+    while (op_prg_list_size(proc_record_handle_list_ptr) > 0)
+	    op_prg_list_remove(proc_record_handle_list_ptr, OPC_LISTPOS_HEAD);
+    op_prg_mem_free(proc_record_handle_list_ptr);
+
+    /* Obtain the pointer to the IP interface table.
+	   Note that the ip_info_ptr->ip_iface_table_ptr is the same list
+	     as module_data->interface_table_ptr as shown in ip_dispatch.pr.c->ip_dispatch_do_int()
+	*/
+    List* ip_iface_table_ptr = ip_info_ptr->ip_iface_table_ptr;
+
+    /* Obtain the size of the IP interface table. */
+    int ip_iface_table_size = op_prg_list_size(ip_iface_table_ptr);
+
+	int interface_info_index = 0;  /* LP */
+	
+    /* For now, an error should be created if there are zero or more than 
+       one IP interface attached to this node.  Loopback interfaces
+	   and Tunnel interfaces are OK.
+	*/
+	
+	/* In the future, we should allow more than 1 IP interface for the
+	   case of IP routers. LP 3-4-04
+	*/
+	
+    if (1 != ip_iface_table_size)
+		{
+
+		/* check to see if there is any loopback interface or tunnel interface.  (LP 3-1-04 - added) */
+		int i, ip_intf_count = 0;
+		bool dumb_intf = OPC_FALSE;
+		for (i = 0; i < ip_iface_table_size; i++)
+			{
+   			IpT_Interface_Info* intf_ptr = (IpT_Interface_Info*) op_prg_list_access(ip_iface_table_ptr, OPC_LISTPOS_HEAD + i);
+			if ((intf_ptr->phys_intf_info_ptr->intf_status == IpC_Intf_Status_Tunnel) ||
+				(intf_ptr->phys_intf_info_ptr->intf_status == IpC_Intf_Status_Loopback))
+				{
+				dumb_intf = OPC_TRUE;
+				break;
+				} /* end if tunnel || loop back */
+			else
+				{
+				interface_info_index = i;
+				ip_intf_count ++;
+				}
+			} /* end for i */
+
+	    /* Generate an error and end simulation. */
+	    if ((dumb_intf == OPC_FALSE) || (ip_intf_count > 1))  /* end LP */
+			op_sim_end("Error: either zero or more than one ip interface on this node.", "", "", "");
+		}  /* end if ip_iface_table-size != 1 */
+	
+    	
+	/* Obtain a pointer to the IP interface data structure. */	
+	IpT_Interface_Info* interface_info_pnt = (IpT_Interface_Info*) op_prg_list_access(ip_iface_table_ptr, OPC_LISTPOS_HEAD + interface_info_index);
+	my_ip_addr = interface_info_pnt->addr_range_ptr->address;
+	my_ip_mask = interface_info_pnt->addr_range_ptr->subnet_mask;
+	host_ipv4_addr.SimSetAddress(my_ip_addr);
+//	norm_proc.SetHostAddress(host_ipv4_addr);
+		
+	FOUT;
+	}
+
+OpnetNormProcess::OpnetNormProcess()
+ : NormSimAgent(GetTimerMgr(), GetSocketNotifier())
+{
+ printf("OpnetNormProcess::OpnetNormProcess():  this = %x\n", this);
+}  
+
+OpnetNormProcess::~OpnetNormProcess()
+{    
+}
+
+
+IpT_Address OpnetNormProcess::addr()
+	{
+	FIN(OpnetNormProcess());
+	FRET (my_ip_addr);
+	}
+
+
+bool OpnetNormProcess::OnStartup(int argc, const char*const* argv)
+{
+	char val[128];
+	
+	FIN (OnStartup(argc,argv));
+	norm_proc.SetSink(new OpnetProtoMessageSink(app_ici_ptr,OUTSTRM_TO_MGEN,local_port));
+	norm_host_addr();
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"start",128,val);	// clients will unicast feedback
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" NORM start =  %s\n",val);
+		ProcessCommand("start",val);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"sendStream",128,val);	// send a simulated NORM stream
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" NORM sendStream =  %s\n",val);
+		ProcessCommand("sendStream",val);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"openStream",128,val);	// open a stream object for messaging
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" NORM openStream =  %s\n",val);
+		ProcessCommand("openStream",val);
+		/* JPH 4/11/06  fake attachment of mgen instance */
+		//AttachMgen((Mgen*)true);
+		}
+	op_ima_obj_attr_get_str(my_id,"sendFile",128,val);	// queue a "sim" file of <size> bytes for transmission
+	if (val[0])
+		{
+		printf(" sendFile =  %s\n",val);
+		ProcessCommand("sendFile",val);
+		}
+	FRET (true);
+} // end OpnetNormProcess::OnStartup()
+
+void OpnetNormProcess::OnShutdown()
+{
+	ProcessCommand("stop",NULL);
+}  // end OpnetNormProcess::OnShutdown()
+
+bool OpnetNormProcess::ProcessCommands(int argc, const char*const* argv) 
+{   
+    // Process commands, passing unknown commands to base Agent class
+    int i = 1;
+    while (i < argc)
+    {
+        NormSimAgent::CmdType cmdType = CommandType(argv[i]);
+        switch (cmdType)
+        {
+            case NormSimAgent::CMD_NOARG:
+                if (!ProcessCommand(argv[i], NULL))
+                {
+                    DMSG(0, "OpnetNormProcess::ProcessCommands() ProcessCommand(%s) error\n", 
+                            argv[i]);
+                    return false;
+                }
+                i++;
+                break;
+                
+            case NormSimAgent::CMD_ARG:
+                if (!ProcessCommand(argv[i], argv[i+1]))
+                {
+                    DMSG(0, "OpnetNormProcess::ProcessCommands() ProcessCommand(%s, %s) error\n", 
+                            argv[i], argv[i+1]);
+                    return false;
+                }
+                i += 2;
+                break;
+                
+            case NormSimAgent::CMD_INVALID:
+                return false;
+        }
+    }
+    return true; 
+}  // end OpnetNormProcess::ProcessCommands()
+
+
+/* This function not used at present.  */
+/* SendMessage called directly from send_msg state. */
+// JPH 5/25/06 - revert from mgen 42b8 to 42b6
+//bool OpnetNormProcess::SendMgenMessage(MgenMsg& theMsg,
+//				     bool checksum_enable,
+//				     char* txBuffer)
+//{
+//	int len = 0;
+//    return SendMessage(len, txBuffer);
+//}  // end OpnetNormProcess::SendMgenMessage()
+bool OpnetNormProcess::SendMgenMessage(const char*           txBuffer,
+                                  unsigned int          len,
+                                  const ProtoAddress&   /*dstAddr*/)
+{
+    return SendMessage(len, txBuffer);
+}  // end OpnetNormProcess::SendMgenMessage()
+ 
+
+
+void OpnetNormProcess::ReceivePacketMonitor(Ici* iciptr, Packet* pkptr)
+	{
+	FIN (ReceivePacketMonitor(iciptr,pkptr));
+	/* Caclulate metrics to be updated.		*/
+	double pk_size = (double) op_pk_total_size_get (pkptr);
+	double ete_delay = op_sim_time () - op_pk_creation_time_get (pkptr);
+
+	/* Update local statistics.				*/
+	op_stat_write (bits_rcvd_stathandle, 		pk_size);
+	op_stat_write (pkts_rcvd_stathandle, 		1.0);
+	op_stat_write (ete_delay_stathandle, 		ete_delay);
+
+	op_stat_write (bitssec_rcvd_stathandle, 	pk_size);
+	op_stat_write (bitssec_rcvd_stathandle, 	0.0);
+	op_stat_write (pktssec_rcvd_stathandle, 	1.0);
+	op_stat_write (pktssec_rcvd_stathandle, 	0.0);
+
+	/* Update global statistics.	*/
+	op_stat_write (bits_rcvd_gstathandle, 		pk_size);
+	op_stat_write (pkts_rcvd_gstathandle, 		1.0);
+	op_stat_write (ete_delay_gstathandle, 		ete_delay);
+
+	op_stat_write (bitssec_rcvd_gstathandle, 	pk_size);
+	op_stat_write (bitssec_rcvd_gstathandle, 	0.0);
+	op_stat_write (pktssec_rcvd_gstathandle, 	1.0);
+	op_stat_write (pktssec_rcvd_gstathandle, 	0.0);
+	FOUT;
+	}
+
+
+
+void OpnetNormProcess::TransmitPacketMonitor(Ici* ici, Packet* pkptr) 
+	{
+	FIN (TransmitPacketMonitor(ici,pkptr));
+	/* Caclulate metrics to be updated.		*/
+	double pk_size = (double) op_pk_total_size_get (pkptr);
+
+	/* Update local statistics.				*/
+	op_stat_write (bits_sent_stathandle, 		pk_size);
+	op_stat_write (pkts_sent_stathandle, 		1.0);
+
+	op_stat_write (bitssec_sent_stathandle, 	pk_size);
+	op_stat_write (bitssec_sent_stathandle, 	0.0);
+	op_stat_write (pktssec_sent_stathandle, 	1.0);
+	op_stat_write (pktssec_sent_stathandle, 	0.0);
+
+	/* Update global statistics.	*/
+	op_stat_write (bits_sent_gstathandle, 		pk_size);
+	op_stat_write (pkts_sent_gstathandle, 		1.0);
+
+	op_stat_write (bitssec_sent_gstathandle, 	pk_size);
+	op_stat_write (bitssec_sent_gstathandle, 	0.0);
+	op_stat_write (pktssec_sent_gstathandle, 	1.0);
+	op_stat_write (pktssec_sent_gstathandle, 	0.0);
+	FOUT;
+	}
+
+
+/* End of Function Block */
+
+/* Undefine optional tracing in FIN/FOUT/FRET */
+/* The FSM has its own tracing code and the other */
+/* functions should not have any tracing.		  */
+#undef FIN_TRACING
+#define FIN_TRACING
+
+#undef FOUTRET_TRACING
+#define FOUTRET_TRACING
+
+/* Undefine shortcuts to state variables because the */
+/* following functions are part of the state class */
+#undef norm_proc
+#undef my_id
+#undef my_node_id
+#undef my_pro_id
+#undef my_udp_id
+#undef my_tcp_id
+#undef my_mgen_id
+#undef my_ip_addr
+#undef my_ip_mask
+#undef own_prohandle
+#undef own_process_record_handle
+#undef pid_string
+#undef node_name
+#undef timer
+#undef udpsocket
+#undef tcpsocket
+#undef udpnotifier
+#undef tcpnotifier
+#undef host_ipv4_addr
+#undef bits_rcvd_stathandle
+#undef bitssec_rcvd_flow_stathandle
+#undef bitssec_sent_flow_stathandle
+#undef bitssec_rcvd_stathandle
+#undef pkts_rcvd_stathandle
+#undef pktssec_rcvd_flow_stathandle
+#undef pktssec_sent_flow_stathandle
+#undef pktssec_rcvd_stathandle
+#undef bits_sent_stathandle
+#undef bitssec_sent_stathandle
+#undef pkts_sent_stathandle
+#undef pktssec_sent_stathandle
+#undef ete_delay_stathandle
+#undef ete_delay_flow_stathandle
+#undef bits_rcvd_gstathandle
+#undef bitssec_rcvd_gstathandle
+#undef pkts_rcvd_gstathandle
+#undef pktssec_rcvd_gstathandle
+#undef bits_sent_gstathandle
+#undef bitssec_sent_gstathandle
+#undef pkts_sent_gstathandle
+#undef pktssec_sent_gstathandle
+#undef ete_delay_gstathandle
+#undef udp_outstream_index
+#undef local_port
+#undef dest_ip_addr
+#undef script_fp
+#undef source
+#undef app_ici_ptr
+
+/* Access from C kernel using C linkage */
+extern "C"
+{
+	VosT_Obtype _op_norm_protolib_init (int * init_block_ptr);
+	VosT_Address _op_norm_protolib_alloc (VosT_Obtype, int);
+	void norm_protolib (OP_SIM_CONTEXT_ARG_OPT)
+		{
+		((norm_protolib_state *)(OP_SIM_CONTEXT_PTR->_op_mod_state_ptr))->norm_protolib (OP_SIM_CONTEXT_PTR_OPT);
+		}
+
+	void _op_norm_protolib_svar (void *, const char *, void **);
+
+	void _op_norm_protolib_diag (OP_SIM_CONTEXT_ARG_OPT)
+		{
+		((norm_protolib_state *)(OP_SIM_CONTEXT_PTR->_op_mod_state_ptr))->_op_norm_protolib_diag (OP_SIM_CONTEXT_PTR_OPT);
+		}
+
+	void _op_norm_protolib_terminate (OP_SIM_CONTEXT_ARG_OPT)
+		{
+		/* The destructor is the Termination Block */
+		delete (norm_protolib_state *)(OP_SIM_CONTEXT_PTR->_op_mod_state_ptr);
+		}
+
+
+	VosT_Obtype Vos_Define_Object_Prstate (const char * _op_name, size_t _op_size);
+	VosT_Address Vos_Alloc_Object (VosT_Obtype _op_ob_hndl);
+	VosT_Fun_Status Vos_Poolmem_Dealloc (VosT_Address _op_ob_ptr);
+} /* end of 'extern "C"' */
+
+
+
+
+/* Process model interrupt handling procedure */
+
+
+void
+norm_protolib_state::norm_protolib (OP_SIM_CONTEXT_ARG_OPT)
+	{
+#if !defined (VOSD_NO_FIN)
+	int _op_block_origin = 0;
+#endif
+	FIN_MT (norm_protolib_state::norm_protolib ());
+	try
+		{
+		/* Temporary Variables */
+		Packet*			data_pkptr;
+		Ici*			ici_ptr;
+		int				intrpt_type;
+		int				intrpt_strm;
+		int				intrpt_code;
+		
+		int				pk_size;
+		InetT_Address*	rem_addr_ptr;
+		InetT_Address*	intf_addr_ptr;
+		InetT_Address	temp_ip_addr;
+		InetT_Address	intf_addr;
+		int				type_of_service; 
+		int				inet_address_supported;
+		IpT_Address		rem_ipv4_addr;
+		IpT_Address		ipv4_intf_addr;
+		UdpT_Port		rem_port;
+		int				local_minor_port;
+		int				conn_class;
+		int				intf_num;
+		
+		
+		
+		
+		/* End of Temporary Variables */
+
+
+		FSM_ENTER ("norm_protolib")
+
+		FSM_BLOCK_SWITCH
+			{
+			/*---------------------------------------------------------*/
+			/** state (idle) enter executives **/
+			FSM_STATE_ENTER_UNFORCED (0, "idle", state0_enter_exec, "norm_protolib [idle enter execs]")
+
+			/** blocking after enter executives of unforced state. **/
+			FSM_EXIT (1,"norm_protolib")
+
+
+			/** state (idle) exit executives **/
+			FSM_STATE_EXIT_UNFORCED (0, "idle", "norm_protolib [idle exit execs]")
+				FSM_PROFILE_SECTION_IN ("norm_protolib [idle exit execs]", state0_exit_exec)
+				{
+				intrpt_type = op_intrpt_type ();
+				if (intrpt_type == OPC_INTRPT_STRM)
+					intrpt_strm = op_intrpt_strm ();
+				else
+					intrpt_code = op_intrpt_code ();
+				ici_ptr = op_intrpt_ici ();
+				}
+				FSM_PROFILE_SECTION_OUT (state0_exit_exec)
+
+
+			/** state (idle) transition processing **/
+			FSM_PROFILE_SECTION_IN ("norm_protolib [idle trans conditions]", state0_trans_conds)
+			FSM_INIT_COND (END_SIM)
+			FSM_TEST_COND (MSG_FROM_LOWER_LAYER)
+			FSM_TEST_COND (TIMEOUT_EVENT)
+			FSM_TEST_COND (MSG_FROM_HIGHER_LAYER)
+			FSM_DFLT_COND
+			FSM_TEST_LOGIC ("idle")
+			FSM_PROFILE_SECTION_OUT (state0_trans_conds)
+
+			FSM_TRANSIT_SWITCH
+				{
+				FSM_CASE_TRANSIT (0, 0, state0_enter_exec, norm_stop();, "END_SIM", "norm_stop()", "idle", "idle", "norm_protolib [idle -> idle : END_SIM / norm_stop()]")
+				FSM_CASE_TRANSIT (1, 3, state3_enter_exec, ;, "MSG_FROM_LOWER_LAYER", "", "idle", "proc_msg", "norm_protolib [idle -> proc_msg : MSG_FROM_LOWER_LAYER / ]")
+				FSM_CASE_TRANSIT (2, 4, state4_enter_exec, ;, "TIMEOUT_EVENT", "", "idle", "itimer", "norm_protolib [idle -> itimer : TIMEOUT_EVENT / ]")
+				FSM_CASE_TRANSIT (3, 5, state5_enter_exec, ;, "MSG_FROM_HIGHER_LAYER", "", "idle", "send_msg", "norm_protolib [idle -> send_msg : MSG_FROM_HIGHER_LAYER / ]")
+				FSM_CASE_TRANSIT (4, 0, state0_enter_exec, ;, "default", "", "idle", "idle", "norm_protolib [idle -> idle : default / ]")
+				}
+				/*---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+			/** state (init) enter executives **/
+			FSM_STATE_ENTER_UNFORCED_NOLABEL (1, "init", "norm_protolib [init enter execs]")
+				FSM_PROFILE_SECTION_IN ("norm_protolib [init enter execs]", state1_enter_exec)
+				{
+				app_ici_ptr = op_ici_create ("sink_command");
+				
+				/* Obtain the object ID of the surrounding norm processor. 	*/
+				my_id = op_id_self ();
+				
+				/* Also obtain the object ID of the surrounding node.		*/
+				my_node_id = op_topo_parent (my_id);
+				
+				/* Obtain the prohandle for this process.					*/
+				own_prohandle = op_pro_self ();
+				
+				/**	Register the process in the model-wide registry.				**/
+				own_process_record_handle = (OmsT_Pr_Handle) oms_pr_process_register 
+					(my_node_id, my_id, own_prohandle, "NORM");
+				
+				/*	Register the protocol attribute in the registry. No other	*/
+				/*	process should use the string "norm" as the value for its	*/
+				/*	"protocol" attribute!										*/
+				oms_pr_attr_set (own_process_record_handle, 
+					"protocol", 	OMSC_PR_STRING, 	"norm",
+					OPC_NIL);
+				
+				/*	Initialize the state variable used to keep track of the	*/
+				/*	NORM module object ID and to generate trace/debugging 	*/
+				/*	string information. Obtain process ID of this process. 	*/
+				my_pro_id = op_pro_id (op_pro_self ());
+				
+				/* 	Set the process ID string, to be later used for trace	*/
+				/*	and debugging information.								*/
+				sprintf (pid_string, "NORM PID (%d)", my_pro_id);
+				
+				/* Get the name of the surrounding node object */
+				op_ima_obj_attr_get (my_node_id, "name", &node_name);
+				
+				/* 	Schedule a self interrupt to allow  additional initialization. */
+				op_intrpt_schedule_self (op_sim_time (), 0);
+				}
+				FSM_PROFILE_SECTION_OUT (state1_enter_exec)
+
+			/** blocking after enter executives of unforced state. **/
+			FSM_EXIT (3,"norm_protolib")
+
+
+			/** state (init) exit executives **/
+			FSM_STATE_EXIT_UNFORCED (1, "init", "norm_protolib [init exit execs]")
+				FSM_PROFILE_SECTION_IN ("norm_protolib [init exit execs]", state1_exit_exec)
+				{
+				norm_init();
+				op_intrpt_schedule_self (0.0,0);
+				}
+				FSM_PROFILE_SECTION_OUT (state1_exit_exec)
+
+
+			/** state (init) transition processing **/
+			FSM_TRANSIT_FORCE (2, state2_enter_exec, ;, "default", "", "init", "init2", "norm_protolib [init -> init2 : default / ]")
+				/*---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+			/** state (init2) enter executives **/
+			FSM_STATE_ENTER_UNFORCED (2, "init2", state2_enter_exec, "norm_protolib [init2 enter execs]")
+				FSM_PROFILE_SECTION_IN ("norm_protolib [init2 enter execs]", state2_enter_exec)
+				{
+				
+				}
+				FSM_PROFILE_SECTION_OUT (state2_enter_exec)
+
+			/** blocking after enter executives of unforced state. **/
+			FSM_EXIT (5,"norm_protolib")
+
+
+			/** state (init2) exit executives **/
+			FSM_STATE_EXIT_UNFORCED (2, "init2", "norm_protolib [init2 exit execs]")
+				FSM_PROFILE_SECTION_IN ("norm_protolib [init2 exit execs]", state2_exit_exec)
+				{
+				norm_proc.OnStartup(0,NULL);
+				}
+				FSM_PROFILE_SECTION_OUT (state2_exit_exec)
+
+
+			/** state (init2) transition processing **/
+			FSM_TRANSIT_FORCE (0, state0_enter_exec, ;, "default", "", "init2", "idle", "norm_protolib [init2 -> idle : default / ]")
+				/*---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+			/** state (proc_msg) enter executives **/
+			FSM_STATE_ENTER_FORCED (3, "proc_msg", state3_enter_exec, "norm_protolib [proc_msg enter execs]")
+				FSM_PROFILE_SECTION_IN ("norm_protolib [proc_msg enter execs]", state3_enter_exec)
+				{
+				norm_proc.OnReceive(op_intrpt_strm());
+				}
+				FSM_PROFILE_SECTION_OUT (state3_enter_exec)
+
+			/** state (proc_msg) exit executives **/
+			FSM_STATE_EXIT_FORCED (3, "proc_msg", "norm_protolib [proc_msg exit execs]")
+
+
+			/** state (proc_msg) transition processing **/
+			FSM_TRANSIT_FORCE (0, state0_enter_exec, ;, "default", "", "proc_msg", "idle", "norm_protolib [proc_msg -> idle : default / ]")
+				/*---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+			/** state (itimer) enter executives **/
+			FSM_STATE_ENTER_FORCED (4, "itimer", state4_enter_exec, "norm_protolib [itimer enter execs]")
+				FSM_PROFILE_SECTION_IN ("norm_protolib [itimer enter execs]", state4_enter_exec)
+				{
+				norm_proc.OnSystemTimeout();
+				}
+				FSM_PROFILE_SECTION_OUT (state4_enter_exec)
+
+			/** state (itimer) exit executives **/
+			FSM_STATE_EXIT_FORCED (4, "itimer", "norm_protolib [itimer exit execs]")
+
+
+			/** state (itimer) transition processing **/
+			FSM_TRANSIT_FORCE (0, state0_enter_exec, ;, "default", "", "itimer", "idle", "norm_protolib [itimer -> idle : default / ]")
+				/*---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+			/** state (send_msg) enter executives **/
+			FSM_STATE_ENTER_FORCED (5, "send_msg", state5_enter_exec, "norm_protolib [send_msg enter execs]")
+				FSM_PROFILE_SECTION_IN ("norm_protolib [send_msg enter execs]", state5_enter_exec)
+				{
+				data_pkptr = op_pk_get (intrpt_strm);
+				
+				/* The total payload size in bits */
+				pk_size = (double) op_pk_total_size_get (data_pkptr);
+				
+				/* ici processing may have some future use for mgen control of norm */
+				/********************************************************************/
+				op_ici_attr_get (ici_ptr, "inet_support", &inet_address_supported);
+				
+				if (inet_address_supported)
+					{
+					/* This is a udp_command_inet ici.				*/
+					op_ici_attr_get (ici_ptr, "rem_addr", &rem_addr_ptr);
+				
+					op_ici_attr_get (ici_ptr, "src_addr", &intf_addr_ptr);
+					}
+				else
+					{
+					/* This is a udp_command_v3 ici.				*/
+					op_ici_attr_get (ici_ptr, "rem_addr", &rem_ipv4_addr);
+				
+					/* Convert the address into InetT_Address form.	*/
+					temp_ip_addr = inet_address_from_ipv4_address_create (rem_ipv4_addr);
+					rem_addr_ptr = &temp_ip_addr;
+				
+					/* Get the other fields in the ici.				*/
+					op_ici_attr_get (ici_ptr, "src_addr", &ipv4_intf_addr);
+					intf_addr = inet_address_from_ipv4_address_create_invalid_check (ipv4_intf_addr);
+					intf_addr_ptr = &intf_addr;
+					}
+				 
+				op_ici_attr_get (ici_ptr, "rem_port", &rem_port);
+				op_ici_attr_get (ici_ptr, "local_port", &local_port);
+				op_ici_attr_get (ici_ptr, "local_minor_port", &local_minor_port);
+				op_ici_attr_get (ici_ptr, "connection_class", &conn_class);
+				op_ici_attr_get (ici_ptr, "Type of Service", &type_of_service);
+				
+				/* Using the "strm_index" to identify the outgoing IP interface	*/
+				/* to allow sending multicast by setting multicast major port	*/
+				op_ici_attr_get (ici_ptr, "strm_index", &intf_num);
+				/********************************************************************/
+				
+				char* txBuffer = (char*)op_prg_mem_alloc(pk_size/8);
+				op_pk_fd_get (data_pkptr, 0, &txBuffer);
+				//int len = pk_size/8;
+				//printf("norm_protolib:send_msg:  txBuffer =\n");
+				//for (int i = 0; i<len; i+=8)
+				//	printf(" %x %x %x %x %x %x %x %x\n",txBuffer[i],txBuffer[i+1],txBuffer[i+2],txBuffer[i+3],txBuffer[i+4],txBuffer[i+5],txBuffer[i+6],txBuffer[i+7]);		
+				norm_proc.SendMessage(pk_size/8, txBuffer);
+				
+				op_pk_destroy (data_pkptr);
+				
+				
+				
+				}
+				FSM_PROFILE_SECTION_OUT (state5_enter_exec)
+
+			/** state (send_msg) exit executives **/
+			FSM_STATE_EXIT_FORCED (5, "send_msg", "norm_protolib [send_msg exit execs]")
+
+
+			/** state (send_msg) transition processing **/
+			FSM_TRANSIT_FORCE (0, state0_enter_exec, ;, "default", "", "send_msg", "idle", "norm_protolib [send_msg -> idle : default / ]")
+				/*---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+			}
+
+
+		FSM_EXIT (1,"norm_protolib")
+		}
+	catch (...)
+		{
+		Vos_Error_Print (VOSC_ERROR_ABORT,
+			(const char *)VOSC_NIL,
+			"Unhandled C++ exception in process model (norm_protolib)",
+			(const char *)VOSC_NIL, (const char *)VOSC_NIL);
+		}
+	}
+
+
+
+
+void
+norm_protolib_state::_op_norm_protolib_diag (OP_SIM_CONTEXT_ARG_OPT)
+	{
+	/* No Diagnostic Block */
+	}
+
+void
+norm_protolib_state::operator delete (void* ptr)
+	{
+	FIN (norm_protolib_state::operator delete (ptr));
+	Vos_Poolmem_Dealloc (ptr);
+	FOUT
+	}
+
+norm_protolib_state::~norm_protolib_state (void)
+	{
+
+	FIN (norm_protolib_state::~norm_protolib_state ())
+
+
+	/* No Termination Block */
+
+
+	FOUT
+	}
+
+
+#undef FIN_PREAMBLE_DEC
+#undef FIN_PREAMBLE_CODE
+
+#define FIN_PREAMBLE_DEC
+#define FIN_PREAMBLE_CODE
+
+void *
+norm_protolib_state::operator new (size_t)
+#if defined (VOSD_NEW_BAD_ALLOC)
+		throw (VOSD_BAD_ALLOC)
+#endif
+	{
+	void * new_ptr;
+
+	FIN_MT (norm_protolib_state::operator new ());
+
+	new_ptr = Vos_Alloc_Object (norm_protolib_state::obtype);
+#if defined (VOSD_NEW_BAD_ALLOC)
+	if (new_ptr == VOSC_NIL) throw VOSD_BAD_ALLOC();
+#endif
+	FRET (new_ptr)
+	}
+
+/* State constructor initializes FSM handling */
+/* by setting the initial state to the first */
+/* block of code to enter. */
+
+norm_protolib_state::norm_protolib_state (void) :
+		_op_current_block (2)
+	{
+#if defined (OPD_ALLOW_ODB)
+		_op_current_state = "norm_protolib [init enter execs]";
+#endif
+	}
+
+VosT_Obtype
+_op_norm_protolib_init (int * init_block_ptr)
+	{
+	FIN_MT (_op_norm_protolib_init (init_block_ptr))
+
+	norm_protolib_state::obtype = Vos_Define_Object_Prstate ("proc state vars (norm_protolib)",
+		sizeof (norm_protolib_state));
+	*init_block_ptr = 2;
+
+	FRET (norm_protolib_state::obtype)
+	}
+
+VosT_Address
+_op_norm_protolib_alloc (VosT_Obtype, int)
+	{
+#if !defined (VOSD_NO_FIN)
+	int _op_block_origin = 0;
+#endif
+	norm_protolib_state * ptr;
+	FIN_MT (_op_norm_protolib_alloc ())
+
+	/* New instance will have FSM handling initialized */
+#if defined (VOSD_NEW_BAD_ALLOC)
+	try {
+		ptr = new norm_protolib_state;
+	} catch (const VOSD_BAD_ALLOC &) {
+		ptr = VOSC_NIL;
+	}
+#else
+	ptr = new norm_protolib_state;
+#endif
+	FRET ((VosT_Address)ptr)
+	}
+
+
+
+void
+_op_norm_protolib_svar (void * gen_ptr, const char * var_name, void ** var_p_ptr)
+	{
+	norm_protolib_state		*prs_ptr;
+
+	FIN_MT (_op_norm_protolib_svar (gen_ptr, var_name, var_p_ptr))
+
+	if (var_name == OPC_NIL)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *)OPC_NIL;
+		FOUT
+		}
+	prs_ptr = (norm_protolib_state *)gen_ptr;
+
+	if (strcmp ("norm_proc" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->norm_proc);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("my_id" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->my_id);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("my_node_id" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->my_node_id);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("my_pro_id" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->my_pro_id);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("my_udp_id" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->my_udp_id);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("my_tcp_id" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->my_tcp_id);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("my_mgen_id" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->my_mgen_id);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("my_ip_addr" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->my_ip_addr);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("my_ip_mask" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->my_ip_mask);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("own_prohandle" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->own_prohandle);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("own_process_record_handle" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->own_process_record_handle);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("pid_string" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (prs_ptr->pid_string);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("node_name" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (prs_ptr->node_name);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("timer" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->timer);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("udpsocket" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->udpsocket);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("tcpsocket" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->tcpsocket);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("udpnotifier" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->udpnotifier);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("tcpnotifier" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->tcpnotifier);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("host_ipv4_addr" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->host_ipv4_addr);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("bits_rcvd_stathandle" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->bits_rcvd_stathandle);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("bitssec_rcvd_flow_stathandle" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (prs_ptr->bitssec_rcvd_flow_stathandle);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("bitssec_sent_flow_stathandle" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (prs_ptr->bitssec_sent_flow_stathandle);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("bitssec_rcvd_stathandle" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->bitssec_rcvd_stathandle);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("pkts_rcvd_stathandle" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->pkts_rcvd_stathandle);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("pktssec_rcvd_flow_stathandle" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (prs_ptr->pktssec_rcvd_flow_stathandle);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("pktssec_sent_flow_stathandle" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (prs_ptr->pktssec_sent_flow_stathandle);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("pktssec_rcvd_stathandle" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->pktssec_rcvd_stathandle);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("bits_sent_stathandle" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->bits_sent_stathandle);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("bitssec_sent_stathandle" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->bitssec_sent_stathandle);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("pkts_sent_stathandle" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->pkts_sent_stathandle);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("pktssec_sent_stathandle" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->pktssec_sent_stathandle);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("ete_delay_stathandle" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->ete_delay_stathandle);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("ete_delay_flow_stathandle" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (prs_ptr->ete_delay_flow_stathandle);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("bits_rcvd_gstathandle" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->bits_rcvd_gstathandle);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("bitssec_rcvd_gstathandle" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->bitssec_rcvd_gstathandle);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("pkts_rcvd_gstathandle" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->pkts_rcvd_gstathandle);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("pktssec_rcvd_gstathandle" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->pktssec_rcvd_gstathandle);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("bits_sent_gstathandle" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->bits_sent_gstathandle);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("bitssec_sent_gstathandle" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->bitssec_sent_gstathandle);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("pkts_sent_gstathandle" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->pkts_sent_gstathandle);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("pktssec_sent_gstathandle" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->pktssec_sent_gstathandle);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("ete_delay_gstathandle" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->ete_delay_gstathandle);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("udp_outstream_index" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->udp_outstream_index);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("local_port" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->local_port);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("dest_ip_addr" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->dest_ip_addr);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("script_fp" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->script_fp);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("source" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->source);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	if (strcmp ("app_ici_ptr" , var_name) == 0)
+		{
+		*var_p_ptr = (void *) (&prs_ptr->app_ici_ptr);
+		FOUT
+		}
+	*var_p_ptr = (void *)OPC_NIL;
+
+	FOUT
+	}
+
diff --git a/opnet/12.0/norm_protolib.pr.m b/opnet/12.0/norm_protolib.pr.m
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d3a416
Binary files /dev/null and b/opnet/12.0/norm_protolib.pr.m differ
diff --git a/opnet/mgen-ns2_2node_norm-ip_routes_olsr.gdf b/opnet/mgen-ns2_2node_norm-ip_routes_olsr.gdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 9058fad..0000000
--- a/opnet/mgen-ns2_2node_norm-ip_routes_olsr.gdf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-# This file contains the IP routing tables built by various routing protocols in
-# the network model.
-
-# It is intended to be used as a mechanism whereby dynamic routing information
-# is recorded and reused to avoid running IP routing protocols in multiple
-# simulations of the same network. This feature should be used only when router
-# connectivities in the network (and hence their routing tables) do not change
-# during the course of the simulation.
-
-# This file is produced each time a simulation is run with the simulation
-# attribute "Routing Table Export/Import"  set to "Export". Multiple runs for
-# the same network model will successively overwrite this file.
-
-# The contents of this file can be imported into the network model by running a
-# simulation with the simulation attribute "Routing Table Export/Import" to 
-# "Import".
-
-# In order for this to work correctly, there should be no change in the network
-# whose simulation produced this file, and the network that is importing it
-# contents. In other words, the "Export" scenario and the "Import" scenario
-# should be the same.
-
-# Warning: Modification of this file by the user can lead to unexpected simulation
-# results.
-
-
-START_ROUTING_TABLE at 60.000000
-#Module Object ID,Table Size,Number of Interfaces,Is static
-508,5,0,0
-#Module Hierarchical Name:
-Campus Network.node_(0).olsr_protolib
-#Interface Information: Interface,IP Address,Mask
-0,-1,192.0.0.100,255.255.255.0
-#OLSR Routing Table Contents:
-#-----------------------------------------------------------------
-# Dest Network,Dest Net Mask, Metric, Next Hop Addr, 
-#-----------------------------------------------------------------
-192.0.0.101,255.255.255.255,1,192.0.0.101
-END_ROUTING_TABLE
-
-
-START_ROUTING_TABLE at 60.000000
-#Module Object ID,Table Size,Number of Interfaces,Is static
-1044,6,0,0
-#Module Hierarchical Name:
-Campus Network.node_(1).olsr_protolib
-#Interface Information: Interface,IP Address,Mask
-0,-1,192.0.0.101,255.255.255.0
-#OLSR Routing Table Contents:
-#-----------------------------------------------------------------
-# Dest Network,Dest Net Mask, Metric, Next Hop Addr, 
-#-----------------------------------------------------------------
-192.0.0.100,255.255.255.255,1,192.0.0.100
-END_ROUTING_TABLE
-
diff --git a/unix/Makefile.arm-linux b/unix/Makefile.arm-linux
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..feb8156
--- /dev/null
+++ b/unix/Makefile.arm-linux
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+#
+# arm-linux Protean Makefile definitions
+#
+
+# 1) System specific additional libraries, include paths, etc
+#    (Where to find X11 libraries, etc)
+#
+SYSTEM_INCLUDES = -I/usr/local/arm/2.95.3/arm-linux/include 
+SYSTEM_LDFLAGS = -L/usr/local/arm/2.95.3/arm-linux/lib 
+SYSTEM_LIBS = -ldl 
+
+# 2) System specific capabilities
+# Must choose appropriate for the following:
+#
+# A) -DHAVE_CUSERID (preferred) or -DHAVE_GETLOGIN for cuserid() or getlogin()
+#     functions to obtain user's login name (We may change this to getpwd() 
+#     if that is better across different platforms and login environments)
+#
+# B) -DHAVE_LOCKF (preferred) or -DHAVE_FLOCK for lockf() or flock() file locking
+#     functions to attempt exclusive lock on writing to files
+# 
+# C) Specify -DHAVE_DIRFD if your system provides the "dirfd()" function
+#    (Most don't have it defined ... but some do)
+#
+# D) Optionally specify -DHAVE_ASSERT if your system has a built-in ASSERT()
+#    routine.
+#
+# E) The MDP code's use of offset pointers requires special treatment
+#    for some different compilers. Set -DUSE_INHERITANCE for some
+#    to keep some compilers (gcc 2.7.2) happy.
+#
+# F) Some systems (SOLARIS/SUNOS) have a few gotchas which require
+#    some #ifdefs to avoid compiler warnings ... so you might need
+#    to specify -DSOLARIS or -DSUNOS depending on your OS.
+#
+# G) Uncomment this if you have the NRL IPv6+IPsec software
+#DNETSEC = -DNETSEC -I/usr/inet6/include
+#
+# (We export these for other Makefiles as needed)
+#
+
+#add -DHAVE_IPV6 if you have ipv6 support
+export SYSTEM_HAVES = -DARM -DLINUX -DHAVE_GETLOGIN -DHAVE_LOCKF \
+-DHAVE_OLD_SIGNALHANDLER -DNO_SCM_RIGHTS -DHAVE_DIRFD -DHAVE_ASSERT $(NETSEC)
+
+SYSTEM_SRC = linuxRouteMgr.cpp
+
+SYSTEM = arm-linux
+
+CC = arm-linux-g++
+SYSTEM_CFLAGS = -Wall -Wcast-align -pedantic -fPIC 
+SYSTEM_SOFLAGS = -shared 
+RANLIB = arm-linux-ranlib
+AR = arm-linux-ar
+
+AS = arm-linux-as
+LD = arm-linux-ld
+NM = arm-linux-nm
+STRIP = arm-linux-strip
+OBJCOPY = arm-linux-objcopy
+OBJDUMP = arm-linux-objdump
+
+include Makefile.common
diff --git a/unix/Makefile.common b/unix/Makefile.common
index f7dc5cc..18d7192 100644
--- a/unix/Makefile.common
+++ b/unix/Makefile.common
@@ -80,7 +80,27 @@ TEST_OBJ = $(TEST_SRC:.cpp=.o)
 
 normTest:    $(TEST_OBJ) libnorm.a $(LIBPROTO) 
 	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $(TEST_OBJ) $(LDFLAGS) libnorm.a $(LIBPROTO) $(LIBS)
-       
+    
+# (normThreadTest) test of threaded use of NORM API
+TTEST_SRC = $(COMMON)/normThreadTest.cpp
+TTEST_OBJ = $(TTEST_SRC:.cpp=.o)
+normThreadTest:    $(TTEST_OBJ) libnorm.a $(LIBPROTO) 
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $(TTEST_OBJ) $(LDFLAGS) libnorm.a $(LIBPROTO) $(LIBS)    
+
+# (normThreadTest2) alt test of threaded use of NORM API
+TTEST2_SRC = $(UNIX)/normThreadTest2.cpp
+TTEST2_OBJ = $(TTEST2_SRC:.cpp=.o)
+normThreadTest2:    $(TTEST2_OBJ) libnorm.a $(LIBPROTO) 
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $(TTEST2_OBJ) $(LDFLAGS) libnorm.a $(LIBPROTO) $(LIBS) 
+
+
+# (npc) NORM Pre-Coder
+PCODE_SRC = $(COMMON)/normPrecode.cpp
+PCODE_OBJ = $(PCODE_SRC:.cpp=.o)
+npc:    $(PCODE_OBJ) libnorm.a $(LIBPROTO) 
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ $(PCODE_OBJ) $(LDFLAGS) libnorm.a $(LIBPROTO) $(LIBS)     
+    
+           
 # (raft) command-line reliable tunnel helper
 RAFT_SRC = $(COMMON)/raft.cpp
 RAFT_OBJ = $(RAFT_SRC:.cpp=.o)
diff --git a/unix/Makefile.linux b/unix/Makefile.linux
index fa2855d..88cae13 100644
--- a/unix/Makefile.linux
+++ b/unix/Makefile.linux
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ SYSTEM_SRC =
 SYSTEM = linux
 
 export CC = g++
-export SYSTEM_CFLAGS = -fPIC -Wall -pedantic -Wcast-align
+export SYSTEM_CFLAGS = -fPIC -Wall -Wcast-align
 export SYSTEM_SOFLAGS = -shared 
 export RANLIB = ranlib
 export AR = ar
diff --git a/unix/Makefile.macosx b/unix/Makefile.macosx
index 71d530d..c49554a 100644
--- a/unix/Makefile.macosx
+++ b/unix/Makefile.macosx
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ SYSTEM_SRC =
 SYSTEM = macosx
 
 CC = g++
-SYSTEM_CFLAGS = -fPIC -Wall -pedantic -Wcast-align
+SYSTEM_CFLAGS = -fPIC -Wall -Wcast-align
 SYSTEM_SOFLAGS = -dynamiclib
 RANLIB = ranlib
 AR = ar
diff --git a/win32/Norm.sln b/win32/Norm.sln
index a17bef1..ceb58db 100644
--- a/win32/Norm.sln
+++ b/win32/Norm.sln
@@ -24,6 +24,12 @@ Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "NormDll", "NormDll.vcproj",
 		{50D1D52B-702A-49FE-B490-9104FC72598D} = {50D1D52B-702A-49FE-B490-9104FC72598D}
 	EndProjectSection
 EndProject
+Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "npc", "npc.vcproj", "{32CF83E0-D2E0-4E43-8F7B-72BD0AB64647}"
+	ProjectSection(ProjectDependencies) = postProject
+		{50D1D52B-702A-49FE-B490-9104FC72598D} = {50D1D52B-702A-49FE-B490-9104FC72598D}
+		{D7B0023C-8798-4918-8DA0-05C9054D70B9} = {D7B0023C-8798-4918-8DA0-05C9054D70B9}
+	EndProjectSection
+EndProject
 Global
 	GlobalSection(SolutionConfiguration) = preSolution
 		Debug = Debug
@@ -50,6 +56,10 @@ Global
 		{182006F3-188F-466E-89FE-8421C0478691}.Debug.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
 		{182006F3-188F-466E-89FE-8421C0478691}.Release.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
 		{182006F3-188F-466E-89FE-8421C0478691}.Release.Build.0 = Release|Win32
+		{32CF83E0-D2E0-4E43-8F7B-72BD0AB64647}.Debug.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
+		{32CF83E0-D2E0-4E43-8F7B-72BD0AB64647}.Debug.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
+		{32CF83E0-D2E0-4E43-8F7B-72BD0AB64647}.Release.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
+		{32CF83E0-D2E0-4E43-8F7B-72BD0AB64647}.Release.Build.0 = Release|Win32
 	EndGlobalSection
 	GlobalSection(ExtensibilityGlobals) = postSolution
 	EndGlobalSection
diff --git a/win32/Norm.suo b/win32/Norm.suo
index 53ccb88..c5294eb 100644
Binary files a/win32/Norm.suo and b/win32/Norm.suo differ
diff --git a/win32/normTest.vcproj b/win32/normTest.vcproj
index 0bd3146..199e922 100644
--- a/win32/normTest.vcproj
+++ b/win32/normTest.vcproj
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
 				Optimization="2"
 				InlineFunctionExpansion="1"
 				AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\common;..\protolib\common;..\protolib\win32;NormDll3"
-				PreprocessorDefinitions="NORM_USE_DLL, PROTO_DEBUG, WIN32, HAVE_ASSERT"
+				PreprocessorDefinitions="NORM_USE_DLL;PROTO_DEBUG;WIN32;HAVE_ASSERT"
 				StringPooling="TRUE"
 				RuntimeLibrary="2"
 				EnableFunctionLevelLinking="TRUE"
diff --git a/win32/npc.vcproj b/win32/npc.vcproj
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bba8790
--- /dev/null
+++ b/win32/npc.vcproj
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="Windows-1252"?>
+<VisualStudioProject
+	ProjectType="Visual C++"
+	Version="7.10"
+	Name="npc"
+	ProjectGUID="{32CF83E0-D2E0-4E43-8F7B-72BD0AB64647}"
+	RootNamespace="normTest"
+	SccProjectName=""
+	SccLocalPath="">
+	<Platforms>
+		<Platform
+			Name="Win32"/>
+	</Platforms>
+	<Configurations>
+		<Configuration
+			Name="Debug|Win32"
+			OutputDirectory=".\Debug"
+			IntermediateDirectory=".\Debug"
+			ConfigurationType="1"
+			UseOfMFC="0"
+			ATLMinimizesCRunTimeLibraryUsage="FALSE"
+			CharacterSet="2">
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
+				Optimization="0"
+				AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\common,..\protolib\common,..\protolib\win32"
+				PreprocessorDefinitions="PROTO_DEBUG;HAVE_IPV6;HAVE_ASSERT;WIN32"
+				BasicRuntimeChecks="3"
+				RuntimeLibrary="3"
+				BufferSecurityCheck="TRUE"
+				UsePrecompiledHeader="2"
+				PrecompiledHeaderFile=".\Debug/normTest.pch"
+				AssemblerListingLocation=".\Debug/"
+				ObjectFile=".\Debug/"
+				ProgramDataBaseFileName=".\Debug/"
+				WarningLevel="3"
+				SuppressStartupBanner="TRUE"
+				DebugInformationFormat="4"
+				CompileAs="0"/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCCustomBuildTool"/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCLinkerTool"
+				AdditionalDependencies="iphlpapi.lib ws2_32.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib"
+				LinkIncremental="0"
+				SuppressStartupBanner="TRUE"
+				AdditionalLibraryDirectories="./"
+				GenerateDebugInformation="TRUE"
+				SubSystem="2"
+				TargetMachine="1"/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCMIDLTool"
+				TypeLibraryName=".\Debug/normTest.tlb"
+				HeaderFileName=""/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
+				PreprocessorDefinitions="_DEBUG"
+				Culture="1033"/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCWebDeploymentTool"/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCManagedWrapperGeneratorTool"/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCAuxiliaryManagedWrapperGeneratorTool"/>
+		</Configuration>
+		<Configuration
+			Name="Release|Win32"
+			OutputDirectory=".\Release"
+			IntermediateDirectory=".\Release"
+			ConfigurationType="1"
+			UseOfMFC="0"
+			ATLMinimizesCRunTimeLibraryUsage="FALSE"
+			CharacterSet="2">
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
+				Optimization="2"
+				InlineFunctionExpansion="1"
+				AdditionalIncludeDirectories="..\common;..\protolib\common;..\protolib\win32;NormDll3"
+				PreprocessorDefinitions="NDEBUG;PROTO_DEBUG;HAVE_IPV6;HAVE_ASSERT;WIN32"
+				StringPooling="TRUE"
+				RuntimeLibrary="2"
+				EnableFunctionLevelLinking="TRUE"
+				UsePrecompiledHeader="2"
+				PrecompiledHeaderFile=".\Release/normTest.pch"
+				AssemblerListingLocation=".\Release/"
+				ObjectFile=".\Release/"
+				ProgramDataBaseFileName=".\Release/"
+				WarningLevel="3"
+				SuppressStartupBanner="TRUE"
+				DebugInformationFormat="3"
+				CompileAs="0"/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCCustomBuildTool"/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCLinkerTool"
+				IgnoreImportLibrary="FALSE"
+				AdditionalDependencies="iphlpapi.lib ws2_32.lib odbc32.lib odbccp32.lib"
+				LinkIncremental="1"
+				SuppressStartupBanner="TRUE"
+				AdditionalLibraryDirectories=""
+				SubSystem="2"
+				TargetMachine="1"/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCMIDLTool"
+				TypeLibraryName=".\Release/normTest.tlb"
+				HeaderFileName=""/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCPostBuildEventTool"/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCPreBuildEventTool"/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCResourceCompilerTool"
+				PreprocessorDefinitions="NDEBUG"
+				Culture="1033"/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCWebServiceProxyGeneratorTool"/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCXMLDataGeneratorTool"/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCWebDeploymentTool"/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCManagedWrapperGeneratorTool"/>
+			<Tool
+				Name="VCAuxiliaryManagedWrapperGeneratorTool"/>
+		</Configuration>
+	</Configurations>
+	<References>
+	</References>
+	<Files>
+		<Filter
+			Name="Source Files"
+			Filter="cpp;c;cxx;rc;def;r;odl;idl;hpj;bat">
+			<File
+				RelativePath="..\common\normPrecode.cpp">
+			</File>
+		</Filter>
+		<Filter
+			Name="Header Files"
+			Filter="h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl">
+		</Filter>
+		<Filter
+			Name="Resource Files"
+			Filter="ico;cur;bmp;dlg;rc2;rct;bin;rgs;gif;jpg;jpeg;jpe">
+		</Filter>
+	</Files>
+	<Globals>
+	</Globals>
+</VisualStudioProject>
diff --git a/wince/Norm.vco b/wince/Norm.vco
index 8029daa..1ed0463 100644
Binary files a/wince/Norm.vco and b/wince/Norm.vco differ
